Descriptive Catalogue of Govt Collections of Manuscripts Part 1

Author(s): Hiralal R Kapadia
Publisher: Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
Catalog link: https://jainqq.org/explore/018036/1

Page #1

GOVERNMENT COLLECTIONS OF MANUSCRIPTS
BHANDARKAR ORIENTAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE
INSTUS
POONA
FOUNDED
1917
जस्वि नावधीत
Published by = Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
1935

Page #2

DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF

MANUSCRIPTS
IN THE
GOVERNMENT MANUSCRIPTS LIBRARY
PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF
THE MANUSCRIPTS DEPARTMENT OF
THE BHANDARKAR ORIENTAL
RESEARCH INSTITUTE,
POONA
INSTITUTE
POONA
FOUNDED 1917
॥ तेजस्वि
" नावधीतमस्तु॥
Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
POONA
1935

Page #3

Copies can be had direct from the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona 4 ( India )
Price: Rs. 4 per copy, exclusive of postage
Printed and published by Dr. V. S. Sukthankar, m. A., Ph. D., at the Bhandarkar Institute Press, Bhandarkar Oriental
Research Institute, Poona No. 4.

Page #4

Descriptive Catalogue of the Government Collections
of Manuscripts
deposited at the
Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
COMPILED BY
[IRALAL RASIKDAS KAPADIA, M. A.
Volume XVII:
JAINA LITERATURE AND PHILOSOPHY
Part 1: (a) Āgamika Literature
Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
POONA
1935

Page #5

Page #6

CONTENTS
PAGES PREFACE
... Xili-XV RULES FOR THE GOVT. MANUSCRIPTS LIBRARY xvi-xviii LIST OF CATALOGUES AND REPORTS
... xix-xxi SYSTEM OF TRANSLITFRATION
xxii
A. AGAMIKA LITERATURE
1. Eleven Angas
The 1st Anga
1-3 4, 5 6-8 9, 10 11-15 16-20 21 22 23-27
Acārăngasútra
Do with bālāvabodha Ācārāngasūtraniryukti Acārāngasútracúrni Ācārăngasūtraţikā Ācārāngasútrapradipikā Acārāngasūtradipika Acârängasūtrāvacūri Ācārängasūtra paryäya
1-4 4--7 7-9 9-12 12-16 16--21 21, 22
22
23, 24
The 2nd Ariga
28, 29 30, 31 32—35 36-45 46, 47 48—50 51, 52 534-57
Sutrakstāngasútra
Do with tīkā Sūtrakṛtāngasútraţikā Sūtrakstāngasūtra with dipika
Do Do vārtika Sūtrakstāngasūtraniryukti Sūtrakstāngasūtracúrņi Sūtrakstāngasútraparyāya
25-27 27-29 29-32 33-45 45-47
48, 49 49-51 51-53

Page #7

Contents
58-60
61
62
The 3rd Aiga Sthänāngasūtra Do with dipika
Do bālāvabodha
Do tabbá Sthānāngasútraţikā Sthānāngasūtraparyāya Sthānāngasutrabola
Do Do
63, 64 65-69 70-74
54-57 57--59
59, 60 60-62 62—67 67–69 69, 70
The 4th Ariga
76—78 79-81 82-86
Samavāyāngasūtra Samavāyāngasútravṛtti Samavāyāngasútraparyāya
71-73 74-77 77-79
The 5th Anga
87-91 Bhagavatīsutra 92-96 Bhagavatīsütravịtti 97--100 Paramānukhandaşaţtrimsikã with arthalava... II-104 Pudgalasaţtrimśikā with vrtti 105 Bandhaşaţtrimśikā with ţippaņaka 106--109 Nigodașațtrimśikā with vịtti 110
Do Do bālāvabodha 111-114 Pañcanirgranthasangrahaņi Do
with avacüri ... 116 Do
Do bālāvabodha... 117 Pañcanirgranthasangrahanyavacūri ... 118 Bhagavatīsütrāvacūrņi 119-123 Bhagavatīsútraparyāya
80-85 86-91 92-95 95-98
98, 99 99-102
103 103-107 107, 108 108, 109 109, 110
110 IIO-II2
115
The 6th Ariga
124-128 Jñātādharmakathāngasútra
... 113-119 129
Do
with vivíti ... 119, 120 130-133 Jñätädharmakathăngasútravivsti ... 120--124 134 Jñātādharmakathāngasútra with bälāvabodha.. 124, 125

Page #8

Contents
Vii
The 7th Anga 135-137 Upăsakadaśāngasutra 138
Do with vyākhyā 139–142 Upāsakadasängasútravyäkhyå
The Sth Anga
... 126—128 ... 129 ... 130-133
143 Antakņddaśāngasūtra 144
Do
with tabbā 145-149 Antakrddaśāngasútravivarana
... 134, 135 ... 135, 136 ... 136-138
The 9th Ariga
150–153 Anuttaropapātikadaśäågasätra 154--158 Anuttaropapātikadaśāngasútravivaraṇa
... 139–142 ... 142---144
The 10th Anga
159-161 Praśnavyäkaraṇāngasútra 162 Do
with vivști 163---169 Praśnavyākaraḥāngasūtravivști 170 Praśnavyākaraṇāngasútra with tabbā 171, 172 Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtra paryaya
... 145--147 ... 147, 148 ... 148---156 ... 156, 157 ... 157, 158
The 11th Anga
173---175 Vipākasutra 176 Do ( a part) 177---181 Vipākasůtravșiti
with tabbā
... 159, 160
161 ... 162---166
II. Twelve Upāngas
The 1st Upānga
..
182 Aupapătikasutra
Do 184---188 Aupapātikasūtravrtti
183
with yrtti
167
168 169--173
...

Page #9

viii
189-192 Rajapraśnīyasūtra Do
193 194-197 Rajapraśnïyasūtravṛtti
Contents
The 2nd Upanga
198-199 Jivājīvābhigamasutra Do
200
201---205 Jīvājīvābhigamasūtravivṛti 206---210 Jīvājīvābhigamasūtraparyāya 211--213 Jiväjiväbhigamasütravṛttiparyaya
The 4th Upanga
234
235
2I4...--2I7 Prajñāpanāsutra
218, 219
Do
220
Prajñāpanāsūtratikā
236, 237 238---240
241
with vṛtti
در

The 3rd Upanga
221
(Pradeśavyākhyā)
222, 223 Prajñāpanasutratrtiyapadasamgrahani Prajñāpanāsutratrtiyapadasamgrahanivitti
224
225
Prajñāpanäsütratṛtiyapadasaṁgrahanyava
with tikā
with tabbă
Süryaprajñapti Suryaprajñaptițikā
cürni
Jambudvipaprajñapti
Do
Do
The 6th Upanga
with vrtti
Do Prameyaratnamañjúṣā (vṛtti)
...
207, 208
208---210
226---23o Prajñāpanasūtraparyaya 231-233 Prajñāpanasutravivaranavişamapadaparyāya ... 210, 211
The 5th Upanga

...
...
...
***
...
174-177 177, 178 178-181
...
182---185 185, 186 186--191 191, 192
193, 194
195--199 199---202
202, 203
203, 204
205, 206
207
212, 213
213, 214
215, 216 217-222
222---229

Page #10

Contents
242 Jambūdvīpaprajñapti with tabba
229, 230 243---245 Bharatacaritra Do Do
231---233 146---248 Jambūdvipaprajñapticůrņi
.... 233---236 249, 250' Jambūdvipaprajñaptivivsti
... 236---240 The 7th Upānga 251---253 Candraprajñapti
... 241---243 with vivarana
... 243, 244 The 8th to 12th Upāngas 255 Nirayāvalikāśrutaskandha
... 245---248 256
Do
with vyākhya ... 248, 249 257---261 Nirayāvalikāśrutaskandhavyākhyā ... 249---252 262 Nirayāvalikāśrutaskandha with tabbā ... 252, 253 263, 264 Nirayāvalikāśrutaskandhaparyāya
254 265 Nirayāvalikābālāvabodha
... 254---256
254
111. (A) Ten Prakirnakas
The 1st Prakīrņaka 266---274 Catuḥśaraņa
... 257---263 275, 276 · Do with avacūris
... 263---265 277, 278 Do Do avacúrņi
... 265---267 279 Do Do țippaņaka
... 267, 268 280---282 Do Do ţabbā
268---270 283 Catuḥśaraṇāvacūri
... 270, 271 284 Catuḥśaraņavişama padavivaraṇa ... 271, 272
The 2nd Prakirņaka 285---290 Aturapratyākhyāna
... 273---275
with vivarana . ..... 275, 292 Do avacuri
277 293
Do avacũrņi ... 277, 278 294
Do
Do tabbä 295 :. Do
Do aksarărtha " .... 280
Caty
291
Do
276
Do

Page #11

Geiteren
... 280, 281
196, 297 Aturapratyākhyānavivarana
The 3rd Prakirņaka 298---305 Bhaktaparijñā 306
with a vacuri Bhaktaparijñāvacuri 308 Bhaktaparijñāvacürņi
Do
282---285 285, 286
286
307
The 4th Prakırnaka
Do
309---317 Samstāraka 318
Do with vivarana 319
Do avacūri 320
Do Do bālāvabodha 321 Saṁstārakāvacūrņi 322
Samstarakāvacuri
287---291 291---293 293, 294 294, 295
295
296
323---330 331, 332
The 5th Prakīrņaka Tandulavaicārika
Do with bālāvabodha
297---301 ... 301---303
The 6th
Prakırnaka
333---338 Candrāvedhyaka
... 304---306
The 7th Prakırnaka
307---309
339--- 343. Devendrastava
The 8th Prakirņaka 344---348 Gaņividya
The 9th Prakirņaka
... 310, 311
349--- 54 Mahāpratyākhyāna
... 312---314
The 10th Prakīrņaka
355-359 Virastava
... 315, 316

Page #12

Contents
(B) Supernumerary Prakirnakas
330
60---363 Angacūlikā
... 317-321 164 Angavidyā
... 322, 323 365--368 Ajivakalpa
... 324, 325 369---371 Āturapratyākhyāna
... 326, 327 372 Ārādhanāpatākā
328, 329 373 Kava cadvāra 174---381 Gacchácara
... 331 ---335 182---384 Do with vivrti
... 335---344 185 Do Do vyākhyā
... 344, 345 86 Do Do a vacūri
... 346 87 Jambũsvāmyadhyayana with tabbã
... 347, 348 88--390
Do
Do bālāvabodha ... 348-351 391---394 Jyotişkarandaka Do ţikā
... 352--355 393---397 Tīrthodgālika
... 356---358 398 Dvīpasāgara prajñaptisangrahani ... 359 399, 403 Paryantārādhană
... 360--362 404---407 Do with bālāvabodha
363---366 408---413 Pindaviśuddhi
... 367---369 414 Do with vrtti
... 369---371 415, 416
Do Subodhā:(vștti) ... 371---373 417--420 Do dipika
... 374---377 421
Do Do bālāvabodha 422 Piņdavisuddhyavacūrņi
... 379 423---426 Maraṇavidhi
... 380---382 427 Yoniprābhsta
... 383, 384 428 Varkacālikā with tabbā
... 385 429 Sārāvali
... 386 430, 431 Siddhaprābhrta
... 387, 388 432, 433 Siddhaprabhịtaţikā
... 388---390
Do
... 378

Page #13

Page #14

PREFACE
It was on the 4th of October 1930 that I received an invitation from the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona, to prepare and edit a Descriptive Catalogue of all the Jaina Mss. in the Government Mss. Library deposited with them by the Government of Bombay. As this invitation offered me an excellent opportunity to study the Jaina Mss. at the Institute at first hand and thus contribute my humble quoia towards giving wider publicity to Jaina literature in general, I lost no time in accepting it and commenced my work on these Mss. on the 23rd of November 1930.
The number of these Mss. is estimated to be about four thousand and five hundred. They are grouped under the head “ Jaina Literature and Philosophy and form the 17th and the 18th volumes in the scheme of the Descriptive Catalogue of Government Mss. numbering about 20,000.
In preparing this Descriptive Catalogue I have followed in general the lines laid down by the Institute as explained to me by Rao Bahadur Dr. S. K. Belvalkar, m. A., Ph. D., the then Hon. Secretary of the Institute. Headings of description adopted in this Catalogue are practically identical with those given in the “Descriptive Catalogue of the Government Collections of Manuscripts deposited at the Deccan College, Poona. Vol. I: Vedic literature. Part I: Saṁhitās and Brāhmaṇās” published by the Government of Bombay as far back as 1916. Even in all matters:of detail I have had several occasions to consult Dr. Belvalkar, under whose supervision as the then Hon. Superintendent of the Mss. Department I was carrying on my work. In this connection I take this opportunity to thank him most heartily for the promptness with which he responded, whenever any occasion for consultation arose.
The exact plan followed by me in the preparation of this volume may be indicated as follows :
(1) In this part, out of the various ägamas, the 11 angas, the 12 upangas and the lo standard prakirņakas together with 18 super

Page #15

Preface
numerary ones have been described along with their explanatory literature as recorded in Sanskrit and Gujarati in the Mss. themselves. The order followed for the 10 standard prakīrņakas can be seen from the contents. It is the same as in Weber's catalogue (Verzeichniss der Sanskrit- und Prakrit-handschriften der Königlichen Bibliothek zu Berlin), Vol. II, Pt. II. Different orders are followed by different scholars in dealing with these prakirņakas. The publication of the Agamodaya Samiti Series and the Series issued by Rai Bahadur Dhanapatisinh at Calcutta may be referred to in this connection. Other orders and even the variations regarding the number of the prakīrņakas are noticed in Mss. here described vide Nos. 268-270, 317 and 423 ). The supernumerary prakīrņakas have been represented in the alphabetical order. Under this title are included several works which have been styled as prakīrņaka in some work or works.
xiv
(2) Regarding the inter-arrangement of descriptive sheets dealing with the same text, I have made alteration in the procedure, as desired by Dr. Belvalkar after the press-copy was complete in all respects. The actual procedure finally adopted will be clear from the contents of this part.
(3) The system of transliteration followed in this part is generally the same as given on page xxii.
(4) All textual matter which appeared to me to be superfluous is enclosed within rectangular brackets [], while additions and alterations occasionally suggested by me are enclosed within parantheses ().
(5) I have prepared several appendices pertaining to the Mss. of Agamika literature which have been long since described by me. They will be published, on the completion of the printing of the Agamika section in press.
In giving references in the present part two works have been of material help to me. They are as under :
(i) "Essai de Bibliographie Jaina " by A. Guérinot.

Page #16

Preface (ii) “Descriptive Catalogue of Samskrta and Prākṣta Mss. in the library of the B. B. R. A. Society, Vol. III-IV” by Prof. H. D. Velankar, m. A., my friend and once a colleague.
Now it remains for me to acknowledge my indebtedness. It is a pleasure to me to mention that I am highly obliged to Vidvadvallabha Muni Puņyavijayaji, a disciple of Munirāja Sri Caturavijaya and a grand disciple of Pravartaka Šri Kāntivijaya for all the willing assistance rendered to me by his going through a duplicate copy of the page-proofs of the non-English portions of this part. I have to thank Mr. P. K. Gode, M.A., the Curator of the Institute, for the uniform kindness and the courteous treatment I met at his hands during the course of my work on the Jaina Mss. I am also indebted to Dr. V. S. Sukthankar, m. A., Ph.D., the present Hon. Secretary, for his having agreed, in the interest of Jaina scholarship, to publish the Agamika literature in parts and to the Institute for the splendid service it has thus rendered to the cause of Jaina literature.
Bhandarkar O. R. Institute,
Poona. 3rd June 1935
Hiralal R. Kapadia.

Page #17

Regulations of the Manuscripts Department
1. “The Government Manuscripts Library” formed and maintained by the Government of Bombay, and formerly deposited at the Deccan College, Poona, is now, subject to the general control of the Department of Education, Bombay, placed under the direct charge of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona.
2. The Department is administered by a Superintendent appointed by the Executive Board of the B. O. R. Institute subject to the approval of Government.
3. The Manuscripts are available at the Institute, during working hours, for purposes of bona fide study.
4. The Manuscripts in the Library, if, in good condition, and subject to the requirements of Department, are lent out to bona fide scholars on their applying for them in writing to the Superintendent of the Department or to the Secretary of the Institute. Such scholars shall, however, execute a bond for the value of the manuscripts required, this value being fixed by the officers in charge of the Library.
5. In the case of scholars from outside India, all requisitions for loans of manuscripts shall be made to the Secretary of State for India in Council, through whom also the transactions in manuscripts shail take place. Such scholars shall execute the necessary bond with the Secretary of State for India in Council, at his discretion.
6. In the case of scholars in India the execution of the bond shall be necessary before the manuscripts are lent out. When the applicant is not sufficiently known to the Superintendent of the Department, this latter officer shall have the power to call upon the applicant to produce a certificate as to his interest in the study of Sanskrit Literature, and of his being a fit person to be entrusted with Government manuscripts. Such a certificate shall have to be

Page #18

xvii
Regulations of the Manuscripts Department
signed by Orientalists of recognised position, or by Government officers of the Provincial or other highest service, not below the rank of a Deputy Collector or Extra Assistant Commissioner. The certificate should contain a reference to works or eassays published by the applicant.
N. B.- In the case of scholars residing within the jurisdiction of a Native State, the certificate may be signed either by the Chief Sahib or the Divan or the administrator of the State.
7. All applications for manuscripts shall state the reasons for, which the manuscripts are required and the period for which the loan is sought.
8. If any manuscripts belonging to this Library have been used in the publication of an edition, or in any other learned disquisition, the authors should present to the Manuscripts Library a copy of the work or works-so published.
9. The number of manuscripts to be lent out at a time to a scholar, and the period of loan, is determined by the officer in charge of the Library. Usually, however, in the case of Indian scholars, not more than five manuscriprs are allowed to remain with them at a time, and the period of loan shall not normally exceed six months.
10. Immediately on receipt of manuscripts, the scholars are requested to examine them carefully before signing and returning the receipt-form accompanying the manuscripts, as no complaints will be entertained thereafter.
II. When the manuscripts are returned to the Library they are duly examined, and if found in their original condition, the receipt formerly signed for them is returned and the bond cancelled. The liability of the borrowers ceases only after the return of this receipt.

Page #19

Regulations of the Manuscripts Department xürri 12. If scholars find that, owing to the work on the imanuscripts not being completed within the stipulated period, they cannot return the manuscripts when due, they shall, sufficiently in advance, apply in writing to that effect to the Superintendent of the Department, or to the Secretary of State for India in Council, as the case may be. The period of loan will be extended at discretion. In no case, however, shall any manuscripts be allowed to remain with a scholar longer than two years in India, and five years outside India.
13. The Manuscripts Department reserves to itself the right of refusing to lend out any manuscript to any scholar at any time, and in the case of manuscripts lent out, of demanding their return before the expiry of the stipulated period, if the manuscripts be required for library or other purposes.
14. All postal charges shall be borne by the applicant.
15. The Department undertakes to procure on loan, for the members of the Institute, manuscripts from other lending Libraries.

Page #20

A LIST OF PRINTED CATALOGUES AND REPORTS
ABOUT MANUSCRIPTS The following is the list of works ( Catalogues, Reports, etc.) already published embodying the risults of the search and preserva. tion of Sanskrit manuscripts in the Bombay Circle from 1868 to 1915. All lists published up to 1884 have been incorporated in our consolidated catalogue prepared by Mr. S. R. Bhandarkar, M. A., in 1888. The lists for the subsequent years are to be found embodi, ed in the various Reports published thereafter. These Reports are of considerable value, inasmuch as they give in many cases the history of individual manuscripts, personal details of authors, their chronology, and such other items. All these works are therefore here put together in one place for ready reference.
Papers relating to the Collection and Preservation of the Reports of ancient Sanskrit Literature, edited by order of Government of India, Calcutta, 1878, by Mr. E. A. Gough. This is a useful work for the general history of the Search during the earlier period upto 1878 and contains, among other things, lists of manuscripts bought for Government during the years 1868-69, 1869-70, 1870-71, 1871-72, 1872-73 and 1874-75. All these lists, originally published at different times, were also included in our consolidated catalogue (to be mentioned below ) published in 1888.
Report on the results of the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in Gujarat during 1871-72, by G. Bühler, Surat, 1872, il pages in folio.
Report on Sanskrit Manuscripts 1872-73, by G. Bühler, seven and seventeen pages. Bombay, 1874.
Report on Sanskrit Manuscripts 1874-75, by G. Bühler, 21 pages. Girgaum, 1875. * Detailed Report of a Tour in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts made fin 1875-76), in Kashmir, Rajputana and Central India, by G. Bühler. Extra No. XXXIVA, Vol. XII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1877, Bombay.

Page #21

XX
A List of Printed Catalogues and Reports
Lists of the Sanskrit Manuscripts purchased for Government during the years 1877-78, and 1869-78, and a list of the Manuscripts purchased from May to November 1881, by F. Kielhorn, Poona, 1881.
A Report on 122 Manuscripts, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1880, 37 pages in folio.
Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1880-81, by F. Kielhorn, Bombay, 1881.
A Catalogue of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Library of the Deccan College (being lists of the two Viśrāmabāg collections ), Part. I prepared under the superintendence of F. Kielhorn ; Part II and Index prepared under the superintendence of R. G. Bhandarkar, 1884 ; 61 pages in folio.
A Report on the Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts during 1881-82, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1882.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1882--83, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1884.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1883--84 by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1887.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1884-87, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1894.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1887--91, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1897.
A Consolidated Catalogue of the Collections of Manuscripts de posited in the Deccan College (from 1868--1884) with an Index, By S. R. Bhandarkar.
Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1891--1895, by A. V. Kathawate, Bombay, 1901,
Detailed Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, August 1882 to March 1883, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLI, Vol. XVI of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1883, Bombay.

Page #22

A List of Printed Catalogues and Reports
A Second Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1883 to March 1884, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLIV, Vol. XVII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Socicty, 1884, Bombay.
A Third Report of Operation in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1884 to March 1886, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLV of Vol. XVII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1887, Bombay.
xxi
A Fourth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1886 to March 1892, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLIXA of Vol. XVIII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Roval Asiatic Society, 1894, Bombay.
A Fifth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay, Circle, April 1892 to March 1895, by P. Peterson, Bombay, 1896.
A Sixth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1895 to March 1898, by P. Peterson, Bombay, 1899. This contains also a list of manuscripts purchased by Professor Peterson from 1898-99.
Lists of Manuscripts Collected for the Government Manuscripts Library by the Professors of Sanskrit at the Deccan and Elphinstone Colleges containing the following Collections:
(i) 1895-1902, (ii) 1899-1915, (iii) 1902-1907, (iv) 1907-1915, (v) 1916-1918, (vi) 1919-1924 and (vii) 1866–68.

Page #23

SYSTEM OF TRANSLITERATION

अ a
ऋ !
Tel
i fi
ऋ ! ए e ऐ ai
टू
k
न्च C
a t
प p
य् y
आ a
खू kh
छू ch
हू th
भू th
ph
र् r
S
गू 8
ज्j
ड्र d
दू
b
लू 1
स् s
उ u
वू
gh
झू jh
dh
धू dh
भू bh
ओ o औ au
h
visarga h, anusvara m.
ऊ
ङ् n
ञ् ॥
णू n
नू n
सू m

Page #24

JAINA MANUSCRIPTS

Page #25

Page #26

JAINA LITERATURE AND PHILOSOPHY
A. AGAMIKA LITERATURE
I. 11 ANGAS
THE FIRST ANGA आचाराङ्गसूत्र
Acārāngasūtra ( 31UTE)
( Ayārangasutta )
152. No.1
1871-72. Size.-- 11} in. by 48 in. Extent.—73 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, thin, rough and grey ; Devanagari
characters with TehraS; :big, bold, beautiful and legible handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; space between the pairs coloured red; folios numbered in the right-hand margin only; the unnumbered sides marked with one small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having two more, one in each margin; folio ra decorated with a diagram in red colour ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; edges of the first folio slightly worn out; several folios wormeaten to a smaller or greater degree ; condition tolerably
fair ; complete; extent 2644 ślokas. Age.--Not later than Samvat 1713. Author.–Sudharmasvāmin, the 5th Gañadhara; for, according to the
Jaina tradition he is the author of the 11 angas available at
present. Subject.—This work written in Prakrit is divided into two śruta
skandhas, the former having 8 adhyayanas and the latter 16. Formerly there were 9 adhyayanas of the first śrutaskandha; but the 7th has been lost long ago. This work

Page #27

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[.
which is looked upon as the ist and the oldest anga is neither entirely in prose nor in verse. Rules.and regulations pertaining to a Jaina saint are discussed herein; so, this work comes under caranakaraṇānuyoga ; this work may be compared with Vinaya-pitaka of the Bauddhas. Upāsakadaśānga dealing with the discipline of a Jaina layman may be looked upon
as a complementary part to this Acārānga. Begins.-fol. b श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ॥
सुयं मे आउंस तेणं भगवया एवमक्खायं ॥ इहमेगेसि णो सन्ना भवति ॥
तं जहा etc. Ends.-fol. 73° इममि लोए परते य दोसु वि न विद्य(ज्ज)ई बंधण(णं) जस्स किं
(चि) वि।से हु निरालंव(ब)णे अप्पतिहिते । कलंकलीभावपहं विमुच्चइ।त्ति
बेमि ॥ छ । 'विमुत्ती' सम्मता(त्ता)॥ छ ॥ आचारांगसूत्रं समाप्तं
प्रथमांग ॥ छ । ग्रंथाओं २६४४॥ छ ॥ etc. Then run the lines as under :---- संवत् १७१३ वर्षे कार्तिक शुदि १५ गुरौ ' उ(ऊ)केश' ज्ञातीयवृद्धशाखीय सा। रूपा
तत्भार्या रूपादे तत्पुन पा लालजी टोकर पा लालजी तत्भार्या लालबाई तत्पुत्र सा । ऋषभ प्रमुख कुटुंब । युतेन स्वश्रेयो(s)र्थ पं. श्री.
जिनविजयगणीनां प्रतिलाभितमिति श्रेयः श्रीः श्रीआचरागसूत्रपुस्तकं. Reference. This work of the Jainas was first published by Rai
Dhanapatisinh, Calcutta, in A. D. 1880. So it may be looked upon as editio princeps. It contains besides Ācārāngasútra, its Sanskrit commentary by Silānka Sūri, Pradipikā, a similar work of Jinahamsa Sūri, the Bālāvabodha by Pārśvacandra Sūrī and as an appendix the Niryukti composed by Bhadrabāhusvāmin. The text (part I) was edited by Hermann Jacobi, in A. D. 1882. In its perface he has compared the Jaina Prākrit with Pāli. The text together with the niryukti and Silānka's commentary is also published by the Āgamodaya Samiti in two parts in Samvat 1972 and 1973 respectively. The first śrutaskandha with a careful analysis of the style is edited and published by Walther Schubring, Leipzig, in A. D. 1910. This work is published in A. D. 1924 by the Jaina Sahitya Samsodhaka Samiti of Poona, too.
The English translation of the text by H. Jacobi was published in the Sacred Books of the East (vol. XXII), Ox

Page #28

2.]
1. 11 Angas
3
ford, in A. D. 1884. The text along with the Gujarāti translation by Ravjibhai Devaraj was published in Samvat 1958. In its introduction (p. 22 ff.) we find Pariharyamimāṁsā dealing with the queries' raised by H. Jacobi. In the second edition (A. D. 1906) this is dropped. For contents etc., see A. Weber's Verzeichniss der Sanskrit und PrakritHandschriften der Königlischen Bibliothek zu Berlin2 (vol. II, pt. II, p. 355 ff. ), published in A. D. 1888. For the English translation of Weber's "Sacred Literature of the Jains" by H. Weir Smyth, see Indian Antiquary ( vol. XVII, p. 340 ff.). For additional Mss. etc., see Essai de Bibliographie Jaina by Guèrinot, Paris, 1906, p. 519 and H. D. Velankar's Descriptive Catalogue of Sanskṛta and Prākṛta manuscripts in the library of the Bombay Branch of Roval Asiatic Society (vols. III-IV, pp. 381-382 ).
आचाराङ्गसूत्र
No. 2
Size.-33 in. by 24 in.
Extent.-65 leaves; 3 to 5 lines to a leaf; 125 letters to a line. Description.-Palm-leaf, durable and greyish; Devanagari characters with ears; big, legible, uniform and very good handwriting. This Ms. presents an appearance of the work being divided into three separate columns; but, really speaking every line of the first column is continued to the other two columns; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink; red chalk used; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand margin as 1, 2, 3 etc. and in the left-hand one as in the case of No. 9; in each leaf there are two holes through which a string passes; some leaves
Acarangasūtra
78.
1872-73.
For Jacobi's recent views in this connection, the reader is referred to my article "Prohibition of Flesh-eating in Jainism" published in "Review of Philosophy and Religion " (vol. IV, no. 2).
2. This forms part of "Die Handschriften-Verzeichnisse der Königlischen Bibliothek zu Berlin " Fünfter Band.
3.
This work is hereafter referred to as Weber II.

Page #29

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
more or less worm-eaten ; leaf 38th torn in two places; condition tolerably good: leat 1* blank; two wooden planks
enclosing the Ms. : complete ; extent 2654 ślokas. Age.--Samvat 1348. See No. 12 ( Acărāngasūtraţikā). Begins.-leaf Ib FA: FETITI
JT À 755 dui etc. Ends.-leaf 656 grifH gia mà etc. up to 3ITEITHE FATRI SURİHİ
as above. Tur 7€485. N. B.- For further details see No. 1.
31121TGE
Acārārgasutra
153. No. 3
1871-72. Size.--in in. by 41 in. Extent.-54-4= 50 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 58 letters to a line. Description. -Country paper very thin and white; Devanāgari cha
racters with TUHTETTS; bold, clear, uniform and beautiful handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. is pasted to fol. 1a; it is blank; edges of the foll. I to 8 more or less damaged ; condition unsatisfactory ; foll. 15 to 18
missing ; otherwise complete ; extent 2644 ślokas. Age.--Samvat 1597. Begins.-fol. od 3 FA: SH13!1
ET À etc. as in No. 1. Ends.- fol. 546 SATA arg etc. up to juti €88 as in No. 1 followed
by z ll # naal | #STTET alata gur: Il z H ITTAT !
11 soft ll ll #ara pugue ao sau Fest ( ? gf 3) HH 11 N. B.--For further details see No. I.
आचाराङ्गसूत्र बालावबोधसहित
Acārāngasutra with Bālāvabodha
685. 1899-1915.
No. 4
Size.-9 in. by 43 in.

Page #30

4.]
I. II Angas
Extent.---167-2=165 folios; 6 lines to a page; 20 letters to a line. ,, ot Balavabodha.---165 foll.; 14 ,, ,, ,, , , 26 , , , , Description.—Country paper, thin, rough and greyish ; Devanāgarī
characters with पृष्ठमात्रा ; big, bold, clear and fair handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; edges ruled in two lines in red ink; this is a 929972 Ms., the text occupying the central place, and the commentary occuping space all around; red chalk and yellow pigment used; the first two foll. missing, so this commences on fol. 3a ; foll. 141 etc., up to the last also numbered as I, 2, 3 etc.; some of the foll. at the end have their edges slightly damaged; the 167th fol. slightly torn, a strip of paper pasted to fol. 167b; condition fair; complete, if the first two missing foll. are not taken
into account ; extent 4500 ślokas. Age.---Samvat I606. Author of Bālāvabodha.--Pārsvacandra, pupil of Sādhuratna. Subject.---The text along with its explanation in Gujarāti. Begins.--( text ) fol. 3° से भिक्खू वा भिक्खुणी वा गाहावतिकुलं etc. I ,, - ( bala° ) ,, ,, ॐ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।
से भिक्ख वा. भिक्षु चारित्रियउ मूलगुण उत्तरगणनउ धारणहार
नाना प्रकार आभग्रह सहित etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 166° इममि लोए परते etc. up to समाप्तं as in No. 1 followed by शुभं भवतु etc., the last lines being
सन्वेसि पि नयाणं बहुविहवत्तव(व्व)यं निसामित्ता।
तं सव्वनयविसुद्धं जं चरण(गुण)हिओ साधु(ह)॥१॥ ,, --(balan) fol. 167 यतः नाणेण जाणइ भावे इत्यादि इति विमुक्तया(क्तय)ध्ययनं ।।
छ । श्रीमद् बृहत्तपागच्छे विहितसदाचारयत्नानां पं० श्रीसाधुरत्नानां श(शि)ज्येण पार्श्वचंद्रेण कृते श्रीआचारांगे द्वितीय(श्रुत)स्कंधबालावबोधे 'विमुक्तयध्ययनं' षोडशमं समाप्तं ॥ आदितोऽध्ययनानि २५ ॥छ॥ तत्परिसमाप्तौ समाप्तमिदं श्रीआचाराङ्गसूत्रं तस्य बालावबोधश्च वाच्यम(मा)नो(s)यं चिरं नंद्यात् ग्रंथानं ४५००. एवं सूत्र अर्थ द्वि(ती)य(श्रुत)स्कन्धे ॥छ ॥ संवत् १६ षडोत्तरा वर्षे आसो सुदि ७ वार रघौ ॥ ऋषि श्रीसोमा
आणंद रमा माहावजीपठनार्थ ॥ श्री । लेषकवाचकयोः श्रीरस्तु etc. Reference.—The Bālāvabodha along with the text published.
See No. 1.
I.
This is the initial line of the 2nd Srutaskandha.

Page #31

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
आचाराङ्गसूत्र
Acārāngasutra बालावबोधसहित
with Bālāvabodha
84 (81?). No.5
1872-73. Size.--III in. by 44 in. Extent.--158 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, greyish, rough and somewhat thick ;
Devanāgari characters with EAETS ; handwriting sufficiently big, clear and good ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; the first four foll. numbered in both the margins, most of the rest in the right-hand margin only; fol. I' blank ; several foll. have a portion of their margin worn out; sometimes, even the part where the number of the fol. is mentioned is gone ; a good many foll. brittle ; condition on the whole, fair ; fol. I58b practically blank ; for, the title etc., only written on it; this Ms. contains both the text and its Gujarati explanation ; it begins with the second śrutaskandha; complete so far as this is concerned ; extent
10,000(?) slokas. Age.--Samvat 1631. Author of Bālāvabodha.--Pārsvacandra, pupil of Sādhuratna. Subject.--The second part of the first anga along with its explana
tion in Gujarāti. Begins.-- (text ) fol. 2" सुय(यं) मे आउसं तेणं भगवया एवमकरवायं तं जहा
पुरित्थिमाओ वा दिसाओ आगओ अहमंसि दाहिणाओ etc. ( Balas) fol. Ib नम(:) श्रीवर्द्धमानाय ब(व)र्द्धमानाय सामुद्गुणै(:) श्रीमत्तीर्थाभि(धि)नाथाय भव्या(व्यां)भोरुहभास्वते १ [श्री]आचारांगे द्वितीयस्य श्रुतस्कंधस्य वार्तिकं वृत्तिभित्त्या(त्यानुसारेण लिख्यते गुबनुग्रहात् २ हिवं श्रीआचारांगनु बीजउ श्रुतस्कंधारंभियइ छइ तिहां पहिलइ श्रुतस्कंधि
नव ब्रह्मचर्याध्ययन कह्या etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. I56° इममि लोए up to विमुत्ती सम्मत्ता as in No. I. -( Bala° ) fol. 157' साधु ज्ञानइं करी सम्यक भाव जाणी क्रिया करी सम्यक
पालिवउ एतलइ मोक्ष ए परमार्थ जाणिवउ । यतः

Page #32

6:1
I. 11 Angas
tree (नाणे) जाणए भावे दंसणेण य सहे । वर (रि) तेण न (नि) गिन्हाई तवेणं परस्ठ (रिस ) ज्झइ १
इति वचनात् । इति 'विमुक्ता (तच) ध्ययनं' श्रीमद' बृहत्तपागच्छे विहितसदाचारयत्नानां पं० श्री साधुरत्नानां शिष्येण पार्श्वचंद्रेण कृते श्रीआचारांग - द्वित (ती) यस्कंधबालावबोधि विमुक्त्यध्ययनं षोडश समाप्तं आदितो ( s) ध्ययनानि २५ तत्परिसमाप्तौ सम (मा) प्तमिदं श्रीआचारांगसूत्रं तस्य बालावबोधश्र्व वाच्यमानो (s) etc. श्रीजगन्नाथनीशा थिइ (? साक्षिइ) etc. संवत् १६३१ वर्षे पोष वदि ८ भोमे लिषितं लेषक आणंद लिषितं । छ । छ । ग्रंथमानं १०००० गणनीया ॥
Reference.-Published. See No. 1. N. B.-- For other details see above.
आचाराङ्गसूत्रनिर्युक्ति (आयारंग सुत्तनिज्जुत्ति )
Acarangasūtraniryukti ( āyāranigasuttanijjutti )
No. 6
Size.—113 in. by 5 in.
Extent.-14 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.—Country paper, thin, smooth and white; Devanägari characters; bold, big, clear and good handwriting; borders neatly ruled in three lines in black ink, edges singly; fol. ra blank ; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual ; condition excellent; complete ; extent 450 Ślokas.
Age.- does not seem to be old.
Author.—Bhadrabāhusvāmin.
Subject.—Explanation of the 1st anga in 367 verses in Prākrit.
Begins. fol. 1 श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ॥

364. 1880-81.
Ends.fol. 142 इक्कारस तिति दोदो दोदो उसएहिं नायव्वा सत्तय अद्वय नवमा एगसरा हुंति अज्झयणा ॥ १९ । छ । सर्व्वगाथा ३६७ ।
आयारस्स भगवओ चउत्थचूलाए एसा निज्जुत्ती पंचमचूल निसीहं तु सा य उवरिं भणी हामो ।
दिनु सव्यसिद्धे जिणे अ अणुओगदायए सव्वे आयारस्स भगवओ निज्जुत्ति कित्तइस्सामि १ etc.
7

Page #33

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[६.
छ ॥ आचारांगनियुक्तिः समाप्ता ॥ ग्रंथश्लोक ४५० । शुभं भवतु लेखकस्य ॥ Reference.--Published. See No. 1. Indian Antiquary, vol. X, pp.
100-102 may be consulted.
आचाराङ्गसूत्रनियुक्ति
Acārāngasūtraniryukti
80. No. 7
1872-73. Size.-333 in. by 2] in. Extent.----16-I + I = 16 leaves ; 3 to 5 lines to a leaf ; 125 letters to
___ a line. Description.-Palm-leaf; leaf I blank; leaf Ioalso numbered as II;
an extra leaf at the end ; ends abruptly ; almost complete. For further details see No. 2 of which this may be looked upon as the third and the last part, though numbered
separately, the second part being No. 12. Age.-Samvat 1348. See No. 12. Begins.--fol. I' नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ।।
वंदित्तु सव्वसिद्ध etc., as above. Ends.--fol. I6" अट्टावयमुव्ये(ज्जे)ति गयग्गपयए य धम्मचकं य ।
पासरहावत्तणयं चमरुथा(प्पा)यं च वंदामि ॥ (३)५३ गणियं निसमेजत्तीस(?) दिही अवितहं इमं । नाणं । तइय गंतुमवगया गुणपब्व(च्च)ईया इमे अत्था ॥ ५४॥
गुणमाहप्पं इसिनामाकित्तणं सुरनरिंदपू ( ends abruptly ). There is an additional leaf at the end, on one side of which it is written उत्तराध्ययन २४ प्रभृति ३० यावत् etc., and on the other side of which is written आगामकरत्नसिंहसूरीणां संघपति
रत्नपालस्य ओघनियुक्तिससूत्रवृत्तिपुस्तकं ।। N. B.-For other details see above.
आचाराङ्गसूत्रनियुक्ति
Ācārārgasūtraniryukti
11. 1880-81.
No.8
Size.-12 in. by 21 in.
1. This is the 349th găthā of No. 8.

Page #34

9.)
I. 11 Angas
Extent.—32 + 2 = 34 leaves ; 3 to 6 lines to a'leaf ; 48 letters to a
line. Description.--- Palm-leaf, durable and greyish ; Devanāgari characters
with carats ; sufficiently big, legible and good handwriting; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work being divided into two separate columns but really it is not so, since the lines of the first column extend to the second; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink ; red chalk used ; leaves numbered in both the margins ; in the right-hand one as 229, 230 etc., and in the left-hand one as # ( 7?) ) ) etc., leaves 2294 and 260b blank; there is
an extra leaf in the beginning; it is blank on both the sides; similarly there is an extra leaf following the 260th leaf; some of the leaves slightly worm-eaten ; condition tolerably good ; the last gāthā numbered as 361 and not 367 as in No. 6; two wooden planks encompassing the
Ms.; a thread passes through all the leaves. Age. - Fairly old. Begins.-leaf 2296 HÆT afer Torre II
Biệt (card etc. Ends.-leaf 260* आयारस्स भगवओ etc., up to उवरि भणीहामि as in
No. 6 followed by 363 Il Tar 11 g II STTUTTI at FA()#115 11 HTCİ HET4: 15 Then in a different hand we have : stor (PT) tarpstart ifraga eraftsstazigartश्रीजिनसागरसूरि-श्रीजिनसुंदरसूरिपट्टे श्रीजिनहर्ष सरि] सूरीश्वराणां
( ends thus ) N. B.--For other details see No. 6.
3117TITIFFITTO
Ācārāngasūtracūrņi (STTTTTTEITIETOT)
( Ayārangasuttacuņņi) No. 9
1881-82. Size.—211 in. by 1} in. Extent.--278-2=276 leaves; 5 to 6 lines to a leaf; 80 to 85 letters
to a line. 2 [J. L. P.)

Page #35

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Description.--Palm-leaf ; Devanāgari characters with Tehars; bold,
sufficiently big, clear and good hand-writing; the Ms. appears to be divided into three columns, but really it is not so, since every line extends to all the columns; borders of each of these columns ruled in four lines in black ink; holes in two places in each leaf in order to pass strings through it, with a view to hold the leaves together; nambers of leaves entered twice, once as 1, 2, 3 etc., as usual, the other set of numbers being as follows:a, fa eft, (8), (A) (4), (), of V,
El CEHT) C), **(8) "?! }(20), }(23) }(P2),
}(93), }(28) etc., "}}2o) etc., }(Po) etc., * }(2o)etc., ; }(40)cte,&(8)} (80)ete,®* } (vo) etc. 50 }(o etc., 8} (o)et, of furo)eter, } (100) ec, ! }(so)et, feco) etc.
leaves 151, 166, 209 and 236 seem to be wrongly numbered; hence
:
ought
8.1
G}(243
ought to be
(395),
to be
)
55
ro
J
o
ought to be
t
og), and
O
#
or ought to be
gļ (3@); leaves 78 and 79 as well as
leaves 241 and 242 numbered
1. In the Ms. this is written in the Jaină style; but, owing to the want of the
suitable type it is represented here in the Vaidika style.

Page #36

tol
1. I1 Angas
together; leaf I'_blank ; some of the leaves slightly worm-eaten; edges of several leaves partly worn out; condi
tion on the whole good ; complete ; extent 8740 ślokas. Age.-Not later than Samvat I450. Subject.—Ācārāngasútra elucidated in prose, in mixed Sanskrit and
Prakrit. Begins.-leaf Ib नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥
मंगलादीनि सत्थाणि मंगलमज्झाणि मंगलावसाणाणि मंगलपरिग्गाहिया य
सिस्सा etc. Ends.--leaf 278 पंचमचूलविशुद्धांतरान्मता । इदं फलमपदिश्यते । से हरिणालंधण
मपानिहितोपकतदेव । इति आचारचूर्णी परिसमाप्ता ॥ छ॥नमो सुयदेवयाए भगवई ॥ छ ॥j० ८७४०॥ छ ॥ संवत् १४५० वर्षे आषाढमासे श्रीआचा
रांगचूर्णिपुस्तकं श्री खरतरगच्छे श्रीजिनराजसरीणां श्रीमरुनंदनी
पाध्यायैः प्राभृतीकृतं ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ तैरपि प्राप्तमाचार्यादेकतः ॥ Reference. For additional Mss. see Jaina Granthavali (p.2) publish
ed by the Jaina Svetāmbara Conference, Bombay, Samvat 1965.
आचारागसूत्रचूर्णि
Ācārāugasūtracūrņi
372. No. 10
1879-80. Size.-10 in. by 41 in. Extent.--217 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thick, smooth and greyish; Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; big, bold, beautiful and legible hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. I and 217b blank ; numbers of foll. entered in both the margins%3; edges and corners of some of the foll. worn out: condition on the whole good; complete; extent 8300
ślokas. Age.--Fairly old. Begins.-fol. I ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥
मंबलादीणि सत्याणि etc. as above.

Page #37

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[11
Ends.-fol. 2174 अथवा स्यनृ(?)तार्थस्य अनभिसबंधातस्याकर्म आचारेण संपन्नस्य
चतुर्थलूलोपचारिणप्रमादाचरितपंचम ( blank space followed by ) तासे हूणे गलवणे मप्पातस्थितो शेषं तदेव ॥ छ ॥ इत्याचारचूर्णी(र्णिः)
परिसमाप्ता ।। छ ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ etc., ग्रं. ८३००. N. B.-For further particulars see above.
आचारागसूत्रटीका
Ācārārgasūtratikā No. 11
621.
1892-95. Size.--101 in. by 48 in. Extent.-313 folios; I3 lines to a page; 45 letters to a line. Description.—Country paper, thin, rough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with पृष्टमात्राs; bold, big, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. 12 and 3136 blank ; the unnumbered sides marked with a small disc in the centre in red ink; most of the numbered sides having over and above this, two more discs, one in each margin ; red chalk used : foll. 65 and 66 wrongly numbered as 64 and 65%3B the first fol. slightly torn in the left-hand margin ; fo). 68 partly torn; strips of paper pasted to fol. 313b; condition on the whole satisfactory; composed in Saka 798; complete;
extent 12000 ślokas. Age.-Samvat I579. Author.–Šilānka Sūri. Subject.--Commentary in Sanskrit to Ācārāngasūtra. Begins.-fol. 1 नमः सर्वविदे ॥
जयति तवस्तुपर्यायविचारापास्ततीर्थिक विहितैकैकतीर्थनयवादसमूहवशात(त्) प्रातीष्टि(ष्टि)तं । बहुतिथ(विध)भंगासिद्धिसिद्धांतविधानितमलमलीमसं
तीर्थमनादिनिधनगतमनुपममादिनतं जिनेश्वरैः ॥ १ etc Ends.--ol. 313* आचार्यश्रीशीलांग(कोविरचितायां आचारटीकायां द्वितीय श्रुत
स्कंधः परिसमाप्तः॥ छ ॥ समाप्तं चाचारांगमिति ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं १२०००

Page #38

12
GIERIGEccian
1. 11 Angas
आचारटीकाकरणे यदाप्तं पुण्यं मया मोक्षगमैकहेतुः ।
तेनापनीयाशुभराशि मुञ्चै
राचारमार्गप्रवणो (S) स्तु लोकः ॥ छ ॥
शाकनृपकालातीत संवत्सरशतेषु सप्तसु । अष्टानवत्यधिकेषु वैशाखशुद्धपञ्चम्यां आचारटीका कृतेति ॥ छ ॥ संवत् १५७९ वर्षे पौष सुदि १ गुरु श्री 'स्तंभतीर्थे' लष्यतं ॥ परोपकाराय || शुभं भवतुः ॥ कल्याणमस्तुः ॥ ॥ छ ॥ Reference.-Published. See No. 1. The introduction (p. 32, n. 2) by J. F. Fleet to Corpus inscriptionum indicarum vol. III, and Inscriptions of the early Gupta kings and their successors, Calcutta, 1888 may be consulted. See also Indian antiquary, vol. XV, p. 188 where two passages are quoted from this commentary.
Begins.--leaf 65mt(s)égw: 1 an: farènt: /
जयति समस्तवस्तुपर्याय etc.

13
No. 12
Size.-33 in. by 21 in.
Extent.-347 leaves; 3 to 5 lines to a leaf; 125 letters to a line. Description. This work commences on leaf 65b; really speaking it forms a second part of one and the same Ms., though numbered separately, the first part being Acarangasūtra No. 2; and the third and the last part being Acarangasūtraniryukti No. 7; this Ms. contains the ts of the text; leaves 1472 and 270a illegible on account of ink spread out; leaves 170, 351 and 352 wrongly placed, sides interchanged; leaf 212 numbered as 112, though at the bottom as 212; leaf 411a blank; complete; extent 12000 ślokas. For other details see No. 2. Age. Samvat 1348.

Acārāngasūtraṭīkā
79.
1872-73.

Page #39

Jaina Literature and Philosophy (13 Ends.-- leaf 4II' (a) स क्रियानयो नामेति । एवं प्रत्येकमाभिधाय परमार्थो(s)यं निरू प्यते ।। ज्ञान (b) क्रियाभ्यां मोक्ष इति तथा चागमः ॥
सव्वेसि पि णयाणं बहुविहे (हव)त्तव्वया णिसामेत्ता।
तं सव्वणयविसु(c) द्धं जं...गुणहिउ(ओ) साहु(हू)॥ चरणं क्रियागुणो ज्ञानं । तद्वा(न्) साधुर्मोक्षसाधनायालमिति तात्पर्याथैः ॥ छ । आचार्यशीलांकविरचितायां etc., up to प्रवणो(s)स्तु लोकः as in No. II followed by ग्रंथायं सहस्रद्वादश अंकतो(s)पि । १२००० मंगलं महाश्री ॥ छ । संवत् १३४८ वर्षे वैशाख वदि १० सोमे संघ वीरपालसुत संघ रत्नपालेन स्वमातु(:) श्रेयो(s)) श्रीआचारांगसूत्रवृत्तिनियुक्ति
पुस्तकं लेखितं ॥ छ । मंगलं महाश्रीः ॥ छ । N. B.-- For further particulars see No. II.
29.
आचाराङ्गसूत्रटीका
Acārāngasūtratikā No. 13
1866-68. Size.--101 in. by 4} in. Extent.--291 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin and greyish; Devanāgari characters
with occasional पृष्टमाघाs; bold, legible and very elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink;almost all the foll. more or less worm-eaten; some of them awfully damaged; condition very poor; foll. I and 291b blank ; numbers of foll. mostly up to 81 entered in both the
margins; all the foll. bound up in leather cover ; complete. Age.--Samvat 1644. Begins.--fol. I जयति समस्लवस्तुपयाय etc. as in No. II. Ends.-fol. 2914 चरणं क्रियागुणो ज्ञानं तद्वत्साधुर्मोक्षसाधनयालमिति तात्पर्यार्थः ।
छ । आचार्यशीलांकविरचितायां आचारटीकायां द्वितीयः (श्रुत)स्कंधः । समाप्तं चाचारांगमिति । आचारटीकाकरणे etc. up to लोकः as in No. II followed by अंकतो(s)पि ग्रं. २०००(?)। सं.१६४४ वर्षे आश्विन
व.९शनौ। N. B.-For further particulars see No. II.
1-3 (a ), (b) and (c) indicate the 1st, 2nd and 3rd columns. 4 Three letters are gone. They ought to be च, र and'ण..

Page #40

15
15)
1. I1 Angas आचाराङ्गसूत्रटीका
Acārārgasūtratīkā
683. No. 14
1899-1915. Size.-101 in. by 48 in. Extent.---219 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, very thin, rough and greyish ; Deva
nägarī characters with EATS; bold, clear and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in sour lines in black ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; small bits of paper pasted to fol. 1° ; it is blank ; several foll. worm-eaten to a smaller or greater degree; strips of paper pasted to most of of the foll. especially up to the 26th; condition on the whole, fair ; numbers of foll. generally entered twice, on one and the same page but in different margins ; this Ms. does not seem to contain the original text but it explains it
by giving the gras; extent 12300 ślokas. Age.—Pretty old. Begins.--fol. Db 11 Go II SVS FÀTSÉCHT: 11
prufat Hamar etc. as in No. II. Ends.--fol. 2195 METTATYATARTWARTE Æfa arge(r): 113 ll 317417
făr(fi) gizarteater etc., as in No. II up to 12: followed
by ग्रंथाग्रं सहस्रद्वादश शततृऽक(ङ्क)तो(s)पि ॥ छ । १२३०० ॥ N. B.--For other particulars see No. 11.
आचाराङ्गसूत्रटीका
Acārāngasūtratikā
1085. No. 15
1887-91. Size.-10. in. by 41 in. Extent.--240 + 1 + 1 +1 -1 = 242 folios ; 15 lines to a page; 54
letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, thin, brittle, and grey ; Devanāgarī
characters with occasional qe HENTS'; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink;

Page #41

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(16
yellow pigment used; red chalk, too; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. pasted to foll. 18 and 2406; fol.58 repeated; so are the foll. 75 and 177; some of the foll. somewhat worm-eaten ; edges of foll. 141 to 227 more or less damaged ; foll. 180 to 219 blackish, foll. 183 to 215 torn; condition poor; one of the foll. out of 177 to 187 missing;
extent 12300 ślokas. Age.- Old. Begins.-- fol. 1bllo 113 THTSÉTAT: 1 AA: MERT: 11
tufa Hakata etc., as in No. II. Ends.-- fol. 240° FEITHITYAPTATTARTÁfat arerurtea: enrereiztistare
तायां आचारटीकायां द्वितीयः श्रुतस्कंधा परिसमाप्तः ॥ छ ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ ग्रं.
3230o. N. B.- For other particulars see No. II.
Bataatiot
Ācārāngasūtrapradīpikā
684.
No. 16
1899–1915 Size.--Iog in. by 4 in. Extent.--122+I=123 folios; 15 lines to a page; so letters to a line. Description.—Country paper, thin, rough and grey ; Devanāgari
characters; clear, bold and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. 14 and 1226 blank; yellow pigment used; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 1a in the middle; small bits of paper pasted to foll. 2a and the corresponding letters supplied; condition on the whole good; foll. 51 etc. numbered in both the margins ; fol. 116 repeated; the commentary goes up to the Ist śrutaskandha
only ; lacunæ on fol. 902 ; this Ms. lacking in praśasti. Age.- Pretty old. Author.- Jinahamsa Süri, successor of Jinasamudra Süri, successor of
Jinacandra Sūri of the Kharatara gaccha. For further details
see the colophon of No. 17. Subject.--A Sanskrit commentary explaining the first part of the
first anga. It is based upon Silānka Sūri's commentary to this agama.

Page #42

17]
Begins.fol. r ॥ ६० ॥ अर्हम् ॥
I. II Angas
शासनाधीश्वरो जायाद वर्धमाना जिनेश्वरः भवति सुखिनो भव्याः यदीयवचनामृतैः ॥ १ ॥ शीलांकाचार्यरचिता वृत्तिरस्ति सविस्तरा । श्री आचारांग [स्] सूत्रस्य दुर्विगाहा परं ततः ॥ २ ॥ अनुग्रहार्थ सभ्यानां व्याख्यातॄणां सुखावहा । श्रीजिनहंससूरींद्रेः क्रियते स्म प्रदीपिका ॥ ३ ॥
इह द्वादशानामंगानां मध्ये प्रथमांगं श्रीआचारांगं यतो ज्ञानाचारादीनां मोक्षांगभूतानामिह प्ररूपणादाचारांगं अत्र हि द्वौ श्रुतस्कंधौ तत्र प्रथमश्रुतस्कंधे नवाध्ययनानि तानि चामूनि etc.
Ends.--fol. 122* अष्टमाध्ययनपरिसमाप्तौ प्रथमांगश्रीआचारांगस्य ब्रह्म (ह्म)चर्याख्यः प्रथमश्रुतस्कंधः समाप्तः। इति श्री ' गृह (तू) खरतर ' गच्छे श्रीजिनसमुद्रसारपट्टालंकार श्रीजिनहंस सूरिवि (र) चितायां | श्रीआचारांगप्रदीपिकायां प्रथमश्रुतस्कंधः परिच्छेदः ॥ छ ॥ श्रीचेला जगमाल लिष्यं ।
Reference. --Published. See No. I.
Age.—Pretty old.
Begins. fol. rb अर्ह
57
आचारामसूत्रप्रदीपिका
No. 17
Size.—1o‡ in. by 4g in.
Extent.--222 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs ; bold, clear, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. pasted to fol. 14 ; fol. 1© blank; foll. 80 onwards up to the end doubly numbered, the second set of numbers being 1, 2, etc ; condition very good; composed in Sarvat 157 (? 1572 ); complete ; this Ms. contains praśasti wherein this work is named as Acaradipikā.

Acarangasūtrapradipikā
1175.
1886-92.
शासनाधीश्वरो etc. as above.
Endsfol. 221° समाप्तं विमुक्त्यध्ययनं तत्समाप्तौ च समाप्ता चतुर्थचूढा तत्समाप्तौ na tigrधः तत्समाप्तौ च परिसमाप्तं प्रथमं श्रीआचारांग[J. L. P. ]

Page #43

18
[ 17
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
मिति श्री ' बृहत्खरतरगच्छे श्रीजिन समुद्रसूरि पट्टालंकारश्री जिन हंससूरिविरचितायां श्रीआचारांगप्रदीपिकायां द्वितीयः श्रुतस्कंध (:)ः ॥ श्रीवीरशासने क्लेशनाशने जयिनि क्षितौ ।

सुधर्मस्वाम्यपत्यानि गणाः संति सहस्रशः ॥ १ ॥ गच्छ (:) 'खरतर 'स्तेषु समस्तस्वस्तिभाजनं यत्राभूवन् गुणजुषो गुरवो गतकल्मषाः ॥ २ ॥ श्रीमानु (द) द्योतनः सूरिर्वर्द्धमानो जिनेश्वरः । जिनचंद्रो (S) भयदेवो नवांगीवृत्तिकारक ( : ) ॥ ३ ॥ ग्रथिका (ता) नेकसग्रंथो निर्ग्रथानां श (शि) रोमणि ( णिः) । दुर्लभो दुर्धियां धीमद्वल्लभो जिनवल्लभः ॥ ४ ॥ जिनदत्तो जिनचंद्रो जिनपरासी जिनेश्वरश्वैचः (?) । स जिनप्रबोधजिन चंद्रसुगुरुजिनकुस (श)लजिनपद्मा (:)५॥ जिनलब्धिर्जिनचंद्र: संघोदयकृज्जिनोदयगणेशः । जिनराज सूरिगणभृत्तत्पालंकृतिप्रवणः ॥ ६ ॥ तत्पट्टे सिद्धांतस्वर्णपरीक्षाकषोपलप्रख्याः । श्री जिन भद्रयद्राः श्रीजिनचंद्राश्व तत्पट्टे ॥ ७ ॥
ये द्वे ( है ) धममलशीला (:) प्रियगुणिनो दूरमस्तदु ( : ) शीलाः । श्रीजिन समुद्रसूरिप्रवरास्ते तदनु संजजुः ॥ ८ ॥
तत्पादपङ्केरुहभृंगसन्निभा
स्तत्सेवनासादन (? दित) शास्त्र सौरभाः । तच्छिष्यलेशा, गुणिभिः समादृता गणाधिपा ( : ) श्रीजिनहंस सूरयः ॥ ९ ॥ श्री लूणकर्ण राज्ये मंत्रीश्वरकर्मसिंहसंघपतौ । 'क्रम' नगरे मुनिशरचंद्रमितवर्षे ॥ १० ॥ सट (वृत्तिशास्त्रादिविहारकारिणां महात्मनां निर्मलसूत्रधारिणां । ज्ञानक्रियाभ्यासवतां हि तेषां
कुलोद्भवैः श्रीजिनहंससूरिभिः ॥ ११ ॥ आचारदीपिकेयं विनिर्मिता देवकुलिकया तुल्या | अल्पावबोधयतिगण मतिदैवतसंनिवेशकृते ॥ १२ ॥ साहाय्यमत्र चक्रुः श्रीपाठक देवतिलकनामानः । दक्षाः शिष्याः वाग्गुरुगुरुदयासागरेंद्राः ॥ १३ ॥ गीतार्थशिरोमणिभिः श्रीपाठकभक्तिला भयतिमुखैः (ख्यैः) । संशोधिता तथापि च यदत्र दुष्टं विशोध्यं तत् ॥ १४ ॥

Page #44

19]
1. II Angas.
चंद्रादित्य यावत् श्रीवीरशासनं जयति । तानंदत्वेषा इत्याश्री (शी) में भवतु सफला ॥ १५ ॥ इति प्रशस्तिः ॥ छ ॥
N. B.-- For further particulars see above.
आचाराङ्गसूत्रप्रदीपिका
No. 18
Size.—1o‡ in. by 44 in.
Extent.—197 folios; 15 lines to a page; 52 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, thick, smooth and white; Devanagari characters; bold, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. pasted to fol. r* ; a similar piece attached to the last fol. ( 197th ) ; condition very good; complete ; extent 10000 Ślokas. Age. — Samvat 1612.
Begins. fol. 1 अर्ह
सर्व्वग्रंथाग्रं १०००० ॥ छ ॥
शासनाधीश्वरो etc. as in No. 16.
Ends. -- fol. 1972 समाप्तं विमुक्त्यध्ययनं etc., up to इति प्रशस्तिः as in No. 17. followed by संवत् १६१२ वर्षे कार्त्तिकमासे शुक्लपक्षे द्वितीयातिथौ बृहस्पतिवासरे श्री 'बृहत्खरतरगच्छे। श्रीजिनभद्रसूरिशिष्य श्रीकमल संयममहोपाध्यायशिष्य श्रीविद्वच्चक्रवर्त्तिश्रीमुनिगुरुमहोपाध्याय शिष्यपं महिमसारगणि । शिष्य पं० रंगवर्द्धन गणितत्शि (च्छिष्यपं कल्याणसारमुनिमा स्ववचनार्थ लिपीकृता । श्री 'देवराज' पुरमध्ये । शुभं भवतु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ॥
आचाराङ्गसूत्रप्रदीपिका
No. 19

19
Acarangasütrapradipika
N. B. For additional information see Nos. 16 and 17.
237.
A. 1882-83.
Acarangasutra pradipikā
154.
1871-72.
Size.—1o in. by 4g in.
Extent. - 196 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, rough and grey; Devanagari characters with पृष्टमात्राs; bold, clear and good hand-writing; borders

Page #45

20
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 20
ruled in four lines in black ink; the space between the pairs carelessly coloured red; red chalk used; each of the foll. sa and 1966 decorated with a beautiful diagram in red ink ; bits of paper pasted to the edges of the first fol.; numbers of foll. entered in both the margins; some of the numbered sides have pieces of paper pasted to their three small discs;
condition tolerably good; complete ; extent 15000 ślokas. Age.--Pretty old. Begins.--fol. 1b
TIerattati etc., as in No. 16. Ends.--fol. 196 समाप्तं विमुक्त्यध्ययनं etc., up to प्रदीपिकायां as in
No. 17 followed by gafari(:) FATHT: Toni ACT
१५००० आचारांगदीपिका समाप्तः(प्ता)॥ N. B. For further particulars see No. 16.
आचाराङ्गसूत्रप्रदीपिका
Ācārāngasūtrapradīpikā
620. No. 20
1892-95. Size.--112 in. by 41 in. Extent.--1 27-2+ 2 + 83-3+4 = 211 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 60
letters to a line. Description--Country paper, thin and grey ; Devanagari characters
with EAETS ; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment as well used ; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. pasted to fol. 1*; foll. I to 29 more or less worm-eaten; edges of foll. 56 to 65 damaged ; condition tolerably good; the 17th folio numbered also as 18 and 19, so the succeeding foll. numbered as 20, 21 etc.; foll. 31 and 32 repeated; foll. 128 etc. are numbered only as 1, 2, etc., the 13th fol. wrongly numbered as 14 ; foll. 57, 67 and 68 lacking; foll. S4, 58, 62 and 75, repeated; the last
foll. numbered both as 83 and 211. Age.Samvat 1610 (?)

Page #46

2F]
I. II Angas
Begins.-fol. I' अ« ॥
शासनाधीश्वरो etc. as in No. 16. Ends.--fol. 211 विमुत्ती सम्मता(त्ता)। अस्मिन् लोके परत्र च द्वयोराप लोकयोर्न
यस्य बंधनं किंचन अस्ति । स निरालंबनः। ऐहिकामुष्मिकाशंसारहितः । अप्रतिष्ठितो न क्वचित् प्रतिबद्धोऽशरीरी वा । स एवंभूतः । कलंकलीभावात् संसार(ग) दिपर्यटनाद्विमुच्यते । इति(:) परिसमाप्तौ ब्रवीमीति पूर्ववत् । समाप्तं विमुक्त्यध्ययनं etc., as in No. I7. up to द्वितीयः श्रुतस्कंधः परिसमाप्तः followed by सं. १६१०० (? १६१०) वर्षे कार्तिकवदि १४
रवौ लिखितं श्रीः etc. N. B. For further details see No. 16.
आचाराङ्गसूत्रदीपिका
Acārārgasūtradipikā
1084. No. 21
1887-91. Size.—101 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 257 - 7 = 250 folios; 13 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description--Country paper, thin and whitish ; Devanāgari characters
with TATEITS; big, bold, clear and elegant handwriting; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1a blank; diagrams on foll. 86; 9 and 264; edges of foll. 21 to III damaged ; condition
good; foll. 196 to 202 lacking ; extent 9000 ślokas. Age.--Old. Subject.-A commentaty in Sanskrit to Ācārāngasūtra based upon
___that of Silanka Suri. Begins.-fol. 1 अहे ।।
श्रीआचारानुयोग आरभ्यतेऽनुयोगो योग्याचार्येण कार्य इति सूरियणा उच्यते ॥
देसकुलजाइरु(रू)वी । संघयणी धिइ[]जुओ अणासंसी ।
अविकंथणो अमाई । थिरपरिवाडी गही(हिय)वक्को ।। ___ आर्यदेशजः सुखोदयवास्यात् । पैतृकं कुलं इक्ष्वाक्वादि । ज्ञातकुल
उत्क्षिप्तधूर्वहने न श्राम्यति । मातृकी जातिर्विमादिर्घा तया हि गुणी स्यात् । etc. Ends.--fol. 257° ज्ञानक्रियाद्वययुक् साधुः प्रमाणं ॥ छ ॥ शीलाचार्य। टीकातो
ऽर्थोऽलोखि ॥ छ । अत्र ॥

Page #47

22
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[22
सत्त (१) छ २ चऊ (उ) ३ च ४ छ ५ पंच ६ अट्ट ७ चतारो (तारि) होंति उद्देसा पढमसुक्खंधो एक्कार १ तिनि २ तिनी य ३ दो ४ दो ५ दोनि ६ हुंति बीमि ॥
॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ श्रीरस्तुः ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं ९००० ।
श्लोक हिश्रा (हस्रा ) णां ॥ नवकं सर्वसंख्यया प्रत्यक्षरण संख्याया निश्विकाय कविः स्वयं ॥ ९ ॥ यावद्विजयते तfर्थ ॥ श्रीमद्वीर जिनेशितुः । तावदेषा मरालीव खिलता (खेलतां) कृतिमानसे ॥ २ ॥ श्री सर्वज्ञ संघप्रसादाच्चिरं नंदतु ॥
आचाराङ्गसूत्रावचूरि
No. 22
Acarangasūtravacūri
1083. 1887-91.
Size.—to‡ in. by 42 in.
Extent.—36 folios ; 24 lines to a page ; 86 letters to a line. Description. -Country paper, very thin and greyish; Devanāgari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; very small, legible, bold, uniform and good hand-writing; borders neatly and carefully ruled in six lines in black ink; red chalk used; edges of the first and the last (36th) foll. slightly damaged ; condition on the whole good; the second fol. decorated with diagrams explaining the matter of the text; this Ms. contains only the rates of the text; complete.
Age.—Pretty old.
Author.—Not known.

Subject.-Explanatory notes in Sanskrit to Acarangasūtra. Begins.--fol. 1© ॐ नमः श्रीमदागमानुयोगप्रदेभ्यः श्रीगुरुभ्यः ।
इह हि रागद्वेषमोहाद्यभिभूतेन सर्वेणापि जंतुना शारीरमानसातिकदुक दुःखोपनिपातपीडितेन तदपनयनाय हेयोपादेयपदार्थपरिज्ञाने यत्नो विधेयः etc. Ends. fol. 364 स निरालंबन आशंसारहितोऽप्रतिबद्धः कः संसारपर्यटनाद्विमुच्यते इति ब्रवीमि " छ ।। इति श्रीआचारांगावचूरिः भद्रं श्रीजिनप्रवचनाय [:]. ।। ॥ श्रीः ॥

Page #48

251
paryáya No.
आचाराङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
No. 23
Extent.fol. 22 to fol. 28.
Description-Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukagatha
736 ( 1 ). 1875-76.
Subject.-Synonyms for some of the words occuring in Acarängasūtra. Begins. fol. 24 आचारे शस्त्रपरिज्ञाया उद्दे४ सु( ? )क्तकं । सु ( ? मुत्कलं । उद्दे५ ज्योतिष्मती कां गुणी मरणदुक्खमाभा इति अभयमित्यर्थः । संवर्त्तितलोकप्रतरासंख्य भागवर्तिप्रदेशराशिपरिमाणाः सपर्याप्ताः ॥ etc.
आचाराङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
No. 24
I. 11 Angas
Ends.--fol. 20 पात्रं समाधिस्थानं विष्ट (मूत्रभाजनमित्येकार्थाः । चरियाणि गृहप्राकातराणि । डिंवाणि डमरविशेषाः । संतसावएज्जं सत् स्वापतेयं संचलकमित्यर्थः । छ ॥ इत्याचारांगस्य पर्यायाः समाप्ताः ॥ छ ॥
आचाराङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
23
Acarangasūtraparyaya
736 (2).
1875-76.
Extent.--fol. 20 to fol. 34.
Description.-Complete. For further details see Pañcavastukagāthā
789 (1). paryaya No. 1895-1902.
Begins-- fol. 26 आचारे शस्त्रपरिज्ञा etc.
Ends-- fol. 34 पात्रं समाधिस्थानं etc. up to the end as in No. 23.

Acarangasūtraparyaya
789 (2).
1895-1902.
Acarangasūtraparyāya
736 (24). 1875-76.
No. 25
Extent. fol. 30 to fol. 316.
Description. Complete. For further particulars see Pañcavastuka
736 (1).
paryāya No.1875-76.

Page #49

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[27
Subject.–Certain words occurring in the Ācārāngasūtra explained in
Sanskrit. Begins.---fol. 30* जयतीति स्कंदक(च्छंदः । तीर्थ इति मत (?)। माल(मले )ति
बद्धं कर्म । मलीमास्यति बध्यमानं संमतीति अभयदेवादि । धम्मकहेति अनेन
धर्मकथानुयोगभणनकाले । etc. Ends.-fol. 31 प्रथम चरम । अतो(5)यामति द्वितीयश्रुतस्कंधः । गोज्जा इति नटः
पर्याहार इति पदार्थाः । चिलुगगायम इति खचलनं (?) । पूर्वत्रेति गोदोहनकाले प्रथमगाथाया इति व्याख्यानं संदिग्धं । बीजावक इति भूपल आगंतरादौ (?) इति देशीकुट्यादि । आचारांगपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ॥
आचाराङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
Ācārāngasūtraparyāya
789 (24). No.26
1895-1902. Extent.--fol. 49a to fol. 514. Description.--Complete. For other details see Pañcavastuka
789 (I).. paryaya No. 1895-1902. Begins.-fol. 49* जयतीति स्कंदकच्छंदः etc. Ends.-fol. SI पूर्ववेति गोदोहनकाले प्रथमगाथाया इति व्याख्यानं । संदिग्धं ।
बीजावक इति चूडयलः । आगंतरादौ (2) इति देशीकुट्यादि ॥ छ । आचारांगपर्यायाः समाप्ताः।
आचाराङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
Ācārāngasūtraparyāya
332 (7). No.27
A 1882-83. Extent.-fol. 34° to fol. 36. Description.--Complete. For other particulars see Nandisūtravişa
332 ( 1 ). mārthapadaparyāya. No. A 1882-83 Begins.-fol. 34 जयतीति स्कंदकं छंदः । etc. as in No. 25. Ends.---fol. 36° पूर्वप्रेति गोदोहनकाले etc. up to आचारांगपर्यायाः समाता।

Page #50

28
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र सूयगडंग सुत्त)
No. 28
II. 11 Angas
THE SECOND ANGA
Size.-11 in. by 42 in.
Extent.-46 folios; 15 lines to a page; 52 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters; small, uniform, legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; red chalk used; the unnumbered sides having a small disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; several foll. more or less worm-eaten ; edges of some of the foll. slightly damaged; condition fair; the first two foll. newly put in, in place of the old ones lost or worn out; complete ; ends on fol. 42b; extent 2580 slokas; the text consists of two parts known as śrutaskandhas, the first having 16 adhyayanas and the second 7; this Ms. contains in addition to the text, सूत्रकृताङ्गमूत्रनिर्युक्ति beginning on fol. 42b and ending on fol. 46.
Begins.—fol. 1© ॐ नमो दी (वी) तरागाय [:]
Sūtrakṛtāngasūtra (Suyagadangasutta) 258 ( a ).
1871-72.
Age.-Old.
Author. Sudharmasvămin according to the tradition.
Subject.--Philosophical discussions together with a polemic against kriyāvāda, akriyāvāda, ajñānavāda and vinayavada. For the names of all the adhyayanas see No. 39.

बुझेज्ज (त्ति ) तिओ ( उ ) वेज्जा बंधणं परियाणिया ।
किमाह बंधणं धीरो के वा जाणं तिउडइ ॥ १ ॥ etc. fol. 31 चोवएसिया ॥
25
तं च भिक्खू परित्राय विज्जं तेसु ण मुच्छते ॥
अणुक्कसेऽप्पलीणे मज्झेणं मुणि जावए ॥ etc.
I This is the second verse of the 4th uddeśaka of the first śrutaskandha.
4 [J. L. P.]

Page #51

26
Jaina Literature and Philosphy
[28.
Ends.-fol. 42" तिक्खुत्तो आयाहिण(ण) पयाहिणं 'करेइ कारत्ता धंदइ नमसइ बंदित्ता
नमंसित्ता एवं वदासि इच्छामिण भते तुम्भं(भं) अंतियं चाउज्जामातो धम्मातो पंच(म)महत्वइयं सपडिक्कमण ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं २२०० धम्मं उवसंपज्जित्ता णं विहार त्तए। अहासहं देवाणुप्पिया मा पडिबंधं करेहि। तते(ए) णंस (से) उदये पढालपुत्ते समणस्स भगवतो महावीरस्स अंतिए चाउज्जामातो धम्मातो पंचमहव्वतियं धम्म उवसंपज्जित्ता णं विहरति ति (त्ति) ॥छ ॥ बेमि नालंदियज्जं सम्मत्तं ॥ सम्मत्ता मज्जू(ज्झ)यणा सम्मत्तो सूयगडबीयसुयकखंधो ॥ छ । संमत्तं बीयं डं अंग
पद्मोपमं पत्रपरंपरान्वितं
वर्णोज्ज्वलं सूक्तमरंदसुंदरं । मुमुक्षु,गप्रकरस्य वल्लभं
जीयाच्चिरं मूत्रकृतांगपुस्तकं ॥११॥
Reference.-- This work is published in the Bombay edition of A.D.
1881, wherein we find the Bālāvabodha of Pārsvacandra Süri, the dipikā of Harşakula, the tikā of Silānka Suri and a preface and an index in Gujarāti by Bhimasiñha Māneka. The text together with Bhadrabähusvāmin's niryukti and Milānka's commentary is also published in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, in A. D. I9I7. The English translation of the text along with an index of names and subjects and that of Sanskrit and Prakrit words, compiled by H. Jacobi is published in “Sacred Books of the East " vol. XLV, in A. D. 1895. For the analysis of the text see Rajendralala Mitra's notices of Sanskrit Mss. vol. VII, pp. J 20-122 published in A. D. 1885. For contents etc., see Weber II, p. 370 ff; and Indian Antiquary vol. XVII, p. 344 ft. For the discussion of Vaitaliya metre see H. Jacobi's article viz., “Ueber die Entwicklung d. indischen Metrik in nachvedischer Zeit” published in zeitschift der deutschen morgenländischen Geseuschaft3 vol. XXXVIII, pp. 590-619. In this article the Aryā metre of Acārāngasūtra is also dealt with. For references from Sūtrakstānga see F.O. Schrader's "Über
den stand der indischen Philosophie zur Zeit Mahāvīras und 1-2. In P. L. Vaidya's edition of the text together with the niryukti published
in Arhatamataprabhakara Series as No. 5, Poona, 1928, we come across
some variants. 3. This work is hercafter referred to as Z. D. M. G.

Page #52

II. 11 Angas Buddhas ”, Strassburg, 1902. For additional Mss. etc., Guerinot's Bibliographie and Velankar's Catalogue B. B. R. A. S.' (vols. III-IV, p. 401 ) may be consulted.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र
Sūtrakrtāngasūtra ( TUA YAFET )
(1st śrutaskandha )
117. No. 29
1869-70. Size.--10] in. by 4} in. Extent.--31 folios; 11 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, rough and white; Devanāgari
characters with occasional years; big, legible and very good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; white paste, too ; foll. numbered in the the right-hand margin ; fol. 12 blank; edges of the last fol. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good; complete so far as the first śrutaskandha is concerned ; otherwise incomplete ; extent 1000 ślokas.
Age.-Old.
Begins.-fol. 10 AT aart:
gut Ê (falsigwit etc. Ends.---fol. 316 VẬT FIUE SAL Hart i far Qih I PIESTA TECNTAT
ETT FR13 1 CÆTTERT HATTI II etc. of 2000. N. B. For further particulars see No. 28
सुत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र
Sūtrakrtāngasūtra टीकासंहित
with tíkā
412. No. 30
1880-81. Size.--10] in. by 41 in. Extent.--224 folios; 19 to 21 lines to a page; 53 to 58 letters to a
line. Description.-Country paper, thin and white; Devanāgarī characters
with gealars; bold, legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders mostly ruled in four lines in black ink; this Ms.
contains both the text and the commentary, the text 1. For the complete title see p. 3.

Page #53

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[31.
written in a slightly bigger hand; numbers of foll. entered in both the margins; fol. 224b blank; complete; a piece of paper of the size of the foll. pasted to fol. 1"; condition very good; extent 12850 slokas. Age. Old.
Author of the text -Sudharmasvamin.
28
of the commentary- Śīlānka Sūri.
Subject. The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.-(text) fol. 5bafogo (fa) far etc. as in No. 47. (com.),, 1 ᶤ¤
etc. as in No. 32
Ends- (text) fol. 2242 समणस्स भगवतो महावीरस्स अंतिए चाउज्जामातो धम्मात पंचमहल्वतियं धम्मं उवसंपज्जित्ता णं विहरत्ति (ति) त्ति बेमि नालंदि अज्झयणं सम्मत्तं छ सम्मत्ता महज्झयणा छ सम्मत्तो सूयगडबीयमुकखंधो छ ग्रं० २१०० छ.
( com. ) fol. 2249 समाप्ता चेयं etc. up to कल्याणभाग भवतु as in No. 32 followed by छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं १२८५०
Reference Published. See No. 28. For an additional Ms. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 402.
در
در
""
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र
( प्रथम श्रुतस्कन्ध ) टीका सहित
No. 31
Size.--10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 75-174 folios; 20 lines to a page; 50 to 61 letters to a line.
Sūtrakṛtängasūtra (1st śrutaskandha)
with tikā

Description.--Country paper, thin and white; Devanagari characters with occasional gears; clear and tolerably good handwriting; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; it is a faqet Ms.,the text written in a bigger hand; red chalk and yellow pigment used; the first fol. lacking; several foll. have a small strip of paper pasted to them as their edges are more

146.
1872-73.

Page #54

30.7
II. 11 Angas
or less worn out; condition on the whole very good; foll. 52 to 74 numbered also as I to 23; the foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; the text does not contain both the śrutaskandhas; it stops at the completion of the 7th adhyayana of the Ist śrutaskandha while the commentary terminates with the initial lines of the explanation of the 8th (see p. 165 of the printed edition of the Agamodaya
Samiti ); incomplete. Age.-Old. Begins.-(text) fol. 64 3 AA: CIT 11
grew (f9) PASTE WAT etc. » (com.) fol. 2a Ô T waahia wra: 1 389 ATE TE
etc. See p. 24 of the printed edition above referred to. Ends.-(text) fol. 746 far EHHATÒ 517311 Tagt i
__ समागम कंखति अंतकस्स । णिध्ये कम्म ण परं(ब)चुवेइं।
अकखकखए वा सगडं ति बेमि॥३०॥
कुसलिपरिभासियं सत्तमं अध्ययनं ७ »--(com.) fol. 75" FraticatETTIÊ 399HICH TOTT TETYTARIA
गतार्थाधिकारो(5)यं तद्यथा बालबालपंडितपंडितवीर्यभेदात्रिविधमपि वीर्य
परिज्ञाय पण्डितवीर्ये यतितव्यामिति ( incomplete ). N. B.--For further particulars see No. 30.
सूत्रकृतामसूत्रटीका
Sūtrakrtāngasūtratikā No. 32
223,
73-74. Size.—104 in. by 44 in. Extent.—197-1 = 196 folios; 17 lines to a page; 65 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, very thin and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with gena; bold, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment .used; fol. 1* blank; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same page but in two different margins; the fol. 88th numbered as 89th also, the following being consequently numbered as 90, 91, etc.; the edges of the first fol. slightly damaged; most of the

Page #55

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
31
foll. have their corners somewhat worn out; foll. 184 to 197 have their edges more or less gone; condition very fair;
complete; extent 13000 ślokas. Age.—Pretty old. Author.--Silānka Sūri. Subjct.--This is a commentary of the 2nd Anga. It contains the
gares both of the original text as well as those of the fargita;
the latter, too, is elucidated. Begins.-fol. I अहं ॥
स्वपरसमयार्थसूचकमनंतगमपर्ययार्थनयगहनं ।
सूत्रकृतमंगमतुलं विवृणोमि जिनान्नमस्कृत्य ॥ १ ॥ etc. Ends-fol. 197' समाप्ता चेयं सूत्रकृतद्वितीयांगस्य टीका कृता चेयं शाला
चार्येण वाहरिगण ।ण सहायेन।।
यदवाप्तमत्र पुण्यं टीकाकरणे मया समाधिभृता ॥
तेनापेततमस्को भव्यः कल्याणभाग भवतु ।। छ । इति श्रीसूयगडांगवृत्ति संपूर्ण समाप्तं ॥ छ ॥ सर्वश्लोकसंख्या
१३००० ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ॥ छ । Reference.--Published. See No. 28. For additional Mss. see Gaek
wad's Oriental Series! vol. XXI. pp. 6 and 8.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रटीका
Sūtrakrtāngasūtratīká
____783...
.
No. 33
1876-76.. Size.-101 in. by 4g in. Extent.-248-1-3-1+1+1+1+1+1+1=249 folios; 15 lines to a
page; 55 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, thin and grey ; Devanăgari characters
with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, clear and good hand-writing; the first original fol. seems to be missing; it appears to have been replaced by another written in a different hand on a difterent sort of paper ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the intermediate space between the pairs coloured red; red
I.
This is hereafter referred to as G. O. Series.

Page #56

34.]
II. 11 Angas
31
chalk and yellow pigment as well used; fol. 12th lacking ; so are foll. 143 to 145 and 178; marginal space of several foll. utilized for writing some thing or other; some of the foll. seem to be written in a different hand e. g. foll. 105 and 106; foil. 154, 195, 205 and 246 to 248 repeated ; fol. Toth slightly torn ; a piece of paper of the size of the foll. pasted to the fol. 2500 numbered as 248 ; condition very
fair; extent 12850 ślokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.--fol. 16
FACHHOTE etc., as in No. 32. Ends.--fol. 2489 HATAT 20 etc., up to anothra wat as in No, 32.
followed by 5 11 1910 82640 11 99917411 :) STOETSEE
ai cara 11 g 11 TH Hag etc. N. B-For further particulars see No. 32.
287.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रटीका
Sūtrakrtāngasūtratīkā * No 34
1883-84. Size.-104 in. by 4* in. Extent.—281 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, thin, rough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with EATITS; small, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly worn out; condition good; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; fol. 1a blank ; so is practically the fol. 28b; the title
etc. , are written on it; complete ; extent 13325 ślokas. Age.-Samvat 1580. Author.--Śilānka Súri. Begins.:-fol. rb II
FaYTAUTOTT Faria etc. Ends.--fol. 2814 Farar av etc., up to waq as in No. 32 followed by
11 giul Teri hareT ETT 33R4 11 11 etc. Fiaa ?460

Page #57

32
Jaina Literature and Philos
[35.
शुदि ६ नृगौ रोहिणीनक्षत्रे आऊष्माने योगे 'पत्तने [न ] लिषितं ॥ छ । etc. संवत् १६६१ वर्षे श्री अणहिल्पत्तन' भट्टारकयुगप्रधानश्री१०८निम(? जिन)चंद्रसूरिसार्बभामानां प्रधानश्रीहर्षविमलशिष्यवा०श्रीसुंदरगणिवराणां विहारिता प्रतिरिय ॥ श्री पत्तन'वास्तव्य सं० जयवंद सं० क्वनधर सं० वद्धमानपुत्ररश्न(त्न)संघवा वच्छराजः लघुभ्रातृभीमराजभ्रातृपुत्रअभयचंदषीमचदआनंदप्रमुखसारपरिवारसीकैः सपुत्रपौत्रे घेऊ'माठर गोत्रायः स० वच्छराजादिजननीसुश्राविकापुण्यप्रभाविकाबाईलघुभ्रातृजायाराजलदेनाम्नीभ्यां ॥ उपधानवाहयित्रीभ्यां पारणकदिने काती वदि ३ रविवारे शिष्यप्रशिष्यैः पं० साम्यसमुद्रादिभिर्वाच्यमाना चिरं
नंदतात् । etc. N. B.-For further particulars see No. 32.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रटीका
Sūtrakıtāngasūtratikā
905.
No. 35
1892-95. Size.—101 in. by 41 in. Extent.--253 +1 =254 folios ; 15 lines to a page; 57 letters to a line Description.- Country paper, thin and greyish; Devanāgari characters
with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1a blank; the edges of the first and last few foll. worn out to some extent; foll. 83 to 87 worm-eaten, condition tolerably good; numbers of the adhyayanas etc., indicated in the right hand-margins of the numbered pages; fol. 159 repeated; one of the foll. out of 73 to 87 seems to be written in a different hand; complete; extent 14000 ślokas; the commentry gives the gafas both of the text
and the niryukti. Age.-Fairly old. Begins.-fol. I अहं।
स्वपरसमयार्थसूचक etc. as in No. 32. Ends.-fol. 253 समाप्ता चेयं etc., up to कल्याणभाग भवतु as in
No. 32 followed by छ ॥ श्री ॥ छः । शुभं भवतुः । ग्रंथाग्रं १४०००. N. B. --For further particulars see No. 32.

Page #58

36.
Age.—Fairly old.
Author of the text. - Sudharmasvāmin.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र दीपिका सहित
No. 36
Size.—1o in. by 43 in.
Extent.—148 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 47 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, thin and white; Devanagari characters with occasional gears; clear and tolerably good handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink and edges in two ; yellow pigment and red chalk used; this Ms. con - tains both the text and its commentary, the former written in a slightly bigger hand; it is a fret Ms. up to the 20th fol.; complete ; fol. ra blank ; edges of the last few foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good ; complete; extent 6600 Ślokas ; dipika composed in Samvat 1583.
""
II. 11 Angas
در
I.
Subject. The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.~~(text) fol. 1 बुज्झिज्ज (त्ति ) तिउट्टिज्जा etc. as in No. 47.
-. ( com.) fol. 1' प्रणम्य श्रीजिनं वीरं गौतमादिगुरुं (रूं) स्तथा स्वान्योपतये कुर्वे द्वितीयांगस्य दीपिकां १
""
dipika- Harṣakula, pupil of Hemavimala Suri of the Tapa gaccha. See No. 37.
Sūtrakṛtāngasūtra with Dipika
33
1379,
1886-92,
Vide foll. II and 12.
5 [J. L. P.]

(com.) foll. 11-12—इति 'तपा' गच्छाधिराजश्री हेम विमलसूरीश्वरशिष्यहर्षकुलप्रणीतायां श्रीसूत्रकृतांगदीपिकायां प्रथमं समयाध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥ १ Ends. ( text ) fol. 148 * समणस्स भगवओ महावीरस्स etc., up to नालंदज्झं सत्तमं अज्झयणं संमत्तं छ as in No. 30.
safe प्रवचने चत्वारोऽनुयोगाः तथाहि । चरणकरा (रणा ) नुयोगः द्रस्यानुयोगः etc.
,,— (com.) fol. 1486 भगवता (S) पि तस्य सप्रतिक्रमणः पंचमहाव्रतिको धर्मो ( 1 ) नुज्ञातः स च तं धर्ममुपसंपद्य स्वीकृत्य विहरतीति इतिः परे (रि) समाप्त्यर्थे ब्रवी

Page #59

34
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 372
मीति पूर्ववत् सुधर्मस्वामी स्वशिष्यानिदमाह तद्यथा सो(s)हं ब्रवीमि येन मया भगवदंतिके श्रुतमिति छ नालंधीयाख्यमिदं सप्तममध्ययनं समाप्तं तत्समाप्तौ च समाप्तोरणे)यं द्वितीयः श्रुतस्कंधः तत्संपूतौ च संपूर्णो(s)यं श्रीसूत्र
maioratiq fill julafat TE HEATÔT TE FTATUTÔT II ETA HAT 11 Reference. The text and the commentary as well published. See
No. 28. For quotations see Weber II, p. 370 ff., and Mitra, Notices (vol. VIII, p. 88). For additional Mss, see B. B. R. A, S. (vol. III-IV, p. 401).
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र
Sūtrakrtāngasutra दीपिका सहित
with Dipikā
145. No. 37
1872-73. Size.-103 in. by 43 in. Extent.--101-14=87 folios; 18 to 21 lines to a page ; 52 to 58
letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters
with uhars; bold, legible and fair hand-writing; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary; it is a Ērgrei Ms.; red chalk and yellow pigment used; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. pasted to the first fol. ; fol. 1a. blank; strips of paper pasted to the 2nd fol., its edges having been worn out; some of the foll. badly torn, perhaps by one who carelessly tried to separate them when stuck together; condition fair ; foll. 13, 15, 16, 19, 25, 26 and 33 to 40 missing; otherwise both the text and the commentary complete ; the last ( 101th ) fol. decorated with a beautiful
diagram in red colour. Age.-Old Begins.--(text) fol. 1b ITAUFTT TA: 11
GF (1) fasíval etc., as in No. 47. „ --( com. ) fol. 1b 3189
FOFT shirt ait etc. as in No. 36.

Page #60

37.]
II. 11 Angas
3.5
Ends. ( text) fol. 101 अंतिए चाउज्जामाओ धम्माओ up to विहरइति बेमि as in No. 30 followed by छ ॥ इति नालंदइज्जं सम्मत्तं अज्झयणं ॥
"
( com.) fol. ror भगवता ( ( ) पि etc., up to श्रीसूत्रकृताङ्गदीपिका as in No. 36 and then as follows :--
अथ प्रशस्तिः ॥
निस्तंद्रचंद्रा (द्र) चारुणि 'चंद्र'कुले चरणचातुरीभाजः ।
विख्याम (त) ' तपे 'त्याख्या जगति जगच्चंद्रसूरयो [इ] भूवन् || १ ||

तेषां दोषांशमुख (ष) संताने सुकृतसंचयविताने ।
श्री सोमसुंदरगुरु (रू) त्तमाक्षमां सुगमा अभु (भू) वन् ॥ २ ॥
तत्पट्टस्फुटकमलाभाले काले तिलक संकाशाः । श्रीमुनि सुंदर गुरुष (रवः) कामित संपत्तिसुरतरवः ॥ ३॥ बाल्येत्ति (पि) 'भारती'ति प्रतीतिरुदपादि वादिवर्गे यैः । श्रीजयचंद्रमुनींद्राः पारींद्रास्ते परगजेषु ॥ ४ ॥ तत्पदविशदस्थाने (स्थाने) शृंगारसारतः भेजुः । श्रीरत्नशेखरा इति जगति यतः ख्यातिमापुस्ते ॥ ५ ॥ तेषां (षा)मनेकपट्टे (गुणसंघट्टे) प्रभावकषपट्टे । प्राप्ताधिकप्रतिष्टा (ष्टा): श्रीलक्ष्मीसागर (राः) शिष्टाः ॥ ६ भत्सितकलिकालुष्याः शिष्यास्तेषां यथार्थनामानः । श्रीसुमतिसाधुगुरवः क्ष्मासुरभीकारसयशोगुरु (र) वः ॥ ७ ॥ तत्पट्टे प्रकटेप्सित[:] पूरणचिंतामणीयमानानाम् । लब्ध्वा (S) धिकमानानां सुहेमविमलाभिधानानाम् ॥ ८ ॥ सूरींद्रगच्छनायकपदवीप्राप्तप्रभाप्रतिष्टा (ष्ठा) नाम् । शिष्याणुर्गुणशासनः जननीतिथिसंमिति (ते) १५८३ वर्षे ।। ९ ।। विबुधजनप्रार्थनया स्वस्य स्मृतये परोपकृतये च । सूत्रकृतांग स् (स्यै) तां हर्षकुलो दीपिकामलिखत् ॥ १० ॥ काश्वित्प्रमाणयुक्तीरप्रथयं नात्र सुगमताहेतोः ।
तत [:] एव नैव ब (वि) हितो लक्षणसंधिस्तथा कापि ॥ ११ ॥ सूत्रासंगत मत्रावादि कथंचिन्मया यदज्ञतया । तच्छतु सुधियः कृपया मात्सर्यमुत्सार्य ॥ १२ ॥ ग्रंथमितिरमुनि (नुमिता ( s)त्र च षट् सहस्राणि षट्शताग्राणि विबुधजनवाच्यमाना (नो) ग्रंथो (S) यं जगति जयतु चिरम् ।। १३ ।। इति सूत्रकृतांगसूत्र संपूर्णम दीपिकायुतम् च ॥
N. B. — For further particulars see No. 36.

Page #61

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[38.
सूत्रकृतासूत्र दीपिका सहित
Sūtrakrtāngasutra
with Dipikā
No.38
144. 1872-73.
Size.-II in. by 48 in. Extent.--74 folios ; 20 to 22 lines to a page ; 54 to 62 letters
to a line.
Description.--Country paper thick, smooth and greyish ; Deva
nagari characters with पृष्टमात्राs; hand-writing clear, bold, but not praiseworthy; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; foll. I to s more or less written entirely in red ink ; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary; yellow and red pigments used; the 74th fol. written on a very thin paper ; complete ; extent 8600 ślokas ; edges of the last few
foll. slightly worn out; condition very fair. Age.--Samvat 1659 ( see the 38th folio ). Regins.- (text) fol. I बुज्झिज्ज (त्ति) तिउट्टिज्जा etc., as in No. 47. , -- (com.) ,, I श्रीसर्वज्ञाय नमः ॥
प्रणम्य श्रीजिनं etc. (com.) fol. 38' इति श्री'तपागच्छाधिपतिश्रीहेमविमलमूरि(री)श्वरशिष्य
कुलहषपंडितप्रणीतायां' सूत्रकृतांगदीपिकायां। गाथाषोडशमध्ययन समाप्तं ॥ इति प्रथमश्रुतस्कंध समाप्तः। संवत् १६५९ वर्षे कुलहर्षगणिनाऽली
लिखत् ॥ श्री ॥ Ends. -(text) fol. 74* समणस्स भगवओ etc., up to अज्झयणं सम्मत्तं as in
No. 30. , -(com.) fol. 744 भगवानपि तस्य सप्रतिक्रमणं पंच etc., up to सप्तम
मध्ययनं समाप्तं as in No. 36 followed by ग्रंथानं ८६०० ॥ इति
श्रीसू(य)गडांग समाप्त. N. B.-For further particulars see No. 36.
1. This ought to be Harşakula.

Page #62

39.]
II. II Angas
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र दीपिका सहित
Sūtrakrtāngasūtra with Dipikā
No. 39
653. 1895-98.
Size.-10 in. by 48 in.
Extent.--159 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line.
Description.- Country paper thick and grey ; Devanagari characters
with पृष्ठमात्रा ; big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment as well used; fol. 1a blank; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary; complete; on fol. 1596 names of all the adhyayanas are mentioned ; condition very good; extent at least 7100 ślokas.
Age.-Sarivat 1643. Begins.---( text ) fol. 1° बुज्झिज्ज (त्ति ) तिउट्टिज्जा etc., as in No. 47. ,, -(com.) ,, 1° श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
प्रणम्य श्रीजिन etc., as in No. 36. ( com.) fol. 12° इति(:) समाप्तौ ब्रवीमीति । पूर्ववत् ॥ १३ पांडत
हर्षकुसि]लप्रणीताय(यां) श्रीसूत्रकृतांगीपिकाय?यां) प्रथम
समयाध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥ ( com. ) fol. 776 श्रीहष(र्ष)कुलविरचितायां सूत्रकृतांगदीपि
कायां etc. Ends.--( text ) fol. 159 समणस्स भगवओ etc., as in No. 36. „, -- (com.) folt594 Hitaar(s)iq ato etc., up to stagesaistelrotest as in
No. 36 followed by संपूर्णः ॥ ग्रंथायं ७१०० अधिक ज्ञातव्यं ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु । सं० १६४३ वर्षे कार्तिक शुदि १५ रवौ लिषितं ॥ भग्नपृष्ठ etc., यादृशं पुस्तके etc., तैलाद्रक्षेज लाद्रक्षे etc., followed by the names of the adhyayanas as under:

Page #63

38
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[40
१ प्रथमं समयाध्ययनं
१३ य(या)थातथ्य २ वैताली (या)ध्ययनं
१४ ग्रंथाध्ययन ३ उपसर्गाध्ययन
१५ जमइ ४ स्त्रीपरीस(ष)ह
१६ गाथा ५ निर(य)विभत्ती
१ पुंडरीक ६ वीरस्तव
२ क्री(क्रि)यास्थान ७ कुसी(शी)लपरिभाषा
३ आहारप्रभा ८वीर्याध्य(य)नं
४ प्रत्याख्यानकृया(१) ९ धर्माध्ययन
५ अनगार १० समाधि
६ आद्र(द्र कुमार ११ मार्ग
७ नालंदीऽ(या)ध्ययन १२ समोसरण N. B.-For further particulars şee No. 36.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र
Sūtrakrtāngasūtra दीपिका सहित
with Dipikā
286. No. 40
1883-84. Extent.--104 in. by 41 in. Extent.--134 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 53 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper tough and white; Devanāgari characters
with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; small; clear and very fair hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; the unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only, the numbered in the margins, too ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1a blank except that it is decorated with patterns; an edge of the first fol. slightly worn out ; condition on the whole very good; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary; both complete ; extent
7000 Slokas. Age.--Samvat 1689. 'Begins.-(text) fol. 1° बुज्झिज्ज (त्ति) तिउट्टिज्जा etc.
, -- (com.), प्रणम्य श्रीजिन etc.

Page #64

41.]
II. II Angas
39
Ends.- ( text) fol. 134 पेढा(ल)पुत्ते समणमाहणस्स भगवओ महावीरस्स etc.,
___practically up to सम्मत्तं as in No. 30 ,, - (com.) fol. 134 भगवन्न ताऽ)पि तस्य सप्रतिक्रमणः etc., practically
up to श्रीसूत्रकृतांगदीपिका as in No. 36 followed by श्रीरस्तु ॥ ग्रंथमितिरनुमिता प्रव (?अत्र ) । सप्त सहस्राणि सर्वग्रंथानं ७०००॥ शुभं भवतु
etc., संवत् १६८९ वर्ष आषाढ वदि २ भोमे ।। N. B.---For further particulars see No. 36.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र
Sūtrakrtāngasūtra दीपिका सहित
with Dipikā No. 41
___ 1289.
1887-91. Size.--101 in. by 41 in. Extent.-212 folios; I3 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper very thin and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with पृष्टमात्रा ; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders neatly and carefully ruled in four lines in black ink; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; the first fol. slightly torn and its edges worn out; foll. 117 to 125 partly worm-eaten ; condition on the whole very
good ; red chalk used ; yellow pigment also ; complete. Age.--Samvat 1629. Begins.- (text) fol. I बुज्झिज्ज (त्ति ) तिउट्टिज्जा etc., as in No. 47. , - (com.) ,, ,, ॐ नमः सिद्धेभ्यः ।
प्रणम्य श्रीजिनं etc., as in No. 36. (com.)fol. I5 इति तपागच्छाधिपश्रीहेमविमलमूरीश्वरशिष्यपंडितरत्न
हर्षकुलप्रणीतायां श्रीसूत्रकृतांगदीपिकायां प्रथमं समयाध्ययनं समाप्त Ends.- (text) fol. 21 I* समणस्स भगवओ etc., as in No. 36.
-(com.),, , भगवता(पि तस्य etc., up to श्रीसूत्रकृतांगदीपका as in No. 36 followed by समाप्ता ॥ छ ॥ अथ प्रशस्तिः । निस्तंद्रचंद्रचारुणि etc., up to जगति जयतु चिरम् as in No. 37. Then we have the lines as under :--

Page #65

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
शुभं भवतु । इति श्रीसूत्रकृताख्य द्वितीयांग दीपिकायाः प्रशस्तिः । कल्याणमस्तु संवत् १६२९ वर्षे शाके १४९४ प्रवर्त्तमाने फा(ल गुण मासे । शुक्लपक्षे ११ तिथौ रुवासरे । पुनर्वसु नक्षत्रे । श्रीमति 'लोहाणा' वारतव्य । व्यवहारी सिरोरत्न वु । श्रीपथमाभार्या बाई जासू सुतरत्न वु । कुंरा लघुभ्रातृयिसिंगकेन समस्त कुटुंबयुतेन स्वपुण्यवृद्ध (च ) थे । आत्मश्रेयो (ऽर्थ । श्रीसूत्रकृतांगदीपिका | पुस्तिका लिखापिता । श्रेयो ( ( ) रतु | मांगल्यमस्तु | N. B. — For further particulars see No. 36.
40
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र
( प्रथम श्रुतस्कन्ध ) दीपिका सहित
No. 42
N, B.—For further particulars see No. 36.
Sūtrakṛtāngasūtra ( 1st śrutaskandha ) with Dipika
Size.e.-10.3 .in. by 43 in. Extent.—107 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description. -Country paper very thin, smooth and grey; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, big, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary up to the first śrutaskandha only ; the 2nd is not treated here; condition very good.
Age.—Fairly old.
Begins.~~( text ) fol. 1 बुज्झिज्ज (ति) तिउट्टिज्जा etc.
,,""--( com.) fol. 1 प्रणम्य श्रीजिनं etc. as in. No. 36. Ends.—( text ) fol. 107 से एवमायाणह जमहं भयंता [से]रो त्ति बेमि

42.
396. 1879-80.
-- ( com.),, 107' न च भगवंतो भयात् त्रातारो वा सर्वज्ञा अन्यथा वदंति । अतो मदुक्तमे [ए]वमेवावगच्छतेति ॥ छ ॥ इतिः समाप्तौ ब्रवी मीति पूर्ववत् ॥ इति श्रीसूत्रकृतांगदीपिकायां गाथाषोडशाख्यं षोडशमध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ श्री ॥

Page #66

II. 1! Angas
Sutrakrtāngasutra (प्रथम श्रुतस्कन्ध)
(1st śrutaskandha) दीपिकासहित
with Dīpikā No. 43
826.
1899-1915. Size.—10 in. by 44 in. Extent.--73 +4=77 folios ; 16 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper tough and white; Devanāgari chara
cters with occasional Teatas ; this is a fêqrat Ms., the text practically written in the same size of hand-writing as the commentary ; legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; yellow pigment profusely used; edges and corners of the first few foll. worn out; fol. I* almost blank; for HUTTÁCaftra: etc. written on it; soll. 35, 37, 43 and 59 repeated ; foll. 29 to 37 and 42, to 59 newly added for replacing the old ones which have been lost; this Ms. contains the text up to the ist śrutaskandha only and the commentary, too, of this śrutaskandha only ; condition tolerably good; old foll. numbered in both
the margins. Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.-( text ) fol. rb gicgio (1) faziar etc.
, (com.) fol. Ib SOFT Staa ait etc. Ends.--( text ) fol. 735 SAATTUTE HAT HTarzt if QIÀ II 11
- com.) fol. 736 waat etc., up to geaa as in No. 42 followed by a staqi'neytagfashiang tatशिष्यहर्षकुशलपंडितप्रणीतायां सूत्रकृतांगदीपिकायां गाथाषोडशाख्यं षोडशमध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥ तत्समाप्तौ च प्रथमः श्रुतस्कन्धः समपूरि ॥ शुभं Hard W ar II
सूत्रकृतासूत्र दीपिकासहित
No. 44 Size.-104 in. by 48 in.
6 [ J. L. P.]
Sūtrakrtāngasūtra with Dipikā
1285. 1887-91.

Page #67

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Extent.—214 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Devana gari characters with occasional ge; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. mostly numbered in the right-hand margin only ; foll. 1 and 214b blank ; the 1st fol. torn in several places ; foll. 4 to 9 damaged in the body; a portion of the 214th fol. worn out; condition on the whole tolerably fair; both the text and the commentary complete; dipika composed in Samvat 1599.
42
Age.—Pretty old.
Author of dipika. - Sādhuranga Upadhyaya, pupil of Bhuvanasoma, and guru of Dharmasundara of the Kharatara gaccha. Snbject. The second anga in Prakrit together with a commentary in Sanskrit.
Begins.— (text) fol. 1 बुज्झेज्ज (त्ति) तिउट्टेज्जा etc.
""
- (com) fol. 1 श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ॥ नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय स्वामिने परमात्मने । यदीयदर्शनादेव परानंदो विच्चं ( १ जूं ) भते ॥ १ ॥ नानालब्धिप्रधानाय निधानाय महौजसां । अज्ञानध्वांतविध्वंसदक्षाय श्रुतवेधसे ॥ २ ॥ श्रीवीताग (?) मिनः शिष्यराजाय गु ( ग ) णधारिणे संज (7) श्रीपवित्राय गौतमस्वामिने नमः || ३॥ युग्मं ।

ज्ञानदाहाई चक्षुर्यैर्विमलीकृतं । भवतु गुरु (र) वस्ते तु सुप्रसन्नदृशो मयि ॥ ४ ॥ श्रीसाघुरंगोपाध्यायैः द्वितीयांगस्य दीपिका । संक्षेपरुचिजीवानां हिताय सुखबोधिनी ॥ ५ ॥ जिनप्रवचनं नौमि श्रीमदहत्प्रकाशितं । यानपात्रायितं येन जन्तूनां भवसागरे ॥ ६ ॥
नत्वे (त्व) ताम्पराभीष्टान् स्तुत्वा च श्रुतदेवतां । सम्यक्त्वarai कुर्वे द्वितीयांगस्य दीपिकां ॥ ७ ॥
1440
तथाहि etc. व्याख्या । सूत्रमिदं सूत्रकृतांगस्य आदौ वर्तते । अस्य श्रीमदाचारांगेन सहायं संबंध: श्रीआचारांगे चैतत्प्ररूपितं । etc.

Page #68

.
44.1
II. 11 Angas Ends.- (text) fol. 213" इच्छामि णं भंते तुब्भाणं अंतिए चाउज्जामाओ धम्माओ
पंचमहत्वतियं सपडिक्कमणं धम्म उवसंपज्जित्ताणं विहरं(रि)त्तए अहासहं देवाणुप्पिया मा पडिबंधं करेहि ततेणं से उदए पेढालपुत्ते समणस्स भगघओ महावीरस्स अंतिए चाउज्जामाओ धम्माओ पंचमहत्वइयं सपडि
कमणं धम्म उवसंपज्जित्ताणं विहरति त्ति बेमि नालिं(लं)दियज्झयणं सम्मत्तं । ,, -(com.) fol. 231* इह व्याख्यानं सर्वे सुगमं विशेषतस्तु वृह(दोवृत्तितो(s) बसेयमिति । समाप्ता चेयं द्वितीयांगस्य दीपिका ॥
जयति जिनशासनमिदं परतीर्थिकतिमिरजालवरतरणिं ।' भवजलधियानपात्रं पात्रं स(ज)ज्ञानरत्नानां ॥१॥ यस्य जिनेदाः(द्राः) शासनपानीयपथाश्वरत्नमारुह्य । कुशलेन केन चापुर्भवजलमुल्यं (ल्लं)घ्य शिवनगरं ॥२॥ स जयति वीरजिनेंद्रस्त्रिभुवनचूडामाणः कृतो(द्योतः । कुसुदोल्लासं कुर्वन पदनखसूर्याशुभिर्विततैः ॥३॥ वर्द्धमानजिनो जीयात् जगदानन्ददायकः । द्वादशांगी विधातारो जयंतु च गणाधिपाः ॥४॥ जयंतु गुरवः पूज्या ये सदा मयि वत्थ(स)लाः। परोपकारप्रवणाः जयंतु स्वज(सज्ज)ना अपि॥५॥ श्रीजिनदेवसूरीणामादेशेन चिरायुषां। उपजीव्य बृहद्वृत्तिं कृत्वा नामांतरं पुनः ।। ६॥ श्रीसाधुरंगोपाध्यायैर्द्वितीयांगस्य दीपिका। संक्षेपरुचिजीवानां हिताय सुखबोधिनी॥७॥ लिलिखे 'घरलू'ग्रामे निधिनन्दशरैकके १५९९ । पत्थ(स)रे कार्तिके मासि चतुमासकपर्वणि ॥८॥
त्रिभिः संबंध: ज्ञान(दर्शन)चारित्ररलत्रितयदीपिका। मिथ्यात्वध्वांतावध्वंसदीपिकेयं समर्थिता ॥९॥ मनोमत्सरमुत्सृज्यादृत्य सौजन्यमुत्तमं । व्यापार्या वाचनीया च विधायानुग्रहं मयि ॥१०॥ लिखता लिखितं किंचिद्यदित्यनाधिभरता विधाय सम्यग् तत्सर्वं वाचनीयं विवेकिभिः ॥११॥ स्तोकाः कर्पूरतरव(:) स्तोकाश्च मणिभूमयः । परोपकारप्रवणा(6) स्तोकाः प्रायेण सज्जनाः ॥१२॥
1-3 These vertical strokes glven in these as well as in the following verses
are wanting in the Ms.

Page #69

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
+4
न मे को(s)प्यभिमानो(S)स्ति न मे पंडितमानिता। न कला न च चातुर्य मंदमेधो(s)स्मि सर्वथा ।। १३ ॥ दीपिकायाः स्वभावेन प्रशस्तिनिर्मिता मया । क्ष(ण)णं तदत्र नो चिंत्यं नापमान्यो ह्ययं जनः॥ १४ ॥ न चात्मीया मतिः क्वापि प्रयुक्ता(ड)स्त्यत्र केवलं । संक्षिप्य वृत्तेरेवायं सूत्रार्थों लिखितो(s)स्त्यहो ॥१५॥ अन्यथा(s)हं जह(ड)प्रायो वृत्तिं कर्तुं कुतः क्षमः । किं नाम पंगुरारोढुं शक्तः स्यान्मेरु'मूर्द्धनि ।।१६ ॥ व्याख्यानवृत्तिमध्यस्थं नियुक्तरपसार्य च । मूलसूत्रेण संयुक्ता पुस्तके च निवेशिता ॥ १७ ॥
मया सदाचारपरायणेन
जिनाज्ञया संयमपालनेन । यदर्जि पुण्यं सुकृतानुबन्धि
तेनास्तु लोको जिनधर्मरक्तः ॥१८॥ धर्मोपदेशे(?श)दानेन दीपिकालिखनेन च । सुखीभवतु लोको(5)यं तेन पुण्येन भूयसा ॥१९ ।। यदर्जितं मया पुण्यं 'विमलाचल'यात्रया। 'उज्जयते' च श्रीनेमेः पदपङ्कजसेवया ॥२०॥ तेन पुण्येन मे भूयात् बोधिलाभो भवे २। यतः सम्यक(त्व)संप्राप्तिर्विना पुण्यैर्न लभ्यते ॥२१॥ श्रीमत् खरतरगच्छे श्रीमज्जिनदेवसूरिसाम्राज्ये । श्रीभुवनसोमसद्गुरुशिष्यैः श्रीसाधुरंगाख्यैः ।। २२ ॥ लब्धोपाध्यायपदैः कुशलेनारोपिता प्रमाणपदं । आचंद्रार्क नंदतु गीतार्थैर्वाच्यमानेयं ॥२३॥ विनीतविन(न)येनेयं धर्मसुंदरसाधुना । लिखिता प्रथमादर्श वाचनाय स्वपुस्तके ॥२४॥
इति प्रशस्तिः शुभं भवतुः ॥ श्रीरस्तु ।
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र दीपिकासहित
Sūtrakrtāngasūtra
with Dipikā
904. 1892-95.
No.45 Size:--101 in. by 41 in.

Page #70

45.]
II. 11 Angas
Extent.-213-1 = 212 folios ; I3 lines to a page; 52 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanagari chara
cters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, big, legible, uniform and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk and white paste used; each of the foll. 14 and 2136 decorated with the same diagram in red colour; strips of paper pasted to several foll., as their edges are worn out: condition very fair ; fol. 156th also numbered as 157th, the succeeding being hence numbered as 158, 159 etc.; the fol. 210th wrongly numbered as noth; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary ; both complete ; extent
13416 Slokas. Age.--Old, Author of the com.-Upadhyaya Sadhuranga. Begins.- (text) fol. I' बुज्झेज (त्ति) तिउट्ट(ट्टि)ज्जा etc. as in No. 47. " (com.), श्रीसर्वज्ञाय नमः ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ।
नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय स्वामिने परमात्मने।
यदीयदर्शनादेव परानंदो विज़ुभते ॥१॥ etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. 2124 समणस्स भगवओ महावीरस्स अंतिए चाउज्जामाओ
धम्माओ पंचमहब्वइयं सपडिक्कमणं धम्म उपसंपज्जित्ता णं विहुति(रह) ति
बोमि ।१ नालि(लं)दियज्झयणं सम्मत्तं । छ । ,, - (com.) fol. 2124 इह व्याख्यानं सर्व सुगमं विशेषतस्तु बृहत्तितो(s)
'वसेयमिति । शुभं भवतु । समाप्ता चेयं द्वितीयांगस्य दीपिका छ । संपूर्णः।
छ । छ । श्री॥ छ ॥ This is followed by the colophon of 24 verses as in the preceding No. 44, the last being
विनते(नीत)विन(ने)येनेयं धर्मसुदरसाधुना।
लिखिता प्रथमादर्श(शे) वाचनाय सूपुस्तके ॥ २४ ॥ इति प्रशस्तिः ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ ग्रंथानं १३४१६
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र घातिक सहित
Sūtrakrtārgsūtra
with Vārtika
No. 46 Size,-10 in. by 4 in.
257. 1871-27,

Page #71

46 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[46. 'Extent.---116-1-2-6- 107 folios; II lines to a page; 38 letters
___to a line. Description.--Country paper rough, tough and white; Devanāgari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; big, legible and good hand-writing%3 borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; red chalk used; fol. 76th seems to be missing; foll. 1, 2 and 97 to 102 missing ; otherwise complete; this Ms. contains the text as well as 'its explantion in Gujarāti styled as vārtika ; fol. 1166
blank ; condition very good; extent 8000 ślokas. Age.-Not modern. Subject.---The 2nd anga with a Gujarātī explanation. Begins.--(text) fol. 30 से जहा नामए क(के)ति पुरिसे आयाउ वा जाइहेउं वा
अगारहेउं वा परिवारहेडं वा etc. , -(com.) fol. 30 हीं। ४ इहां पहिला अनइं त्रीजा भांगानउ अधिकार छ।
तेह नारकादि रहई ए जे आगलि कहीस्य etc.. Ends.- (text) fol. II6 समणस्स भगवतो महावीरस्स etc., up to बेमि as in
No. 30 followed by बीयसुयक्खंधम्म(स्स) सत्तम नाल(लोदइज्ज
अज्झयण समत्त ॥ --- (com.) fol. II6* सर्वज्ञप्रणीत धर्म पालीइ छइ इत्ति (ति) बेमि सुधर्म
स्वामी आपणा शिष्य प्रतिइ कहइ छइ मई जेहवउ श्रीभगवंत कन्हा सांभलिङ तेहच(व)उं तुम्ह प्रतिइ कहउं छउ इत्यादि पूर्ववत् नालंदइअं समत्तं ७ सूया(य)गडबीयसू(स)यक्खंधो सम्मत्तो सम्मत्त सूयागंड (सूयगड) छ आदितः सर्व अध्ययनं २३ ...
श्रीसाधुरत्नशिष्य(ष्ये)ण पाशचांद्रि(चंद्रे)ण' वृत्तितः कृतं बालावबोधार्थ द्वितीयांगस्य वार्तिकं ॥ छ ॥ etc. ग्रंथानं ८०००.
सूत्रकृतासूत्र (प्रथम श्रुतस्कन्ध) वार्तिकसहित
No: 47 Size.-104 in. by 41 in.
Sūtrakrtāngasūtra (1st Srutaskandha) with Vārtika
827. 1899-1915.
1.
If this is gars it remains to be verified whether he is the one noted in No. 28.

Page #72

47:1
II. 11 Angas
47.
Extent.—84 + 1 = 85 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 49 to 59 letters to a line.
Description.--Country paper thin and white; Devanāgarī characters; clear and fairly good hand - writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink : red chalk and yellow pigment used; it is a त्रिपाटी Ms. containing both the text and its explanation in Gujaratī ; fol. ra blank ; some of the foll. illegible owing to the ink having faded; the last four foll. have their edges damaged; the 83rd fol. slightly torn; the 84th very badly damaged ; so an additional fol. numbered as 84 written in a different hand on a paper of different quality supplied; condition on the whole fair; complete so far as the first part is concerned.
Age.—Pretty old. Author of the text. - Sudharmasvamin.
vārtika.-- Not mentioned..
""
59 "
Subject. The text together with its explanation in Gujarati so far as the first part is concerned.
Begins.—(text ) fol. 1 बुज्झिज्ज (त्ति) तिउट्टिज्जा । बंधणं परियाणिया ।
در
- (vartika)
किमाहु (ह) बंधणं वीरे (रो)। किं वा जाणं तिउट्टई ॥ १ ॥ etc. श्रीसर्वज्ञाय नमः ॥
" "
श्रीवर्धमानमानम्य । गुरूणां च विशेषतः ।
किंचित् सूत्रकृतांगस्य वार्त्तिकं लिष्य ( ख्य) ते मया ॥ १ ॥

कर
आगम द्वादशांगीरूप तेहने विषइ चार अनुयोग कह्या || ते एह ॥ चरणानुयोग ९ द्रव्यानुयोग २ धर्मकथानुयोग ३ गणितानुयोग ४ चिहुं प्रकारे etc.
Ends.~~ ( text) fol. 840 समियं व (च) रे दंते दविए बोसटुकाए निग्रं (ग्गं) थे ति (त्ति) बच्चे ४ से ए ( वमेव जाणह ज ) महं भयंतारो ति बेमि षोडश(सोलस) मं गाहाना (मध्य (ज्झ ) यनं सम्मतं १६ इति श्रीसूयगडांगल्य प्रथम श्रुतस्कंध संपूर्णः ॥
vārtika) fol. 84b तेहनां कह्यां वचन हउ कहउ छउत्ति बो समत्तं । गच्छ.. श्री ६ श्री आचार्यश्री ६.

...
अध्ययन

Page #73

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[49 सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रनियुक्ति
Sūtrakstārgasūtraniryukti सूयगडंगसुत्तनिज्जुत्ति)
(Suyagadangasuttanijjutti)
222. No. 48
1873-74.
Size.-101 in. by 44 in. Extent. -6 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper very thin, brittle and grey; Deva
nāgari characters with emais; legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; ink faded and spread out at times; fol. IA blank'; so is the fol. 6' ; red chalk used ; complete; edges of several foll. slightly damaged; condition on the
whole good. Age.-Fairly old. Author.-Bhadrabāhusvāmin. Subject.--A metrical commentary in Prakrit in 208 verses elucidat
. ing Sůtrakstārgasútra. Begins.-fol. I ॐ नमः श्रीवीतरागाय ।।
तित्थकरे य जिणवरे । सुत्तकरे गणहरे पणमिऊणं । सूयगडस्स भगवओ। णिज्जुति कित्तइस्सामि ॥१॥ सूयगडं अंगाणं बितियं तस्स य इमाणि (णामाणि)।
सूय(तोंगडं सुत्तकडं सूयगडं चेव गोण्णाई॥२॥ etc. Ends.-fol. 6 पासावञ्चिज्जो पुच्छियाइओ अज्जगोयम उदगो।
__ साधगपुच्छाधम्मं सोउं कहियमि उवसंतो ॥२०८॥
सूर्यगडणिज्जुत्ती सम्मत्ता॥ इति श्रीसुयगडांगनियुक्तिः समाप्ताः॥छ॥श्री Reference. ---Published. See No. 28.
सूत्रकृतासूत्रनियुक्ति
Sūtrakrtāngasūtraniryukti
258(b). No.49
1871-72. Extent.-fol. 42b to fol. 46. Description.-Complete. For further particulars see Sutrakrtanga
sutra No. 28.

Page #74

SI.|
II. II Angas
Begins.- fol. 42 नमो वीतरागाय ॥
तित्थकरे य जिणवरे etc., as in No. 48. Ends.- fol. 46° पास(सा)वचि(च्चि)ज्जो पुच्छियाइओ etc., up to उवसंतो as in ___No. 48 followed by नालंदइज्जनिज्जुत्ती सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥ सूय
गडनिज्जुत्ती समत्ता ॥ छ । ग्रंथानं २५८० ॥ ॥ etc.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रनियुक्ति
Sūtrakstāngasūtraniryukti
221. No. 50
1873-74. Size.— 11 in. by sg in. Extent.- 7 folios ; IS lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, thick, tough and white ; Devanāgari
characters; big, clear, uniform and tolerably good handwriting; borders ruled in three lines in red ink, edges singly; yellow pigment used; complete; fol. Ia blank; condition
very good. Age.--- does not seem to be modern. Begins.- fol. I तित्थकरे य जिणवरे etc., as in No. 48. Ends.- fol. 7 पासावच्चिज्जो etc., up to उवसंतो २०८ as in No. 48 followed by सूयगडनिज्जुत्ती सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ।
पद्मोपमं पत्रपरंपरान्वितं
वर्णोज्ज्वलं सूक्तमरंदसुंदरं । मुमुक्षुभृङ्गप्रकरस्य वल्लभं
जीयाच्चिरं सूत्रकृदंत(ग)पुस्तकं ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ लेषकपाठकयो(:) योरपि भद्रमस्तु । N. B.--- For further particulars see No. 48.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रचूर्णि (सूयगडंगसुत्तचुण्णि)
No. 51 Size.- 13 in. by 48 in.
Sūtrakrtāngasūtracūrņi ( Suyagndangasuttacunni )
143 1872-73.
1 This is not the extent of the niryukti, but the extent of the complete Ms. 7 [J. L. P.]

Page #75

so
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[52.
Extent.-- 159+1+1=161 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 68 letters
___to a line. Description.-- Country paper, thin and white; Devanagari chara
cters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, big, uniform, legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; strips of paper pasted to the edges of the first and the second foll. ; condition on the whole good ; red chalk used; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same page but in different margins; fol. 125 repeated; so is the
fol. 152; complete, Age.---- Fairly old. Subject.- A commentary partly in Sanskrit and partly in Präkrit
elucidating Sūtrakstāngasūtra. Begins.- fol. I' ॐ नमः सिद्धेभ्यः ॥
णमो भरहताणं णमो सिद्धाणं णमो आयरियाणं । नमो उवज्झायाणं । णमो लोए सव्वसाहणं । मंगलादीणि सत्थाणि । मंगलमज्झाणि । मंगलअवसा
णाणं । मंगलपरिग्गहिआ सिस्सा । etc. Ends.--- fol. 159 एतेसि णं भंते पदाणं कतराई पादाइं जाइं एत्थण सहण देवु
त्ताणि । मदीयपक्षस्य तानीत्यर्थः अण्णाणता एवमटुंणो सहहितं एतेसि णं इमा णं जणवाए एतमद्वस(गट्टम दहामिंजधसूत्रे तिणतन्वं सव्वमिति ॥ छ ॥ नमः सर्वविदे वीराय विगतमोहाय समाप्तं चेदं सूत्रकृताभिधानं द्वितीयमंगमिति ॥ भद्रं भवतु श्रीजिनशासनाय श्रीः ॥ श्रीः ॥ etc.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रचूर्णि
Sūtrakrtāngasūtracūrņi
1288. No. 52
1887-91. Size.-- 10. in. by 47 in. Extent.— 245-2=243 folios-; 13-lines to a page; 54 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper, very thin and greyish ; Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; big, bold, legible and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk used ; a piece of thick paper of the same size as the foll. pasted to the fol. 14; edges of the foll. 2, 7, IS, 23, 29, 31 to 33 and 86 worn out to a smaller or greater extent; fol. 164 slightly torn; the fol. 245 written on a

Page #76

54.]
II. 11 Angas
thick paper, but its edges are all the same worn out; condition on the whole very fair; fol. 9 and 238 missing :
otherwise complete. Age.- Old. Begins.- fol. I' ॐ नमः सिद्धेभ्यः ॥
णमो अरहंताणं etc., as in No. SI. Ends.-- fol. 245 एतसिणं भंते पदाणं etc., as in No. SI. N. B.- For subject see No. SI,
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
Sūtrakrtāngasūtraparyāya No.53
736 (3).
1875-76. Extent.- fol. 2' to fol. 3. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastuka
naryavaN 736(1)..
paryaya No. 1875-76. -
Subject.-- Synonymous words pertaining to Sütrakstāngasútra. Begins.--- fol. 2 सूत्रकृतांगपर्या(या) यथा । सन्वमे(? वाम)गंधं । आध्यक(?धा)
कमिकं । पुद्रलाः संस्काराः क्षेत्रज्ञा आत्मान इत्येकार्थाः । etc. Ends.--- fol. 3° न अगतं अनागतक्रियं वर्तमानक्रियं भवतीत्यर्थः । इति सूत्रकृतांग
पर्यायाः समाप्ताः ॥ छ ।
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
Sūtrakrtārigasūtraparyāya
789 (3). No.54
1895-1902. Extent.-- fol. 3* to fol. 36. Description.-- Complete. For further details see Pañcavastukaparyāya
No. 789 (I).
1895-1902. Begins.-- fol. 3° सूत्रकृतांगपर्यायाः । यथा । सव्यामगंधं आधाकम्मिकं etc., as in
No. 53. Ends.- fol. 3° न अगतं अनागतक्रियं etc., as in No. 53. N. B.--For subject see No. 53.

Page #77

32
सूत्रकृतागसूत्रपर्याय
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
No. 55
Extent. -- fol. 31b to fol. 32.
Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastuka
paryāya No.
736 (1). 1875-76.
Subject. Some of the words occuring in Sütrakṛtängasūtra elucidated.
Sutrakṛtāngasūtraparyāya
736 (25).
1875-76.
Begins,-- fol, 31° सूत्रकृतांगाय नमः । अनंतरागमः । गमाः सदृशपाठाः पर्यायाः । अर्थस्त्वभिधेयगुणाः etc.
Ends. fol. 326 परस्पराविरुद्धानां तैलानलवर्त्तीनां पुरुषार्थवशीकृतानामेककार्यारंभ(क) तथा गुणानां सघ ( द्वा) दादेककार्यारंभकत्व | सूत्रकृतां (ग) पर्यायाः समाप्ताः ।
[ 57.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
No. 56
Extent. fol. 51a to fol. 536.
Description. - Complete. For other details (see Pañcavastuka
paryāya No.
736 (1),, 1895-1902.
सुत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
Begins.- fol. 51 सूत्रकलांगाय नमः । etc., as in No. 55.

fol. 52b पूर्वेति प्रत्यंचा मुष्टिर्वा ॥ छ ॥ सूत्रकृतांगावचूरिः ॥ नमः सूत्रांगाय ॥ सूत्रकृतमिति सूवा सूत्रं etc.
Ends.---fol. 53' परस्परविरुद्धानां etc., as in No. 55.
No. 57
Extent. fol. 36b to fol. 414.
Sutrakṛtāngasūtraparyāya
789 (25). 1895-1902.
Sutrakrtangasūtraparyāya

332 (8).
A 1882-83.

Page #78

.57.
II. II Angas Description.- Complete, For other details see Nandisutravisamapadaparyaya No. A 1882-83.
332 (1). Begins.-- fol. 36" मूत्रकृतांगाय नमः ॥ सूत्रकृतांगपर्यायाः प्रतिविसं(वा)दिवान
शोधिताः संतीति ज्ञेयं । अनंतगमः गमाः सदृशपाठाः पर्यायाः । शब्दपर्याया
अर्थस्त्वभिधेयगुणाः etc., as in No. 55. Ends.- fol. 39 परस्परविरुद्धानां etc., up to सूत्रकृतांगपर्यायाः as in No. 55.
Then from the same fol. 39° we have :--
पुनरपि सूत्रकृतांगपर्यायाः लिख्यते गमाः सदृशपाठाः पर्यायः शब्दपर्याया
etc., up to इति पूर्वा प्रत्यंचा दृष्टिर्मुष्टिर्वा ॥ on fol. N..B.- For subject see No. 55.

Page #79

$4
स्थानाङ्गसूत्र (arvinga)
Author.
Subject.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
THE THIRD ANGA
No. 58
Size. 10 in. by 41 in.
Extent. 150 folios; 11 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters with ears; bold, big, legible and beautiful handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. 1a blank; edges of the first two foll., and the last partly worn out; several foll. more or less worm-eaten; condition on the whole very fair; complete; the 10 sthanas ending on foll. 4, 23, 45, 84a, 996, 106, 117, 128a, 136a, and 150a respectively; fol. 150b practically blank; extent 3770 slokas, Age. appears to be rather old.
Sudharmasvamin according to the Jaina tradition.
This third anga is divided into 10 chapters styled as sthānas, each discussing objects according to their number e. g., all those that are one in number are treated in the first chapter.
Begins. fol. 16 3% anì factone I

58.
Sthānāngasutra (Thānangasutta)
260.
1871-72
The seventh chapter (sütra 517) is utilized while discussing 7 schisms by E. Leumann, in his article "Die alten Berichte von den Schismen der Jaina" published in Indischen Studien (vol. XVII, pp. 91-135).

सुयं मे आउस तेणं भगवया एवमक्खायं एगे आया एगे दंडे etc.
Ends. fol. 150 एवं वनेहिं गंधेहिं रसेहिं फासेहिं दसगुणलुक्खा ते पोग्गला अणता पण्णत्ता । संमतं च ठाणमिति दस (मं) ठाणं संम्मत्तं छ । दसमज्झयणं संम्मतं ॥ १० ॥ श्रीठाणांगसूत्रं समाप्तं ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं ३७७० ॥ Reference.
As editio princeps may be mentioned the publication of A. D. 1880 by Rai Dhanapatisinha, styled as Āgamasangraha vol. III, where the text along with a Sanskrit commentary of Abhayadeva Süri and a Gujarati one of Megharaja is published. The text is also published with

Page #80

59. ]
III. 11 Angas
$5
Abhayadeva Suri's commentary in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, in two parts, in A. D. 1918 and 1920 respectively.' For contents etc., see Weber II, p. 390 ff., Indian Antiquary vol. XVIII, p. 182 ff., and Winternitz Geschichte vol. II, p. 300. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. (vol. III-IV., P. 402).
स्थानाङ्गसूत्र
No. 59
Description.
Size. 134 in. by 21 in.
Extent. about 210 leaves; 4 to 6 lines to a leaf; 55 letters to a line.
Sthanāngasūtra
Palm-leaf thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with ; small, legible, uniform and good handwriting; borders not ruled; the work written continuously, though it appears to be arranged in two separate columns ; a hole in each leaf in the space between its two columns; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right hand one as 1, 2, 3 etc., and in the left hand one in letters; e. g. the 147th leaf numbered as ; about 1st 15 leaves broken
70.
1880-81.
into two; the last few leaves badly damaged, the intervening ones to a smaller extent; condition rather unsatisfactory; leaf ra blank.

Age.- Old.
Begins.-leaf rb
मकखायं । एगे आया । एगे दंडे । एगा किरिया etc.
There is a misleading marginal note in the second part; for, though there are no uddeśakas for sthānas VI to X, the 3rd uddeśa is mentioned in case of each of these sthānas.

Page #81

56
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[60.
Ends.-- leaf 209 (?)--दसविहा असमाही जाव उच्चारपासवणा(ण)खेलसिंघाणग
पारिद्वावणियाऽसमिती' । दसविहा पव्वज्जा प० तं० ..... N. B. -- For further particulars see No. 58.
स्थानासूत्र
Sthānārgasūtra
1251. No. 60
1884-87. Size.- 98 in. by 4g in. Extent.— 28 folios ; 13 lines to a page; 30 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin, rough and white ; Levana
gari characters; small, legible and very fair hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; fol. I blank ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin; condition very good ; this Ms. commences with the second sthāna and ends with the 777th sūtra ; thus it begins abruptly and
ends also abruptly. Age.- Old. Begins.-- fol. I' श्रीवीतरागाय नमः।
दोहि ठाणेहि(हिं) संपत्ते अणगारे अणाईयं ।अणवयग्गं दीहमद्धं चउरंतसंसारकतारं वितिवतेज्जा । तं जहा । विज्जाए चेव । चरणेण चेव । दुबिहा गरहा। पं० । तं । मणसा वेगे गरहति । वयसा वेगे गरहति । अहवा मरहा दुविहा। पं । दीहं बेगे अद्धं गरहति । रहस्सं वेगे अद्धं गरहति । दुविहे पन्च(कोखाणे। पंतं । मणसा वेगे पच(चक्)खाति । वयसा बेगे पच्च(क)खाति । अहवा पञ्च(कोखाणे दुविहे । पं । तं । दीहं वेगे अद्धं पञ्च(क)खाति । रहस्सं वेगे अद्धं पञ्च(कोखाति दोहिं ठाणेहिं आया केवलिपन्नत्तं धम्मं लभेज्ज सवयणीए । पं ।
तं । जक्खाएसे चेव । मोहणिज्जस्स चेव कम्मस्स उद्द(द)एणं etc. Ends.- fol. 28° दस दसाउ । पंतं । बाला किट्टा(ड्डा) मंदा बला पन्ना हा(हाय)णि ।
पबचा प(ब)भारामुमुहा(ही)। सातणी तधा दस अच्छेरमा।प। उ(व)सग्ग१। गप्भ(ब्भ)हरणं २। इत्थीतित्थं ३। अभाविया परिसा४।कन्हस्स अमरकंका ५। उत्तरे(र)णं चंदसूराणं ६ । हरिवंसकुलुप्पती ७। चमरुप्पातो त ८ । अहसत
1
This is the 711th sútra ( Āgamodaya Samiti, p. 473 ).

Page #82

.61.j
III. 11 Angas
सिद्धा ९। असंजात(ते)सु पूया। दस वि जु(अ)णतेणं कालेणं ।२॥लिषतं
शा ६ गच्छतिलकजीश्री ६ आचार्यजीजसवतजा(जी)प्रसादातृ । सुभ भवतु मंगलमस्तुं लेष्यकपाठक। Then in a different hand we have
ठाणांगचोभंगी। N. B: - For further.particulars see No. 58.
स्थानापासून
Sthānāngasūtra दीपिकासहित
with Dipikā
866. No. 61
1895-1902. Size.—101 in. by 5 in. Extent.--330+1=331 folios; 9+12=21 lines to a page; 39
letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, tough and white; Devanagari cha
racters; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; all the four edges singly; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1a blank; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; it is a sêraret Ms.; edges of the first two foll. slightly worn out; foll. 5 to 12 and 309 to 319 somewhat worm-eaten ; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. affixed to the fol. 330'; condition on the whole good ; fol. 145 repeated; complete; extent 18000
ślokas; dipikā composed in Samvat 1657. Age.-Samvat 1888. Author of the dipika.- Nagarsi Gani. Subject. --The text along with its commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.-- (text) fol. 1 ॐ नमः सिद्धं
सुयं मे आउसं तेणं etc. - (com.) fol. I ॐ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय[:] । श्रीविजयसेनसूरीश्वरपरमगुरुभ्यो नमः ।। . प्रणतसुरासुरनाथं सनाथमाभनम्य च रजनिनाथं ।
स्मृत्वा श्रीश्रुतदेवीं श्रीगुरुपादान्नमस्कृत्य ॥१॥ 8 [J. L. P.]

Page #83

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(61.
अतिविस्तरवृत्य(त्य)र्थादतिगंभीरभासुरात् । सुखावबोधमुद्धृत्य शब्दार्थ च मनोहरं ॥२॥ श्रीमत्स्थानांगसूत्रस्य कुर्वे (5)हं दीपिकां वरां।
स्ववाचनकृते संतः प्रसीदंतु सदागमः (मम) ॥३॥ etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 329° एवं वण्णेहिं गंधेहि etc., up to ठाणं संमत्तं as in
No. 58 followed by सम्मत्तं च ठाणं ॥ (com.) fol. 330" इति तदेवं निगमितमनुगमद्वारांशभूतं सूत्रस्पर्शिकनियुक्तिद्वारं शेषद्वाराणि तु साध्यये(य)नेषु प्रथमाध्ययनवद् वृत्तितो(5)नुगमनीयानि इति श्रीमत् तपागच्छाधिराजभ । पुरंदरसूरीश्वरश्रीविजयसेनसूरिराज्ये श्रीमच्छ्रीविजयदेवमूरि(री)श्वरयौवराज्ये पं। श्रीकुशलवर्द्धनगणिशिष्यनगर्षिगणिना स्ववाचनपरोपकारकृते कृतोद्धाररूपायां सकलवाचकाशिरोमाणमहोपाध्यायश्रीविमलहर्षगणिभिः संशोधितायां सुखावबोधायां स्थानांमदीपिकायां दशमस्थानकाख्यं दशममध्ययनं संपूर्ण ।
सौधर्मादिगणाधिपपट्टालंकारधारिणो(s)भूवन । लब्ध'तपाख्याः क्रमशो लसज्जगच्चंद्रसूरीशाः ॥१॥ तत्पट्टपरंपरया सकलजनानंदकारिणो()भूवन् । श्रीआनंदविमलगुरुसूरीशा जगति विख्याताः ॥२॥ श्रीविजयदानसूरीश्वरा अभूवन महीप्रतापधराः। तत्पट्टविमलजलनिधिद्धौ संपूर्णचंद्राभा(:) ॥३॥ श्रीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरा मनोह(हा)रिशांति(त)मूर्तिधराः । तेषां निर्मलपट्टोदयाचले नूतनाळनिभाः ॥४॥ कुमतिमतंगजसिंहा(:) साहिसभालब्धसाधुवादभराः । श्रीविजयसेनसूरीश्वरा जयंतीह जगातितले ।। ५॥ तेषां विराजमाने राज्ये श्रीविजयदेवसूरिवरे । तेषां गच्छे विबुधोर(द)यवर्द्धनगाण(:) प्रधानानां ॥६॥ तच्छिष्यपंडितोत्तमकुशलवर्द्धनगाणप्रसादेन । शिशुना नगार्षिणेयं समुद्धृता दीपका रम्या ॥७॥ श्रीस्थानांगसूत्रार्थतदुभयं यदिहाशुद्धं । लिखितं मया तदखिलं शोध्यं विज्ञैः प्रसादपरैः ॥ ८॥ श्रीमत् पत(त्तन नगरे शशधररसबाणमुनि(१६५७)प्रमितवर्षे । वैशाष(ख)सितदशम्यां शुक्रे हर्ष()ण विमलयोगे ॥९॥ अमित्तप'गणगगनांगणतरणिनिभैरनेकगुणसदनैः । श्रीविजयसेनसूरीश्वरैः प्रसादीकृताद्वाक्यात् ॥१०॥

Page #84

III. II Angas
59
वाचकशिरोवतंसैः श्रीमद्भिर्विमलहर्षगणिवृषभैः । संशोधितेयमर्थप्रदीपिका दीपिका रम्या ॥११॥ सा(सहस्राणि चतुर्दश शताधिकानीत्यनुष्ट(टु)पा(भां) संख्या ।
ज्ञेया(5)त्र वाच्यमाना हसविधुं नंदतु चिरं सा ॥१२॥ इति श्रीस्थानांगदीपिका समाप्ता ॥ ग्रंथाग्रंथ १८००० सर्वसंष्या ॥
संवत् १८८८ वर्षे । वैशाषसिततृ(त्र)यो १३ दश्यां संपूर्णा कृता भौमवासरे। Reference.-See No. 58.
स्थानाङ्गसूत्र
Sthānāngasutra बालावबोधसहित
with Bālāvabodha
147. No. 62
1872-73. Size,-104 in. by 4j in. Extent.—186-I + 101=286 folios; 18 lines to a page; 48 letters
to a line. Description.--Country paper, rough and white ; Devanāgarī chara
cters with SHTETTS; this is a regret Ms., clear and fair handwriting ; borders ruled mostly in two lines in black ink; the 2nd fol. partly torn ; condition good ; the text written in a very big hand at least up to the 12th fol. ; red chalk used; foll. 1486 and 1866 blank ; but the continuity is undisturbed ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; foll. 149 to 186 also numbered as I, 2 etc. ; the subsequent foll. numbered only as 1, 2 etc. ; both the text and bālāvabodha
complete except that the very first fol. is missing. Age.-Samvat 1647. Author of Balavabodha.- Dhanapati (?). Subject. The third anga with a Gujarăti explanation which appears
to shed light on its Sanskrit commentary, too. Begins.- (text) fol. 2' भगवया एवमक्खायं ( 3 )एगे आया etc ,, -( balan ) fol. 2' उ(ड?)घनाघन मेरुनउ पटल समूह नर विघटा
डवइ० विध्वंसवइ । उल्लसित° उदयउं निर्मल केवलरूप सूर्यमंडल etc. Ends.- (text) fol. I00a (of the second set ) एवं वन्नेहिं etc. , up to
दसमज्झयण as in No. 58 followed by समत्तं १० श्रीठाणांगसूत्र.

Page #85

60
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Ends.-- (balai) fol. TOI" श्रीव(वि)कमादित्यना संवत्सर ११२० इग्यारवीसो
त्तरइ ए टीकाका अल्प बुद्धि नर पणि जाणतां सोहिली एहवी मई गूंथी 'अणहिलवाडापाटण' नइ वसन्हारइं धनपति नाम गणीइंए दीका नी. पना पछी धुरि तेणइं उतारी ।
श्रीमन्महावीरांहिपंकजतदाज्ञाधारकसौधर्मादिदुःप्रसाहां(?)तायुगप्रधानसश्रमणादिसंघअद्भुतगुणरत्नालंकारालंकृतगात्रमोहभाराक्रांतभवांभोधिनिमग्नजनतारणयानपात्रसमशत्रुमित्रचरणारविंदमकरंदपानषट्पदकल्पेन कान्हजीत्यभिधानमुनिना संवत् १६४७ वर्षे मार्गशीर्षमासे शुक्लपक्षे पंचम्यां तिथौ शनिवासरे टीका उद्धृत्य अर्थाः समर्थिता अहंदादिप्रसादेन । यत् किंचिदिह etc., अद्य श्री अमदावादाभिधाननगरीयगीगूकाख्यशाखापुरे ऋ० श्रीकर्मणक० श्रीजाणकाख्यसंनिधौ समाप्तोऽयं सुखावबोधः यावच्छ्रीमन्महावीरतीर्थ etc.
स्थानाङ्गसूत्र
Sthānāngasūtra टब्बासहित
with tabbā
259 No. 63
1871-72 Size.-10 in. by 41. Extent.-273 folios ; 5 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, very thin and white; Devanāgari chara
cters; bold, tolerably good and clear hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink and edges in two; red chalk used; this Ms. contains both the text and the tabba : fol. IN blank ; edges of the first fol. partly worn out; strips of paper pasted to foll. 6s and 9' ; red chalk used ; yellow pig.
ment, too; fol. 63rd badly torn ; the foll. 64, 66 and III worn out in several places; condition very fair ; foll. 45 to 202 also numbered as I, 2, etc.; marginal notes on fol.
136; complete; extent 19000 ślokas. Age.-Samvat I791-1792. Author of the țabbā.- Not mentioned. Subject.-- The text along with its explaination in Gujarati.

Page #86

6"
64]
III. II Angas Begins.- (text ) fol.1 श्रीसारदाय नमः ॥ श्रीसद्गुरू वणायगजी नमः॥
सू(सु)यं मे आउसं तेणं etc., as in No. 58. ,, - (rabba ) fol. I' श्रीसुधर्मास्वामि जंबुस्वामिने कहे छइ हे आयुषा.
वंत जंबू etc. Ends. - (text ) 2734 एवं वन्नेहिं etc., practically up to श्रीठाणांगसूत्रं as in
____No.58 followed by सं १७९१ शा. १६५६ का.शु.।५ दिने रु. श्री
नारायणजीसेवकेन लिपनियात् श्री परेंडी ग्रामे ॥ श्री॥ ,, -- (tabbā ) fol.273* दशमुं ठाणुं समाप्तं दशमुं अध्ययन संपूर्णे॥१० इति
ठाणांगसु( सूत्रटबार्थ लिषितोऽयं ग्रंथाग्रंथ १९ हजार छः ॥ संवत् १७९२ वर्षे कार्तिक शुदि ५गुरौ श्री परिसरामध्ये लिषितं पूज्यश्रीरु(क)पि. श्री ५ विणायगजी तशिष्यपूज्यरु(क)पिश्री५ हेमराजजी तस्यांतेवासी
लिपीकृतं मुनीनारायण स्वयं आत्मार्थे । Reference.--See No. 58.
स्थानाङ्गसूत्र
Sthānāngasūtra टब्बासहित
with tabbā
886... No. 64
1892-95. Size.-Iog in. by 4g in. Extent.--(text) 2 folios ; 7 lines to a page ; 62 letters to a line.
-(tabbā) 2 ,, ; I2 , , , , 72 , , , , Description.--Country paper very thin, rough and white; Deva
nägarī characters; this Ms. contains the text as well as the interlinear tabbā, the latter written in a very small hand; legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; edges of both the foll. partly worn out; con
dition very fair ; complete so far as it goes. Age.--Samvat 1745. Subject.-This Ms. deals with seven svaras, dharmapradesas, and the
seven nayas, together with their explanation in Gujarāti. Begins.-- (text) fol. I श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥ ऐ नमः
से किं तं सत्त नामे सत्त सरा पण्णत्तातं सज्जे १ रिसभे २ गंधारे ३ मज्झिमे ४ पंचम(मे) सरे द्धे(धे)वए चेव ६णेसाए ७ सरा सत्त वियाहिया १

Page #87

Jaina Literature and Philosophy [65 एएसि णं सत्तण्हं सराणं सत्त सरहाणा पण(ण्ण)त्ता सं (तं) सज्जं च अग्गजीहाए उरणं रिसभं सरं
कंठग्गएणं गंधारं मज्झजीहाए मज्झिमं २॥ etc.' Begins.-- (tabba) fol. I श्रीजिनेंद्रेभ्यो नमो नमः ॥
से अथ को कोण तं ते स सात प्रकारे स० सात स० स्वर etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. 2 एवं भणंत समभिरूढं एवंभुउ भणइ जंज भणसि तं सज्वं
कसिणं पडिपुन्नं निरवसेस एगग्गहणगहीतं दे विन्नेअवत्थूपएसे विन्नेयवत्यूसे तं पएसदिलुतणं से तं नयपमाणे[:] इति श्रीसातनयमूत्रं स्मा(समा)प्तं
संपूर्ण कला(ल्या)णमस्तु श्री छः छः श्री श्री छः छः ,, --(tabba) fol. 2 एवंभूत नोनयनो(ने) ध(भ)णी चोले छई ज जे जे धर्मा
स्तिकायादिक वस्तु etc. इति श्रीसात नय संपूर्ण स्माप्तम् शुभं भूयात् कल्यान(ण)मस्तु संवत् १७४५ श्रावणवदि ८ etc. जिम कोइ नदी सर्वे समुद्र एकहो. (ठो)न थाए सर्वे एतले दर्शनानाम । श्रीवीतरागना मतने विष ठेपई श्रीवीत. रागनो मत कोइ दर्शना(नो)ना मतने विर्षि नथी इति काव्याद्धीः श्रीः छ श्रीः।।
स्थानास्त्रटीका
Sthānāngasūtratīkā No. 65
261.
1871-72. Size.-II in. by 5 in. Extent:- 261 folios ; I7 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper, thick, and white; Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, not very small, clear and fairly good hand-writing ; borders mostly ruled in four lines in black ink ; the space between the pairs coloured red; the unnumbered sides marked in the centre with a small circular disc in red colour; the numbered, in the margins, too; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual ; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; fol. I blank ; edges of the first foll. slightly damaged ; several foll. more or less wormeaten ; foll. 76 to 77 and 124 to 126 darkish ; fol. 261 torn at one of the corners ; condition fair ; complete ; extent
14250 ślokas ; the commentary composed in Samvat 1120. Age.-- Does not seem to be modern.
1. This is a part of the 55 3rd sútra,

Page #88

651
III. II Angas Author.-Abhayadeva Suri. Subject.—Commentary in Sanskrit to Sthānānga. It is styled as
vivarana and tīkā as well, by the commentator himself. Begins.-fol. I' अर्ह ॥
श्रीवीरं जिनं नाथं नत्वा स्थानांगकतिपयपदानां ।
प्रायो(s)न्यशास्त्रदृष्टं करोम्यहं विवरणं किंचित् etc. Ends.--fol. 261* शेषद्वाराणि तु सर्वाध्ययनेषु प्रथमाध्ययनवदनुगमनीयानि छ ।
इति श्रीमदभयदेवसूििवरचिते स्थानाख्या(ख्य)तृतीयांगविवरणे दशस्थानकाख्यं दशममध्ययनं समाप्तम् ॥
त(स)त्संप्रदायहीनत्वात् सहृदय(?दूह)स्य वियोगतः । सर्च(स्व)परशास्त्राणामदृष्टेरस्सृतेश्च मे ॥१॥ वाचनानामनेकत्वात्पुस्तकानामसु(शु)द्धितः । सूत्राणामतिगांभीर्यात्मतभेदाच्च कुत्रचित् ॥२॥ भूणानि संभवंतीह केवलं मुविवेकिभिः । सिद्धांतानुगतो यो(s)र्थः सो(5)स्माद्बाह्यो मवे(न चे? )तरः ॥३॥ सो(शो)ध्यं वै(चै)तयै(ज्जि)ने भक्तैर्मामवद्भिर्दयापरैः । संसारकारणात् घोरादपसिद्धांतदेशनात् ॥ ४ ॥ कार्यातवा(नचा? )क्षम(माs)स्मासु यतो(s)स्माभिरनाग्रहैः । एतद्गमनिकामानमुपगा(का)रीति चवि(र्चि)तं ॥५॥ तथा संभाव्य सिद्धांताद् बोध्यं मध्यस्थया धिया । द्रोणाचार्यादिभिः) प्राज्ञैरनेकैरादृतं यतः ॥ ६॥ जैनग्रंथविशालदुर्गमवि(व)नादुच्चित्य गाढश्रमं ___ सद्व्याख्यानफलान्यमूनि मयका स्थानांगसद्भाजनैः(ने)। संस्थाप्योपहितानि दुग्र्गतनरप्रायेण लब्ध्यर्थिना ___श्रीमत्संग(घ)विभोरतः परमसावेव प्रमाण कृती ॥७॥ श्रीविक्रमादित्यनरेंद्रकालाच्छतेन विंशत्यधिकेन युक्ते ।
समासहस्रेऽतिगते विहन्धा स्थानांगटीका(डोल्पधियो(5)पि गम्या॥८॥ अब दशमाध्ययने श्लोकाः १७१४
प्रत्यक्षरं निरूप्यास्या ग्रंथमानं विनिश्चितं । __ अनुष्टुभां सपादानि सहस्राणि चतुर्दश। सर्वाध्ययनेषु ग्रंथांकतो १४२५० । तथासूत्रं ग्रंथ ३७५० उभयं ग्रंथाग्रंथांकतो
१८००० अष्टादश सहस्राणाति ॥ शुभं भवतु लेषकवाचकयोः Reference.--Published. See No. 58.

Page #89

64
स्थानासूत्रटीका
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
No. 66
Size.—1o‡ in. by 44 in.
Extent.—289-55 - 1 + 1 = 234 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line.
Description.-Country paper thin and greyish;
墮
Sthānangasūtraṭikā
Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold small, clear and good hand -- writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the space between the pairs coloured red; fol. 1a decorated with a diagram; the unnumbered sides marked with a small circular disc in red colour in the centre, the numbered, having two, more red chalk used; white paste used at times; foll. 28 to 82 lacking; so is the fol. 138th; the foll. 139th repeated; edges of the first foll slightly worn_out ; fol. 162 damaged in the centre ; foll. 173 to 192 wormeaten ; condition on the whole very fair ; foll. 247 to 267 also numbered as 2, 3, etc., foll. 268 to 288, numbered as 1, 2, etc., too; fol. 2896 decorated with figures ; complete.
[ 66.
विनः
Age.—appears to be rather old.
Begins. fol. 1 श्रीवीरं जिन etc., as in No. 65.
Ends. fol. 288° शेषद्वाराणि तु etc., up to दशममध्ययनं समाप्तं as in No. 65
followed by the lines as under :

262.
1871-72.
तत्समाप्तौ च । समाप्तं स्थानांगविवरणं तथा च यदा (दा) व भिहितं स्थानांगस्य महानिधानस्येवोन्मुद्रणमिवानुयोग (ः) प्रारभ्यत इति तच्चंद्रकुलीनप्रवचनप्रणीताप्रतिबद्धविहारहारिचरितश्रीवर्द्धमानाभिधानमुनिपतिपादोपसेप्रमाणादिव्युत्पादनप्रवणप्रकरणविधप्रणायिनः प्रबुद्धप्रतिबंधकप्रवक्तृप्रवीणाप्रतिहतवचनार्थप्रधानवाक्प्रसरस्य सुविहितमुनिजन मुख्यस्य श्रीजिनेश्वराचार्यस्य तदनु तदनुजस्य च व्याकरणादिशास्त्रकर्त्तुः श्रीबुद्धिसागराचार्यस्य चरणकमलचंचरी (क) कल्पेन श्रीमदभयदेवसूरिनाम्ना मया महावीरजिनराज संतानवर्त्तिना महाराजवंशजन्मनेव || संविग्नमुनिवर्गप्रवरश्रीमदजितसिंहाचार्यांतेवासियशोदेवगणिनामा (म)धेयसाधोरुत्तरसाधकस्येव विद्याक्रियाप्रधानस्य साहाय्येन समर्थितं तदेवं सिद्धमहानिधानस्यैव समापि

Page #90

67.1
III. 11 Añgas
ताधिकृतानुयोगस्य मम मंगलार्थ पूज्यपूजा नमो भगवते वर्त्तमानतीर्थनाथाय श्रीमन्महावीराय नमः प्रतिपांथिप्रथम (मथ ? ) नाथ श्रीपार्श्वनाथाय नमः प्रनप्रबोधिकायै श्रीप्रवचनदेवतायै नमः प्रस्तुतानुयोगशोधिकायै श्री द्रोणाचार्य प्रमुख (ख) पंडितपर्षदे नमश्वतुर्वर्णाय श्रीश्रमण संघभट्टारकायेति । एव च निजवंशवत्सलराजसंतानिकस्येव ममासमान [मिमायाममासमान ] मिममायासमतिसफलतां नयंतो राजवंस्था (श्या) इव वर्द्धमानजिनसंतानवर्त्तिन (:) स्वकुब्वंतु यथोचितमितो ( 1 ) र्थजातमनुतिष्ठतु सुप्युष्ट्र (?) चितपुरुषार्थसिद्धिमुषयुंजतां च योग्येभ्य इति किंच ।
65
Then we have सत्संप्रदायहीन etc., up to शुभं भवतु as in No. 65 followed by श्रीसंघस्य ॥ छ ॥ यावल्लवणसमुद्रो etc. N. B. — For further particulars see No. 65.
थाना टीका
No. 67
Size.—1o‡ in. by 44 in.
Extent.—234-21-1 = 212 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line.
Sthānangasūtratikā
239. 1902-1907.
Description.-Country paper thin and white; Devanāgarī characters with occasional qs; bold, fair and tolerably big, but not quite clear hand - writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. 1, 3, 4, 6, 51 to 53, 71, 72, 96, 110 to 113, 116 and 218 to 223 lacking; the 2nd folio damaged in good many places; edges of 3rd fol. and those of 141 to 153 and 190 partly worn out ; several foll. darkish to a smaller or greater extent; foll. 77 to 89 slightly torn; corners of foll. 233 to 235 worn out a little; the 234th fol. very badly damaged; conditon fair; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; fol. 198 marked as 199 also, the following being hence numbered as 200, 201 etc.
Age.—seems to be fairly old.

Begins. fol. 22 देयमित्यवसरो योषि वायमेव etc. ( letters not quite legible).
9 [J. L, P.]

Page #91

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
168.
Ends.-- fol. 2349 STETTIÊT & etc., up to patatireret(s) for(s) ft
TATT 118 as in No. 66 followed by 3 (ET)ATETUA HATA:11 STATE LEFT etc., up to je 88940 as in No. 65. Then runs the line as under :
Far FAT I JÁ Han ll etcatalator footesa Il set 11 N. B.--For further particulars see No. 65.
स्थानाङ्गसूत्रटीका
Sthānāngasūtratīkā
908. No. 68
1892-95. Size.-10in. by 48 in. Extent.--369+5+2+1-9= 368 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; so
letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin, rough and grey ; Devanāgari
characters with AES; bold, big, beautiful and legible hand-writing ; borders generally ruled in four lines in black ink; soll. 19 and 3696 blank; yellow pigment used; foll. 56, 241, 289, 322 and 327 repeated; numbers of foll. 48' to 369 entered twice as usual ; fol. 67 repeated twice; the following numbered as 68, etc.; fol. 86 repeated once ; follo 47, 57, 186, 187, 205, 237, 243, 276 and 321 lacking ; several foll. worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent ; corners of foll. 298 to 367 more or less worn out; condi
tion on the whole good; extent 14250 ślokas. Age.-appears to be old. Begins.-10 SATIN
statt ta etc., as in No. 66. Ends.-fol. 368 शेषद्वारााणि तु etc., up to स्थानांगटीका(ोल्पधिया()पि
TRT II C Il as in No. 66 followed by a() ATETU ju
38740.
.
N. B.-For further particulars see No. 65.

Page #92

70 ]
IIb. 11 Angds
स्थानासूत्रटीका
Sthānāngasūtratīkā
No. 69
359. A 1882-83.
Size -101 in. by 45 in. Extent.—288 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanāgari
characters with e ars ; neither too big nor too small,
clear and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four - lines in black ink; red chalk used; numbers of foll. entered
twice as usual ; fol. 1* blank; fol. 218 seems to be wrongly numbered as 219 in the right hand margin ; the succeeding foll. numbered as 219, 220, etc.; edges of the first fol. and those of the last, too, slightly damaged ; condition on the
whole very good ; complete ; extent 14500 ślokas. Age.--seems to be old. Begins.--fol.rb safrafti fi etc., as in No. 66. Ends.--fol. 288a Terrfor a etc., up to futaitetare (s)
Il cll as in No. 66 followed by a 98400 ll I ll sifaran'
FOR THE N. B.--For further particulars see No. 65.
स्थानाङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
Sthānāngasūtraparyāya
No. 70
736 (4)
1875–76. Extent.--fol. 3a to fol. 36. Description.-Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyāya
No. 736 ( 1 )
NO. 1875-76.. Subject.--Difficult words occurring in Sthānāngasätra explained. Begins- fol. 36 foramafort Tent i ameisto?) FIGTI T UEESTA TIS
FATTAISNE SF pref: 1 etc.

Page #93

jaina Literature and Philosophy
172.
Ends.--fol. 3' इ(अ)नामिका बृहदंगुलिका या लघुतराः मधुमुखाभट्टाः मावल्लाः प्रकृति
विशेषाः णगभवंQवे भवं भवानित्यर्थः । स्थानांगपयायाः समाप्ताः ॥ छ ।
स्थानाङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
Sthânārgasūtraparyāya No. 71
789 (4).
1895-1902. Extent.—fol. 3b to fol. 46. Description. Complete. For further details see Pañcavastutka
paryāya. Begins.--fol. 3' स्थानपर्याया यथा । वैषयं जाड्य etc., as in No. 70. Ends.-fol. 4' इनामिका बृहदंगोलका etc.
स्थानाङ्गसूत्रपयाय
Sthānārigasūtraparyāya
736 (26). ___No. 72
1875-76. Extent.-fol. 32 to fol. 34'. Description.—Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyāya
No. 736(I).
1875-76. Subject. ---Difficult words occurring in Sthānārgasútra elucidated. Begins--fol. 32 अथ स्थानांगाय नमः ॥
., तत्संतानस्येति महाराजतदुपायानि तिउन्मुद्रणा अथ उघोठ इत्यनेन अणु
शब्दसंबंधः etc. Ends.--34* आचारदशा इति दशाश्रुतस्कंधः । दिकमोक्षक इति यदा पूर्वा गच्छति कंदार्थ तदा दिक्पालाननुज्ञापयति ।
इति स्थानांगपर्यायाः समानाः ॥

Page #94

75.
zenanggaraia
No. 789 (1). 1895-1902.
No. 73
Extent. fol. 53b to fol. 562.
Description.-Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyaya
स्थानाङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
Begins. fol. 53b
Ends. fol. 56 आचारदशा इति दशाश्रुतस्कंध: etc.
N. B. For subject see No. 72.
III. 11 Angas
pada paryaya No.
Sthanangasūtraparyāya
789 (26).
1895-1902.
Begins.--fol. 41 अथ स्थानांगाय नमः ॥ aaafa etc. as in No. 72.
KRIFTERS

in: 1 etc., as in No. 72.
No. 74
Extent. fol. 41 to fol. 44.
Description.-Complete. For other details see Nandisūtravisama
332(1). A 1882-83.
Ends.--lol. 44' इति दशाश्रुतस्कंध: । दिक्प्रोक्ष इति etc. N. B. For subject see No. 72
69
Sthanangasūtraparyaya
332(9).
A 1882-83.
No. 75
Size.-9 in. by 4 in.
Extent.-49 folios; 11 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line.

Sthānangasūtrabol
867. 1895-1902.

Page #95

Jaina Literature and Philosphy
___75.
Description. -Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari
characters; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink, edges singly; fol. 1* blank ; so is fol. 14o ; several foll. worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent; condition on the whole very fair ; white paste used 'in place of yellow pigment; red chalk very rarely used ;
foll. 21 to 40 also numbered as 1, 2, etc.; complete. Age.-Samvat 1890. Author.-Unknown. Subject.-A short summary of Sthánāngasútra in Gujarāti inter
mixed with Hindi words. Begins.--fol. I श्रीबितरागाय नमः ।।
मन समज्झया हेतु मनं ठाम राषवा हेतु सूत्र मै जोइन कहिय छै॥१॥ एगे आया एगे दंडे २ etc, एगे लूक्खे ५० ॥ प्रथम ठाणू समत्तं । १ । छै
दरब (द्रव्यं) दोय प्रकारका etc. Ends.-- fol. 49* पहेलै देवलोक उपना एकावतारी हुवा चार पल्यापमनो आउषो
पाली महाविदेह षेत्र मांहि सीझसी बुझसी कर्म थकी मुकासी नाव अंतं करते ॥ ५८ ॥ इति श्री दसमु ठाणू समतं ठाणामइ अंगसूत्रका महसु बोल कान्या छह सो लीष्या छइ ।। मी. आसो. कृ. ९ सं० १८९०.

Page #96

6.1
समवायानसूत्र ( समवायंगसुत्त)
No. 76
Age.-Old.
IV. II Angas
THE FOURTH ANGA
Size.—ro‡ in. by 4g in.
Extent.—65 folios; II lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with पृष्टमात्राs; bold, clear, uniform and good `hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. r± and 65b blank ; the dandas or the vertical lines in red ink throughout; marginal notes written at times; complete : condition very good.
Samavāyāngasūtra (Samavāyarigasutta )
Author.-Sudharmasvamin according to the Jaina tradition
Subject. This fourth anga enumerates objects according to their number. It is, in a way, a continuation of Sthanangasütra; for, it enumerates different principles in rising numerical groups of 1 to 1oo.and more.
139.
1872-73.
Begins. fol. rb नमो अरिहंताणं । नमो सिद्धाणं । नमो आयरियाणं । नमो उबज्झायाणं । नमो लोए सव्वसाहूणं । छ ।
सुयं मे आउस तेणं । भगवया एवमक्खायं । इह खलु समणेणं । ..
इति श्रीसमवायांगसूत्रं चउत्थमंगं समाप्तं ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥

71
Ends. fol. 65" इसिवंसे इ य जतिवंसे ति य । मुणिवंसे इ य सुते ति वा । सुतंगे इ वा । सुतसमासे इ वा । सुयखंधे इ वा । ( समाए इ वा) संखे इ वा । संमशमक्वायं । अज्झयणति त्ति बेमि ॥ छ । सम्मत्तं समवायांगसूत्रं पुस्तकं ॥ छ ।
छ ॥ etc. सा. वस्नापठनार्थ ॥
जावई लवणसमुद्रो (हो) ता (जा) वइ नक्खत्तमंडी (डि ओ मेरो (रू)। यावच (च) न्द्रादितो (त्यौ तावदिदं पुस्तकं जयती (ति) ॥
Reference. As editio princeps may be mentioned the Benares edition of A. D. 1880, where the text is published together with a Sanskrit commentary by Abhayadeva Sūri and a Gujarati one by Megharaja. The text is also published

Page #97

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
77.
along with Abhayadeva Sûri's commentary in the Agamodaya Samiti Series in A. D. 1918 For contents etc., See Weber II, p. 402 and Indian Antiquary, vol. XVIII, (p. 311 ff.) For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. ( Vol. III-IV, p. 401.)
समवायानसूत्र
Samavāyārgasūtra
110. No. 77
1869-70 Size.-9. in. by 48 in. Extent.--46 + 1 = 47 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a
line. Description.-Country paper thick and greyish ; Devanāgari charac
ters with occasional EATS; bold, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and white paste used; fol. 1a blank ; fol. 19 repeated ; a strip of paper pasted to the edge of fol. 460;
condition on the whole good; complete; extent 1667 ślokas. Age.-Samvat 1626. Begins.—fol Ib FAT eftae I
U À ATE # ão Horan etc., as in No. 76. Ends.--fol. 46 गणधरवंसे ति य जतिवंसे ति य etc., :up to त्ति बेमि as in
No.76 followed by the lines as under:समवाउ चउत्थमंगं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ । ग्रंथानं १६६७ ॥ छ ॥ ॥ ग्रंथस्य सप्तपष्टयाधिकषोडशशतानि प्रमाणं ।। छ । छ । संवत् १६२६ वर्षे माघमासे शुक्लपक्षे पश्चम्यां तिथौ बुधवासरे वाचनाचार्यवाश्रीश्रीश्री ३ विनयकलश
gedare (FADHATHITHEA Forest I TIERİ graag etc., Tama. N. B.--For further particulars see No. 76.

Page #98

78.]
IV. 11 Angas
समवायाङ्गसूत्र
Samayāyāngasūtra No. 78
215.
1873-74. Size.-II in. by 4g in. Extent.-38 folios ; I3 lines to a page; 55 letters to a line. Description-Country paper, thin and greyish; Devanāgari characters
with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, clear and good hand-writing; red chalk used; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red; fol. I decorated with a beautiful design; the unnumbered sides marked with a small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having over and above this, two more, one, in each margin; strips of paper pasted to most of the foll. ; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly worn out; condition very
fair ; complete ; extent 1767 ślokas, Age.--Samvat 1713. Begins.-fol. I ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
सुयं मे आउसं etc., as in No. 76. Ends.---fol. 384 इसिवंसे इ य जतिसे ति य etc. up to पुस्तकं as in No. 76.
Then we have :ग्रंथागं १७६७॥ समवाउ(जो) चउत्थमंग समाप्तं ॥ छ।
शिवमस्तु सर्वजगत() परहितनिरता भवंतु भूतगणा)।
दोषाः प्रयांनु नाशं सर्वत्र सुखीभवतु लोकाः(कः)॥१॥ छ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥छ॥ श्री मेरागच्छेशश्रीसौसामा(?)सुंदरसूरिलिपापितं । सं० श्रीमंडलिके ॥ श्री श्री श्री संवत् १७१३ वर्षे कार्तिक शुदि १५ गुरौ श्री राजपुरषास्तव्य प्राग्वाट ज्ञातीयवृद्धशाखीयसा। वासण । तत्पुत्रसा। संतोषी । तत्भार्या स्वरूपदे । तत्पुत्रसा। अपई । तत्भार्या । आणंदबाई । तत्पुत्रसा । ताराप्रमुखकुटुंबयुतेन स्वभेयो(5)थे पं। श्रीजिनविजयगणीनां श्रीसमवायांगसूत्रपुस्तकं प्रतिलाभितं ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ भीश्रमणसंघस्य
कल्याणं भूयात् ॥ N. B.-For further particulars see No. 76.
Rp [J. L. P.]

Page #99

74
समघायाङ्गसूत्रवृत्ति
No. 79
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
. Begins.fol. r' अर्हम् ॥
[ 79.
Samavāyāngasūtravṛtti
Size.-10 in. by 48 in.
Extent.-86 folios; 15 to 19 lines to a page; 45 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, legible and tolerably fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. ra blank ; this Ms. contains the fs only of the original sütra; foll. 69 to 72 written in a shabby hand; condition very good ; complete ; extent 3575 slokas.
Age.-Samvat 1620.

Author.—Abhayadeva Suri.
Subject. Commentary in Sanskrit to Samaväyängasūtra styled as vrtti, vivrti and tika, too, by the commentator himself.
348.
A. 1882-83.
श्रीवर्द्धमान मानस्य (म्य) । समया (वा) यांगवृत्तिका । विधीयते अ ( S) न्यशास्त्राणां प्रायः समुपजीवनात् ॥
दुः संप्रदायादसदूहनाद्वा ।
(?) ते तिथं मयेह ॥ तद्धीधनैर्मामु (म) नुकंपयद्भिः ।
शोध्यं मतार्थं कृ( ेक्ष) तिरस्तु मैवं (ब) ॥ १ ॥
Ends. fol. 868 सि(शि) ष्यस्थ संपादितो भवति मुमू (मुक्षूणां चायं मार्गा (र्ग) [अ] इत्यदिति (इत्यादि ? )मिति ॥ समवायाख्यं चतुर्थमंगं वृत्तितः समाप्तं ॥ छ ॥ नमः श्रीवीराय प्रवरवरपावा (व) य च नमो
नमः श्रीवाग्देव्यै वरकविसभाया अपि नमः

नमः श्रीसंघाय स्फुटगुणगुरुभ्यो ( s) पि च नमो
नमः सव(d) स्मै प्रकृतविधिस (सा) हायच (य्यक) कृते ॥ १ यस्य ग्रंथवरस्य वाक्यजलधिल (घेर्ल) क्षं सहस्राणि च
चत्वारिंशदहो चतुर्भिरधिका मानं पदानामभूत् । तस्योच्चै लुकाकृतिं निदधतः कालादिदोषात्तथा
दुर्जिया (खात्) खिलतां गतस्य कुधिय (:) कुर्व्वतु किं मादृशा (:) ॥२॥

Page #100

&o.j
IV. II Angas स्वं का(क)टे(s)तिनिधाय कष्टमधिकं मा मे(s)न्यदा जाय(य)तां
व्याख्याने(s)ग्य तथा विवेक्तुमनसामल्पश्रुतानाममं(में)। इत्यालोचयता तथापि किमपि प्रोक्तं मया तत्र च ___ दुर्वा(याख्यानव(वि)शोधनं विदधतु प्राज्ञाः परार्थोद्यताः ॥३॥ इह पचसि विरोधो नास्ति सर्वज्ञवाक्त्वा(? क्यात्
वचन तदवभासो यः स मांद्यातू(न्नृ)बुद्धेः घरगुरुबिरहाद्वा(s)तीतकाले मुनीशै
गणधरवच(ना)नां अस्तसंघातनाहा ॥४॥ व्याख्यानं यद्यपीदं प्रवरकविः पारतंत्रे(ये)ण दृष्ट्वा
संभाव्यो(ड)स्मिस्तथा(पि) क्वचिदपि मनसा मोहतो(s)र्थादिभेद(ः) । किंतु श्रीसंघबुद्धेरनुशरणविधेभा( )वशुद्धश्च दोषो
मा मे भूदल्पको(5)पि प्रथ(श)मपरमनास्ताच्च देवी श्रुतस्य ॥५॥ निःसंबंधविहारहारिचरितान् श्रीवर्द्धमानाभिधान् - सूरीन ध्यातवतोऽतितीव्रतपसो ग्रंथप्रणीतिप्रभो()। श्रीमत्सूरिजिनेश्वरस्य जयिनो दप्पीयसां वि(वा)ग्मिनां
तबंधोरपि बुद्धिसागर इति ख्यात(स्य) सूरे वि ॥ ६॥ शिष्येणाभयदेवाख्यसूरिणा विवृतिः कृता । श्रीमतः समवायाख्यतुर्यागस्य समासतः ॥ ७॥ एकादशस (श)तेष्वथ विंशत्यधिकेषु विक्रमसमानां । 'अणहिलपाटक' नगरे रचिता समवायटीकेयं ॥ ८॥ प्रत्यक्षरं निरूप्यास्या ग्रंथमानं विनिश्चितं ।।
श्रीणि श्लोकसहस्राणि पादन्यूना च षदशती ॥९॥ छ । ग्रंथसंख्या ३५७५ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ कल्याणमस्तु छ । संवत् १६२० वर्षे जेठव()सुदि १ गुरुवारे 'विक्रमपुरे 'खरतर बेगडगच्छे गु° श्रीवीरमेरुतत्सिष्या पा॥ श्रीसागरचंद्रतत्सिष्य पं० उदयतिलक लिषतं ॥ छ ।
शुभं भवतु ॥ Reference.-Published. See No. 76.
समवायानसूत्रवृत्ति
Samavāyāngasūtravrtti
216. No. 80
1873-74 Size.--top in. by 4t in. Extent.--70 folios ; 17 lines to a page : 54 letters to a line.

Page #101

76
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
81.
Description.-Country paper, very thin and grey ; Devanāgari
characters with EastS; bold, clear and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red; the unnumbered sides marked with one small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having over and above this, two more, one in each margin ; red chalk used ; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to the fol. 1*; small strips of paper pasted to the edges of the several foll. ; condition fair ; this Ms. contains the waters only of the original sútra; complete;
extent 3575 ślokas. Age.-Samvat 1550. Begins.- fol. 1 3 il softa ATATAART etc. Ends.-fol. 70 शिष्यस्य संपादितो भवति etc., up to ग्रंथसंख्या ३५७५ as in
No. 79 followed by the lines as under:-- छ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ॥ छ । संवत् १५५० वर्षे श्रावणसुदि २
forced H 3 11 11 StorieSSI' TREIFTET I haargrafiat Taret care facundi 11 7 ll * 11 * FUTUTAR I gll gli
PRATTUTATI 11 3 11 11 N. B.---For further particulars see No. 79.
समवायानसूत्रवृत्ति
Samavāyāngāsūtravrtti
No. 81
1362. 1886-92.
Size.--104 in. by 4} in. Extent.---81 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.--Country paper rough, thin and whitish; Devanāgari
characters with SHTETTS ; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; foll. 14 and 816 blank except th the title etc., written on them ; this Ms. contains only the

Page #102

iv. II Angas
11
status of the text; complete ; extent 3700 ślokas; edges of the 8Ist fol. slightly damaged; condition on the
whole good. Age.—Samvat 1583. Begins.--fol. I ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
श्रीवर्द्धमानमानस्य(म्य) समवायांगवृत्तिका etc., as in No. 79. Ends.-fol. 81 शिष्यस्य संपादितो भवति etc., up to पादे न्यूना च षट्स (श)
ती ॥९॥ as in No. 79 followed by ग्रंथानं ३७००॥ सं०१५८३ वर्षे ॥ भाद्रवा सुदि १३ सोमे लेषकपाठ(क)यो(2)॥
पं. कमलविजयगणिशिष्यश(शि)वविजयगणिनी प्रतिः ॥श्रीः॥ N. B.--N. B. For other details see No. 79.
समवायासूत्रपर्याय
No.82 Extent.-fol. 3° to fol. 44. Description.- Complete.
Samavāyāngasūtraparyāya
736(5). 1875-76.
For other
details see Pancavastuka.
736(1).
paryaya No.
___1875-76.
Subject.–Dificult words etc., occurring in Samavayarigasutra
elucidated. Begins.-fol. 3° समवायपर्याया यथा वाणमंतराणं सोहम्माउ । तेषामपि सभानामे
तन्नामशरीराषयप्रमाणस्पंदिता दिवि ॥ etc. Rads.-fol. 4* नरके सामान्यापेक्षया द्वादश मुहूर्ताः सर्वनरकापेक्षया यतो बादशाहूर्ता
नंतर सप्तानामेकनावश्यं नारकोत्पत्तिः । समवायपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ॥

Page #103

78
समवायानसूत्रपर्याय
No. 83
Exent-fol. 4 to fol. 51. Description-Complete.
paryaya No.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
समवायाङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
No. 84
Begins. fol. 4 marqqqiar our etc., as in No. 82.
Ends. fol. 5 नरके सामान्यापेक्षया etc.
N. B. For subject see No. 82.
Extent. fol. 34 to fol.35. Description.-Complete.
paryaya No.
789 (1). 1895-1902.
anatargqaqaia
No. 85
For further details see Pañcavastuka

Samavāyāngasūtraparyaya
789 (5). 1895-1902.
736 (1). 1875-76.
[ 85.
Extent. fol. 56a to fol. 58*.
Subject. Explanation of some of the words etc., occurring in Samavāyāngasútra.
Samaväyängasūtraparyaya 736 (27). 1875-76.
For other details see Pañcavastuka
Begins. fol. 344 अथ समवायांगाय नमः । दुरितानीति योजनशतमध्ये २५५२५२५ दर्शन इति वैशेषिकमते etc.
Ends. --- fol. 35 सामान्यत इति देवगतावपि सामान्येन द्वादश मुहूर्ता एवांतरं तदूर्ध्व केनापि सौधर्मादिके अवश्यमुत्पत्तव्यं । छ ॥ समवायपर्याय समाप्ततः ॥
Samavāyāngasūtraparyaya
789 (27). 1895-1902.

Page #104

IV. 11 Angas
Description.--Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyaya
No.
789 (I). 1895-1902.
Begins. fol. 563& ĦĦ¶rgin a¤: 1 etc. as in No. 84. Ends. fol. 58. marca zià Zenmiafa etc. N. B. For subject see No. 84.
86.]
समवायानसूत्रपर्याय
No. 86
Extent. fol. 44b to fol. 47a.
Description.-Complete. For other details see Nandisūtraviṣama
padaparyaya No.
332 (I). A 1882-83.

79
Samavāyāngasūtraparyaya
332 (10).
A 1882-83.
Begins. – fol. 44 अथ समवायांग नमः । दुरितानि इति etc. as in No. 82 Ends. fol. 474 सामान्य (तः ) इति देवगतावपि etc. N. B. For subject see No. 84.

Page #105

80
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
X0
THE FIFTH ANGA
भगवतीसूत्र (भगवईसत्त)
Bhagavatīsūtra (Bhagavaisutta)
No. 87
56.
1870-71. Size.-95 in. by 4s in. Extent.--379 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, rough, tough and white; Deva
nāgari characters with CATEITS; big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders mostly ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered twice as usual ; foll. I. and 379 decorated with a pattern; foll. 86 to 88 wrongly numbered as 87 etc., but subsequently these numbers are corrected ; fol. 216th wrongly number: ed as 116 in the right hand margin ; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; fol. 132 partly torn; foll. 344 to 346 torn in the body by one who must have tried to separate them after they had stuck together owing to the presence of gum in ink; condition on the whole good;
complete; extent 160000. Age.--Samvat 1620. Author.-Sudharmasvamin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject.—This fifth anga also known as Vivāhaprajñapti and
Vyākhyāprajñapti is mainly busy elucidating the fundamental tenets of Jainism. It contains 41 śatakas or chapters with occasional subdivisions styled as uddesakas. It com
prises 36,000 questions. Begins.-fol. r' जिनाय नमः ॥
__ नमो अरिहंताणं नमो सिद्धाणं नमो आयरियाणं नमो उधज्झायाणं नमो
लोए सव्वसाहूणं ॥ नमो बंभीए लिवीए रायगिहे etc. Ends.-fol. 378 पंचे(चें)दियाणं बारस । संणिपंचे(चें)दियमहाजुमसताइ(इं) एकर
(क)वीसं एग(गिं)दियाइ वसेणं उदि(हि)सिज्जति रासीजुमसतंएग(गिं)दिवसेण उद्दिसिज्जं(ज्ज)ति ॥छ॥ पंचमांगसूत्रपुस्तकमिदं ॥ ग्रंथानं १६००००॥
यादृशं पुस्तके दृष्ट्वा ॥ ताद्र(ह)शं लिष्यते मया । पदि अचमोद पा । मम दोपो न दीयते ॥

Page #106

87.)
V. 11 Angas
81
waguafetar i starfset (?) gi()
कष्टेन लिख्यते शास्त्रं । यत्नेन परपालितः ।। संवत् १६२० वर्षे अश्वनमासे कृष्णपष्ये सप्तम्यां तिथौ । ऽर्कवासरे ॥ 'कोरटा
नगरे मधे लिष्यतेः ॥ श्रीरस्तु ।। शुभं भवतु Reference. The specimens of Bhagavatīsúra with the commentary
of Abhayadeva Sūri seem to have been published at Bombay in A. D. 1874 and 1877 respectively. The complete text together with Abhayadeva Sūri's Sanskrit commentary, paraphrase in Sanskrit by Rāmacandra Gaņi and tabbā or the exposition in Gujarāti by Megharāja was published at Benares in A, D. 1882. A tolerably good edition of the text was published with Abhayadeva Súri's commentary by the Ägamodaya Samiti in three parts in A. D. 1918, 1919 and 1921 respectively.
A. Weber's "Über ein Fragment der Bhagavati ", Berlin 1866-1867 may be mentioned in this connection.
Nigodaşattrimśikā, a portion of Bhagavatīsútra ( XI, 10) along with a Gujarati commentary was published in Prakaranaratnäkara (vol. III) by Bhimsimha Manek, Bombay, 1876-1878. See for other details Weber II, p. 420 f., Indian Antiquary vol. VIII, pp. 30-31', Indian Antiquary vol. XIX, p. 62 ff., Indischen Studien vol. XVII, Bod. No. 1336 and Winternitz, Geschichte II, p. 300. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. (vol. III-IV, p. 395) and G. O. Series ( vol. XXI, pp. 1, 3, 11, 15 & 21.) For a small portion of the 9th uddeśaka of the eighth Sataka see No. 105.
The English translation of the 15th śataka prepared by R. Hoernle is published as an appendix in his edition of Uvāsagadasão, Bibliotheca Indica, Calcutta, 1888-1890. This śataka is referred to by W. W. Rockhill in “the life of the Buddha and the early History of his Order”, London, 1884.
1. Herein we have an article named “Jainism" by E. Thomas. 3. This deals with the seven schisms mentioned in Bhagavatīsūtra V, 9, 33.
11 ( J. L. P.]

Page #107

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
88.
भगवतीसूत्र
Bhagavatīsutra
No. 88
447, 1882-83.
Size.-118 in. by 42 in. Extent.--372--2=370 folios; 13 lines to a page; 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with HAFETS ; big, quite legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered only once; the unnumbered sides having a disc in the centre only, the numbered, in the margins, too; red chalk used; several foll. awfully damaged so much so that even a part of the margin where the number of the fol. is entered is gone in the case of 12 foll. preceding the 15th; the ist and the 4th foll. are even lost; the original pagination of soll. 363 to 372 gone; even some foll. torn; the Ms. requires to be very carefully handled, condition being rather poor; marginal notes occasionally written in Gujarati
almost complete ; extent 15800 ślokas. Age.-Samvat 1570. Begins.-- fol. 2a spora STTAFF AT FAT31#(d)zuálag etc. Ends.--fol. 372a ginearuf arth etc., up to the practically as
in No. 87 followed by the lines as under:-- fauftras på att anffafafatt panor tant etc., ( 372 ) and
ug faca 9231 CHIA TROCH ! Il etc. 246001111 संवत् १५७० वर्षे आषाढसदि ३ रवौ 'नागर'ज्ञातीयत्रवाडी जगा लिषितं ॥
etc.
I Dr. W. Schubring has numbered them with black lead-pencil below the disc
in the middle of the numbered sides.

Page #108

89.]
भगवतीसूत्र
No. 89
V. 11 Angas
Age.-Pretty old.
Begins. (text) fol. baroi etc.
Size.-104 in. by 41 in.
Extent.-806 folios; 9 lines to a page; 35 letters to a line. Description. Country paper extremely thin and white; Devanagari characters with gears; big, legible and beautiful handwriting; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; marginal notes occasionally written; at times this makes the Ms. appear as ret; fol. 1a blank; so is the fol. 806th; red chalk and yellow pigment used; numbers of all the foll. except the first entered only in one margin; only the first fol. numbered in both the margins; edges of the first few foll. slightly worn out; a piece of paper of the size of the fol. pasted to fol. 806b; condition on the whole very good; a diagram referring to the three s etc., on fol. 1o1; those of etc., on fol. 432, 432b, 433a and 685a; bhangas pertaining to various topics have been separately pointed out; see foll. 244b, 289a, 2912, 416, 591b, 5922, 593*, 595", 596, 596, 5976, 598a, 599, 6012, 603 and 617; complete; extent 16000 slokas.

83
Bhagavatisutra
226.
1871-72.
(com) fol. 1 अथ विवाहवण (ण) त्ति ति कः शब्दार्थ उच्यते । विविधा जीवादिप्रचुरतरपदार्था ( : ) प्ररूप्यते इयं भगवतीत्यपि पूज्यत्वेन अभिधीयत इति etc.
Ends-fol. 805 पंचिंदियाणं बारस etc., up to उद्दिसिज्जंति as in No. 87. followed by the lines as under:
fauferuerfage aufaefàx(fat)a genfter(fear) deft मज्झपि देउ मेहं बुहविबुहणमंसिया णिच्वं ।
सुदेवया पणमिमो जीए पसाएण सिक्श्वियं णाणं
अण्णं पवयणदेवी संतिकरिं तं नम॑सामि ॥
श्रीभगवतीसूत्रं ग्रंथाग्रं १६००० ॥ छ ॥ श्रीविवाहपत्ती पंचमं अंग सम्मत्तं । छ । etc.
Then follows in a different hand a line as under:-- श्रीजीना सिष्य ऋषि कान्हाजीनी भगवती है ।

Page #109

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[90.
40
भगवतीसूत्र ( श. ९, उ. ३३) Bhagavatisutra ( IX, 33 ) No. 90
1874-75. Size.-1 14 in. by 5.1 in. Extent.--21 folios ; 10 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, rough and white ; Devanagari
characters; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink ; fol. 1a blank ; foll. numbered in both the margins ; portions corrected at times; there are some lacune on foll. II', 12 etc.; this Ms. only deals with a part of Bhagavatīsūtra ; complete so far as the 33rd uddeśaka of the 9th śataka is concerned ; condition very
good.
Subject.-Rsabhadatta and Devānanda go to hear Lord Mahavira's
sermon and renounce the world. Life of Jamali, too, is
narrated in this uddeśaka. Age.-Not quite modern. Begins.-fol. 1 ॐ नमः सिद्धं ॥
तेणं कालेणं माहणकुंडग्गामे नाम नगरे होत्था । वण(ग्ण)ओ । बहुशाला(साल)ए चेतिए वण(ग्ण)ओ तेन्छ( ? तत्थ) णं माहणकुंडग्गामे णगरे
उसभदत्ते णामं माहणे परिवसति etc. , - fol. 4* खत्तियकुंडग्गामे णाम नगरे होत्था । घण(ण्ण)ओ । तत्थ णं खत्ति
कुंडग्गामे णगरे जमाली णामं खत्तियकुमार परिवसति etc. Ends.-fol. 21 जमाली णं भंते देवे तातो देवलोगातो आउकखएणं जाव
कहि उववजिहिति । गो। पंचतिरिक्खजोणियमणुस्सदेवभवग्गहणाई संसारं अणुपरियट्टित्ता ततो पत्था(च्छा?) सिज्झिहिति जाव अंतं काहिति । स(से.)
बं भंते सेव(वं)। भंते ति ॥जमाली समत्तो। Reference.--See Abhidhānarājendra. For further particulars see
No. 87.

Page #110

१.]
V. II Angas
भगवतीसूत्र (श. ११, उ. ११)
Bhagavatisūtra (XI, 11) No.91
177.
1873-74. Size.—104 in. by 44 in. Extenr.-14 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanagari
characters%3; sufficiently big, clear, uniform and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; fol. 1* blank ; complete so far as it goes; edges of some of the foll. slightly damaged ; condi.
tion on the whole good. Age.---Pretty old.. Subject.—This is a only part of Bhagavatisútra (XI, 11 ). It mainly
deals with the life of Mahabala (Mahabbala). Begins.--- fol. 1 तेणं कालेणं । तेणं समएणं । वाणियग्गामे णामं णगरे होत्था।
घण्णओ। 'दूतिपलासए' चोतए वण्णओ जाव पुढविसिला पट्टओ।तत्थ णं । पाणियग्गामे णगरे । सुदंसणा(ण) णामं सेट्ठी परिवसति ॥ अड़े दित्ता विता विच्छ(च्छिन्नविपुलभवणसयणासणजाणवाहणाइणा(ण्णा) बहुधणबहुजायरूवरयया आउगपउगसंपउत्ता विच्छडियविपुलभत्तपाणा । बहुदासदासीगोमहिसगवेलगपभूया बहुजणस्स अपरिभूया समाणा वासए अभिगतजीवाजीवा उपलद्धपुण्णपावा। आसवसंवरनिज्जरकिरिया ।। अहिगरणा(ण)बंधमोक्खकुत्राला असहेज्जदेवास(म)रनागसुवन्नजक्खरक्खसकिंनरकिंपुरिसगरुलगंधव्वमहोरगादिएहिं । निग्गंथाओ पावयणा(ओ) अणितिकमज्जा
etc. Ends.--fol. 14 तस्स सदसणस्स सेट्टि(स्स) समणस्स भगवतो महावीरस्स । अंतियं
एयमहं सोचा णिसम्म (स)भेणं(?) अज्झवसाणेणं सोभणेणं परिणामेणं लेसाहि विस(सु)ज्झमाणा(णि)हिं तदावरणिज्जाणं कम्माणं खओवसमेणं ईहाम(व)हमग्गणगवेसणं करेमाणस्स सपणीपुज्जीवे) जाइसरणे समुप्पणे(ण्णे) एतमई समं अहिसमति त तेणं सुदंसणे सही समजेणं भगवता महावीरेणं संभारियं पुव(ब्व)भवे दुगुणाणियससंवेगे आणंदसुपुण्णणयणे समणं भगवं महावीर ति(क)खुतो(तो) वंदति णमंसति वंदित्ता णमंसित्ता एवं वदासी । एवमेवं भत(?भंते) जाव से जहेत तुज्झे बदह त्ति कट्ट उत्तरपुरिछ(च्छि)में दिसीभागं अवकमति सेसं जया उसभटत्तस्स । जाव सव्वदक्खप्पहा(ही) वरं चोहस. पुयाई अहिज्जति बहुपडिपुण्णाइ दुवालस वासाई सामण(ण्ण)परियागं पाउणति सेसं तं चेत्(व) । सेबें भंते २ महब्बलो सम्मत्तो ॥ ११ ॥श्रीः ॥'
शुभं भवतु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ।। श्रेयसुः॥ 1 See p. 549th of the printed edition (Agamodaya Samiti).

Page #111

B6
भगवतीसूत्रवृत्ति
No. 92
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Size.-12 in. by 43 in. Extent.-277+2=279 folios; 15 lines to a page; 68 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thick, grey and durable; Devanagari characters with gears; quite bold, perfectly legible, uniform and exceedingly beautiful hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the intervening space between the pairs coloured red; fol. ra blank; fol. 1 decorated with a beautiful picture of a Jaina Tirthankara, probably Lord Mahāvīra ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; the unnumbered sides have in the centre a small disc in red ink, the numbered having over and above this, two more, one in each margin; a piece of paper almost of half the size as the fol. pasted to the first fol.; the edges of the first three foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good; foll. 13 and 66 repeated;s of us on foll. 248th and 249th; this Ms. contains the ts of the text; complete; extent 18616 slokas.

92.
Bhagavatisūtravṛtti 307.
A 1882-83.
Age. Samvat 1516.
Author.-Abhayadeva Sūri, pupil of Jineśvara Suri and Buddhisågara Sūri.
Subject.-A Sanskrit commentary to Bhagavatisütra. This is styled as vivaraṇa, viseṣavṛtti and vṛtti. It is composed in Samvat 1128, with the help of Yaśaścandra Gaņi, and is revised by Drona Sūri.
Begins. -- fol. 1 ॐ नमो जिनाय ॥
सर्वज्ञमीश्वरमनंतमसंगगम्यं सावयमस्मरमनीशमनीहा मेदं । सिद्धं शिवं शिवकरं करणव्यपेतं
श्रीमज्जिनं जितरिपुं प्रयतः प्रणौमि ॥ १ ॥ नवा श्रीवर्द्धमानाय श्रीमते च सुधर्म्मणे । Baiguìugèrì ar(ar )oût wåtâqeer || 2 11 एतट्टीकाचूर्णी जीवाभिगमादिवृत्तिलेशांश्व । संयोज्य पंचमांगं विवृणोमि विशेषतः किंचित् ॥ ३ ॥

Page #112

92.1
V. I! Angas
Ends.-- fol. 2772 अथवा साधर्म्य साक्षादेव आह । गुणैर्गाभीर्यादिभिर्विशालो
विस्तीर्णः तद्बहुत्वाथः स तथेति गाथार्थः । छ । नमो गोयमाईणं गणहराणमित्यादयः ॥ पुस्तकलेखकनमस्काराः प्रकटार्थाश्चेति न व्याख्याताः । छ । इति भगवतीविशेषवृत्तिः समाप्ता ॥ छ ।
यदुक्तमादाविह साधुयोधैः
श्रीपंचमांगोन्नतकुंजरोऽयं । सुखाधिगम्यो(s)स्त्विति पूर्वगुर्वी
प्रारभ्यते दृत्तिवरत्रिकेयं ॥१॥ समर्थितं (तत्पदुबुद्धिसाधु
स(सा)हायकात्केवलमत्र संतः। सद्बुद्धिदाच्याऽपगुणांलुनंतु
सुखग्रहा येन भवत्यथैषा ॥२॥ 'चांद्रे' कुले सद्वनकक्षकल्पे
महागुमो धर्मफलप्रदानात् । छायान्वितः शस्तविशालशाखः
श्रीवर्द्धमानो मुनिनायकोऽभूत् ॥३॥ तत्पुण्यकल्पौ विलसद्विहाय(? र).
सद्गंधसंपूर्णदिशौ समंतात् । वभूवतुः शिष्यवरावनीच
वृत्ती श्रुतज्ञानपरागवंतौ ॥४॥ एकस्तयोः सूरिवरो जिनेश्वरः
ख्यातस्तथा(s)न्ये(ऽन्यो) भुवि बुद्धिसागरः। तयोर्विनेयेन (वि)बुद्धिना(5)प्यलं
वृत्तिः कृतेषाऽमयदेवलारणा ॥ ५॥ तयोरेव विनेयानां तत्पदं चानुकुर्वतां । श्रीमतां जिनचंद्राख्यसत्प्रभूणां वि( ? नि)योगतः ॥ ६॥ श्रीमज्जिनेश्वराचार्यशिष्याणां गुणशालिनां । जिनभद्रमुनींद्राणामस्माकं चांहिसेविनः ॥ ७ ॥ यशश्चन्द्रगणै(णे)र्गाढस(सा)हाम्यात्सिद्धिमागता । परित्यक्तान्यकृत्यस्य युक्तायुक्तविवेकिनः ।। ८॥ शास्त्रार्थनिर्णयसुसौरभलंपटस्थ विद्वन्मधुव्रतगणस्य (सदैव) सेव्यः ।

Page #113

.00
38
Size.—
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
6
भगवती सूत्रवृत्ति
No. 93
श्री 'निर्वृता' ख्यकुलसन्नदपद्मकल्पः श्री द्रोणसूरिरनवद्ययशः परागः ॥ ९ ॥
शोधितवान् वृत्तिमिमां युक्तो विदुषां महासमूहेन । शास्त्रार्थनिष्क निकषणकषपट्टककल्पबुद्धीनां ॥ १० ॥ विशोधिता तावदियं सुधीभिस्तथापि दोषाः किल संभवति । मन्मोहतस्तांश्व विहाय सद्भि
स्तद्ब्राह्ममाप्ताभिमतं यदस्यां ॥ ११ ॥
संवत् १५१६ वर्षे भाद्रवा शुदि १ भू ( भौ ) मे । अयेह श्री ' पत्तन वास्तव्य - ब्राह्मण देवा लिखितमस्ति । छ । etc. followed in a different hand

यदवाप्तं मया पुण्यं वृत्ताविह शुभाशयात् । मोहो (हा) द् वृत्तिजमन्यच्च तेनागो मे विशुद्धयतात् ॥ १२ ॥ प्रथमादर्श लिखिता विमलगणिप्रभृतिभिर्निजविनेयैः । कुर्वद्भिः श्रुतभक्तिं दक्षैरधिकं विनीतैश्व ॥ १३ ॥ अस्याः करणव्याख्या श्रुतिलेखनपूजनादिषु यदा ( था ) है । दायिक माणिक्यः प्रेरितवानस्मदादिजनान् ॥ १४ ॥ अष्टाविंशतियुक्ते वर्षे (र्ष) सहस्रे शतेन चाभ्यधिके (१९२८) | 'अणहिलपाटक' नगरे कृतेयमच्छुप्तधानिवसतौ ॥ १५ ॥ अष्टादश सहस्राणि षट् शतान्यथ षोडश । इत्येवमानमेतस्याः श्लोकमानेन निश्चितं ॥ १६ ॥
Dy 'आगम' गच्छे श्रीश्री हेमरत्नसूरितत्पट्टे श्रीअमररत्नसूरीणां (णा)मुपदेशेन श्रीभगवत्यंगवृत्ति लिषापिता भांडागारे पं० ललितसागरग शिष्य भावुक दीपचंद स्य इयं परति (प्रतिः) प्रदत्ता ॥
Reference.--- For additional Mss. see G. O. Series ( vol. XXI, pp. 8, 16, 18, 22, 32 and 34 ).
93.
Bhagavatisūtravṛtti
10.
1881-82.
-34 in. by 24 in.
Extent.-about 417 leaves; 6 lines to a leaf; about 150 letters to a line.

Page #114

94.)
V. 11 Angas
89
Description.-Palm-leaf thick and grey ; Devanagari characters with
TERES; sufficiently big, legible, uniform and very good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having being written into three separate columns; but really it is not so, since the lines of the first column are continued to the remaining ones ; borders of each of the columns ruled in four lines in black ink ; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right hand margin as I, 2 etc., and in the left hand one as sfr oft at sfr etc., there are two holes in
? ? 3 (? ) each leaf in the spaces between the columns; in some places ink has faded ; this Ms. is much damaged towards the end; the last four leaves very badly; condition not satisfactory; leaf 1* blank; two extra blank leaves in the the beginning; red chalk used; almost complete ; two wooden planks
encompassing the Ms; it contains the gates of the text. Age.- Very old. Begins.--fol. 10 3 FAT aatmi 11 3 11
Fotofreachia etc. Ends. - fol. 4156 ... ... Hatariana great artararaatfattat ...
faalaaroforai fattere... ... ... ... N. B. — For other details see No. 92.
भगवतीसूत्रवृत्ति
Bhagavatīsūtravṛtti
227. No. 94
1871-72. Size.—101 in. by 4.3 in. Extent.--383-2=381 folios; 15 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, thick, tough and greyish; Devanägarī
characters with qentats; small, legible and very fair handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the lines coloured red; most of the unnumbered sides have a disc in red colour in the centre only, the numbered, in the margins, too; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; a piece of paper of the size of the tol. pasted to fol. 1*; on this
fol. as well as on fol. 3836 the following line is written:12 [ J. L. P.]

Page #115

Jaina Literature and Philosophy 195. भगवतीसु(सूत्रटीका । पं. श्रीभीमविजयगाणि श्रीगुलाबसत्कनी
ज्ञानलाभदाई प्रत्य छ। Edges of the first few foll. slightly worn out; the margin of
297th fol. torn in two places; condition on the whole good; the bhangas about sparsas tabulated on fol. 327b; the description about different sorts of living beings regarding their yogas-spandas on fol. 344"; and the results pertaining to satyamanā etc., on fol. 345* ; foll. 55 and 56 missing, otherwise complete ; this Ms. contains the gates of the text; an additional fol. at the end gives the list of foll. indicating the beginning and end of each śataka ; this fol. is subsequently
written in Samvat 1896 as stated therein; extent 18616 ślokas. Age.--Samvat 1636. Begins.--fol. 1° FTA: Fragnet FA: 107 11
Fatasary etc. Ends.--fol. 382* Buat FriFT etc., up to faisaa 11 3 ll as in No. 92
followed by jeri potefiteeri 86688 11 y lleva sfaraia. वृत्त्य संपूर्ण समाप्तः छ । यादृशं etc., संवत् १६३६ वर्षे अश्वनि मासे कृश्न
997 faranga FTHAIHI sitting and ford giecie: 11 7 ll etc. N. B.—For additional particulars see No. 92.
भगवतीसूत्रवृत्ति
Bhagavatīsūtravrtti No. 95
448.
1882-83. Size.--104 in. by 43 in. Extent.---400 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.—Country paper, very thin, rough and white ; Devanā
gari characters with occasional tas ; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered twice as usual; foll. I* and 400b blank; yellow pigment used; red chalk, too ; foll. 76 to 97 numbered as 1, 2 etc. interlinearly; sota cor etc. tabulated on fol. II5bpradeśas connected with the shape of the ślokas etc.,

Page #116

96.1
V. 11 Angas
91
represented in diagrams on foll. 275*, 275, 360b and 3612; etc., tabulated on fol. 358b; complete ; extent 18616 slokas; edges of the first fol. slightly gone; conditon very good.
Age.-Fairly old.
Begins. fol. 1 श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ॥
सर्वज्ञमीस्व ( श्व) र etc.
Ends.-- fol. 3996 अथवा साधर्म्य etc., up to श्लोकमानेन निश्चितः (तं) as in No. 92 followed by प्रथाय १८००० शत ६१६ ।। श्लोकमानस्य etc. N. B. For other details see No. 92.
भगवती सूत्रवृत्ति
No. 96
Size.-97 in. by 43 in.
Extent.-480+3=483 folios; 15 lines to a page; 45 letters to a line.
Bhagavatisūtrāvṛtti
171. 1866-68.
Description. Country paper, thick, rough and white; Devanagari characters with gears; sufficiently big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; numbers of foll. entered once; almost all the foll. worm-eaten; some very badly; condition fair; red chalk used; fol. 1a blank; foll. bound together as a volume; foll. 13th, 334th and 357th repeated; the 334th and 357th precede the first fol. instead of their being in their due place; complete; extent 19776 (?) slokas.
Age.-Samvat 1660.
Begins. fol. 1 3 at f
सर्वज्ञमीश्वर etc.
Ends. -- fol. 4792 अथवा साधर्म्य etc., up to श्लोकमानेन निश्चिता (i) as in No. 92 followed by अंकतो ( s) पि श्लोकसंख्या ग्रंथाग्रं १९७७६ (?) यादृशं etc., संवत् १६६० वर्षे माघ शु० १३ शुक्रे लिषितं । छः etc.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 92.

Page #117

93
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [97. परमाणुखण्डषत्रिंशिका
Paramāņukhaņdasattrimsikā अर्थलवसहित
with Arthalava
283 (b). No.97
A. 1882-83. Extent.-- fol. 74 to fol. 96. Description.--. Both the text and the commentary complete so far as
they go. For other details see No. 106. Author of the text.-- Some Jaina saint who flourished before
Abhayadeva Suri. ,, ,, ,, (com.).- Ratnasimha Suri. His probable date is men
tioned as 1245 by C. M. Duff in "The Chrono
logy of India” (p. 190 ), Westminster, 1899. Subject.- Exposition of pudgalas regarding their duration from
four different aspects, in 36 verses in Prakrit based upon Bhagavatīsūtra (V, 7), together with their elucidation in Sanskrit. This exposition is preceded by that of Abhaya
deva Sūri's. Begins.- (text) fol. 72
खित्तोगाहणदव्वे भावहाणाउ अप्पबहुयत्ते । थोवा असंखराणिया तिन्नि य सेसा कहं नेया॥१॥ खित्तो(ता)मुत्तत्तातो तेण समं बंधपञ्चया भावा ।
तो पोग्गलाण थोवो खित्तावठाणकालो उRetc ,, - (com.) fol. 7
यथास्थिताणुजीवादिपदार्थगणदेशक सर्वज्ञं त्रिदशस्तुत्यं वीरं नत्वा जिनेश्वरं । १ पुद्गलानां निगोदाना(नां) सत(? तत्त्वप्रतिपादिकाः
गाथाः किंचिद्विचित्यं(दिच्यं )ते भगवत्यंगत्तित(:) विवाह[:]प्रशा(ज्ञ)प्त्याख्यपंचमांगस्य विवरणे पंचमशते सप्तमोद्देशके पुद्रलवचनप्रस्तावे[स्तावे] सूत्रोक्तार्थविवरणरूपा गाथा नवांगवृत्तिद्भिः पूज्यश्रीमदभयदेवसूरिभिलिखिताः किंचिद्विताश्च । तासां संप्रदायगम्यो गुरूपदेशाकिचिदर्थलवो लिख्यते । ताश्चेमाः खित्तो. इह पुद्गलानां क्षेत्रेवगाहनायां द्रव्ये भावे(s)वस्थितिकालमाश्रित्य । अल्पबहुत्वविचारे क्षेत्रस्थितिरल्पा अवगाहनादीनां स्थितयः शेषास्तिस्रोऽपि प्रत्येक क्रमेण असंख्यगणिताः etc.

Page #118

98. ]
Ends. (text) fol. 9a
"
हठ
भन्नइ सच्चं किं पुण गुणबाहुल्ला न सव्वगुणनासो । दव्वस्स तदन्नत्ते वि बहुतराणां गुणाण ठिई ॥ १५ ॥
॥ इति परमाणुविचारप्रतिबद्धा श्रीरत्नसिंह सूरिविवृता खंडषट्त्रिंशतिका ॥
V. II Angas
( com.) fol. 94 भन्नइ ० द्रव्यान्यथात्वे गुणान्यथाच ( त्वं ) द्रव्यतावदस्थे (स्थ्ये) गुणान्यथात्वं च यदुक्तं (क्तं ) । तत्सत्यं अनयोरपि भंगकयोः । कथंचित् घटनात् किं पुनर्गुणानां वर्णगंधरसादीनां बाहुल्यादेकस्मिन परमाणुस्कंधे भूयसामत्रस्थानात् । न सर्वेषां गुणानां विनाशो भवति । द्रव्यस्य तदन्यत्वे (S) पि परमाणुसंगमविगमाभ्यां नाशे ( s) पि बहुतराणां वर्णगंधरसादीनां नष्टेष्वपि केषुचित् परिणामादिषु गुणेषु (गुणा )नां । स्थितिरिति हो ( ? हे ) तोर्द्रव्यस्थानायुषोः । भावस्थानायुरसंख्यगुणमिति स्थितं ॥ १५॥ इति परमाणुविचार प्रतिबद्धा श्री ॥ रत्नसिंह सूरिविवृता षडषंडपट त्रिंशकाविवृत्ति (तिः) समर्थितेति ॥ छ ॥ Reference. Both the text and the commentary are published by Jaina ātmānanda sabha, in Samvat 1969, together with Pudgalaṣaṭtrimśika and Nigodaṣattrimśikā, along with a commentary of both of them by Ratnasimha Süri.
परमाणुखण्डपत्रिंशिका
अर्थलवसहित
No. 98
विपरिणय (यं) दिव्ये क (कं) मि [वि] गुण [वि] परिणई भवे जुगवं । काम्म वि पुण तदवत्थे वि होइ गुणविप्परीणामो ॥ १४

93
Paramāņukhandaṣattrimsikā
with Arthalava
1139 (a).
1887-91.
Size.— rog in. by 48 in.
Extent. - 6 folios ; 25 lines to a page; 70 letters to a line.
Description.- Country paper, thin, rough and white; Devanagarī characters; very small, legible and tolerably good handwriting; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; fol. 66 blank; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary

Page #119

94
Age.- Old.
Begins.
".
""
Ends.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 99%
commencing on fol. 1a and ending on fol. 1b; both complete; there are two additional works as under :
with
foll. 1--4a
4-6
( 1 ) gem¶zifiken
( 2 ) निगोदषट्त्रिंशिका
- (com.)
No. 99
(text) fol. 1' fa(4)
- (com.),, द्रव्यान्यथात्वे etc.
N. B. For other details see No. 97.
د.
(text) fol. 1 fg etc. as in No. 97.
यथास्थिताणुजीवादि etc.
etc.
در
دو
परमाणुखण्डषट्त्रिंशिका eúctefta

""
(1) पुत्रलषत्रिंशिका
( 2 ) निगोदषत्रिंशिका
32
Size.-- Iog in. by 4g in.
Extent. 19 folios; 15 lines to a page; 37 letters to a line. Description. Country paper, tough and white; Devanagari characters; it is a fret Ms. containing the text and the commentary; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk used; fol. 1" blank; both the text and the commentary complete; they begin on fol. 1b and end on fol. 4b; condition very good; this Ms. contains in addition the following works:
رو رو
در
""
Paramāņukhandaṣattrimsikā
with Arthalava
33
در
with वृत्ति foll. 5-11b 11b-19b
Age. Not quite modern.
Regins. (text) fol. 1 etc., as in No. 97.
(com.), सर्वज्ञाय नमः · यथास्थितापुजीवादि etc.
241(a). 1871-72.
دو

Page #120

101.]
V. 11 Angas
Ends.--(text ) fol. 4" @cafuria chat etc.
» -- (com.) „ „ CETTATOTT etc. N. B.- For other details see No. 97.
परमाणुखण्डषत्रिंशिका
Paramāņukhaņdaşattrimśikā अर्थलवसहित
with Arthalava No. 100
224 (a).
1871-72. Size.- 104 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- 6 folios ; 24 lines to a page; 82 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper, very thin, rough and white ; Deva
nāgari characters with CATETS ; very small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk used; edges of almost every fol. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete; they begin on fol. 1* and end on fol. Ib; this Ms. contains in addition the following works :
(1) पुद्गलपट्त्रिंशिका with वृत्ति foll. 24.-3'. (2) A quafarast » » » 4a -- 6b.
(3) Paletterat » » fol. 64 - 66. Age.- Samvat 1483. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 18 fare EGR etc. as in No. 97.
- (com.) » » Terengröftame etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 1b farcuria e etc., up to you for 24.11 » -- (com.), „ Taurrera etc. N. B.--- For additional particulars see No. 97.
पुद्गलषत्रिंशिका वृत्तिसहित
No. 101 Extent.- fol. gb to fol. 14o.
Pudgalaşattrimsikā
with vrtti" 283 (c). A. 1882-83.

Page #121

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ror.
Description. Both the text containing 36 verses in Prakrit and its commentary in Sanskrit complete. For other details see
No. 106.
Author of the text.
96
" "
Subject. Exposition of both the types of pudgalas viz. sapradeśa and apradeśa from four view-points. It is based upon Bhagavati
sūtra ( V, 8 ).
Begins.- (text) fol. 90.
މވ
""
"
Some saint who flourished before Abhayadeva Suri. See the commentary.
com.– Ratnasimha Suri.

वोत्थं (च्छं) अप्पा बहुअं दव्वा खे (त्त) द्धभावउ (ओ) वा वि 1 अपएससप्पएसाण पोगा (ग्ग) लाण समासेणं १
दव्वेणं परमाणु खेत्तेणेगप्पएसमागाढा । कालेगसमइया अपएसा पोग्गला हुति २ etc.
- ( com. ) fol. 9 अथ पंचमशते अष्टमोद्देशके पुद्गलप्रदेश निरूपणस्वरूपे द्रव्यत (:) क्षेत्रतः कालतो भावतश्व सप्रदेशाप्रदेशानां पुद्गलानां सूत्रोक्ताल्पबहुत्वस्य भावनार्थ गाथाप्रपंचो वृद्धोक्तो वित्र (वि) यते स चायं ॥ छ ॥ बोत्थं (वोच्छं) द्रव्यतः सप्रदेशानामप्रदेशानां (च) क्षेत्रतः सप्रदेशानामप्रदेशानां व ( ? ) | अद्ध त्ति कालतः ॥ etc.
Ends.— (text) fol. 14 नउई [पं] पंचाणउई अहाणउई तहेव नवनउई । ras (इ) याई सहस्साइं सप्पएसाण विषरीयं ३५
एएस जहासंभवमत्थोवणयं करिज्ज रासीणं ।
सभा (भा) बउ (ओ) य जाणिज्ज ते अनंते ज्जि (जि) णाभिहिए ३६ इति श्रीरत्नसिंहसूरिकृता ( विवृता) पुद्गलषटूत्रिंश (शि) का संपूर्णा ॥ छ ॥ श्री
-(com.) fol. 3© एए० एतेषां पूर्वोक्तानां सप्रदेशाऽप्रदेशानां राशीनां यथा संभव (वार्थीपनयं अर्थभावनां कुर्यात् [ अर्थभावनां कुर्यात् । ] अर्थभावना तु सप्रदेशाप्रदेशानां अल्पबहुत्वविचाररूपा पूर्वव्याख्याने कृतैवेति हने (? नेह) प्रतन्यते अत्र लक्षसंख्यया पुद्रलानामल्पबहुत्वविचारणमव्युत्पव (न) मतिशिष्यव्युत्पादनार्थे परमार्थभ ( ? ) सुतान् पुगलाननंतान जिनाऽभिहितान् जानीयादिति ॥ ३६ ॥ इति रत्नसिंहसूर (वि) वृत्ता (ता) पुद्गलषत्रिंशका [काः ] ॥ छ ॥ Reference. - Both the text and the commentary are published by Jaina Atmānanda Sabhā, Bhavanagar, in Samvat 1969. See. No. 97. "The Chronology of India" (p. 190) by C. M.
8 Repeated in the Ms.

Page #122

103.]
grove faften! वृत्तिसहित
No. 102
V. 11 Angas
Duff may be also consulted. The text along with Pañcanirgranthi is noted by A. Weber in his catalogue. See Weber II, No. 1790.
Extent. fol. 1 to fol. 4..
Description.-- Complete. For further details see No. 98.
Begins. (text) fol.
ei etc., as in No. 101.
در
""
Ends. fol. 4 (text) ass etc.
(com.),, ,, अथ पंचम एव शतेऽष्टमाद्देशके etc.
N. B. For other details see No. 101.
groupfition वृत्तिसहित
No. 103
دو
Begins.--(text) fol. 5a
4© (com.) एतेषां पूर्वोक्तानां etc., पुद्गलषत्रिंशिकावृत्ति समर्थितेति.
Extent
- fol. 5 to fol. 11.
Description. Both the text and the commentary complete. For
other details see No. 99.
-- (com. ),, " अथ पंचमशते etc.

Pudgalaṣattrimśikā with vrtti
13 [J. L. P.]
رو
N. B.-- For additional particulars see No. 101.
97
gei etc., as in No. 101.
Ends. (text) fol. 11
res etc.
- (com.) एतेषां पूर्वोक्तानां etc. पुद्गलषट्त्रिंशिकावृत्तिः समर्थितेति
1139 (b).
1887-91.

Pudgalaṣattrimsikā with vṛtti
241 (b).
1871-72.

Page #123

98
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[105.
पुद्गलषदात्रंशिका
Pungalaşattrimsikā वृत्तिसहित
with vrtti No. 104
224(b).
1871-72. Extent.-- fol. 2a to fol. 3. DescriptionBoth the text and the commentary complete. For other
details see No. 100. Begins.-( text ) fol 24 TC) 379ragai etc., as in No. 101.
» -( com.) „ „ 370 GTA ga aT etc. Ends.--( text ) fol. 36 38 ETTU etc., up to fruttareg 26.
» --( com.), „ gai galitat etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 101.
बन्धषत्रिंशिका
Bandhasattrirnsikā टिप्पणकसहित
with tippaņaka No. 105
224 (a).
1871-72. Extent.--. fol. 64 to fol. 66. Description. --- A part of the sth anga together with 36 gathás in
Prākrit and their tippanaka in Sanskrit ; the gathas and the
çippaņaka complete. For other details see No. 1oo. Author of the sútra. - Sudharmasvämin. , ,, gåthås. -- Some saint who flourished before Abhava
deva Súri. Subject. - A portion of Bhagavatisútra ( VIII, 9 ) together with
the corresponding gãthās in Prakrit and the țippanaka in Sanskrit, deals with the numbers of living beings having various kinds of bodies, each having different types of
bandhas. Begins.- (text ) fol. 6* matatu wa shiritistas fes**TETTU E TA FIT
गाणं देसबंधगाणं सव्वबंधगाणं । अबंधगाण य कयरे कयरेहिंतो अप्पा वा बहआ वा जाब विसेसाहिभाबा गोअमा सब्वत्थोवा जीवा आहारसरीरस्स

Page #124

to6.]
V. II Angas
99
सवबंधगा तस्सेव देसबंधगा संखिज्जगुणा वेउविअसरीरस्स सम्वबंधगा असखिज्जराणा ' etc.
उरालसव्वबंधा थोत्रा अबं(ब)धगा विसेसहिआ। तत्तो अ देसबंधा असंखगुणिआ कहं नेआ॥१ पढमाम सवबंधो । समए सेमेसु देसबंधो अ।
सिद्धाईण अबंधो विग्गहगइआण य जिआण(ण) ॥२ Begins. - (com.) fol. 6 आहारगसरीरस्स अबंधगा विमेसाहिआ इति सूत्रं ।।
स्थापना चेयं etc. इहाल्पबहुत्वाधिकार वृद्धा गाथाभिरेवं प्रपंचितवंतः ॥ etc. इहौदारिकसर्वबंधादीनामल्पत्वादिभावनाऽर्थ सर्व अंधादिस्वरूपं तावदुच्यते ॥ etc. इह ऋजुगत्या विग्रहगत्या चोत्पद्यमानानां जीवानामुत्पत्तिक्षेत्रप्राप्तिसमये
मर्वबंधो भवति ॥ द्वितीयादिषु तु देशबंधः । etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 6 बेउब्बिअस्स तत्नो अबंधगा साहिआ विसेसेण ।
ते चेव य नेरइआइविरहिआ सिद्धसंजुत्ता ॥३५ आहारगस्स तत्तो । [अबंधगा अबंधगा साहिआ बिसेसेण ।
ते पुण के सव्वजिया आहारगलद्धिए मुत्तं ॥३६ बंधषत्रिंशिकांऽष्टमशते.न नवमोद्देशके ॥ छ ॥ संवत् १४८३ वर्षे ज्येष्ठ
अदि १०॥ छ॥ --- ( conn.) fol. 6° संख्यातगुणा आयुष्काऽबंधका इति यदुक्तं तत्र प्रश्नः ॥
आह असंखिज्जगुणा । उगस्स किमऽबंधगा न भन्नति ॥
जम्हा असंखभागो उत्वदृइ एगसमएणं ॥२५ अयमाभिप्रायः । एकोऽसंख्यभागो निगोदजीवानां सर्वदोद्वर्त्तते स च बद्धा
युषामेव तदन्येषामुद्वर्त्तनाभावात् etc. Reference.-- The text is published together with Vanarsi Gani's
avacũri in Samvat 1969, by Atnānanda Sabhā, Bhavanagar, as the 12th jewel of its series.
निगोषट्त्रिंशिका
Vigodaşattrimsikā बृत्तिसहित
with vrtti
283(a). No. 106
A. 1882-83. Size.-104 in. by 41 in. Extent.---14 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; so letters to a line.
1.2 These two passages are included in the concluding portion of Bhagavati
sūtra (VIII, 9).

Page #125

foo
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[106.
Description.--Country paper very thin, rough and white.; Devana
gari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; it is a त्रिपाटी Ms. containing the text and its commentary ; both written in a small, legible, and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used ; fol. I blank ; so is the fol. 14"; both the text and commentary complete ; they end on fol. 7o; this Ms. contains in addition the following works : - (1) परमाणुखण्डषट्त्रिंशिका with विवृति foll.
(2) पुद्गलपदविंशिका ,, वृत्ति Age.--- Old. Author of the text.- Some saint who flourished before the time
of Abhayadeva Súri. Subject. ---Exposition of the Nigodas in 36 verses in Prakrit together
with the Sanskrit commentary. This exposition is based upon Bhagavatisútra (XI, 10 ) and the verses are quoted
by Abhayadeva Sūri, in his commentary to this fifth anga. Begins.- (text) fol. I'
लोगस्सेगपएसे जहन्नयपयंमि जियपएसाणं । उक्कोसपए य तहा सव्वजियाणं च के बहुया ॥१ थोबा जहन्नयपए जियप्पएसा जिया असंखगुणा।
उक्कोसे(स)पयपएसा तउ(ओ) विसेसाहिया भणिया ॥२ etc -- ( com.) fol. I ॐ नमः ॥ अथ पंचमांगे एव एकादशशते दशमोद्देशके
निगोदविचारो वृद्धोक्ताभिः षत्रिंशता गाथाभिरभिधीयते यथा । लोग ।। लोकाकाशस्यैकस्मिन्नभःप्रदेशे निविभागे क्षेत्रे जघन्यतः सूक्ष्मनिगोदि(द)जीवानां कति प्रदेशा अवगाढाः स्युस्तथा उत्कृष्टपदे लोकाकाशस्यैव एकस्मिन्नभःप्रदेशे निर्विभागे क्षेत्रे कति जीवानां प्रदेशा अवगाढाः स्युस्तथा सर्वजीवानां समस्तलोकाकाशवर्तिनां सर्वभेदभिन्नानां उत्कृष्टपदे चैकनभःप्रदेशावगाढ
सूक्ष्मबादरादिभेदभिन्नजीवप्रदेशानां बहवः etc.. Ends.- ( text) fol. 6° कोडि उक्कोसपयाम्म बायरजीवप(प)एसपक्खेवो ।
सोहणमित्तियं जिय कायव्वं खंडगोलाणं ॥३५ ।। एएसि जहासंभवमत्थोवणयं करिज्ज रासणिं ।
सम्भावओ उ जाणिज्ज ते य अणंता असंखा वा ॥ ३६ इति भगवती एकादशशते दशमोद्देशके निगोदषवि(दात्र)शि(श)का छ

Page #126

108.]
V. II Angas
ior
Ends - ( com.) fol. 7 खंडगोलानां खंडगोलकपूर्णताकरणे नियुक्तजीवानां तेषा
मसद्भाविकत्वादिति । ३५। एएसि० इहार्थोपनयो यथास्थान प्राग्दर्शित एवं अणंत ति । निगोदे जीवा यर्याप लक्षमानास्तथाप्यनना(?नंता) एवं सर्व जीवा अपि । तथा निगोदादयो ये लक्षमानास्तेप्यसंख्येयाः अवसेयाः ३६ इति सूक्ष्मवादरनिगोदगोलकावगाहनाविचारः इति भगवती एकादशशते दशमो. देशके निगोदषत्रिंशकावत्तिः ॥ छ ।
बा(वा)लग्गे एगमी असंखकोडी हवंति गोलाणं ।।
जावईया खलु गोला तावई उ चेव निगोओ वि ॥२॥ Reference. The text along with Ratnasimha Suri's commentary
is published as already noted in No. 97. See also No. 87.
निगोदषत्रिंशिका
Vigodasattrimsīkā वृत्तिसहित
with vrtti
113910). No. 107
1887-91. Extent. -- fol. 44 to fol. 6*. Description..... The text as well as the commentary complete. For
___ other details see No. 98. Begins.---- (text) fol. 1" लोगस्सेगपएसे etc., as in No. 106.
,, - (com.),, :, अथ पंचमांग एव एकादशशते etc. Ends.-- (text )iol. 6. कोडि उक्कोसपयंमि etc. ..,, - ( com.),, ,, खंडगोलानां खंडगोलताकरणे etc., up to निगोदषद
त्रिशिकावृत्तिः ॥ छ । ...... N. B..... For further particulars see No. 106.
निगोदषत्रिंशिका वृत्तिसहित
Vigodaşattrimsikā
with vrtti 241(0). 1871-72.
No. 108
Extent.-- fol. 11 to fol. 19".

Page #127

102
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[109.
'Description.- Both the text and its commentary complete. For
other details see No. 99. Begins.--(rext ) fol, II लोगस्सेगपएसे etc., as in No. 106.
___ -- (com.) ,, , अथ पंचमांगे एव etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 19 कोडि उक्कोसपयंमि etc., up to असंखा वा. Then
we have इति श्रीनिगोदषत्रिंसि(शि)कासूत्रं समाप्त (त)। ..- (com.) fol. 19 खंडगोलानां खंडगोलपूर्णताकरणे etc., up to निगोद
पदाधिशिकावृत्तिः. Then we have संपूर्णः followed by the follow:ing verse written in a different hand:---
॥ गाथा ।। चुल्लग पासग धन्ने जुए य र(य)णे अ सुमणचक्के य
कुम्माकुग्गे परिमाणं दस दिहता मणुअलंभे ॥ १॥ N. B.-- For further particulars sec No. 106.
निगोदषदाशिका वृत्तिसहित
Nīgodasattrimsikā
with vrtti
For
No. 109
224 (c).
1871-72. Extent.---- fol. 4 to fol. 6. Description.---. Both the text and its commentary complete.
other details see No. 100. Begins.--- ( text ) fol. 4 लोगस्सेगपएसे etc., as in No. 106.
,, -- ( com.) :,, ,, अथ पंचमांग एवं etc. Ends.---- ( text) fol. 6. कोडि उक्नोसपयंमि etc., up to असंखा वा ३६.
,, -- ( com.) ,, ,, खंडगोलानां etc. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 106.

Page #128

III. ]
निगोदषत्रिशिका बालावबोधसहित
No. 110
Size.-- 1o in. by 44
Author of the bālavabodha.
Subject.
22
Extent.--- - 3 folios ; 19 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin, rough and white; Devanāgarī characters with gears; this Ms. contains the text as well as its interlinear balavabodha, the latter written in a very small hand; legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; foll. numbered in the right hand margin. only; complete; condition very good.
Age.--- Not modern.
१३
in.
Begins.--- ( text ) fol. 1 * लोगस्सेगपएसे etc.
--(com.)
ॐ नमो जिनाय ॥
23
लोक चऊद रज्वात्मक छइ तेहना सघला असंख्याता प्रदेश छइ । तेह लोक माहि एकेकउ निगोद अंगुलनड असंख्यातमइ भागि क्षेत्रे रहिउ छइ । etc. Ends. .- ( text ) fol. 36 कोडि उक्कोसपय etc., up to असंखा वा ॥ ३६ ॥ as in No. 109 followed by इति श्रीभगवतीपंचमांगे एकादशशते दशमोद्देशके निगोदविचारः । छ ।
Reference.
V. 11 Angas
"
- Udayanandi Suri.
Exposition pertaining to the Nigodas given in 36 verses in Prakrit along with its explanation in Gujarati.
पञ्चनिर्ग्रन्थसङ्ग्रहणी
No. 111

103
Nigodaṣattrimsika with Balavabodha
1186 1887-91.
(com) fol. 3b जिहां जिम संभवई तिहा तिम अर्थनी घटना करि परमार्थथि कउ ते राति अणंती असंख्याती जाणि ( अ )त्थोषणयं करिज्ज रासीणं ॥ श्री उदयनादिसाभिरेतत् म ( ? ) || गाथाबालावबोधः सर्वमुग्धजनोपकाराय कृतः ॥ छ ॥ etc.
The text is published. See No. 106.
Pañcanirgranthasarngrahani
Size.– 1o‡ in. by 4g in.
Extent.-5 folios ; 13 lines to a page; 32 letters to a line.

287.
A. 1882-83

Page #129

To+
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[HI.
Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; edges of the first and last
foll. slightly damaged; condition good ; complete. Age.- Samvat 1669. Author.--- Abhayadeva Suri. See No. II2. Subject.- This work also known as Pancanirgranthisutra, and conn
posed in 107 verses in Prakrit, explains the nature of the five types of the nirgranthas or the Jaina saints. It is based
upon the sixth uddeśaka of the 25th śataka of Bhagavatisútra. Begins.- fol. I पंडित श्रीउदयरुचिगणिगुरुभ्यो नमः।
पन्नवण १ वेय २ रागे ३ । कप्प४ चरित्त ५ पडिसेवणा ६ नाणे ७ तित्थे ८ लिंग ९ सरीरे १० । खित्ते ११ काल १२ गइ १३ संजम १४
निगासे १५ ।।१।। जोए १६ वओग १७ कसाए १८ । लेसा १९ परिणाम २० बंधणे २१
वेए २२। कम्मोदीरण २३ उवसंपजहण २४ । संना य २५ आहारे २६॥२॥ भव २७ आगरिसे २(८) कालं २९ । तरे अ३० समु(ग)घाय ३१ खित्त ३२
फुसणा य ३३ । भावे ३४ परिमाणं ३५ खलु । अप्पाबहुयं नियंठाणं ३६ ॥३॥ पंचनियंठा भाणिया। पुलाय बउसा कुसील निग्गंथा।
होइ सिणाओ अ तहा । इक्विको भवे दुविहो ॥ ४ ॥ etc. Ends.---fol. 5' दारं ३५।
निग्गंथ पुलायण्हाया । बउसा पडिसेवगा कसाइल्ला । थोवा संखिज(ज्ज)गुणा । जहुत्तरं विणिहिट्ठा ॥१०६ ॥ भगवइपणवीससयरस । छहउद्देसगस्स संगहणी। 'एसा उनिअंठाणं । रडआ भावत्थसरणथं॥१०७॥ इति इति श्रीपंचनिग्रंथीसूत्रं समाप्तं । पंडितपुरंदर श्री ५ श्रीलक्ष्मीरुचिगाणशिष्यपंडितश्रीविजयकुशलगाणिशिष्यकवींद्रवंदवंदितचरणारवंदपंडितश्री ५श्रीउदयरुचिगणिशिष्यभुजिष्यगाणिसुमतिरुचिना(s) लेखि संवत् १६६९
वर्षे मा. सु. पूर्णिमादिने 'योधपुरा'सन्न वीसलपुर नगरे ॥ Reference.-- This work is noted by A. Weber under the title of
Pancanirgranthi. See No. 101. It is published along with avacūri and another work named as Prajñāpanopāngatrtiyapada-Samgrahani, by Jaina Atmananda Sabha, Bhavnagar, in Samvat 1974as the 62nd jewel of its series........:

Page #130

II3.1
V. 11 Angas
10s
1274.
पञ्चनिम्रन्थसदग्रहणी
Pañcanirgranthasangrahani No. 112
1891-95. Size.- 94 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 5 folios ; II lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. Description.--- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; the unnumbered sides have a small design in the centre only, the numbered, in the margins, too; a strip of paper pasted to foll. 2k and 5; a portion of the left hand margin
of every fol. partly worn out; condition very fair; complete. Age.---- Samvat 1620. Begins.- fol. I* नमिऊण महावीरं भव्वहियट्ठा समासओ किंचि ।
वोछा(च्छा)मि सरूवमिणं । पुलायपमुहाण साहणं ॥ पण्णय २३कप्च रित ५ पद्रिसेवणा६नाणे ७ तित्थे ८लिंग ९ सरीरे १० खित्ते ११ काल १२ गइ १३ ठिइ १४
संजम १५ निगासे १६॥२ etc. Ends.-- fol. 5 दार ३७ .
भगवइपणवीससयस्स । छहउद्देसगस्स संगहणी। एसा उ नियंठाणं । रइया भावत्थस(र)णत्थं ॥७
इति श्री पंचनिग्रंथसंग्रहणी समाप्ता । कृता श्रीअभयदवसाराभः ।। संवत् १६२० वर्षे आषाढ वदि ११ दिने लिखिता भावतिलकेन श्रा०
कानूपठनार्थे । N. B.-- For other details see No. III.
पञ्चनिर्ग्रन्थसग्रहणी
Pañcanirgranthasamgrahaņi
No. 113
163.
1873-74, Size.-- 10f in. by 4 in. Extent.-S folios%3; II lines to a page3; 4I letters to a line.
14 [J. L. P.]

Page #131

106
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(114.
Description.-- Country paper brittle, rough and greyish ; Deva
nāgari characters; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red indifferently; yellow pigment profusely used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin; the unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; complete; edges of several foll. partly worn out; condition tolerably good;
complete ; 107 verses. Age.-Old. Begins.- fol. 1a FASOT Arteri etc., as in No. 112. Ends.- fol. sb oraz etc., up to praia 1180611 as in No. 112 follow
ed by glat varaäreftell Toyatoare il
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. ur.
पञ्चनिग्रन्थसमहणी
Pañcanirgranthasargrahaņi
387. 1879-80.
No. 114
Size.-- 105 in. by 4in Extent.- 4 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and white ; Devanagari chara
cters with THIETTS; sufficiently big, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; both the margins of the each of the foll. more or less worn out; condition tolerably good; complete;
106 verses in all. Age.-Old.
Begins.-- fol. 1* FA: Har
TOTEUTT TT etc.

Page #132

V. 11 Angas
107
Ends.-- fol. 4' भगवइ etc., up to सरणत्थं as in No. 111 followed by १०६ ॥ इति श्री अभयदेवसूरिकृता पंच निर्ग्रथसंग्रहणी सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ॥ etc.
N. B.-- For other details see No. 111.
115.]
पञ्चनिर्ग्रन्थसङ्ग्रहणी अवचूरिसहित
No. 115
Size.-- 11 in. by 4g in.
. Extent. - 2 folios ; 15 + 8 = 23 lines to a page ; 60 to 64 letters to a line.
"
'añcanirgranthasamgrahani with avacuri
Description. - Country paper very thin, rough and greyish ; Devanāgarī characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; this is a पञ्चपाटी Ms., containing the text and its commentary, both written in a small but legible, good and uniform hand-writing; borders ruled in 3 lines in red ink; red chalk used; edges of both the foll. slightly damaged; condition tolerably good; complete, the text containing 106 verses.
Age.- Samvat 1495.
Subject. The text with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins. - ( text ) fol. 14 पन्नवण १ वेय २ रागे ३ etc.

1202.
1884-87.
در
(com.) स्वरूपसंख्यादे (?) प्ररूपणा प्रज्ञापना १ वेद रागः प्रसिद्धः कल्पः स्थविरकल्पजिनकल्पादिः
"3
... etc.
Ends. -- ( text ) fol. 26 भगवइ etc., up to सरणत्थं ॥ १०६ ॥ as in No. 11/ followed by इति श्रीअभयदेवसूरिविरचिता पंचनिग्गं ( मैं ) थसंग्रहणी ॥ छ ॥ सं. १४९५ व० क्षेत्र शु० ५ गुरौ लि० ॥ छ ॥

...

Page #133

108
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[116,
Ends.-- ( com. ) fol. 2 तेभ्यः स्नातकाः संख्येयगुणाः । तेभ्यो बकुशा संख्येयगुणाः
तेभ्यः प्रतिसेवना संख्येयगुणाः। ... इति श्रीअभयदेवसूरिविरचिता पंच
निगर्ग(4)थ संग्रहण्यवचूरिः ॥ छ ।। N. B.-- For further particulars see No. III.
पञ्चनिर्ग्रन्थसग्रहणी
Pañcanirgranthasamgrahaņi बालावबोधसाहित
with bālāvabodha
210. No. 116
1871-72. Size.-- IoT in. by 2] in. Extent.- I6 folios ; 4 lines to a page ; 32 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper tough and white; Devanagari chara
cters; this Ms. contains the text and the interlinear bālavabodha which may be looked upon as tabbă; the latter written in a very small but quite legible and very good handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; foll, numbered in the right hand margin only ; condition very
good ; fol. 1* blank; complete. Age.- Not quite modern. Author of the balavabodha.-- Yasovijaya, pupil of Nayavijaya. Subject.--- The text in 107 verses in Prākrit together with its
explanation in Gujarāti. Begins.---- (text) fol. I' नमिऊण महावीरं etc., up to साहुणं as in No. 112
followed by श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ॥ पन्नवण १ घेय २ रागे ३ctc. , - (com.) fol. I0
श्रीनयविजयगुरूणा(णां) प्रसादमासाद्य सकलकर्मकरं । व्याख्या(ख्यां) कुर्वे कांचिल्लोकगिरा प(पं)चनिर्मथ्या(:) ॥१॥
नमीनई श्रीमहावीर प्रति भव्य जीवने हेतिं संक्षेपथी कांहक कहीसी स्वरूप प्रतई हुं पुलाक प्रमुख साधुढं ॥ १ ॥ तिहां ३६ द्वार कहई छई etc.

Page #134

117.]
V. II Angas
Ends. — (text) fol. 164 भगवड़ etc., up to सरणत्थं । १०७ । as in No. 111 followed by इति श्रीपंच निग्रंथी समाप्तेयमिति.
( com. ) fol. 164 भगवतीना २५ मा शतकनी ६ छठा उद्देशानी नियंठानी संग्रहणी ए अभयदेवसूरिं रची भावार्थ संभारवानइ अर्थे १०७ इति श्रीपंच नियं (# ) श्रीसूत्र अर्थसहित संपूर्णम् ||
"
श्रीनयविजयगुरूणां चरणाब्जोपासनादुदितपुण्यः । पुण्याय यशोविजयो व्यातेने बालबोधमिमं १
यद्यपि गनि (?) ममेय (?) करणाभरणं पचेली (लि/ममतीनां । तदपि प्रवचन भक्ते पदकिंकिणिका भवत्येषा ॥ २ ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ॥ छ ॥
N. B. - For additional details see No. III.
पञ्चनिर्ग्रन्थसङ्ग्रहण्यवचूरि
No. 117
109
Pañcanirgranthasaigrahanyavacuri

Size-ro in. by 44 in.
Extent. - 4 folios; 19 lines to a page; 67 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin, rough and greyish ; Devanagari characters with occasional gears; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs mostly coloured red; red chalk used; edges of a few foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good; complete.
Age.— Pretty old.
286.
A. 1882-83.
Subject. A small commentary in Sanskrit elucidating Pancanirgranthasaṁgrahani up to 105 verses.
Begins. ---- fol. r* नमः सर्वज्ञाय || पन्नवणेति गाथात्रयं प्रज्ञापनाप्रकर्षेण संज्ञीत्यपनोदनस्वरूपसंख्या भेदादिप्रकारेण प्रज्ञापना प्रज्ञापना १ वेदः स्त्र्यादिः रामः प्रसिद्धः etc.
Ends. fol. 4' तेभ्यः स्नातका: संख्येयगुणाः कोटीपृथक्त्वमानत्वात । तेभ्यो कुशाः संख्येयगुणाः कोटिशतपृथक्त्वात्तेषां तेभ्यः प्रतिसेवाकुशीलाः संख्येrगुणा कथमेतत्तेषामपि
कोटीपृथकत्वस्योक्तत्वात् सत्यं किंतु

Page #135

IIO
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ II9.
बकुशान्तं यत्कोटीशतपृथक्त्वं तद् विवादिकोटीशतमानं प्रतिसेविकोटीपृथक्त्वं चतुःकोटीशतमानामिति न विरोधः तेभ्यः कषायिणः संख्येयगुणाः कोटीसहस्रपृथक्त्वात् तेषां ॥ इति पंचनिग्रंथसंग्रहण्यवचूरिः॥
भगवतीसूत्रावचूार्ण
Bhagavatīsutrāvacūrni No. 118
122.
1872-73. Size.-- 10 in. by 48 in. Extent.- 55 folios ; IS lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.--- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanagari
characters with TTATES ; small, quite legible and beautiful hand-writing; borders mostly ruled in three lines in red ink; foll. I. and 55 blank ; fol. I blotted; सप्प, अप्प etc., tabulated on fol. 186; foll. 456 and 46a carelessly separated by some body after they had stuck together probably owing to the presence of gum in ink; condition on the whole good;
complete ; extent 3114 ślokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Subject.- A small Sanskrit commentary to Bhagavatisútra. Begins.-- fol. I" नमो जिनवरेभ्यः ॥ तेणं कालेणं तेण समएणं समणेण भगवया etc.
अथ समस्तप्रत्यवभासनसा(?) वित्यविस्तरंति केवलालोकी(कि)तलोकालो
केन etc. Ends.--- fol. 55 एवमचरमा एगिदिय महाहुं समयं छ ३५ ॥ शेषाणि शतान्याने)नैव
लक्षणेन गमनीयानि ६ लोगागासपदेसा धमा etc. वेणंतपक्खेवा छ इति भगवत्यवचूर्णिः परिसमाप्ता छ ग्रंथाग्रं ३११४ छः ॥
भगवतीसूत्रपर्याय
Bhagavatisútraparyāya
736 (6). 1875-76.
No. 119
Extent.-- fol. 42

Page #136

i2i.]
Description. Complete.
paryaya No.
Subject. Difficult words etc., explained.
occurring in Bhagavatisūtra
Begins.— fol. 44 भगवतीपर्याया यथा शते ७ उ. २ तिरियाणं चारितं इत्यादि गाथार्थो यथा तिरश्वां पंचमहाव्रतारोपणं स्यात् etc.
anadiqaquia
No. 120
Extent. fol. 56.
Description.
V. II Angas
For other details see Pañcavastuka
736 (1).
1875-76.
Ends. fol. 44 साधुसाध्वीद्वयस्य भावात विंशतिरेव तेषां साधुसाध्वीनां श्रूयते इति भगवतीपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ।
Complete.
paryaya No.

fti
789( 1 ). 1895-1902.
Bhagavatisūtraparyāya
789 (6). 1895-1902.
For further details see Pañcavastuka
Begins. fol. 5b naâîqafar 21 | etc. as in No. 119.
Ends. fol. 5 gr etc.
N. B. For subject see No. 119.
भगवती सूत्रपर्याय
No. 121
Extent. fol. 35b to fol. 37a. Description. Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyaya No. 736 (1).
1875-76.
Bhagavatisūtraparyaya
736 (28).
1875-16.
Subject. Elucidation of some of the words etc., occurring in Bhagavatisūtra.
Begins. fol. 35 घनोदार इति अग्राम्या द्रव्यास्तिक इति सांख्याः । पर्यायास्तिक ति बौध (द्ध ): । etc.

Page #137

I 12
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1 1 23.
Ends.-- fol. 374 qerapia 314193taat Anugereringer EAGTAFITATI
छंदि इति पठितानि । चिउ इति पठितः । भगवतीपर्यायाः समर्थिताः । N. B.-For subject see No. 119.
भगवतीसूत्रपर्याय
Bhagavatısutraparvaya No. 122
_789 ( 28 ).
1895-1902. Extent.-- fol. 54' to fol. 614. Description.-Complete; there is an illustration of loka on fol. 614.
789 ( 1 ) For other details see Pañcavastukaparyāya No. -
1895-1902. Begins.-- fol. 58 Fater for hytter etc., as in No. 121. Ends. - fol. 61* cererea 3131st etc. N. B.--For subject see No. 121.
भगवतीसूत्रपर्याय
Bhagavatīsātrāparyāya No. 123
• 332 ( 11 ).
A. 1882-83 Extent.-- fol. 47* to fol. 5 I*. Description.- Complete. For other details see Nandisútravisama
pada parvava No padaparyāya No. A. 1882-83:
332 ( 1 ). Begins.-- fol. 47* par sfat Bote etc., as in No. 121. Ends.-- fol. SI" पदार्थास्तु अष्टादशशतेन etc. N. B.--For subject see No. 121.

Page #138

124.J
ज्ञाताधर्मकथाङ्गसूत्र ( णायाधम्म कहंगसुत )
No. 124
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent.
Description.
VI. 11 Angas
THE SIXTH ANGA
Jñātādharmakathāngasūtra (Nayadhammakahangasutta)
155 folios; 13 lines to a page; 44 letters to a line.
Begins. [0]. 1 श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥

32.
1869-70.
Country paper thick and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; big, legible and good hand-writing; ink not faded; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. 1 blank; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same side but in different margins; foll. 147 to 152 have their margins slightly worm-eaten; edges of the 155th (last) fol. somewhat damaged; a strip of paper pasted to it; condition on the whole good; complete; extent 5500 slokas. Age.- Old.
Author.
Subject.
113
Sudharmasvamin according to the Jaina tradition.
This is the sixth anga. It is divided into two parts known as śrutaskandha. The former has 19 subdivisions called adhyayanas and the latter, 10, styled as vargas. This entire work deals with narratives having a moral and religious purpose behind it. These narratives are free from sectarian spirit and are useful to the persons of any and every school of thought. Such a remark is made by Dattatreya Balakrishna Kalelkar in his foreword to the Gujarati translation of this work published in the Puñjābhai Jaina Granthamala No. 3, 1931, Ahmedabad. This work is variously named e. g. Jñatadharmakatha, Jñātṛdharmakatha and Nathadharmakatha; the last two being the names according to the Digambaras.
ते काले तेणं समए चंपा नाम नपरी होत्था | ओ । सोसे चंपा नमरीए बहिया etc.
15 [J. L. P.]

Page #139

114
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[125,
Ends.- fol. 1550 FEELER TUT(U) salā) #reifa 11 ca ar far t 11
दसमस्स वग्गस्स दसमो वग्गो सम्मत्तो ॥ छ ॥१० एवं खलु जंबू समणणं भगवया महावीरेणं आयगरेणं (तित्थगरेणं) सय(य)स(स)बुद्धणं पुरिसोत्तमेणं पुरिससीहेणं जाव संपत्तेणं धम्मकहाणं अयमढे पन्नत्ते॥ धम्मकहासूय(क)बंधो समत्तो दसहिं वग्गेहिं नायाधम्मकहाउ समत्ता ॥छ ।
इति श्रीज्ञाताधर्म्मकथा समाप्ता ॥१५०० Reference.-- As editio princeps may be mentioned the Calcutta
edition of A. D. 1876 where the text together with Abhayadeva Sūri's Sanskrit commentary and the Hindi gloss of Vijaya Sadhu is published. For the specimen of the text, introduction, analysis, glossary etc. P. Steinthal's "Specimen der Nāyādhammakahā, Leipzig, 1881 may be consulted. For exposition etc. of the text see Vidyodaya, Calcutta, 1897ff. A tolerably good edition of the text is published along with Abhayadeva Sūri's commentary in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, in A. D. 1919. The text together with Gujarātī translation is published in two parts in Samvat 1986 by the Jaina Dharma Prasāraka Sabhā, Bhavnagar. For another Gujarāti translation see the preceding page. For hypermetrical examples from the text see Indische Studien vol. XVII, Leipzig, 1885. For comparing the life of Draupadi with the one given in the Mahābhärata see E. Leumann's “Beziehungen der Jaina--Literatur zu andern Literaturkreisen Indiens” (Actes du VIe Congrès international des Orientalistes ), Leide, 1885 and J. Dahlmann's "Das Mahábharata als Epos und Rechtsbuch ”, Berlin, 1895. For contents etc. see Weber II, p. 465, Indian Antiquary vol. XIX, p. 66ff. and Winternitz, Geschichte II., p. 301. For additiOnal Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 390 ff. and G.O. Series vol. XXI, pp. 6, 7, 13 and 17.
झाताधर्मकथासूत्र
ītādharmakathāngasutra
No. 125
26(a). 1880-87.
Size.- 31} in. by 24 in.

Page #140

125.1
VI. 11 Angas
Extent.---- 302-2-1+1+1=301 leaves, 4 to 5 lines to a leaf ; 115 to
130 letters to a line. Description.-- Palm-leat; Devanagari characters with TEHTIS;
sufficiently big, quite legible and good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of having three different columns; but, as a matter of fact it is not so, since the lines are continuously written; every column has its borders ruled in three lines in black ink ; all the leaves numbered in both the margins ; numbering in the right hand margin being 1, 2 etc.; some of the leaves out of 1 to 164 numbered in the left hand margin as 3; leaves 166 to 302 are however numbered in the left hand margin as 1, 2 etc., while in the right hand one as 166, 167 etc.; this Ms. contains an additional work viz. ज्ञाताधर्मकथाङ्गविवृति which begins on leaves 1666 and ends on leaf 302b ; leaf 166a blank ; some of the leaves in the beginning fragmentary ; several leaves more or less worm-eaten; condition on the whole fair; complete; two holes in each leaf through which a thread can pass and keep all leaves together ; leaf 47th numbered as 48 and 49; so the
following ones numbered as 50, 51 etc.; 257th leaf also numbered as 258, the following as 259, 260 etc; leaves 72 and 90 repeated; very thick wooden planks encompassing the Ms.; on both the sides of these wooden planks we have beautiful pictures e.g. those of a temple, a lecturehall, saints delivering sermons to the audience etc.; they are painted in various colours. It seems that the names of various persons depicted in the pictures must have been written above them; for, above a picture of a saint we have श्रीदेवसूरयो व्याख्यानं कुर्वेति. In the centre of the second wooden plank we find the following lines :"संवत् १२९३ वर्षे पौषशुदि १३ महं श्रीअनुपमादेव्या आत्मश्रेयो(s)) श्री.
ओधनियुक्तिपुस्तकं श्रीमदनचंद्रसूरिभ्यः प्रदत्तं ॥" Age.-- Fairly old. Begins... leal sa ( fragment)
धवा(?)रकलियं । कालाग(गु)रुपवरकुंडुरुक्कधूवडझंतं मधमधितं गंधुया. HTTÄ HITTITU sirarg etc.

Page #141

116
Jaina Literature and Philosphy
[ 126.
fefa etc., as in No.124 practically up to जाब संपत्ते | followed by धम्मकहाए त्रि (१) सुयक्खंधो दसहि बग्गेहिं सम्मत्तो ॥ छ ॥ एवं णायधम्मकहाओ सम्मत्ताओ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
N. B. For other particulars see No. 124.
Ends. leaf. 165"
Maradaungan
No. 126
Jäätädharmakathāngasūtra
Size.9 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 103+1=104 folios; 15 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line.
193.
1871-72.
Description. Country paper rough, tough and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional gears; small, legible and very fair hand-writing; borders raled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; fol. 1a blank; corners of foll. 2 to 5 and 72 partly worn out; several foll. smutty; all the the same they are partly readable; condition on the whole very good; fol. 102 repeated; fol. 103 decorated with a nandyavarta, one of the eight mangalas; complete; extent 5750 slokas.

Age. Samvat 1625.
Begine. -- fol. 10 तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं चंपा etc.
Ends. - fol. 103" सव्वदुक्खाण etc., up to धम्मकहाओ as in No. 124 followed by सम्मत्ताउ । छ । इति श्रीज्ञाताधर्मकथांगसूत्र समाप्तः ॥ छ etc. ग्रंथाग्रं श्लोकसंख्या ५७५० ।। छ । संवत् १६२५ वर्षे श्रावणमासे

Page #142

127. 1
VI. 1 Angas
JE Patah 'pringrand quarü. qişasea G
il J etc. N. B.--For other details see No. 124.
ज्ञाताधर्मकथाङ्गसूत्र
Jiätādharmakthaigasutra
192. No. 127
1871-72. Size.-- 10 in. by 43 in. Extent.— 221-1+2+2-2=222 folios ; 11 lines to a page ; 34 letters
to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, rough and greyish; Deva
nāgarī characters with occasional quhars; big, quite legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only ; yellow and white pigments used; red chalk too; marginal notes written at times, whereby some of the Prakrit phrases etc. are explained in Gujarati ;foll. 146 to 201 also numbered as 1, 2 etc. ; fol. 139th also numbered as 140th, the subsequent ones being hence numbered as 141, 142 etc. ; but no fol. is missing as could be verified even by referring to the printed edition of this work (edn. Jaina Dharma Prasăraka Sabhā p. 629 of pt. II ); fol. 146th repeated twice and foll. 13th and 184th repeated only once ; corners of foll. 24 to 26 partly worn out ; condition on the whole good; foll. I and 2 missing; otherewise complete ; a table pointing out the no. of the leaf where an adhyayana ends
is given on fol. 221b; extent 5627(?) ślokas. Age.- Old. Begins.--fol. 3* + FRET I OTTOTT[POTETJUTFA#ETS I G#[0]## và Trade
समणेण etc. Ends.-- fol. 2214 HTC fato etc., up to TUTUTA Erit as in No. 124
followed by FATT I 7 etc. S TATUS127 37(3)# *HT jTİ Y&PVC [V] (YEVU?) etc. Then we have in a

Page #143

118
अ०
१
२
३
different hand :--
(ज्ञानाभ्यासी वरद्धमान सएस करणिपरीग्रह उपरथी मोषगरणको ते अरहंत सिद्ध
dearथी ले जई पाछी
८
९

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
११६
१२७
१२८
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 124.
१०
ज्ञाताधर्मकथासूत्र
No. 128
पानां
}¢
६०
६५
६७
८१
८२
८७
9913
Age.- Samvat 1661.
Begins. - fol rt ओ नम ( : ) सर्वज्ञाय ।
अ०
११
१२
१३
१४
१५
१६
१७
१८
१९
२०
तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं चंपा etc.
पानां
१३०
१३५
१४२
१५१
१५५
१८२
१९२

| 128.
२०५
२१०
२२१
Jñātādharmakathāngasūtra
Size. -1o in. by 4g in.
Extent. -- 193 folios; 11 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and white; Devanagari characters with पृष्टमात्राs; big, legible and very good handwriting; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; several foll. worm-eaten in more than one place; edges of the first fol. worn out; condition tolerably fair; foll. rs and 193b as well decorated with the same pattern; marginal notes occasionally written; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; complete ; extent 5250 Ślokas.
790.
895-1902

Page #144

129.]
VI. 11 Angas
Ends.-- fol. 1934 सव्वदुक्खाणं etc, up to छठमंगं सम्मत्तं as in No. 127 followed by छ ग्रंथाग्रं ५२५० ।। छ । etc., भग्न etc., जलाक्षे etc., संवत् १६६१ वर्षे भाद्रपदमासे कृष्णपक्षे द्वादशि तिथौ बृहत्व ( स्प ) तिवासरे 'शक्तिपुर स्थाने दुनी १८७ चंदलिखितं etc.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 124.
ज्ञाताधर्मकथासूत्र विवृतिसहित

Jñātādharmakathāngasūtra with vivṛti
119
430. 1882-83.
No.129
Size. 10 in. by in,
Extent. 147-3144 folies; 11 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line, Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional es; bold, clear and beautiful handwriting; the unnumbered sides marked with one small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having over and above this two more, one in each margin; the first three foll. lacking; notes written in all the four margins of each of the foll. 5 to 8; from the 9th fol. numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same side but, of course, in different margins; the 4th fol. badly damaged; the fol. 5 to 8 a little bit less; foll. 11, 12, 32, 77, 83, 87, 88, 91, 92, and 99, torn in the middle; foll. 18 to 25, 36 to 48, 53 to 57, 132 to 134, 136 and 142 have their edges more or less worn out; there is a commentary written in the margins on these foll.; so is the case with foll. 30 to 34 and many more; most of the foll. have their corners worn out; the 100th fol. torn in more than one place; the same is the case with the fol. 113th; the 147th (last ) fol. hopelessly worn out; the last few foll. seem to be exposed to rainy water; condition fair; fol. 40th wrongly numbered as 39th in the right hand margin; similarly the 44th as 43rd; the foll. 124 to 126 wrongly numbered as 123, etc. in the left hand margin; the

Page #145

120
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[130.
fol. 147 decorated with a design in red colour ; complete,
if the first three foll. not counted ; extent 6000 slokas, Age.-- Sanvat 1686. Author of the com.- Abhayadeva Suri. Subject- The text in Prākrit together with its explanation in Sanskrit, Begins.- (text) fol. 4. णं बुद्धिविन्नाणेणं । तस्स सुमिणस्स अस्थोग्गहं करेइ ।
२त्ता धारिणिं देविं ताहि जाय हियय etc. ,, - (com.) fol. 4* एवं खल्ल त्ति । एवंरूपादुक्तफलसाधनसमर्थात्स्वप्नाद्वारक
पुनर्जनिष्यसीति संबंधः etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. I47% सम्बदुक्खाणमंत .... .... एवं खलु जंबू etc., up to
practically जाव ठाणं संपत्ताणं as in No. 124 followed by छ । धम्मकहासुय(क)खंधो सम्मत्तो । छ दसहिं व(ग्गे)हिं नायधम्मकहाओ सम्मत्ताओ ।। ग्रंथानं ६०००॥ शुभं भवतु ।।
संवत् १६८६ वर्षे भाद्रवा सुदि ५ दिने ॥ श्री विकानेर मध्ये लिषतं. Then runs the line as under in different hand-writing :प्रत अजाश्रीसांरूपांजीकी ( con.) iol. 141 अत एव वरकवजितेति etc., up to सिद्धेयं as in No. 130 followed by the lines as under:
प्रत्यक्षरं निरूप्यास्य ग्रंथमानं विनिश्चितं । अनुष्टुभां सहस्राणि त्रीणि सप्त शतानि च ॥ १२ (१३ ?)
ज्ञाताधर्मकथांगटीका समाप्ता Referenci. - Both the text and commentary published. Sec No, 12
झाताधर्मकथासूत्रविवृति Jnātādharmakathā igasutravivrti
103. No. 130
1872-73. Sixe.- 97 in. by 48 in. Estent.-- 71 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description. --- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, clear, uniform and good

Page #146

130.]
VI. 11 Añgas
;
hand-writing; red chalk and yellow pigment as well used fol. 14 blank ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same side; but, of course, in different margins; condition very good ; this work is composed in Samvat 1120; complete.
Age.- Samvat 1661.
Author.— Abhayadeva Suri.
Subject.--- The text explained in Sanskrit.
Begins.--fol. 1 श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥
त्वा श्रीमन्महावीरं प्रायो (S) न्यग्रंथवीक्षितः । ज्ञाताधर्मकथांगस्याऽनुयोगः कश्विदुच्यते ॥ १
तत्र च फलमंगलादि etc.
Ends. fol. 71 अत एव वरवर्जितेति शेषं सूत्रसिद्धं ॥ छ ॥ समाप्तो द्वितीयस्कंधः ॥ समाप्ता चेयं ज्ञाताधर्मकथाप्रदेशटीकेति ॥ छ ॥
नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय श्रीपार्श्वप्रभवे नमः । नमः श्रीसरस्वत्यै सहायेभ्यो नमो नमः ॥ १ ॥ इह हि गमनेकार्थे यन्मया न्यूनयो (मुक्तं
किमपि समयहीनं तद्विशोध्यं शु (सु) धीभिः ॥ नही (हि) भवति विधेया सर्वथा (S) स्मिन्नुपेक्ष [य] । दयितजिनमतानां तायिनां चांगिवर्गे ॥ २ ॥ परेषां दुर्लक्षा भवति हि विषक्षा स्फुटमिदं
विशेषाद् वृद्धानामतुलवचनज्ञानमहसां ॥ निम्नायाधीभिः पुनरतितरां मादृशजनै
ततः शास्त्रार्थो मे [व] वचनमनघं दुर्लभमिह ॥ ३ ॥ ततः सिद्धांततत्त्वज्ञैः स्वयमूह्यः स यत्नतः । न पुनरस्मदाख्यात एव ग्राह्यो नियोगतः ॥ ४ ॥ तथा यस्मात्तु मे पाय (यं) संघमत्युपजीवनात् । वृद्धन्यायानुसारित्वाद्धितार्द्ध (र्थ) (च) प्रवृत्तितः ॥ ५ ॥
16 [J. L. P.]

तथाहि
किमपि स्फुटीकृतमिह स्फुटे (s) प्यर्थतः सकष्टमतिदेशतो विविधवाचनातो (S) पि यत् ॥ समर्थपदसंश्रयद्विगुणपुस्तकेभ्यो (ऽपि यत् । परात्महितहेतवे (S) नभिनिवेशिना चेतसा ॥ ६ ॥
121

Page #147

122
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[131.
यो जि(जै)नाभिमतं प्रमाणमनघं व्युत्पादयामासिवान् । ___ प्रस्थानैर्विविधैर्निरस्य निखिलं बौद्धादिसंबंधि तत् । नानावृत्तिकथा[:] कथापथमि(मतिक्रांतं च चक्रे तपः।
निस्संबंधविहारमप्रतिहि(हतं शास्त्रानुसारात्तथा ॥ ७ ॥ तस्याचार्यजिनेश्वररय मदवद्वादिप्रतिस्पर्धिनः । ___ तटबन्धोरपि बुद्धिसागर इति ख्यातस्य सूरे वि ।। छंदोबंधनिबद्धबंधुरवचःशब्दादिसल्लक्षणाः(क्ष्मणः)।
श्रीसंविग्नाविहारिणः श्रुतनिधेश्चारित्रचूडामाणि (णेः)॥८॥ शिष्येणाभयंदवाख्यसूरिणा विवृत्तिः(तिः) कृता[:] । ज्ञाताधर्मकथांगस्य श्रुतभक्त्या समासतः ॥ ९ ॥
इति
'निर्वृत(ति)क'कुलनभस्तलचंद्रद्रोणाख्यसूरिमुख्येन । पंडितगुणेन गुणवत्प्रियेण संसो(शो)धिता चेयं ॥१०॥ प्रत्यक्षरं गणनया ग्रंथमानं विनिश्चितं । अनुष्टुभां सहस्राणि द्वि चत्वारि (?त्रीण्येवाष्ट) शतानि च ॥११॥ एकादशसु गतष्वथ विंशत्यधिकेषु विक्रमसमानां।
'अणह(हे)ल्लाल)पाटक'नगरे विजयदशम्यां च सिद्धेयं ।। १२ ॥ समाप्तेयं ज्ञाताधर्मप्रदेशटीका इति ॥ संपूर्णाः ।। सं० १६६१ वर्षे चैत्र वदि ४ गुरौ लिखितं ॥ लेखकवाचकयोः शुभं भवतु
__धम्मो मंगलमुन्कष्टं । धर्मः सर्वसुखास्पदः ।
श्रीसर्वज्ञमुखादत्त । यत्नेन परिपालयेत् ॥१॥ श्रीरस्तुः ॥छ॥ Reference.— Published. See No. 124.
ज्ञाताधर्मकथाङ्गसूत्रविवृति
Jõātā dharmakathāngasūtravivrti
No. 131
26(b). 1880-81.
Size.-31d in. by 21 in. Extent.- leaf 166 to leaf 302. Description.- Complete. This work contains the states of the text,
For further details see No. 125.

Page #148

132.] VI. 1! Angas
123 Begins.--leaf 1666 RA Matit II
FEAT Afaerari etc. Ends.-leaf 302° अत एव वर[क]वर्जितेति etc., up to च सिद्धेयं practically
as in No. 130 followed by a HETĀTES .... 21:11 N. B. - For other details see No. 130.
खाताधर्मकथासूत्रविवृति Jñātādharmakathāngasūtravivrti No. 132
271.
A. 1882-83. Size.-- 104 in by 44 in. Extent.--- 98 folios ; 15 lines to a page : 48 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper extremely thin and greyish ; Deva
nāgari characters ; bold, big, legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. 1 blank ; red chalk used; the colour of the paper used for fol. 83rd and the following ones is white ; the 95th fol. slightly torn; condition very fair ; foll. from the 83rd up to the last numbered twice on one and the same side ; but, in different margins ; foll. 96 to 98 wrongly numbered as 95, 95 and 96 in the left hand margins ; complete ; this work contains
the areas of the text. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.--fol. 1b stirrygruarat o sf Geigertaruosat A: 11
Feat Shahetag etc., as in No. 130. Ends.-fol. 98 a Tra(Pabistarat stor etc., up to forestanit
ou as in No. 130. Then we have: FATTO Fatt anetariat etc. jerri EAT 3584 TO
are grouyetc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 130.
I
Letters on leaf 302b are not legible, ink having faded.

Page #149

124 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[134. शाताधर्मकथाङ्गसूत्रवितात Jñātādharmakathārigasūtravivrti
737. No. 133
1899-1915. Size.- 9 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 96 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari
characters with THES; bold, big, clear and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. r: blank; several foll. worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent; condition poor ; red chalk used; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same side, once in each
margin ; complete; extent 4700 ślokas. Age.- Pretty old. Begins--fol. ; b šo TÆT PATTATT[:]
arar sftArngraft etc. as in No. 130. Ends.--fol. 96* अत एष वरकवर्जितविशेष etc., up to संशोधिता चेयं as in
No. 130 with some variations. Then follows gist etc., sfat श्रीज्ञाताधर्मकथांगटीका समाप्त(प्ता) ॥छ । प्रत्यक्षरं निरूप्यास्य ग्रंथAr etc. DUHET 4700 etc. Then runs the line in a different hand as under :
साहश्रीशांतिदासमतपनजीकेन श्री उग्रसेनपुरे' पुस्तककोशः कारितः । N. B.- For further particulars see No. 130.
ज्ञाताधर्मकथासूत्र
Jõātādharmakathāngasūtra बालावबोधसहित
with bālāvabodha No. 134
702.
1892-95. Size.— 10 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 308 folios ; 16 lines to a page ; 52 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanagari
characters with occasional SATSITS ; ink faded at times ; big, clear and fair hand-writing; fol. ra blank ; borders ruled

Page #150

134.]
VI. II Aigas
125
at times in black ink in two lines, sometimes in four, sometimes in red ink in three lines and at times even unruled; red chalk and yellow pigment used; edges of the first six foll. damaged to a smaller or greater extent; the 4th fol. slightly torn ; condition on the whole very fair ; the text explained part by part in Gujarāti ; complete ; total
extent 18200 ślokas. Age.-- At least not quite modern. Subject.-- The text along with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins. ----- ( text ) fol. I तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc. ,, - ( bala) ,, ,, श्रीगउडीपार्श्वनाथाय नमः । श्रीसारदायै नमः ।।
श्रीज्ञाता एहवइ नामि छठउ अंग तिहनउं वार्तिकं विवरण लिखियइ छइ etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 308 एवं खलु जंबू etc. ,, - (bala° ) ,, 308' इत्यादिक मुक्तिगांमीयै धर्मकथानौ बीजौ श्रुतस्कंध
संपूर्ण थयौ ॥१०॥ नायाधम्मकहाओ सम्मत्ताओ एतलै दशेयै वर्गइ करी ज्ञाताधर्मकथा कही ॥२२५ ॥ इति श्रीणायाधम्मकहाणं ज्झयणं सत्तं सम्मत्तं ।। इति श्रीज्ञाताधर्मकथाबाला(व)बोध छठा अंगनउ पूर्ण थयौ छ छ छः ग्रंथानं सूत्रार्थ(मिमीलने १८२०० श्लोक छइ ॥ श्री स्यात् ।। श्रीः

Page #151

126
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 135
THE SEVENTH ANGA
उपासकदशाङ्गसूत्र (उवासगदसंगसुत्त)
Upāsakadasāngasūtra (Uvāsagadasangasutta )
No. 135
173. 1871-72.
Size.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 23 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 47 letters to a line.
Description.-- Country paper, thin and greyish ; Devanāgari chara
ters with पृष्टमात्राs; bold, legible, big, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the intervening space between the pairs coloured red : fol 1* blank; a piece of paper of the size of the fol. pasted to the first fol. ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; marginal notes written on several foll. ; unnumbered sides have one small circular disc in the centre; the numbered having two more, one in each margin ; a strip of paper pasted to the
fol. 23* ; condition very fair ; complete ; extent 912 ślokas. Age.- Old. Author.-- Sudharmasvåmin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject.— Lives of ten lay-disciples of Lord Mahāvīra narrated. Begins.- fol. 1 तेणं कालेणं । तेणं समएणं । चंपा नाम नयरी होत्था ॥ वमओ
पुनभद्दे etc. चेहर शन्नो तेणंकालेज. अज्जसुहम्म...आणंदे कामदेय Ends.-- fol. 23° एवं खलु जंबू समणेणं जाव संपत्तेणं सत्तमस्स अंगस्स उवासग
दसाणं दसमस्स अज्झयणस्स अयम? पण(ण्ण)त्ते । छ। उवासगदसाओ संमत्ताओ छ । उवासगदसाणं सत्तमस्स अंगस्स एगो सुय(क)बंधो दस अज्झयणा एकारं(?कसर)गा दससु चेव दिवसेंसु ओ(उ)द्विसंति तउ सुयक्खंधो समुतिसदि अणुण्णविज्जइ दोसु दिवसेस अंगं तहेव । छ । ग्रंथानं ९१२ छ
छ । etc. Reference.-- This seventh anga consisting of 10 adhyayanas along
with the Sanskrit commentary of Abhayadeva Súri and a

Page #152

136.
VII. 11 Angas
127
Hindi gloss by Vijaya Sadhu was published at Calcutta in A. D. 1876. The text together with Abhayadeva Suri's commentary, English translation, copious notes and appendices by R. Hoernle was published at Calcutta in the Bibliotheca Indica in A. D. 1888-1890. The text and the Sanskrit commentary are published in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, too, in A. D. 1919. They are also published by Jaina Atmananda Sabha, Bhavnagar, as the 65th jewel in Samvat 1977. A Gujarati translation of the text along with a learned introduction by D. B. Kalelkar is published in the Puñjābhai Jaina Granthamālā as No. 4 in A. D. 1931. For quotations etc., see Weber II, P. 484. For contents etc., see Indian Antiquary vol. XX, p. 18 and Winternitz, Geschichte II, p. 303ff. For further Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 384 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 1. For analysis and episode of Ananda see R. Ch. Dutt's "A history of civilization in ancient India" (vol. II).
उपासक दशाङ्गसूत्र
No. 136
Upasakadaśängasūtra
416. 1882-83.
Size. 11 in. by 48 in.
Extent. 29-128 folios; 13 lines to a page; 35 letters to a line. Description. Country paper, somewhat thin and greyish; Devanāgari characters with gears; quite bold, perfectly legible, big, uniform and beautiful hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the intervening space between the pairs coloured red; the first fol. missing, otherwise complete; unnumbered sides have in their centre a small circular disc in red ink; the numbered have, over and above this, two more, one in each margin; red chalk and yellow pigment used; on several foll. there are written marginal notes; edges of some of the foll, worn out; the 29th fol. slightly torn; condition very fair; fol. 29b blank; extent 872 slokas.
Age. Samvat 1566.

Page #153

128
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [137. Begins.-fol. 26 मतेस य कुटुंबेसु य गुज्झेस य । रहस्सेसु य । निच्छएमु य । वव
हारेसु य । etc. Ends.-fol. 29° एवं खलु जंबू etc., up to अंगं तहेव as in No. 135 followed
by छ । ग्रंथाग्रं ८७२ । शुभं भवतु । etc. मु. महीसागरलिषितं । संवत् १५६६ वर्षे पातसाहश्रीग्यासदीनतत्पट्टे पातसाहनासीरदिनविजय(यि)राज्ये 'देवास नगरे भाद्रपदपक्षे पंचमीदिवसे 'देवास'नगरे साहाभोजाभार्या पूरी। पुत्र साहनांदा मुनिमहीसागरलेषितं साहनांदायोग्यं । कल्याणमस्तु
etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 135.
उपासकदशादसूत्र
Upāsakadasāngsūtra No. 137
1110.
1887-91. Size.- 101 in. by 41 in. Extent.--- 37-I = 36 folios ; 9 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin and brownish ; Devanāgari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; big, legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual ; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; a part of the 36th fol. worn out; fol. 376 blank; fol. Ist missing, otherwise complete; this Ms. seems to be
exposed to rain ; all the same the condition very fair. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins- fol. 2 वाणियगामे जियसन राया वंणउ (वण्णओ)। तत्थ णं वाणियगामे
आणंदे नाम गाहावई परिवसइ etc. Ends.-fol. 37° एवं खल जंबू etc., practically up to अंगं तहेव । छ । as in
No. I35 followed by इति उवाश(स)गदशांगसूत्रं समाप्तः । N. B.- For other details see No. I35.

Page #154

138. ]
VII, II Argas
129
उपासकदशाङ्गसूत्र व्याख्यासहित
Upāsakadaśãngasutra
with vyākhyā
No. 138
174. 1871-72.
Size.-104 in. by 44 in. Extent.--(text) 62 folios, 7 to 12 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line.
„ - (com.) » » » » » » » » 45 » » » Description.-- Country paper, tough and white; Devanāgarī charac
ters with occasional Catats ; it is a fagret Ms.; the text written in a bigger hand; clear and good hand-writing; fol. 1* blank; edges of the first and the last few foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole very good ; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; numbers of foll. entered only once; this Ms. contains the text as well as its Sanskrit commentary; both complete, their extents being 812 and
944 ślokas respectively. Age.--- Pretty old. Author of the commentary-Abhayadeva Súri. Subject. The text in Prakrit together with its explanation in Sanskrit Begins.--(text) fol. Ib qui arcui qui hago etc.
» -- (com.) „ „ flagHIQARAFT etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. 626 game Hæ etc. practically up to it aga as
in No. 135 followed by galwTEET Figut lg 1 ja CSR „ -- (com.) fol. 620 fe a cureata etc., up to atadt À as in No. 139
followed by समाप्तमुपासकदशाविवरणं छ ग्रंथानं ९४४ etc. Reference. Both the text and the commentary published.
See No. 135.
17 I J. L. P.]

Page #155

130
उपासकदशाङ्गसूत्रव्याख्या
No. 139
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Ends.
Size.-- ro‡ in. by 44 in.
Extent.- 39 folios; 13 lines to a page; so letters to a line. Description. - Country paper, thin and greyish ; Devanägarī characters with पृष्ठमात्राs ; quite clear, bold, big, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red; fol. 1a decorated with a pattern in red colour; so is the fol. 39b but the pattern is different; red chalk and yellow pigment used; unnumbered sides have one small circular disc in the centre, in red ink, the numbered having three-one in the centre and one, in each margin; edges of the first four foll. slightly damaged ; condition very fair; complete ; this work containing the fs of the text ends on fol. 27; on fol. 34b numbers 1 to 5 are arranged in a square of 5 as under :
१ |२| ३ | ४ । ५ ३/४ ५ | १ |२ |५|१ |२| ३ | ४ २/३ ४ ५ १ ४ ५ १ २ ३
This Ms. contains two additional works as under :
foll.
(1) अन्तकृद्दशाङ्गसूत्र विवरण ( 2 ) अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्रविधरण,
11
Upasakadaśāngasūtravyākhyā
55 (a).
1870-71.

[139.
Age.- Old.
Author.-— Abhayadeva Suri. Subject.
Commentary in Sanskrit to the seventh anga.
Begins. fol. r' श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य व्याख्या काचिद्विधीयते ।
उपासक दशादीनां प्रायो ग्रंथांतरेक्षिता ॥ १ ॥
तत्रोपासकदशाः । सप्तममंगमिह चायमभिधानार्थ उपासकानां श्रमणोपासकानां संबंधेनानुष्टानस्य प्रतिपाद (दि) का दशा दशाध्ययन रूपा उपासकदशा बहुवचनांतमेतग्रंथनाम । etc.
fol. 27 * यदिह न व्याख्यातं तत्सर्वे ज्ञाताधर्मकथाव्याख्यानमुपयुक्तेन निरूप्यावसेयामिति ॥ छ ॥

272-36R 362-39"

Page #156

140.]
VII. 11 Angas
सर्वस्यापि स्वकीयं वचनमभिमतं प्रायस (श): स्याज्जनस्य ।
यत्तु स्वस्यापि सम्यग् ज (न) हि विहितरुचि (:) स्यात् कथं तत्परेषां चित्तोल्लासात्कुतश्वित्तदपि निगदितं किंचित ] देवं मयैतत् ।
युक्तं तत्त्वा(? यच्चात्र तस्य ग्रहममलधियं (यः) कुर्वतां प्रीतयो (ये) मे ॥ छ ।। समाप्तमुपासकदशक[:]विवरणं ॥ छ ॥
Reference. - Published. See No. 135.
उपासकदशाङ्गसूत्रव्याख्या
Upasakadaśāngasūtravyākhyā

No. 140
Size.- rok in. by 44 in.
Extent. - 24 folios; 15 lines to a page; 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, very thin, rough and greyish ; Devanagari characters with occasional gas; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. r blank; edges of the first and last foll. slightly damaged; condition on the whole good; all the foll. except the first numbered in the right-hand margin only; this work ends on fol. 17*; this Ms. contains two additional works as under:(1) अन्तरुद्दशाङ्गसूत्र विवरण foll. (2) अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्रविवरण
164 (a).
1873-74.
""

fji
Age.- Old.
Begins.fol. 1 श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य etc.
Ends. -- fol. 174 यदिह न व्याख्यातं etc., practically as in No. 139.
N. B. For other details see No. 139.
17b-22b
22b-24b.

Page #157

i 32
Jaina Literature and Philosophy (142. उपासकदशाङ्गसूत्रव्याख्या
Upāsakadaśārgasūtravyākhyā No. 141
1206 ( a ).
1886-92. Size.— 113 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 102 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 64 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper, thin and greyish ; Devanāgari charac
ters with e at; small, legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; fol. 1* blank except that 391#wier: etc., written on it ; foll. numbered in both the margins; this work contains only the Tales of the text; it ends on fol. 15b; this Ms. contains the following additional works :
(1) SPISETI afertur foll. 156--206 (2) 3767TTTTTTTisaafacut » 2016--22" (3) THENTEU araia , 222-892 (4) agregario
„ 899--1026. Edges of the first few foll. slightly worn out; several foll. somewhat worm-eaten ; the left-hand corners of several foll. gone ; strips of paper pasted to foll. 52 to 100; condition on the whole very fair.
1206(e). Age.- Samvat 1553. See No.
1886-92. Begins. -- fol. 10 miagara TAR etc. Ends. -- fol. 156 JICE a etc., practically up to the end as in No. 139 N. B.- For further particulars see No. 139.
उपासकदशाङ्गसूत्रव्याख्या
Upāsakadaśāngasūtravyākhyā No. 142
144 (a).
1881-82. Size.--13} in. by s in. Extent.— 26 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 58 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, very thin and greyish ; Devanagari
characters with TCASTS ; quite bold, completely legible, big and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in

Page #158

142.1
VÍD. 11 Ångas
133
black ink ; in the case of most of the foll., the intervening space between these pairs is coloured red; some of the unnumbered sides have in the centre a small circular disc in red colour and some numbered sides have over and above this, two more, one in each margin; yellow pigment used; fol. 1° blank; so is the fol. 266; small strips of paper pasted to the 2nd and the 3rd foll. ; condition tolerably good; the paper used for foll. 22 to 26 ditters in quality and thickness from that used for the preceding ones; this work contains only the trees of the text; the commentary complete ; it ends on fol. 18b; this Ms. contains the following additional works :
(1) STEERIT aaao foll. 186-246
(2) Santan d i facut foll. 246--26". Age. — Old. Begins.--fol. 1b 3 TRI
sta garaparate etc., as in No. 139. Ends. -- fol. 186 afere a ofreTTA etc., up to the end as in No. 139. N. B.-For further particulars see No. 139.

Page #159

134
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
THE EIGHTH ANGA
अन्तकृद्दशाङ्गसूत्र ( अंत गडद संगसुत)
No. 143
Size.--10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 213 = 18 folios; 13 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line.
Antakrddasangasutra (Antagadadasangasutta)
[143.
1079. 1887-91.
Description. Country paper, thin and white; Devanagari characters; small, quite clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; edges of the first and last few foll. slightly worn out; condition good; foll. 10 to 12 missing; otherwise complete; fol. 21 contains some lines such as तुंगे गयणतलमणु लिहंत सिहरे । नाणा विहगुच्छ गुम्मलयावल्लि etc.; these do not seem to form the part of the text; moreover, they are written in a different hand; extent 900 slokas.
Age. Pretty old.
Author.
Sudharmasvamin according to the Jaina tradition.
Subject. This 8th Anga consisting of one śrutaskandha with 8 vargas having 10, 10, 13, 10, 10, 16, 13 and 10 uddeśakas respectively, deals with the antakṛt-kevalins. They are the persons who lived only for a short time after they had attained omniscience. That is to say there was a very small interval left between their attaining omniscience and final emancipation.

Begins. - fol. 1* तेणं कालेणं । तेणं समएणं । चंपा नाम नगरी । पुण्णभो (हे ) चेतिए । वणसंडे । तेणं कालेणं etc.
Ends.-- fol. 214 अद्वय वासा आदी एकुत्तरियाए जाव सत्तरस । एसो खलु परिताओ सेणियभज्जाण नायच्चो १ ।
एवं खलु जंबू समणेण भगवया महावीरेण (णं) आदिकरेणं जाव संपत्तेर्ण अहमस्स अंगस्स अंत (त) गडदसाणं अयमहे पण (ण) त्ते । छ । अहम अंग सम्मत्तं छ । अतगडदसाणं अंगस्स एगो सुयकखंधो । अट वग्गा अहस चेव

Page #160

144.)
VIII. 11 Angas
135
दिवसेस उहिस्संति । तत्थ पढमवि(बि)इयवग्गे दस २ उद्देसगा तइयवग्गे तेरस उद्देसगा चउत्थपंचमवग्गे दस २ उद्देसगा छठे वग्गे सोलस उद्देसगा सत्तम वग्गे तेरस उद्देसगा अहमवग्गे दस उद्देसगा सेसं जहा नायधम्मकहाणं॥
3 11 etc. je 800 ! Ti etc. Reference.- The text was published along with a tabba at Calcutta
in 1875, A. D., while this text together with Abhayadeva Sūri's Sanskrit commentary at Surat, by the Āgamodaya Samiti in A. D. 1920. In this latter edition are included Anuttaropapātikadaśăngasūtra and Vipākasūtra along with a Sanskrit commentary for each of them. A portion (V. 1 ) of the text is given as an appendix by H. Jacobi in his article "Die Jaina Legende von dem Untergange Dväravati's und von dem Tode Krsna's.” See Z. D. M. G. (vol. XLII, pp. 493-529, ) Leipzig, 1888. The text is translated into English by L. D. Barnett. For quotations etc., pertaining to the text see Weber II, p. 494ff., and Indian autiquary vol. XX, p. 19. For the description of the contents of the text according to the Sthanakavāsin standpoint see Jaina Tattvaprakaśa (pp.197-201). The text is translated into Hindi by Amolaka Rșiji.
अन्तकृदशाङ्गसूत्र
Antakrddaśāngasūtra टब्बासहित
with tabbā No. 144
678.
1899-1915. Size.-101 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- (text) 45 folios; 7 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line.
» — (tabbā) „ foll. 9 to 14 » » ; 48 » » » Description.- Country paper rough, brittle and white ; Devanagari
characters ; sufficiently big, legible and very good handwriting; of course the interlinear çabba written in a smaller hand; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; a piece of paper of the size of the fol. pasted to foll. 1 and 45; foll. l' and 456 blank; complete ; condition very good.

Page #161

"2
136
Age.- Old.
Subject.— The 8th anga with Gujarātī explanation. Begins.--(text) fol. rb तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc.
33
""
_~( tabba) तेइ कालइ चथउ अरु ते लक्षण काल सुधर्मस्वामी बिहार करि त्यां आव्या etc.
Ends - (text) fol. 45 अडवासा आदी (य) etc., practically up to सुक्खंधो as in No. 143 followed by सम्मत्तो श्रीरस्तु : etc.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
""
(tabhā ) fol. 45 * आठ वरसथी आदि मांडी एकेकनी वृद्धि जां लगी सत्तरि वरिस थाइ ते निश्र्वइ दीक्षा नओ पालिवओ श्रेणिकनी भार्यानओ जाणिवड etc., अंतगडदशागतओ एक श्रुतस्कंध छइ ते पूर्ण थयओ श्रेय etc. Reference. - Published. See No. 143.
[145.
अन्तकृद्दशाङ्गसूत्रविवरण
No. 145
Extent. fol. 27s to fol. 364.
Description -- Complete in to foll. For further details see No. 139. Age.-- Old.
Author.— Abhayadeva Suri.
Antakṛddasangasūtravivaraṇa
55 (b).
1870-71.
Subject. A commentary in Sanskrit to Antakṛddaśängasútra, the 8th anga.

Begins. -- fol. 27* अर्थातकृत (दू) दशास किमपि विव्रियते । तत्रांतो भवतः कृतो विहितौ यो सूत (?) कृता तद्वक्तव्यताप्रतिबद्धा दशाः दशाध्ययनरूपाः ग्रंथपद्धत इति अंतकृत् (दू) दशाः etc.
Ends.-- fol. 36° यदिह न व्याख्यातं तत् ज्ञाताधर्म्मकथाविवरणादवसेयमेवं च समाप्तमंतकृद्दशाविवरणमिति ॥ छ ॥ अनंतगमपर्यायजिनवरोदिति (ते) शासने
यह समयानुगा गमनिका किल प्रोच्यते । गमांतरमुपैति सा तदपि सद्भिरस्यां कृतावरूढगमशोधनं न तु विधी सर्वथा इति ॥
छ ॥ Reference. Published. See No. 143.

Page #162

148. ]
अन्तकृद्दशाङ्गसूत्र विवरण
No. 146
Extent. fol. 17h to fol. 22.
Description. Complete in 6 foll. For further details see No. 140.
Age.-- Old.
Begins. -- fol. 17' अथांतकृद्दशास etc.
VIII. 11 Angas
Ends. fol. 22
N. B. For other details see No. 145.
Begins.
Ends.
N. B.
Age. Samvat 1512. See No. 179
Antakṛddasangasūtravivarana
164 (b).
1873-74.
अन्तकृद्दशाङ्गसूत्र विवरण
No. 147
Extent. fol. 15 to fol. 20
Description. Complete in 6 foll.; condition very fair. For further
details see No. 141.
अन्तकृद्दशाङ्गसूत्रविवरण
No. 148
etc., as in No. 145.
--
• fol. 15 अथांतकृदशासु किमपि etc.
fol. 2ob यदिह न etc., up to सर्वथा इति छ as in No. 145. For additional particulars see No. 145.
18 [J. L. P.]
Antakṛddasangasūtravivaraṇa
1206 (b). 1886-92.

137
Extent.
fol. 18b to fol. 24.
Description. Complete. For other details see No. 142. Begins. – fol. 18b अथांतकृद्दशास किमपि विव्रियते
Ends.
Antakṛddaśängasūtravivaraṇa
144 (b).
N. B. For further particulars see No. 145.
fol. 24 feetc., up to the end as in No. 145 followed by अंतगडदशाविवरणं समाप्तं छ ॥
1881-82.

Page #163

138
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
अन्तकुद्दशाङ्गसूत्रविवरण
No. 149
Size.-- ro‡ in. by 4g in. Extent -- 7 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 62 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, smooth and grey; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, small, legible and good hand-writing; borders mostly ruled in three lines in red ink ; complete ; this Ms. contains over and above this work अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र विवरण commencing on fol, sb and ending on fol. 7b; edges of most of the foll. slightly worn out; condition good.
Age.– Samvat 1561, See No. 155.
Begins. -- fol. r* अथांतकृत् ( द ) दशास किमपि वित्री (वि) यते । तत्रांतो भवतः
I
Antakṛddaśāngasūtravivaraṇa 121 (a).
1873-74.
तो विहितो यैस्ते अंतकृतास्तद्वक्तव्यताप्रतिबडा दशाः etc.
Ends.-- fol. 5' यदिह न व्याख्यातं तत् ज्ञाता धर्म्मकथा विवरणाद वसेयमेव च । समाप्तमंतकृद्दशाविवरणमिति ॥ छ ॥ अनंतगमपर्यायजिनवरोदिते शासने
यह समयानुगागमनिका किल प्रोच्यते । गमांतरमुपैति सा तदपि सद्भिरस्यां कृतागूढगमशोधनं ननु विधीयतां सर्वथा इति ॥
N. B. -- For additional details see No. 145.
See No. 155.
[149.

Page #164

150. ]
IX. 11 Angas
THE NINTH ANGA
अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र
Anuttaropapatikadaśāngasūtra
( अणुत्तरोवयाइयद सङ्गसुत्त ) ( Anuttarovavāiyadasargasutta )
No. 150
Size.-1o‡ in. by 44 in.
Extent.- 5 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; fol. r* blank ; complete ; extent 192 slokas; condition excellent. Age. -- Sarvat 1544.
Author.
Sudharmasvamin according to the Jaina tradition.
Subject
This 9th anga is divided into three vargas, each of which is further sub-divided into 10, 13 and 10 uddeśakas respectively. This work refers to the 33 persons who have been born in the Anuttara vimana and who will attain final emancipation after an immediate birth as a human being. For other details see Jaina Tattvaprakāśa (4th. edn. p. 201); those details are, however, in accordance with the Sthanakavasin stand-point.
139

Begins.-- fol. 1 तेणं कालेणं । तेणं समएणं रायगिहे नगरे अज्जसुधम्मस्स समोसरणं etc.
Ends. -- fol. 5' तञ्चस्स अ ( वग्ग )स्स अयमहे पण्णत्ते । अणुत्तरोववातियदसाउ संमत्ताउ ॥ छ ॥ णवमं अंग संमतं ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ श्री ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं १९२ ।। नमः श्रुतदेवतायै ॥ अणुत्तरोववातिअदसाणं एक्को सुप्त (य) कखंधो तिणि (णि) वग्गा तिसु चेष दिवसेस उद्दिसंति । तत्थ पढमन्गे दस उद्देसगा ॥ [[बिति[[ति] अवग्गे तेरस उद्देगा ॥ ततिअवग्गे दस उद्देगा । सेस जहा धम्मकथाणं तहा णेतव्वं । छ ॥
679. 1899-1915.
संवत् १५४४ वर्षे माघवदि २ गुरु । श्रीश्रीश्री ' शीरोहिका' नगरे । रायाराउश्रीश्रीश्री जगमल विज्ये (जयिनि ) राज्ये । श्री' तपागच्छे गच्छनायक श्री श्रीश्रीहेमविमलसूरिराज्ये ॥ महोपाध्या (य) श्री अनंत हंसगणीनां उपदेशेन । vastuमाखापितं ॥ जोसीपोपालिखितं ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतुः ॥

Page #165

140
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 151.
Reference. -Published together with Abhayadeva Suri's commentary, at Calcutta in A. D. 1875 and by the Agamodaya Smiti in A. D. 1920. The text with avacüri and Pudgalaparăvartastotra, too, with avacuri are published by the Atmananda Jaina Sabha, Bhavnagar in A. D. 1921. The text is translated into English by L. D. Barnett, in A. D. 1907 For quotations see Weber II, p. 504 ff. Geschichte II by Winternitz be consulted for contents etc. For further may Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 381. The text according to the Sthänakaväsin version has been translated in Hindi by Amolaka Rṣiji as can be seen from p. 3 of Jaina Tattvaprakāśa ( 4th. edn. ). For the last few lines of the text see No. 162.
अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र
No. 151
Size. 11 in. by 44 in.
Extent. 41 folios; 15 lines to a page; 64 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and grey; Devanagari characters with ES; bold, small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; most of the foll. worm-eaten; condition poor; complete; extent 192 slokas; the first fol. numbered as 27, so this seems to be a part of some Ms.; it contains in addition to this, the following two works :
(1)
( 2 ) विपाकसूत्र
Anuttaropapātikadaśāngasūtra
120 (a).

23
(No. 161).
foll. 29--48" 48--67b (No. 175 ).
Age. Not modern.
Begins. - fol. 27° तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं रायगिहे नगरे अज्जसुधम्मसमोसरणं etc.
Ends. fol. 29
N. B. For other details see No. 150.
1872-73.
at A etc., up to 3 as in No. 150.

Page #166

153.1
अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशासूत्र
1X. 11 Angas
Anuttaropapātikadaśāngasūtra
No. 152
Size.-101 in. by 43 in.
Extent.— 8 folios ; II lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and grey; Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; very big, bold legible and elegant handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; notes written in the margins; complete; condition very good. Age.- Not later than Samvat 1705.
Begins. fol. 14 तेणं कालेणं etc., as in No. 150.
Ends. fol. 84 तञ्चस्स वग्गस्स etc., up to सेस as in No. 15o followed by जहा धम्म कहा णेयत्वं । नवमं अंगं संम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः । छः ॥ Then we have the lines written in a different hand as under:

प्रतिलामिता वाच्यमाना चिरं जयतु ॥ छः ॥ छः ॥ छः ॥
N. B. For further particulars see No. 150.
अनुत्तरोपपातिकदश। सूत्र
No. 153
141
॥ संवत् १७०५ वर्षे वैशाख शुक्ल द्वितीयायां जगद्गुरुभ० श्रीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरपट्टालंकारभट्टारक श्रीविजय सेन सूरि पट्टोदयाचलदिनकर समानयुगप्रधानोपमानलं० श्री २१ विजयदेवसूरीश्वराणां आचार्य श्री २१ विजयसिंहसूरीश्वरादिप्रवर्द्धमानपरिवारबंधुराणां श्री 'शत्रुंजय' ' गिरनार' प्रमुखानेक महातीर्थयात्रासंघ तिलक कृतार्थितमनुष्यावतारया श्रा० फूलां । नाम्न्या प्रतिरियं
1077.
1887-91.
Anuttaropapātikadaśāngasūtra

411.
1882-83.
Size.— ro in. by 42 in.
Extent.-- 9 folios; II lines to a page ; 35 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, tough and greyish ; Devanagari cha racters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. ra blank ; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 14; condition good; complete.

Page #167

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
142
Age.-- Pretty old.
Author. Abhayadeva Suri.
Subject. — Sanskrit commentary to the 9th anga.
Begins. fol. rb ॐ नमः । तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं रायगिहे etc., as in No. 152. Ends.--fol. 9' तच्चस्स वग्गस्स etc., practically up to धम्मकहा जायचा || छ । इति श्रीअणुत्तरोववाईयदशांग | नवमं अंग सम्मत्तं ॥ ९ ॥ N. B.-- Fot other detilas see No. 150.
अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्रविवरण
No. 154
Extent. - fol. 36 to fol. 39.
Description. Fol. 39b blank ; complete in four foll. The extent of this work along with those of the other two is 1300 slokas. For further details see No. 139.
Age.-- Old.
Author.— Abhayadeva Suri.
Subject- Sanskrit commentary to the 9th anga.
[ 154
Anuttaropapātikadaśāngsūtra
Begins.fol. 36© अथानुत्तरोपपातिकदशासु किंचित् व्याख्यायते । तत्रानुत्तरेषु सर्वोत्तमेषु विमानविशेषेषूपपातो जन्मामुत्तरोपपातः । स विद्यते येषां ते (अ) नुत्तरोपपातिकास्तत्प्रतिपादकादशाः etc.

Ends. fol. 39 जीवं जीवेणं गच्छति । जीववीर्येण तु शरीरवीर्येणेत्यर्थः । शेषमंतकृद्दशांगवदित्यर्थः । अनु (त्त) रोपपातिकाख्यनवमांगदेशविवरणं समाप्तं । शब्दाः केचन नार्थतोऽत्र विदिताः केचित्तु पर्यायतः । सूत्रार्थानुगतेः समूह्य भाणतो यज्जातमार्ग ( गः ? )प्रदं ॥ वृत्तावत्र तक (तू) जिनेश्वरवचोभाषाविधौ कोविदैः ।
(देवा) चार्याणामिति ॥
Reference-- Published. See No. 150.
vivaraṇa 55 (c). 1870-71.
संशोध्यं विहितादरैर्जिनमतोपेक्षा यमिति (? यतो ) न क्षमा ॥ प्रत्यक्षरं निरूप्यासां ग्रंथमानं विनिश्वितं । वृत्तीनां तिसृणां श्लोकसहस्रं त्रिशताधिकं ॥
छ । ग्रं. १३०० । कृतिरियं श्रीमज्जिनेश्वराचार्यपादोपजीविश्रीमदभय

Page #168

156.]
IX. 11 Angas
143
अनुसरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र
विवरण
Anuttaropapātikadaśāngasūtra
vivarana
121 (b). No. 155.
1873-74. Extent,-- fol. 5b to fol. 70. Description.--Complete. The extent of this together with the com
mentaries of two other angas, one of them viz. AntakrddaSangasutra (No. 149) and the other probably Upāsakadaśängasútra which is not contained in this Ms., comes to
1300 ślokas. For other detilas see No. 149. Age.-- Samvat 1561. Begins.-fol. 5 अथानुत्तरोपपातिकदशास किंचिद् व्याख्यायते । तत्रानुत्तरेषु
___ सर्वोत्तमेषु विमानविशेषेषूपपातो जन्मानुत्तरोपपातः etc.. Ends.---fol. 7 जीव जीवेण गच्छति जीवीर्येण न तु शरीरवीर्येणेत्यर्थः etc., up
to कृतिरियं श्रीमज्जिनेश्वराचार्यपादोपजीविश्रीमदभयदेवाचार्याणामिति ॥ as in No. 154 followed by छ । छ ॥ ग्रं. ४३७ छ । छ । सं० १५६१ वर्षे श्री तिमिरी पुरे श्री खरतरगच्छे श्रीसागरचंद्रमूरिसंताने वाचनाचार्यदयासागरगणानां वा ज्ञानमंदिरगणीनां विनेयदेवतिलकेन वृत्तित्रयं शोधितं वाचितं च ॥ वाच्यमानं सततं नंदतु शिष्यश्रेण्य ॥ श्रेयो(s)
स्तु श्रीसंघाय ॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 154.
-
अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र
विवरण
Anuttaropapātikadaśārgasūtra
vivarana
164(0). No. 156
1873-74. Extent.--- fol. 22b to fol. 24". Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 140. Age.- Old. Begins.- fol. 22 अ
IT etc,

Page #169

144 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[158. Ends.---tol. 24" जीववीर्येण etc., up to श्रीमदभयदेवाचार्याणामिति as in
No. 155. N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 155.
3197raqah TiFEET
विवरण
Anuttaropapātikadaśārgasūtra
vivarana
1206 (o). No. 157
1886-92. Extent.- fol. 200 to fol. 222. Description.- Complete ; condition very fair. For other details
see No. 141. Age.- Samvat 1512. See No. 179. Begins.- fol. 206 3197&a qqifahamia etc. Ends.--fol. 22* saator etc., up to FATSAPa as in No. 155 followed
by i jeti pooll great arorai etc., and year:
etc. up to AT 111 N. B.-- For additional information see No. 155.
अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र- Anuttaropapātikadaśāngasūtraविवरण
vivarana
144 (0). No. 158
1881-82. Extent.-- fol. 245 to fol. 269. Description.- Complete in 3 foll. The extent of the complete Ms.
is 1400 ślokas. For other details see No. 142. Begins. — fol. 24 STUTETTITICACETTE etc. Ends.- „ 269 stareftitu etc., up to war as in No. 155 followed by
Il ei 800 !! y etc. N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 155.

Page #170

159.]
X. 11 Angas
145
THE TENTH ANGA
प्रभव्याकरणाङ्गसूत्र
Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtra (पण्हावागरणंगसुत्त)
(Panhavagaranangasutta)
446. No. 159
1882-83. Size.- Io in. by 4t in. Extent.-35 folios; I3 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanāgari chara
cters with पृष्टमात्राs; bold, big, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; numbers of foll. I to 4 entered twice as usual ; fol. I* blank ; so is the fol. 350; edges of some of the foll. slightly damaged ;
condition on the whole good ; complete. Age.-- Pretty old. Author.-- Sudharmasvāmin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject.--This tenth anga deals with questions and answers pertain
_ing to samvara ( stoppage of karmans ) etc. Begins.-fol. I णमो अरहताणं जंबू
इणमो अण्हयसंवरविणिच्छयं परयणस्स निस्संद
वोच्छामि णिच्छयत्थं सहासियत्थं महेसीहिं ॥१॥ etc. Ends.-fol. 35 पसत्थं पंचमं संघरदारं स(सोमत्तं ति बमि छ एयाई वयाई पंच वि
मुवयमहत्वयाइं हेउसयविचित्तएकलाई कहिया अरहंतसासणा(णे) पंच समासेण संवरा वित्थरण उ पण्णवीसतिसमियसहियसंपु(खु)डे सदायतणघडणम विस(द)दसंण(णे) एए अणुचरियसंजते चरिमसरीरधरे भविस्सतीति छ
श्री छ इति इति प्रश्नव्याकरणानि समाप्तानि । छ छ etc. Reference.-- As editio princeps may be mentioned the Calcutta
edition of A.D. 1876, where the text together with Abhayadeva Súriś Sanskrit commentary and a Hindi gloss by Vijaya Sadhu is published. The text is also published with Abhayadeva Suri's commentary by the Agamodaya Samiti in A. D. 1919. See for other particulars Weber II, p. 508 ff., and
Indian Antiquary (vol, XX, p. 23). A. Weber's Ahalya, 19 [J. L. P.]

Page #171

146
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[160.
Berlin, 1887 may be also consulted. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, pp. 394-395.
प्रभव्याकरणानसूत्र
Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtra No. 160
1398.
1891-95. Size.- ION in. by 41 in. Extent.--- 33 folios; 13 lines to a page; so letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari chara
cters with पृष्टमात्राs; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. I. and 33 blank ; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged; con
dition very good ; complete ; extent 1250 ślokas. Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.--fol. I ॐ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय[:] नमो अरहताणं नंबू इणमो etc., as in
___No. I59: Ends.-fol. 32 पसत्थं पंचम etc., practically up to समाप्तानि as in No.159
followed by पण्हावागरणाण एगो सुय(कोखंधो दस अज्झयणा एक्कारस? कसर)गा चउदससु चेव दिवसे(स) उद्दिसिजं(ज्ज)ति एकंतरएस आयंबिलेस निरुद्धेस आउत्तपाणएणं ॥ छ ।। अंग जहा आयारस्स ॥ छः ॥ छः ॥
श्रीः ॥ ग्रंथानं १२५० छः ।। N. B.- For further particulars see No. 159.
प्रश्नव्याकरणाङ्गसूत्र
Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtra
_120 ( b). No. 161
1872-73. Extent.- fol. 29 to fol. 48. Description.- Complete ; extent 1250 ślokas. For other details see
No. ISI.
See " Sitzungberichte der Königlich Preussischeri Akademie der Wissenschaften."

Page #172

162.]
X. 11 Angas
Begins.- fol. 29 णमो अरहताणं । जंबू इणमो etc., as in No. 159. Ends.-fol. 484 पसत्थं पंचम etc., up to सरीरधरे as in No I59 followed
by भविस्सईति ।। प्रश्रव्याकरणानि समाप्तानि ॥ छ । ग्रं० १२५० ॥ छ.॥ पण्हावागरणाणं एगो मुत(योक्खंधो दस अज्झयणा इक्कसरगा चउदससु चेव दिवसेस उद्विसिज्जंति इक्कंतरएंसु आयंबिलेस निरुद्धेसु आउत्तभन्न
पाणएणं अंगं जहा आयारस्स ॥ छ । N. B.- For further particulars see No. 159.
प्रश्नव्याकरणाङ्गसूत्र
Praśnavyakaraṇangasūtra विवृतिसहित
with vivrti
70. No. 162
1866-68. Side.- 104 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 111 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 34 letters to a line Description.-- Country paper thin and grey; Devanāgari characters
with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, legible and good handwriting ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; it is a pagreit Ms., the text being written in a bigger hand-writing; fol. I blank, so is the fol. IIIb; leatherbound; several foll. worm-eaten; some of them very badly ; condition unsatisfactory; in some cases there are lacuna ( vide fol. 95b); numbers of foll. entered twice as usual ; a small bit of paper pasted to fol. 339; borders neatly ruled in three lines in red ink, edges in two; complete; extent
1250 Slokas. Age. - Samvat 1633. Author of the commentary-Abhayadeva Suri. Subject.-- The text and its Sanskrit commentary. The initial lines
do not belong to प्रश्नव्याकरणागसूत्र ; they are rather the final
lines of अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र. Begins.--(text) fol. tb ॐ नमो सुपदेवयाए । अणुत्तरोववाइयदसाणं एक्को सुय
क्खंधो तिन्नि वग्गा तिस चेव दिवसेस उहिसंति । सत्य पढमवग्गे दस

Page #173

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 163.
उent बियिवग्गे तेरस उद्देसगा। सेसं जहा धम्मकहाणं तहा नेयव्वा । नमो अरहंताणं । जंबू इणमो etc. as in No. 159.
Begins~ (com.) fol. 1 नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय । श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य etc., as in No. 159.
Ends.-- (text) fol. 110b पसत्थं पंचमं etc., up to समाप्तानि as in No. 159 followed by ग्रंथाग्रं १२५० ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥
-- (com) fol. Iro° का ( सत् ? ) पुरुषतीरितानि etc., up to संशोधिता 'चेयं as in No. 163 followed by ग्रंथाग्रं ४६३० ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु etc. सं. १६३३ वर्षे कार्तिक वदि ११ शुक्रे लिखितं ॥
N. B·-- For further particulars see No. 159.
148
""
व्याकरणाङ्गसूत्रविवृति
Praśnavyakaraṇāngasūtravivṛti
No. 163
Size. 93 in. by 41 in.
Extent.- roo folios; 17 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Devanagari characters with as; tolerably big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. r blank ; edges of the some of the foll. slightly damaged; condition on whole good ; complete ; extent 5630 slokas. Age.- Pretty old.
Author.— Abhayadeva Suri.

298.
A. 1882-83.
Subject. Sanskrit commentary to Praśnavyakaraṇangasútra. It is styled as vyäkhyä and vivṛti by the commentator himself.
Begins. fol. 1' श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य व्याख्या काचिद्विधीयते ।
नव्याकरणांगस्य वृद्धन्यायानुसारतः ॥ (१)
अज्ञा वयं नात्रमिदं गभीरं
प्रायो(s) स् कूटानि च पुस्तकानि ।
सूत्रं व्यवस्थाप्य ततो विसृश्य व्याख्यानकल्पादित एव चैव ॥ २ ॥ अथ प्रभव्याकरणाख्यं दशमांगं व्याख्यायते etc.

Page #174

164.j
X. 11 Angas
149
Ends.--fol. I00' सत्पुरुषतीरितानि । निर्वाणगमनस्वर्गप्रणायकानि पंचापि संवरद्वाराणि समाप्तानीति ब्रबीमीति ॥ छ । समाप्ता प्रश्नव्याकरणांगटीका ॥छ॥
नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय श्रीपार्श्वप्रभवे नमः। नमः श्रीमत्सरस्वत्यै सहायभ्यो नमो नमः ॥१॥ इह हि गमनिकार्थ यन्मया(5)भ्यूहयोक्तं ।
किमय(पि) समयहीनं तद्विशोध्यं सुधीभिः । नहि भवति विधेया सर्वथा(5)स्मिन्नुपा(पे)क्षा
दयितजिनमतानां तायिनां चांगिवर्गे ॥२॥ परेषां दुर्लक्ष्या भवति विवक्षा स्फुटामिदं
विशेषादू वृद्धानामतुलवचनज्ञानमहसां । निराम्नाया(धीभिः पुनरतितरां) मादृशजनै--
स्ततः शास्त्रार्थो से बचनमनघं दुर्ला(ल)भमिह ॥३॥ ततः सिद्धांततरवज्ञैः स्वयमूहः प्रयत्नतः। न पुनरस्मदाख्यात एव ग्राह्यो नियोगतः॥४॥ तथैवं मा(5)स्तु मे पापं संघमत्युपजीवनात् । वृद्धन्यायानुसारित्वात् हितार्थ च प्रवृत्तितः॥५॥ यो जैनाभिमतात) प्रमाणमनघं व्युत्पादयामासिवान् ।
प्रस्थानैर्विविधैर्निरस्य निखिलं बौद्धादिसंबांध तत् ॥ नानात्तिकथा[:] कथापथमतिक्रांतं च चक्रे तपः ।
निस्संबंधप्रति(?वि)हारमप्रतिहत(हतं) शास्त्रानुसारात्तथा ॥६॥ तस्याचार्यजिनेश्वरस्य मदवद्वादिप्रतिस्पर्द्धिनस्तद्वंधोरपि बुद्धिसागर इति ख्यातस्य सूरे वि । छंदोबंधनि(बद्ध)बंधुरवचःशब्दादिसल्लक्ष्मणः ।
श्रीसंविग्नविहारिणः श्रुतनिधेश्वारित्रचूडामणी(?णेः)।।७।। शिष्येणाभयदेवाख्यसूरिणा विवृतिः कृता। प्रश्रव्याकरणांगस्य श्रुतभक्त्या समासतः ॥८॥ नितिककुलनभकु(?स्त)लचंद्रद्रोणाख्यसारमुख्येत ।
पंडितराणा(णे)न गुणवत्प्रियेण संशोधिता चेयं ॥९॥
॥ सर्वाग्रंपत्तिः ५६३० ॥छ ॥छ । छ । Reference.- Published. For the prasasti see Nos. 162 and 165.
प्रभव्याकरणासूत्रविवृति Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtravivrti
22. No. 164
1877-78. Size.- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 92 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line.

Page #175

150
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[165.
Description.- Country paper rough, thin and greyish ; Devana
gari characters with GEHTETS ; small, legible and good handwriting : some of the last few foll. written in a somewhat illegible hand; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; fol. 1a blank; so is the fol. 926; foll. mostly numbered in the right hand margin only; this Ms. contains the tales of the text; condition very good; complete except that it lacks in the colophon given in No. 163.
extent 4800 ślokas. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.- fol. I THÌ THÌ TỪ THIT
fra ATTATAFT ETTEJT etc., as in No. 163. Ends. -- fol. 92" Frigstadtfatâ etc., up to FATHI THOTTATUTTOTETTU
gll as in No. 163. Then jur 8600. N. B.- For other details see No. 163.
प्रश्नव्याकरणाङ्गसूत्रविवृति
Prasnavyākaraṇāngasutravivrti No. 165
1206(d).
1886-92. Extent.- fol. 22° to fol. 89a. Description- Complete; condition very fair. For other details see
No. 141. Age. - Samvat 1512. See No. 177 Begins. -- fol. 22° x #: ståste II
stre ATT TART etc. Ends. -- fol. 89* सत्पुरुषतीरितानि etc., up to संशोधिता चेयं ॥९॥ as in
No. 163. N. B.--For additional details see No. 163.

Page #176

167.]
X. 11 Angas
151
772.
प्रश्नव्याकरणागसूत्रविवृति Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtravivrti No. 166
1899-1915. Size.- 101 in. by 44 in. Extent. — 114 + 1 - 2 = 113 folios; 14 lines to a page ; 48 letters
to a line. Description.- Country paper white and greyish; Devanägari
characters ; big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders mostly ruled in two lines in black ink; fol. r* blank; yellow pigment used; foll.s to 27 and 86 somewhat wormeaten:; fol. 29 repeated; foll. 42 and ini lacking; ends
abruptly ; incomplete; condition fair. Age.- Samvat 1670. Begins. --fol. 14 AA: fralaren in
sagatahraTRT etc., as in No. 163. Ends. - fol. III सत्पुरुषतीरितानि etc., up to बौद्धादिसंबंधि तत् as in
No. 163. Then we have:
वर्षे व्योमपयोधिषोडश(१६७०)मिते माघस्य पक्षे सिते ।
पुष्यःद्वितीयादिने शुभतरे वारे भृगोर्नेदने Then run the lines नानात्तिकथाः etc., up to मदघद्वादि as in
No. 163. Here it terminates abruptly. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 163.
प्रश्नव्याकरणानसूत्रविवृति Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtravivrti
821, No. 167
1895-1902. Size.— 104 in. by 4} in. Extent.- 70 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description - Country paper very thin, smooth and greyish;
Devanagari characters with TEATEIS; legible, small and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. Ia blank; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered twice as usual; this Ms. contains only the tales of

Page #177

152
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[168.
the text ; some lacunæ here and there ( vide fol. 5"); edges of the first and the last foll. damaged to a smaller or greater extent; condition tolerably good ; complete ; extent
4630 ślokas. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.-- fol. 1b go FAT (#: ) sia antara
fra AmaraFT etc., as in No. 163. Ends. fol. 700 Figaratfaria etc., up to gaiata (fa) as in No. 163
followed by 1 TITTA Tori Terri jemi 8630 I TU
भवतु [:] etc N. B.- For further particulars see No. 163.
प्रभव्याकरणापासूत्र विवृति Praśnavyäkaraṇāngasūtravivrti
121. No. 168
1872-73. Size.-- 113 in, by 4 in. Extent.--- 86 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and whitish; Devanāgarī
characters with TEHETS; big, bold, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; fol. 1 blank; strips of paper pasted to it; edges and corners of several foll. worn out ; in most of the cases pieces of paper are pasted where necessary; the fol. 866 is decorated with a Farfa in red ink; two bits of paper pasted to it; condition fair ; unnumbered sides have one small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having two more, one in
each margin ; complete; extent 4630 ślokas. Age.-- Samvat 1571. Begins.— fol. IbaA: Shasta ll staghigarafe etc., as in No. 163. Ends.- fol. 85* Highnahitana etc., up to fathfeat to as in No. 163.
Then follow the lines as under :
छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं ४६३० ॥छ॥ श्रीरस्तु लेखकपाठकयो वाचकानां mitted. This is succeeded by the colophon as below:--

Page #178

168.]
X. II Angas
153
स्वस्ति श्रीप्रदवर्द्धमानभगवत्प्रासादविभ्र(भ्रा)जिते
श्री संडेर पुरे सुरालयसमे 'प्राग्वाट'वंशोत्तमः आभूर्भूरियशा अभूत् सुमतिभूर्भूमिप्रभुप्रार्चिताः
स्तज्जातोऽन्वयपद्मभासुररविः श्रेष्टी(टी) महानासडः ॥ १ सन्मुख्यो मोषनामा नयविनयनिधिः सूनुरासीत्तदीय[:]
स्तभ्राता वर्द्धमानः समजनि जनतास स्वसौजन्यमान्यः ।। अन्यूनाऽन्यायमार्गाऽपनयनरसिकस्तत्मुतश्चंडसिंह(:)
सप्तासंस्तत्तनुजा प्रथितयणगणाः पेथडस्तेषु पूर्वः ॥२ नरसिंहरत्नसिंहो(हौ) चतुर्थमल्लस्ततस्तु मुंजालः विक्रमसिंहो धर्मण इत्येतेऽस्याऽनुजाः क्रमतः ॥३ संडेरके ऽणहिलपाटण पत्तनस्या
सन्ने य एव निरमापयदुच्चचैत्यं । स्वस्वैः स्वकीयकलदैवतवीरसेशं ।
क्षेत्राधिराजसतताश्रितसंनिधानं ॥४ बासाऽवनीनेन समं च जाते
कलौ कुतो(s)स्थापयदेव हेतोः 'बीजापुरं क्षत्रियमुख्यबीजा __ सौहार्दतो लोककरोऽर्धकारी ॥५ अत्र रीरीमयज्ञातनंदनप्रतिमान्वितं
यश्चैत्यं कारयामास लसत्तोरणराजितं ॥६ योऽकारयत्सचिवपुंगववस्तुपाल
निर्मापिते ऽर्बुद गिरिस्थिर(त)नेमिचैत्ये । उद्धारमात्मन इव बु(ब्रु)डतो ह्यपार___ संसारदुस्तरणवारिधिमध्य इद्धः ॥७ गोत्रे(5)त्रैवाद्याप्तबिंबं भीमसाधुविधित्सितं । य(त)पित्तलमयं हैमदृढसंधिमकारयत् ॥ ८ चरमजिनवरेंद्रस्फारमूर्ति विधाप्य ।
गृहजिनवसतौ प्रातिष्टपत् शुद्धलग्ने पुर उरुतरदेवौकास्थितायां च तस्यां ।
समहमतिलघोः श्रीकर्णदेवस्य राज्ये ॥ ९ खरससमयसोमे (१६६०) बंधुभिः षभिरेव
सममिह मुविधीनां साधने सावधानाः । 'विमलगिरि 'शिरस्थादीश्वरं चोज्जयते ।
'यदुकुलतिलका नेमिमानम्य मोदात् ॥ १० ॥ [J. L. P.
10

Page #179

154
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[168.
निजमनुजभवं यः सार्थक श्राक् चकार ।
विहितगुरुसपर्यः पालयन् सांघपत्यं । कलसकलकलासत्कौशली निष्कलंकः पुनरपि षडऽकार्षीद यो हि यात्रास्तथैव ॥ ११॥
त्रिभिः कुलकं ॥ मुनिमुनियक्ष१३७७मितेऽन्दे । दुभि(भि)क्षविलक्षदीनजनलक्षान् । वीक्ष्याऽनू(ना)न्नान्नां(नां) दानात् स्वस्थांश्चयः कृतवान् ।। १२ ।। समयश्रुतिफलमतुलं स्वगुरोर्ययोs)थैकदा(5)वबुध्य सुधीः । सकलं विमलं सततं । सदो(दा)गमं श्रावय मम त्व ॥ १३ ॥ इत्यार्थितवांस्तस्मै गुरौ प्रवृत्तेऽकरोत्तथा कर्तु ।। तद्गमगवीरगौतमनामा! रे(रै )रजत टंकैः ॥ १४ ॥ तेनाऽहणाधनेनालेखयदातोक्तिकोशसुचतुष्कं । सत्यादिसूरिवचनात् । क्षेत्रनवक उप्तवान वित्तं ॥१५॥
त्रिभिः कुलकं ॥ तत्तनयः पद्माह्वःस्तदुद्भवो लाड(?ण)स्तदंगभवः । अस्ति स्मा(ss)ल्हणसिंहस्तदंगजो मंडलिकनामा ॥१६॥ श्री रवैता'र्बुद'सुतीर्थमुखेषु चैत्यो
द्धारानऽकारयदनकपुरष्वऽनल्पैः । न्यायाजितधनभरेवरधर्मशालाः।
___ यः सत्कृतो निखिल(मंडल)मंडलीकैः ॥ml वमुरसभुवन(१४६८ )प्रमिते वर्षे विक्रमनृपादविनिर्जितवान् । दुःकालं समकालं । बह्वन्नानां वितरणाद्यः ॥ १८ वर्षेषु सप्तसप्तत्यऽधिकचतुर्दशशतेषु (१४७७) यो यात्रां । देवालयकलितां किले(ल) चक्रे 'शत्रुजया येषु ॥ १९ ॥ श्रुतलेखनसंघार्चाप्रभृतीनि बहूनि पुण्यकार्याणि ।। यो(s)कार्षीद विविधानि च पूज्यजयानंदसूरिगिरा ॥ २० ॥ व्यवहरठाई(?) आख्यो(ड)भूदृक्षस्तनुत्तं(त्तनुज एव विजिताक्षः । धरमणकाईनाम्नी । सत्त्ववती जन्यजनि तस्य ॥ २१ ॥ तत्कुक्ष्यनुपममानसकासारसितच्छदास्त्रयः पुत्राः । अभवन् श्रेष्ठाः पर्वतडूंगरनरबदसुनामानः ॥ २२॥ तेष्वऽस्ति पर्वताख्यो लक्ष्मीकांतः सहस्रवीरेण । पोईआप्रमुखकुटुंबैः । परीकृतो वंशशोभाकृत् ॥ २३ ॥ डूंगरनामा द्वितीयः । स्ववा(चा)रुचातुर्यवर्यमेधावान् । पत्नी मंगादेवी रमणः कान्हाख्यमुतपक्षः ॥ २४॥

Page #180

169.]
X. 11 Angas
I55
स्वकारिताऽहत्प्रतिमाप्रतिष्ठां
विधाप्य तौ पर्वतढुंगराभिधौ। वर्षे हि नंदेषुतिथौ १५५९ च चक्रतुः
श्रीवाचकस्थापनसन्महोत्सवं ॥२५ खतुतिथि(१५६०)मितसमायां । यात्रां तौ चक्रतुः मुतीर्थेषु । 'जीरापल्लीपार्था बुंदा'चलायेषु सोल्लासं ॥२६॥ 'गंधार मंदिरे तो जलमलयुगलादिसमुदयोपेताः । श्रीकल्पपुस्तिका अपि । दत्त्वाऽखिलसर्वशालासु ॥ २७ कृतसंघसत्कृती चावाचयतां तौ च रूप्यनाणकयुम्। ददतुश्चसितापुंजं । समस्ततन्नागरिकवणिजं ॥ २८ कृतवंतौ तावित्यादिविहितचतुर्थव्रतादरौ सुकृतं । 'आगम गच्छेशश्रीविवेकरानाख्यगुरुवचनात् ।। २९
अथोत्तमौ पर्वतकान्हनामको
सार्थोद्यमौ सूरिपदप्रदापने । आकारतानां च समानधर्मिणां
नानाविधस्थानसमागतानां ॥३० पुंसां दुत्कूलादिकदानपूर्वकं __ समस्तसद्दर्शनसाधुपूजनात् । महामहं तेनतुरुत्तरंतौ। पवित्रचित्तौ जिनधर्मवासितौ ॥ ३१
युग्मं ॥ आगम'गच्छविभूनां मूरिजयानंदसद्गुरोः क्रमतः श्रीमद्विवेकरत्नप्रभुसूरीणां सदुपदेशात् ॥ ३२ शशिमुनितिथि(१५७१)मिते(तवर्षे) समग्रसिद्धांतलेखनपराभ्यां । ताभ्यां व्यवहरपरवतकान्हाभ्यां सुकृतरसिकाभ्यां ॥३३ निजमानसमोदभराद् लेखितमा(?)मविचित्ररचनाढ्यं ॥ प्रश्नव्याकरा(र)णानां । वृत्तिरियं सा चिरं जयतात् ।।३४
त्रिभिर्विशेषकं ।। इति प्रशस्तिः ॥ छ ॥ छ । N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 163.
295.
प्रश्नव्याकरणानसूत्रविवृति Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtravivrti No. 169
A. 1883-84. Size.- Io in. by 41 in. Extent. — 67 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 64 letters to a line.

Page #181

156
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[170.
Description. Country paper rough, tough and white; Devanagari characters with gas; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; each of the foll. 1a and 67 decorated with the same design in red colour; this Ms. does not seem to contain the complete text; only the gas appear to be given; complete; edges of the first and the last foll. worn out; condition on the whole good; extent 5016 slokas. Age. Samvat 1632.
Begins.
fol. 1' ॐ वर्द्धमानाय । श्रीवर्द्धमान etc.
-
Ends.—fol. 67© सत्पुरुषतीरितानि etc., up to संशोधिता चेयं as in No. 163 followed by संवत् १६३२ वरषे असाढ सुदि १ लष्यतं व्यास अनंतThen in a different hand we have ग्रंथाग्रं ५०१६ ॥
N. B. For other details see No. 163.
प्रश्नव्याकरणाङ्गसूत्र zaraika
No. 170
Size. 101 in. by 48 in.
Extent.
23
Praśnavyakaraṇāngasūtra with tabbā
(text) 95-28-3-1-63 folios; 5 lines to a page; 28 letters to a line.
- (tabba) 63 folios; 5 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line. Description. Country paper whitish and rough; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, big, clear but poor handwriting; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; fol. 1a blank; edges of the first fol. and also those of the 6th to the 15th slightly damaged; some foll. worm-eaten; condition very fair; this Ms. contains both the text and its interlinear explanation in Gujarati known as ṭabba; yellow pigment used; foll. 16 to 43 lacking; so are the foll. 46 to 48 and

222.
1871-72.

Page #182

17I.]
X. 11 Angas
157
55; foll. 43 etc., up to 54 also numbered as 7th etc.; foll. 56 to 83 numbered also as 2, 3 etc. ; the foll. 84 to 95 doubly numbered, the second set being I, 2 etc. This Ms. terminates at the first संघरद्वार, the work being hence
incomplete. Age.— Pretty old. Subject.- The text along with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- ( text ) fol. I' नमो अरिहताणं जंबु(बू) इणमो etc.
,, -- (com.) ,, ,, नमो वीतरागाय .... .... ....'मस्वामी कहि छइ etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. 95* सिद्धवरसासणमिमं आघधियं मुदेसियं पसत्थं छ पढम
संवरदारं इति समत्तं ति बेमि ॥ १॥ समाप्तं श्री छ॥ , - (com. ) fol. 91b वीतरागने कह्यउ ॥ उपदिस्यउ ॥ प्रधान ॥ इति
संपु(पूर्ण ॥ श्रीसुधर्मस्वामि जंबुस्वामि प्रति कहि छइ ॥१॥ N. B.- For additional information see No. 159.
प्रश्नव्याकरणासूत्रपर्याय Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtraparyāya No. 171
736 (7).
1875-76. Extent.- fol. 4. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyaya ___No. 736 (I).
0 1875-76.. Subject.- Difficult words etc. occurring in Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtra
explained. Begins.-fol. 4* प्रश्नव्याकरणपर्याया यथा सूत्र व्यवस्थाध्यमतो विमृश्य व्याख्यान
कल्पादित एव नैव इति व्याख्यानकल्पात् etc. Ends.- fol. 4* वृद्धोऽयं अंधोऽयमिति भणित्वा ये सा(मा)रयंति ते संसारमोचकाः
व्रणे श्वयथुरायासीत् श्वयथुः शेफः । इति प्रश्नव्याकरणपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ।
L
Letters gone.

Page #183

158
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(172. प्रश्नव्याकरणाङ्गसूत्रपर्याय Prasnavyakaranangasutraparyaya
789 (7). No. 172
1895–1902 Extent.- fol. sb. Description. Complete so far as it goes. For further details see
787(1). Pañcavastukaparyāya No. &
1895-1902. Begins.-- fol. 56 579241* curator TAT I etc., as in No. 171. Ends.-- fol. 5* (s)o sietsurafat etc. N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 171.

Page #184

173.]
XI. 11 Angas
159
82.
THE ELEVENTH ANGA विपाकसूत्र
Vipākasutra (falta)
(Vivāgasutta ) No. 173
1869–70. Size.— 101 in. by 4.in. Extent.-- 29+1 = 30 folios ; 13 lines to a page; so letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Devanagari chara
cters with occasional quarts; bold, uniform, legible and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; fol. 1a blank; fol. 25 repeated; condition very good ;
complete. Age.-- Fairly old. Author.- Sudharmasvāmin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject. -- This work forms the inth anga. It is known as Vipāka
śruta, too. It deals with fructifications of good and bad karmans. It is divided into two parts known as Śrutaskandhas. They are styled as Duhavivāga or Duḥkhavipāka and Suhavivāga or Sukhavipāka. Each of them consists of
10 chapters known as adhyayanas. Begins.- fol. Ib auf Frau au TAVO *9 OTTÄ urft teatr TOOTH
guu HÈ ala etc. Ends.--- fol. 296 ga na ją ĦAUTOT ATT ÅTFO gefaattor HAFF
अज्झयणस्स अयमहे पण्णत्ते सेवं भंते सुहविवागा छ एक्कार(सोमं अंग समत्तं छ नमो श्रुतदेवा(ता)ये विवागमुयस्स दो मुय(क)खंधा । दुहविवागो (सुह विवागो य तत्थ दुहविवागे) दस अज्झयण एक्करस(सर)गा दस(स) चेव
दिवसेसु उहिस्संति एवं सुहविवागे वि सेसं ज[अहायारस्सं छ छ। Reference.- Published with Abhayadeva Súri's commentary and a
Hindi gloss by Vijaya Sadhu at Calcutta in A.D. 1876. The text as well as the commentary are published by the Ägamodaya Samiti in A. D. 1920 ( see p. 135 ), and in the Mukti-kamala Jaina Mohanamāla, Baroda, too, in Samvat 1976. The text together with the Gujarātī translation is published by Jaina Dharmaprasäraka Sabha in Samvat 1987. For contents etc., see Weber II, p. 524ff., Indian Antiquary vol. XX, p. 26 and Winternitz, Geschichte II, p. 306. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 395.

Page #185

160 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(175. विपाकसूत्र
Vipākasutra
1253. No. 174
1887-91. Size.--- 108 in. by 44 in. Extent.--- 35 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanāgari
characters with occasional gewrats; big, clear and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; fol. 1* blank; it it little bit torn; most of the foll. eaten away by white ants to a smaller or greater degree ;
condition unsatisfactory; complete ; extent 1250 ślokas. Age.- Old. Begins.-- fol. 10 abruptly try II
qui fraui qui ha qui etc., as in No. 173. Ends.- fol. 35° एवं खलु जंबू etc., up to सेस जहा आयारस्स as in
No. 173 followed by faguarare FIAT 113? !T
भवातु ग्रंथाग्रं १२५०. N.B.--For further particulars see No. 173.
विपाकसूत्र
Vipākasutra
120 (c). No. 175
1872-73. Extent.-- fol. 484 to fol. 676. Description.--- Complete. Fol. 675 blank. A piece of paper of the
same size as the fol. pasted to fol. 676. For further details
see No. ISI. Begins.-- fol. 48a atur Tesi etc., as in No. 173. Ends.-- fol. 67" Ta en sig etc., up ro HET STØTTFetc., as in No.
773 followed by a strana gara HAT STAT (:)
FT: HT: N. B.- For further particulars see No. 173.

Page #186

176.]
विपाकसूत्र
टब्बासहित
99
XI. 11 Angas
No. 176
Size.- to in. by 44 in.
Extent:- 7 folios; 13 lines to a page; 35 to 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thick and white; Devanagari characters; bold, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink, edges singly; this Ms. contains both the text and its explanation in Gujarati as well, the latter written above the corresponding lines of the former; numbers of foll. entered twice, once, in each of the two margins of the numbered side; fol. 7b blank; only the first chapter known as Subahuajjhayana and its ṭabba complete; this Ms. contains in addition जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिगत भरतचरित्र with tabba.
Age.--- Samvat 1758.
Subject. The first chapter of the second part of Vipakasutra dealing with the life of Subāhukumāra together with its explanation in Gujarati.
""
Begins.— (text) fol. 14 तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं । रायगिहे णगरे । गुणसिले (लए) are | सोहम्मे समोसढे । जंबू जाव etc.
Vipäkasutra with tabbā
102 (a).
1872-73.
161
~ ( tabbā. ) fol. 14 ते काल ॥ ते समो चोथइ आरइ ॥ राज्यगृह नामां नगर | गुणसिलो etc.
Ends.— (text ) fol. 7 एवं खलु जंबू । समणेणं जाव संपत्तेणं । सुहविवागाणं । पढमस्स अज्झयणस्स अयमट्ठे पण (ण) ते त्ति बेमि । पढमं अज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ॥ लिषितं ऋषि दूदाजी | आर्या स्यांमां गांगबाइ ४ पठनार्थ.
N B.-- For further particulars see No. 173.
21 [J. L. P. ]

- ( tabba ) fol. 7* सुषविपाकियाना पहिला अध्येनना ए अर्थ कह्या ति बेमि । सुषविपाकनो । ए प्रथम अध्येन पूर्ण थयो.

Page #187

162
विपाकसूत्रवृत्ति
No. 177
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Size.— ro‡ in. by 4g in.
Extent.— 17 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 63 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanāgarī characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, clear, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red; each of the foll. ra and 17 decorated with a design in red ink; red chalk used; unnumbered sides marked with a small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having over and above this two more, one in each margin; condition very good ; complete ; extent 1000 Ślokas.
Age.— Samvat 1603.
Author.— Abhayadeva Suri.
Subject.- Commentary in Sanskrit to Vipakasutra.
Begins.—fol. 1 ै नमः श्रुतदेवतायै ।
छ ॥ छ ॥
नवा श्रीवर्द्धमानाय वर्द्धमानश्रुताध्वने विपाकश्रुतशास्त्रस्यं वृत्तिकेयं विधास्यते ।
अथ विपाकश्रुतमिति कः शब्दार्थः । उच्यते विपाकः । etc.
Ends. fol. 16b इति द्वितीयश्रुतस्कंध (धे) प्रथमाध्ययन विवरणं ॥ एवमुत्तराणि नवाप्यनुगंतव्यानीति ॥ छ ॥ समाप्तं विपाकश्रुताख्यैकादशांग प्रदेशविवरणं

Vipakasūtravṛtti
329.
A. 1882-83.
इहानुयोगे यदयुक्तमुक्तं तद्धीधना द्राक्परिशोधयंतु ।
नोपेक्षणं युक्तिमदत्र येन जिनागमे भक्तिपरायणानां ॥
[177:
छ । कृतिरियं संविन (ग्न) मुनिजनप्रधानश्री जिनेश्वराचार्यचरणकमलं (ल)चंचरीककल्पश्रीमदभयदेवाचार्यस्येति ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं १००० ॥ छ || षडंग सूत्रवृत्तिसमन्वितं लेखयांचक्रे ॥
पंचांग (ग) पुस्तकमिदं कुमुदोपमानं पत्रावलीकलितमुज्ज्वलवर्णरम्यं

Page #188

178.]
XI. II Angas
यत्साधुभिर्म्मधुकरैः परिचुंब्यमानं जीयाच्चिरं सुगुरुराजविकाश्यमानं ॥
अक्षरमात्र पदस्वरहीनं व्यंजन संधिविवर्जितरेषं ।
साधुभिरेष मम क्षमितव्यं । कोऽत्र न मुह्यति शास्त्रसमुद्रे ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ शुभं क्षेमं कल्याणं । संवत् १६०३ वर्षे भाद्रपद म (सु) दि ५ शनउ ॥
Reference. Published. See No. 173. For an additional Ms. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 396.
विपाकसूत्रवृत्ति
No. 178
Size.- 1og in. by 4 in.
Extent. -- 17 folios; 17 lines to a page; So letters to a line. Description— Country paper, thin and greyish; Devanägarī characters ; clear, uniform and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in red ink and edges in two ; foll. ra and r7b blank; a strip of paper pasted to fol. r; red chalk used; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same side but in different margins; this Ms. contains the s of the
1116 (2)
Age- Samvat 1728.
Begins. – fol. 1' नमः श्रुतदेवतायै ।
163
original text; condition good; complete ; extent ślokas.

Vipākasūtravṛtti
185.
1873-74.
नवा श्रीवर्द्धमानाय etc., as in No. 177.
Ends. fol. 174 इति द्वितीयश्रुतस्कंध etc., up to प्रदेशविवरणं as in No. 177 followed by ग्रंथाग्रंथ १११६० ( ? ) Then we have :इहानुयोगे up to श्रीमदभयदेवाचार्यस्येति as in No. 177. This is followed by एवं पंचांगीसूत्रं वृत्तिसमन्वितं पंचांगीपुस्तक etc., up to विकाश्यमानं. Then follow the lines as under:
N. B. For further particulars see No. 177.
संवत् १७२८ वर्षे मिती कार्तिकवदि ५ दिने 'जेसलमेरु मध्ये वा विनयराज तेषां शिष्यपं (०) सकलहर्ष तेषां सुशिष्यविनयविमलेन लिपीकृता ॥

Page #189

164
विपाकसूत्रवृत्ति
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Age- Samvat 1512.
Begins. fol. 894 नमः श्रुतदेवतायै ॥
नवा श्रीवर्द्धमाना etc.
No. 179
Extent- fol. 89a to fol. 102.
Description- Complete; condition very fair. For other details see No 141.
बिपाकसूत्रवृत्ति
No. 180
Vipakasūtravṛtti
1206 (e).
Ends.fol. 102° इति द्वितीयश्रुतस्कंधे etc., up to श्रीमदभयदेवाचार्यस्येति as in No. 177 followed by श्रीरस्तु etc. संवत् १५१२ वर्षे श्री ' अणहिल्लपाटक' पत्तने 'श्री'खरतरगच्छे श्रीजिनवर्द्धनसूरिपट्टे श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरयस्तेषां पट्टे श्रीजिन'... श्रीजिन सुंदर सूरयस्तेषां पट्टे श्री.... • श्रीजिनहर्षसूरीणा Then we have the line in a different hand as under:पं० श्रीमान मेरुगण्युपदेशात् प्रतिरियं गृहीतेति ॥

1886-92.
[ 189.
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 20 folios; 15 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line.
Description.

I Letters are not quite legible, since the pigment is used.
2-3 Letters are not legible, owing to the yellow pigment used.
Vipākasūtravṛtti
330
A. .1882-83.
...
Country paper very thin and white; Devanagari characters with occasional TS; bold, clear, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same side, but, of course, in different margins; foll. 1a and 20b blank; yellowish pigment used; this Ms. contains only the ts of the original sutra ; complete ;extent 909 slokas; in the beginning of this Ms. we have a colophon of Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtravivṛti; condition very good.

Page #190

18.1
XI. II Angas Begins.- fol. x श्रीजिन ॥
नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय श्रीपार्श्वप्रभवे नमः ॥ [ छ ।। नमः श्रीसरस्वत्यै सहायेभ्यो नमो नमः ॥ इह हि गमन(नि)काथै यन्मया(5)भ्यहयोक्तं
किमपि समयहीनं तद्विशोध्यं सुधीभिः नहि भवति विधेया सर्वथा(s)स्मिन्नुपेक्षा
दर्श)यिति(त)जिनमतानां तायिनां चांगिवगर्गे ॥२ परेषां दुर्लक्षा भवति हि विवक्षा स्फुटमिदं ।
विशेषाद् वृद्धानामतुलवचनज्ञानमहसां॥ निराम्नायाधीभिः पुनरतितरां मादृशजले (नैः)
ततः शास्त्रार्थ(ों) मे वचनम(न), पु(दुोलभमिह । छ ॥३ तत च जैः(ततः सिद्धांततत्त्वज्ञैः?) स्वयमूह्या प्रयत्नतः न पुनरस्मदाख्यात एव ग्राह्यो नियोगतः ॥४ तथैवं मात्रा(स्तु) मे पापं संघमत्युपजीवनात् । वृद्धन्यायानुसारिद्धीन(त्वात्) हितार्थे च प्रवृत्तितः ॥ ५ यो जैनाति(भि)मतं प्रमाणमनघं व्युत्पादयामासिवान् ।
प्रस्थानैर्विविधैर्निरस्य निखिलं वादादिसंबंध(धि) तत् ॥ नानावृत्तिकथा(कथा)पथमतिक्रांतं व(च) चक्रे तपः।
निःसंबंधविया(हा)रमप्रतिहतं शास्त्रानुसारात्तथा ॥६॥ तस्याचार्यजिनेश्वरस्य मदवछादिप्रतिस्पर्द्धिनः
तबंधोरपि बुद्धिमा(सा)गर इति ख्यातस्य सूर बि । छंदोबंधानबद्धः बंधुरवचःशब्दादिसल्लाक्ष)णः ।
श्री(सं)विग्नविहारिणः श्रुतनिधे चारित्रचूडामणेः । शिष्येणाभयदेवाख्यसूरिणा वि(वृतिः) कृता । प्रश्नव्याकरणांगस्य श्रुतभक्त्या समासतः ॥८ निवृतज्ज्व(?)कुले नभस्तलचंद्रद्रोणाख्यसूरिमुख्येण ।
पंडितरणेन गुणवत्प्रयेण संशोधिता चेयं ॥९॥ छ नमः श्रुतदेवतायै etc., as in No. I77. Ends.- fol. 20" इति द्वितीयश्रुती(त)स्कंध etc., up to श्रीमदभयदेवाचार्यस्येति
as in No. 177 followed by ग्रंथानं ९०९ । शुभं भवतु ॥ छ । छ छ N. B.--For further particulars see No. 177.

Page #191

166
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
18t:
53.
विपाकसूत्रवृत्ति
Vipākasūtravitti No. 181
1870–71. Size.— 101 in. by 43 in. Extent.- 20 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description. Country paper tough and white ; Devanāgari charac
ters with occasional Tentals; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only ; unnumbered sides have a small disc mainly in red colour, in the centre; the numbered in the margins, too; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; foll 18 and 200 blank; edges of the first and the last foll. very slightly damaged ; condition on the whole very good; complete; extent 1167 ślokas; this Ms. contains in the
beginning praśasti of Praśnavyākaraṇāngasútravivști. Age — Pretty old. Begins.- fol. 1b - ॐ नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय । श्रीपार्श्वप्रभवे नमः
नमः श्रीसरस्वत्यै सहायेभ्यो नमो नमः ॥१ up to patrat ll(8)Then we have :TH: yaccare etc.,
TE BE UTALT etc., as in No. 180. Ends.- fol. 20* gatogaty. etc., up to jāapoi as in No. 177
followed by go so 338 il ya Hati N. B.- For further particulars see No. 180.
I These 9 verses form the 431
of the commentary of the 10th anga.

Page #192

182:
I. 12 Upangas
167
II. 12 UPANGAS
THE FIRST UPANGA
औपपातिकसूत्र
Aupapātikasutra (उववाइयसुत्त)
(Ovavāiyasutta ) No. 182
72 (c)
1880-81 Extent. -- 25 leaves; 4 to 7 lines to a leaf ; 140 letters to a line. Description. --- 1296 to 1535 leaves ; complete; extent 1167 ślokas.
For further details see Rājapraśniyasútra No. 190. Subject.-- This upānga is connected with Ācārāngasūtra, the first
anga ; hence it is looked upon as the first upānga. It deals
with gods and denizens of hells. Begins.-- leaf 1296 Ft alacrimi
or resor AO FAGU #9 ath horft etc., as in No. 183. Ends.- leaf. 1536 free for etc., up to 3agry w as in No. 183
followed by ग्रंथायं ॥छ । मंगलं महाश्रीः ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु
T$477*TT: 11 gillally I Reference. Published along with the Sanskrit commentary of
Abhayadeva Sūri and Gujarāti gloss of Amộtacandra, at Calcutta, in A. D. 1880. The text is edited with introduction, glossary etc., by E. Leumann at Leipzig, in A. D. 1883. A tolerably good edition of the text together with Abhayadeva Suri's commentary is published at Surat, in A.D. 1916 by the Āgamodaya Samiti. For analysis etc., see F. L. Pulle's “ Della letteratura dei G'aina", Punte I e II, e Aggiunte, Venezia, 1884-1886, Rajendralāla Mitra's “ A Catalogue of Sanskrit manuscripts in the library of his highness the Maharājā of Bikaner", Calcutta, 1880, and Indische Studien vol. XVII, pp. 389-411. For other details see Weber II, p. 536 and Indian Antiquary vol. XX, p. 367ff. For another Ms. see G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 43.

Page #193

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[8.
औपपातिकसूत्र
Aupapātikasūtra वृत्तिसहित
with vrtti
175. No.183
1871-72. Size.-9 in. by 4g in. Extent.— 83 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 30 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and white ; Devanāgari charac
ters with पृष्ठमात्राs; this is a पश्चपाटी Ms., the text written in the centre and in a bigger hand; legible and very good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; numbers of foll. entered only once; fol. ra blank; the fol. 83 slightly worm-eaten here and there; condition on the whole very good; this Ms. contains the text as well
as the commentary ; both complete ; extent 4955 ślokas. Age.-- Not modern. Author of the commentary- Abhayadeva Suri. Subject.-- The first upanga together with its commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.- (text) fol. I ॐ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।
तेणं कालेणं (तेणं स)मएणं चंपा नाम नगरी होत्था । etc. --(com.) fol. Ib नमः ॥
श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य etc., as in No. 184. Ends.- (text) fol. 824
सिद्ध त्ति य बो(बु)द्ध त्ति य पारगय ति(त्ति)य परपु(रपोरगय त्ति उम्मक्ककम्मकवया अजरा अम(रा) असंग्ग(गा)य २०॥ णिच्छिण्णसव्वदुक्खा जाइजरामरणबंधणविमुक्का अव्वाबाहं सुख अणुहोती सासयं सिद्धा । २१ अतुलसहसागरगया अवाबाहं [मु] अणोवमं पत्ता
सवमणागतमद्धं चिटंति [संही] सुहं पत्ता ॥ २२ ॥ छ उ(व)वाइय संमत्तं । छ । ग्रंथाग्रं १५०० ॥
, - (com. ) fol. 82° अजरा etc., up to संशोधिता चेयमिति as in
No. 184 followed by छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं ३४५५ । छ etc. सूत्रग्रंथ १५००॥
ऋषमसुंदराय वाचनार्थ । छ । छ । श्रीपार्श्वनाथप्रसादात् कल्याणमस्तु Reference- Published. See No. 182.

Page #194

1. 12 Upangas
169 औपपातिकसूत्रवृत्ति
Aupapātikasūtra vrttu
141. No. 184
1873-74. Size.- Io in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 58 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line Description.-Country paper thin and white; Devanagari charac
ters; clear, small and fair hand-writing ; ink faded; borders ruled in two lines in red ink, edges singly; dissolution of syllables indicated by vertical strokes; red chalk and yellow pigment used; condition excellent ; complete ; ex
tent 3135 ślokas. Age.- Sarmvat I892. Author.-- Abhayadeva Suri. Subject: - Commentary in Sanskrit to Aupapātikasūtra. Begins.- fol. I.
श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य प्रायोऽन्यग्रंथवीक्षिता
औपपातिकशास्त्रस्य व्याख्या काचिद्दिधीयते ॥१॥ औपपातिकमिति कः शब्दार्थः उपपतनं उपपातो देवनारकजन्माऽसिद्धिगमनं
वाऽतस्तमधिकृत्य कृतमध्ययनमोपपातिकमिदं etc.. Ends.- fol. 57' तथा अजरा वयसोभावादमरा आयुषोभावादसंगाश्च सकलक्केशा
भावादिति । निच्छिन्नगाहा ॥अतुलगाहा ॥ व्यक्तार्था एवेति ॥छ । औपपातिकवृत्ति समाप्तेति ॥ छ ॥
'चंद्रकुल विपुलभूतलसानिपुंगवर्द्धमानकल्पतरोः कुसुमोपमस्य सूर्यणसा(सौरभभारतभुवनस्य ॥१॥ नि(निःसंबंधविहारस्य सर्वदा श्रीजिनेश्वराहस्य शिष्येणाभयदेवारव्यसूरिणेयं कृता वृत्तिः ॥२॥ 'अणहिलपाटक'नगरे श्रीमद्रोणाख्यसूरिशिष्येण ।
पंडितगुणेन गुणवत्प्रियेण संशोधिता चेयं ॥ हात छ । ग्रंथानं ३१३५॥ युगाभ्रतिमि(मिति संख्ये(ऊ)न्द गते विक्रमसंख्ये(७)ब्दे गते विक्रमसंवत्सराव औपपातिकसूत्रं तु सवृत्ति लिखितं शुभं ॥ छ॥ संवत्१८९२ वर्षे माधवकृष्णप्रतिपद्यां तिथौ धरणीसतवासरे लिपकृितं
धनविजयेन'कुचेरा मध्ये श्रीभद्रं श्रेयकल्याणं भवतु सर्वदा इदं पुस्तकम् ।। Reference.- Published. See No. 182.
22 J. L. P.]

Page #195

170
औपपातिकसूत्रवृत्ति
No. 185
Extent. --
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
73-3=70 leaves ; 4 to 7 lines to a leaf; 140 letters to a line.
Begins-leaf 154 ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ।
Description. This work commences on leaf 154b and ends on leaf 226. Leaves 221, 223 and 224 missing; otherwise complete ; this Ms. contains the colophon; total extent 3135 $lokas. For further details see Rajapraśniyasūtra No. 190.

Aupapatikastravṛtti
78 (d). 1880-81.
श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य etc., as in No. 184.
Ends. leaf 2264 तथा अजरा वयसो etc., up to संशोधिता चैर्य इति ग्रंथाई ३१३५ as in No. 184 followed by अक्षरमणना स्थापितमिति ॥ छ ॥
आनंदकंदोद्गमवारिवाहः सदा सुरश्रेणिनरेंद्रवंद्यः । प्रभाभिरामो भवतां विभूत्यै ।
प्रभुश्रीजिनवर्द्धमानः ॥ १ ॥
[185.
सच्छायपर्वो धनजैनधर्मः
स्थानेषु सर्वेषु विशेषितश्रीः । वंश (:) प्रसिद्ध भावे पल्लिपालाभिधो (S) स्ति भूभीभृतिलब्धरूपः ॥ २ ॥
अजनिष्ट विशिष्टीः । तत्र मुक्तामनिप्रभः । आरसिंहो महतेजो कुमरदेवी व तत्प्रिया ॥३॥ श्रीमत्सूर्तिजनप्रमांहिकमले धर्मे प्रपद्यानधुं ।
reer मुदा ।
यातुर्यो प्रतिमा
श्रावृति पत्र वित्तवचनं क्षेत्रेषु सप्तत्वथो ।
तन्वंती तनुजान मनुजाधीशः समाजस्तुतान् ॥४४॥ प्रथमोऽजयसिंहाख्योऽभयसिंह द्वितीयकः । आमकुमारो मारश्री: धांधलो धरिधीरभूत् ॥५॥ अतः (थ) चतुर्णा गृहिणी स्पृहणीयसतीगुणाः । संज्ञा पुत्रपौत्रायां परिवर्णे यथाक्रमं ॥६॥ पाच (म) जयसिंहस्य हीरुगउरिसंज्ञेति । deaण सांगणौ पुत्रौ हीरुकुक्षिसमुद्धौ ॥७॥

Page #196

1861 1. 12 Upangas
iyt होसहयोटिलाख्या) प्रिया(s)यस्य नाम्ना मंजबडू ( ड) सतौ।
सुहागदेवी सद्धर्मचारिणी सांगस्य तु nu बल्लभाऽभयसिंहस्य नायिकिर्नयनामृतं । सुतश्चाल्हणतिहो(s)स्या [आल्हणदेवी च तत्प्रिया ९॥ आल्हणासंहस्वसा स्वस्तिश्रस्त्रिकुलं(ल)भूषणं । सोहगामियदेजास्यः संग्रामः सोहगांगजः१०॥ पत्नी त्वामकुमारस्य धनदेवी गुणोज्ज्वला: । जिवाज्ञासरसीहंसावासचंद्राजडौ सतौ ॥११॥ अधिकाप्रितयं चंपल्लतामहनदेव्यथ । मुहवा मल्लासिंहस्तु चंपलायास्तनूरुहः ॥१२॥ जयतलदेवीनाम्ना(s) स्त्यासचंद्रस्य वल्लभा । अमरसिंहप्रभृतयः पुत्राः पितरि वत्सलाः ॥१३॥ तुर्यस्य धांधल(स्य) स्यात्तरिया धांधलदेविका । सत्यनसोमनामा(5)स्ति सहजलास्य च प्रिया ॥१४॥ इतश्व अश्रावि सुश्राविकया कुरंदेव्या(s)न्यदा मुदा। श्रीजिनप्रभसूरीणां गुरूणां धर्मदेशनां ॥१५॥ उदयं नीतो दिनकद शमी घनेह दीषितो दीपः। नयनं च कृतं जगतां जिनवचनं लेखितं येन ॥१६॥ अथोपपपतिकोपांगराजप्रश्नीयपुस्तकं । निशम्य देशनां तां सा स्वाभेयोऽश्व व्यलीलिखताब) ॥१७॥ श्रीरत्नसिंहरीणां गच्छे 'आवम संज्ञिते। वर्षउ() सध्यायसाधूनां व्याख्यानार्थमदान्दा ॥१८॥
सुगंगपतु श्रीसंघस्य । N. B for other details see No. 184.
औपपातिकसूत्रवृत्ति
Aupapātikasūtravrtti
581 No. 186
1884-86. Size.- 10 in. by 4 in. Extont. 6 folios; 13 to 15 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a fire. Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanāgari charac
ters with occasional GT ITS; small, legitte and good love to the writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; yellow

Page #197

172
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1187.
pigment used; edges of the first and last foll. worn out to some extent; foll. 14 and 766 blank; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; condition on the whole good;
complete ;. extent 3125 ślokas. Age.- Samyat 1665. Begins.--fol. ab sofrertura 3/1 217&sfHET AA: 11
wa SHIFANART etc. Ends.-- fol. 76 तथा अजराबयसो etc., up to कृता वृत्तिः as in ___No. 184 followed by ग्रंथाग्रं ३१२५ अक्षरगणनया स्थापित etc.
संवत् १६६५ वर्षे पोषमासे शुक्लपक्षे चतुर्थीदिवसे लिषतं श्री जेसलमेर मध्ये।
FECHTRT JH Wall etc. N. B.— For additional particulars see No. 184.
91.
187278.
औपपातिकसूत्रवृत्ति
Aupapātikasūtravrtti No. 187
1872-73. Size.- 11} in. by 43 in. Extent.--- 75 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 53 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanāgari
characters with THTETS; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; fol. 12 blank ; so is the fol. 756; a portion on the right hand side of fol. 1b is kept blank, probably with a view to decorate it with a picture of a Tirthařkara ; foll. numbered only once; the first few foll. worm-eaten especially at the corners; condition good; yellow pigment used at times; red chalk, too ; this Ms. does not contain the texţ but only the
garas; complete ; extent 3125 ślokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.- fol. rasta.HITATART etc., as in No. 184. Ends. - fol. 75 तथा अजरा etc., up to संशोधिता चेयमिति as in
No. 184 followed by Turi 3884117 11 11 N. B.- For further particulars see No. 184.

Page #198

188. ]
1. 12 Upangas
173 औपपातिकसूत्रवृत्ति
Aupapātikasūtravrtti No. 188
220.
1902-7. Size. - 98 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 65 folios ; 15 lines to a page; so letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and white ; Devanagarī charac
ters with earaS; small, clear and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; foll. numbered twice as usual; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged; fol. 1* blank except that the title of this work and its extent are written ; fol. 656 blank; condition
very good ; complete; extent 3125 ślokas ; Age.- Pretty old. Begins. — fol. 103 (3) ART TSIT 11
sia SHTATART etc. as in No. 184. Ends.- fol. 65a fita atga: fagyittera gagrag II
त्तिय गाहा ॥ सिद्धा इति etc. सकलक्लेशाभावादिति । महायर्का(?)थे एवेति ॥ छ । औपपातिकवृत्तिः etc., up to संशोधिता चेयं as in No.
184 followed by FA II T 3324 1 Bft etc. N. B.-For other details see No. 184.

Page #199

174
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
THE SECOND UPANGA
राजप्रभीयसूत्र (रायप सेणीयसुत्त)
No. 189
Size.— 1o‡ in. by 4g in.
Extent.— 43 folios; 16 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description. Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional gears; small, legible, bold and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used ; fol. ra blank ; so is the fol. 43 ; a part of the text written on fol. 12; condition very good; complete; extent 2509 slokas.
Age.-- Pretty old.
Subject.
Rajapraśniyasūtra ( Rāyapaseniyasutta )
Begins. fol. 1' उ (ॐ) नमो (मः) श्रीवीतरागाय [ : ] ॥
This is the second upanga. It mainly deals with the birth of King Pradesi as Suryabha deva, his celestial grandeour and enjoyments, his staging of a drama and a dance in the presence of Lord Mahāvīra, description of his vimana (celestial car), and a dialogue regarding the identity of soul and body between him and Keśi nirgrantha, follower of Lord Parśva.
[ 189
1240.
1887-91.
नमो अरिहंताणं नमो सिद्धाणं etc, up to पढमं हवइ मंगलं ॥ १ ॥ तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं आमलकप्पा नाम जयरी होत्था । etc.

Ends. fol. 434 सव्वदुक्खाणमंतं करेमि ॥ छ । सेवं भंते सेवं मंते भगवं गोयमे समणं भगवं महावीरं । वंदइ णमंसइ । वंदित्ता नमसित्ता । संजमेणं तवसा अप्पाणं भावेमाणे विहरति ॥ छ ॥ णमो जिणाणं जियभयाणं । णमो
देवा भगवईए । णमो पण्णत्तीए भगवईए णमो भगवओ अरहओ पासस्स पस्से सु ( पस्से) । परसवणी ( णा ) णमो || ९| रायपसेणइयं सम्मत्तं ॥ ग्रं. २५०९ ॥ श्री ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भूयात् ॥ Then follows a line in different hand as under:--
पं. श्रीविजयचंद्रगणि प्रति
Reference. The text together with the Sanskrit commentary of Malayagiri Suri and the Gujarati commentary of Megharaja

Page #200

190. ]
II. 12 Upangas
175
>>
was published at Calcutta in A. D. 1880. The text is also published with Malayagiri Sūri's commentary in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, in A. D. 1925. For the narrative of King Pradesi etc., see E. Leumann's "Beziehungen der Jaina-Literatur zu andern Literaturkreisen Indiens. For the discussion of the title, etc., see "Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute", vol. XIV (1932-33), pp. 145-149. For other details see Weber II, p. 544ff., Indian Antiquary vol.XX, p. 369ff., and Winternitz, Geschichte II, p. 307. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 395.
राजप्रश्नीयसूत्र No. 190
Size. 33 in. by 24 in.
Extent. 226-3=223 leaves; 4 to 7 lines to a leaf; 140 letters to a line.
Description.- Palm-leaf durable and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written into three separate columns, but, really speaking, it is not so, since lines of the first column are continued to other columns; borders of each of the columns ruled in four lines in black ink; two holes in each leaf for the string to wooden planks encompass the Ms.; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand margin as 1, 2, etc., and in the left-hand one as in Acarangasūtracurņi No. 9; leaf 1a blank; some of the leaves worm-eaten; last few leaves torn into two pieces; condition on the whole fair; complete; extent 2079 slokas; this Ms. contains the following works in addition to this :
pass;
(1) राजप्रश्नीयसूत्रवृत्ति
( 2 ) औपपातिकसूत्र
( 3 ) औपपातिकमूत्रवृत्ति
Leaves 221, 223 and 224 are missing.

Rajapraśniyasūtra
72 (a).
1880-81.
leaves 51-128
129-153
154-226.

در
ور

Page #201

176
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 192,
Age.— Fairly old. Begins. — leat, Ib B FAT APATITITI
FAT Staroj etc. as in No. 189. Ends.- leaf. Sob Haag EITHÄFTIÀ 11 g Il Wi wa ## etc., up to
TRITTUTETTAFATITI 7 ll sju pong as in No. 189. N. B.-- For other details see No. 189.
राजप्रश्नीयसूत्र
Rājaprasnīyasūtra No. 191
74.
1869-70. Size.- 10.1 in. by 4 in. Extent.- 42 folios ; 15 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin and grey; Devanāgari
characters with occasional EAES; bold, clear though somewhat small and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black inkļ; yellow pigment used; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; a corner of the 2nd fol. damaged; condition on the whole good ; fol. 1' blank; so is the fol. 425 except that the sentence la BITUVEI Tar
is written on it; complete ; extent 2079 ślokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.- fol. I' नमो अरिहताणं etc., up to नमो लोए सव्वसाहूण। Then
follows aut imot etc. as in No. 189. Ends. fol. 42a WITCHETUTH etc., up to #AT as in No. 189
followed by ll 3 11 sf Il cor poug. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 189.
राजप्रश्नीयसूत्र
Rājaprasnīyasūtra No. 192
125(a).
1872-73. Size.-- 12 in. by 4in. Extent.- 88 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 66 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white ; Devanagari charac
ters with occasional TAES ; neither coo big nor too

Page #202

193.]
il. 12 Upangas
177
small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; unnumbered sides marked with a small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having two more, one in each margin; foll. 5 and the succeeding numbered twice as usual ; this work ends on fol. 324; this Ms. contains another work viz. राजप्रश्नीयसूत्रवृत्ति ( foll. 320- 886 ); foll. I to 31 more or less worm-eaten; so are the foll. 42 to 60 and 69 to 88; condition tolerably good; complete ; extent 2079 ślokas.
Age. — Samvat 1573
Begins.-- fol. ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
नमो अरिहंताणं etc., as in No. 191.
Ends. -- fol. 32 सव्वदुक्खाणमंतं etc., up to सम्मत्तं as in No. 191. Then
we have the following lines :
॥ छ ॥ समर्थितमिदं सूत्रं ॥ छ ॥ श्री ग्रंथाग्रं २०७१ ।। छ । मंगलमस्तु || ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ संवत् १५७३ वर्षे आसोमुदि३ रवौ श्री ' स्थंभतीर्थ वास्तव्य । ' उपकेश' वंशमंडन सो संग्राममुतसोनाभा० चांदू तत्पुत्री श्री गोरी तेन श्रीराजप्रसेणीसूत्रं लिषाप्य श्रीमद्' वृद्धतपा' पक्षे भ० श्रीलब्धिसागर - सूरितपट्टे सांप्रतविजयमानयुगप्रधान गच्छनायक श्रीधनरत्नसूरिराज्ये उपाध्यायश्रीमुनिसिंघगणितत्शिष्यपं नयसिंघगणिभ्यः पुस्तिका प्रदत्ता । शुभं भवतु लेखक पाठकयोः ॥ श्रीरस्तुः ॥ कल्याणं भूयाद्विने दिने ॥ श्री ॥ N. B.-— For further particulars see No. 189.
राजप्रभीयसूत्र वृत्तिसहित
No. 193
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. - 109 folios; 15 to 18 lines to a page ; 30 to 41 letters to a line.
Rajapraśniyasutra with vṛtti
317.
A 1882-83.

Description.--- Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanagarī characters with occasional чs; bold, big, legible and good 23 [J. L. P. ]

Page #203

178
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(194.
hand-writing; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; it is a quarat Ms. ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, edges in two; foll. 14 and 1096 blank; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; condition on the whole very good; numbers of foll. doubly entered as usual ;
complete; extent 3650 ślokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Author of the commentary.-- Malayagiri Sūri. Subject.-- The text in Präkrit along with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.- (text) fol. 1b qui Fredo NOT FAÇU etc., as in No. 189. » -(com.), 1b 3 FAC:) 11
Juha att etc., as in No. 195. Ends. - (text) fol. 1092 Heagatelui să etc., up to TTCENIC as in
No. 189 followed by a DTT R820 llg etc. ,, - (com.) fol. I08 जुगुप्साभाषणानि etc., up to वृत्तिका समर्थिता as in
No. 196 followed by z 11 yll der 640 11 7 l Reference.-- See No. 189. For an additional Ms. see G. O. Series
vol. XXI, p. 43.
राजप्रश्नीयसूत्रवृत्ति
Rajapraśniyasūtravrtti No. 194.
125 ( b ).
1872-73. Extent. fol. 326 to fol. 886. Description. --- Complete ; extent 3700 ślokas; edges of the last
(88 th) fol. somewhat damaged; foll. 42 to 60 and 69 to
88 worm-eaten; For other details see No. 191. Age.- Samvat 1573. Author.- Malayagiri Súri Subject.- Sanskrit commentary to Rājapraśniyasútra. Begins.-fol. 326 sota ai n aTUTTI (TH9TZERTUI
अधरीकृतनतवासवमुकुटस्थितरत्नसाचचक्रं ॥१॥ राजप्रश्नीयमहं विवृणोमि यथागमं गुरुनियोगात् etc.

Page #204

194.]
II. 12 Upāngas
179
Ends. - fol. 88° जुगुप्साभाषणानि विंसनानि धिग् [(मुंडने(डिते)त्यादिवाक्यानि
तर्जनानि अंगुल्या निक्षेपपुरःसरं निर्भर्त्सनानि ताडनानि । कशादिघाताः ॥ छ ॥ इति मलयगिरिविरचिता राजप्रश्नीयोपांगवृत्तिकाः] समर्थिता ॥ समाप्तमिति ।
प्रत्यक्षरगणनातो ग्रंथमानं विनिश्चितं ।
सप्तत्रिंशत् शतान्यत्र श्लोकानां सर्वसंख्यया ॥ छ । ग्रंथाग्रं ३७९८ (१३७००)॥ छ । शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ॥ छ । संवत १५७३ वर्षे कार्तिकमासे शुक्लपक्षे अष्टमीदिने रविवासरे श्री स्तंभर्थि'वास्तव्यश्री'उपकेश'वंशालंकारविहितश्री शत्रुजय यात्रापात्रादिवित्तव्ययकरणप्रमुखा(s)नेकधर्मकर्मप्रकार सा० लटकणभार्या संपूराई तत्पुत्र सा जगसी सा० नीनाभा जगसीभार्या श्री सोमाई तत्पुत्रसा०जयवंत सा० श्रीवंतभा० श्रीगोरी तेन श्रीमद् वृद्धतपागच्छगगनांगाणतरुणसमान । कलिकालयुगप्रधानश्रीरत्नसिंहसूरितत्पट्टानुक्रमेण श्रीउदयसागरसूरिश्रीलब्धिसागर सूरितत्पदृवारिधिनिशामणिभूरिमूरिश(शि)रोमणिश्रीगच्छनायकप्रभुभट्टारिकश्रीश्रीश्रीश्रीश्रीश्रीधनरत्नमारिराज्ये उपाध्यायश्रीमुनिसिंघगणितत्सष्य पं०नयसिंघगणिमु(ण्यु)पदेशेन श्रीराजप्रश्नीयवृत्ति(त्ति लिषाप्य वाचनार्थ पुस्तिका प्रदत्ता बुधैर्वाच्यमानं चिरं नंदतु ॥
सूर्याचंद्रमसौ यावत् द्योतयेते महीतलं ।
जीयात श्रीपुस्तकं यावत् । वाच्यमानं मुनिव्रजैः॥१॥ तथा च ।।
लेखयंति नरा धन्याः ये जिनागमपुस्तकं ।
ते सर्व वाङ्मयं ज्ञात्वा । सिद्धिं यांति न संशयः ॥२॥ श्री॥
॥ यादृशं पुस्तकं etc. ॥१॥ भग्नपृष्टिकटिग्रीवा बद्धमुष्टिरधोमुखं ।
कष्टेन लिषितं शास्त्रं यत्नवत् परिपालयेत् ॥२॥
शुभं भवतु लेषकवाचकयोः ।। कल्याणं भूयादिने दिने । Reference.-See No. 189. For an additional Ms. see B. B. R.A.S.
vol. III-IV, p. 395 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 42.

Page #205

230.
180 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(196. राजप्रश्नीयसूत्रवृत्ति
Rājapraśniyasūtravrtti No. 195
1871-72. Size.— 101 in. by 43 in. Extent.--- 73+1-1+1=74 folios : 16 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a
line. Description.- Country paper rough and white; Devanāgari charac
ters; small, clear and fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; most of the foll. numbered in both the margins ; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; fol. 39th repeated; the following fol. numbered as 41 and not 40; the Ms. ending abruptly, the last fol. newly added ;
condition very fair ; fol. 1* blank. Age.- Old. Begins.-- fol. 1b stuha atlatasat etc. Ends.- fol. 736 HT-PHUTATTUTT) etc., up to Fatuleraarar: as
in No. 194 followed by stufteafa AUFSTIFTAùÄ(T)ATEIPIT It ends thus. fol. 745 FT Anaxit streatuTute guftg Cat II Ea TroreMITHej HFAA 7: etc. N. B. For further particulats see No. 194.
राजप्रश्नीयसूत्रवृत्ति
Rājapraśniyasūtravịtti
168. No. 196
1881-82. Size.- 131 in. by s in. Extent.— 65-1=64 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 63 letters to a line. Description.--- Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanāgari charac
ters with TATTS ; bold, big, legible and elegant handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; fol. 1* blank; foll. 3 and 4 numbered together ; foll. 8 to 15 and 65 slightly worm-eaten ; edges of foll. 24 to 27 and 65 somewhat worn out; fol. 27" blackish ; the 28th

Page #206

197.]
II. 12 Upāngas
181
and the 31st foll. slightly torn in the body; foll. 31 to 53 and 57 to 65 darkish; some of them are a little bit torn owing to the foll. being brittle ; condition fair ; fol. 31 and the following doubly numbered as usual ; unnumbered sides of foll. 1 to 27 decorated with a small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having two more, one in each
margin ; complete ; extent 3700 Slokas. Age.--- Fairly old. Begins.-- fol. I' प्रण(म)त वीर etc., as in No. 194. Ends.--- fol. 65 जुगुप्ताभाषणानि etc., up to कशादिघाताः as in No. 194.
Then we have :
अधरीकृतचिंतामणिकल्पलताकामधेनुमाहात्म्याः विजयंतां गुरुपादा विमलीकृतशिष्यमतिर्वि(वि)भवाः ।
राजप्रश्नीयमिदं गंभीरार्थ विवृण्वता कुशलं
यदवापि मलयगिरिणा साधुजनस्तेन भवतु कृती छ इति मलयगिरिविरचिता राजप्रश्नीयोपांगवृत्तिका समर्थिता छ ।
प्रत्यक्षरगणनातो ग्रंथमानं विनिश्चित
सप्तत्रिंशत् शतान्यत्र श्लोकानां सर्वसंख्यया ग्रंथानं छ श्री छ छ छ छ ॥ साधवीरत्नश्रीशिष्यिणीसाधवीरंगश्री
शिष्यणीसाधवीकपूरश्रीकेन प्रति समर्पिता। N. B.--For further particulars see No. I94.
राजप्रश्नीयसूत्रवृत्ति
Rājapraśniyasūtravrtti
72 (b). No. 197
1880-81. Extent.-- 78 leaves ; 4 to 7 lines to a page ; 140 letters to a line. Description.- Complete. The work commences on leaf 51* and ends ___on leaf I28". For further details sce Rājaprasniyasutra
No. 190. Begins. -leaf SI प्रणमत वीरजिनेश्वर etc., as in No. 194. Ends.- leaf 128' जुगुप्साभाषणानि etc., up to इति मलयगिरिविरचित
राजप्रश्नीयोपांगत्तिका:] समर्पि(र्थिता ॥ छ । छ । छ । N. B. ---For further details see No. 194.

Page #207

182
Jaina Literature and Pliilosophy
[ 198.
THE THIRD UPANGA जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्र
Jivājivābhigamasūtra जीवाजीवाभिगमसुत्त)
(Jivājivābhigamasutta ) No. 198
1263.
1891-95. Size.— 125 in. by 47 in. Extent.-- 134 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and while ; Devanāgari charac
ters with TTATETS ; quite legible, very big, uniform and very beautiful hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; the intermediate space between the pairs coloured red ; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to fol. 1a; foll. Ib and za decorated with beautiful pictures, the ist with that of Samavasarana with a Jina delivering a sermon and the 2nd with that of the audience; numbers entered thrice; once at the top in the left hand margin and twice in the right hand margin at the top as well as at the bottom; double set of numbers: 1, 2, 3 as usual and 89, 90, etc. as well ; i. e. to say the ist is also numbered as 89 ; unnumbered sides are mostly decorated with one circular disc in the centre, the numbered with two more, one in cach margin ; even these arc embordered at times; yellow pigment used; red chalk, too; condition very
good ; complete; extent 5200 ślokas. Age.-- Samvat 1557 or at least not earlier. Su bject. This third u pānga deals with the fundamental principles
of Jainism. It furnishes us with details about the animate
and inanimate objects. Begins. -- fol. 15 AĦN FFAMATT I PHÌ THIETTU I agafarg fremstalui 1
इह खलु जिणमयं जिणाणुलोम(ग)। जिणप्पणीयं जिणप्परूवियं । etc. Ends. -- fol. 134' 39Tha SFO STITUTT I 219TH ET STUTATOTT I STTCAIA
रिक्ख अणंतगुणा सेयं दसावहा जीवापन्नत्ता । से तं सब्धजीवाजीवाभिगFEET HII glej PTT 11Y700 Il yü Hall 11 7: 11 sat: 11 This is followed by the following lines in a small hand :

Page #208

198.]

III. 12 Upangas
श्रीमन्महे महेभ्यश्रेणिसमृद्धेऽत्र 'भेलडी' नगरे | पूर्व पाहूणसिंह: 'प्रागवंश' (शा) वतंसकः समऽभूत् ॥१॥ तत्रैव सुजनरंजन | जिनभवनविधापनैकविधिना यः । सुकृतार्थी सुकृतार्थी । चकार निजमर्जितं वित्तं ॥ २ ॥ पाल्पादेवी नाम्नी । गृहिणी स्पृहणीयसद्गुणा तस्य । निजनिर्मलतरपक्ष । द्वितययुता राजहंसीव ॥ ३ ॥ डूंगरनामा तनय । स्तयोरभूरिगुणगणोपेतः । सारूः सा रूपवती । सती च सीतेव यद्रयुवती ||४|| तत्तनौ त्तनौ विशिष्टविनयावुभौ शुभौ जातौ । प्रथमः सीधरनामा सोभाकः सो (शोभते ह्यपरः ॥ ५ ॥ निर्मलदृष्टिनिरीक्षण | विशुद्धनाणकपरक्षिणपराभ्यां । याभ्या' मणहिल्लपुरे' परीक्षकत्वाभिधा दधे || ६ || सीधरवधूकपूरीर्गुणैकपूरैः प्रपूरितदिगंता । विनयविवेकविचारस्फारसदाचारशृंगारा ||७||
श्री सीधर ( : ) प्रतिष्ठां कथं न लभते परीक्षकप्रवरः । श्रीजिनपतिप्रतिष्ठां विधापयामास विधिना याः ॥ ९ (८१) || तत्तनय पासवीरो गुणगंभीरः परीक्षकोटीरः यत्कारितगृह चैत्यं कस्य न चित्तं चमत्कुरुते ? ॥१०॥ नवदंतभ्रमरी ! गजाऽश्वरथनरसुतोरणादियुतं । संप्रत्यपि चैत्यमिदं । नृणां प्रीणाति चित्तानि ॥ ११॥ पूतलिनाम्नी तस्य च भार्या शुभकार्यकरणनिष्णाता । देवगुरु निबिड भक्तिव्यक्तिप्रतिवासितस्वांता ॥ १२ ॥ जिनशासनप्रभावक पितृपक्षस्व (श्व) सुरपक्षसंपूर्णा । शोभासौभाग्यवती । पतिव्रता पूतलिर्जयति ॥ १३ ॥ पुत्रास्तस्यास्त्रयो(s) मी रामादेवाख्य (क) वर्द्धमानाख्याः । विश्वोपकारकरणप्रगुणाः सगुणा विराजते ॥ १४॥
कीकी मानीनाम्ना । भार्यायुगलं विभाति रामस्य । देवाकस्य रमाई | हाँसीरिह वर्द्धमानस्य ॥ १५ ॥ देवस्य वर्द्धमानस्य पुत्रौ जातौ क्रमादिमौ । जगपालसूर चंदौ (द्रौ) सूरचंद्रसमप्रभौ ॥१६॥
ततश्व
श्रीसूरीश्वर सोमसुंदरगुरुप्रष्टः प्रतिष्ठा [ : ]स्पदं । तत्पट्टे मुनिसुंदराख्यगुरवः सौभाग्यभाग्यालया ( : ) ।

183

Page #209

184
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
श्रीमंतो जयचंद्रसूरिगुरवः प्रज्ञाप्रकर्षाद्भुताः । सूरींद्रा गुरुरत्नशेखर इति ख्यातावदातास्ततः ॥१७॥ लक्ष्मीसागर गुरवस्तपट्टे सुमतिसाधुसूरिवराः । तत्पट्टे विजयंते संप्रति गुरुहेमविमलसूरींद्राः ॥ १८॥ तेषां च विजय (य) राज्ये श्रीजिनमाणिक्यगुरुविनेयानां । श्रीगुरु अनंत हंस प्रवरगुरूणां सदुपदेशात् ॥ १९॥ नगशरतिथि(१५५७) मिते (त) वर्षे हर्षेण परीक्षिपासवरण । चित्कोशलेखनस्य प्रारंभः कारयामासे ॥ २० ॥ साधार्मिकare ((स)ल्य । श्रीकल्पमहाद्यगण्य पुण्यानि । कुर्वन बंधुसमेतस्तदंऽगजो रामनामा(s) यं ॥ २१ ॥ बहुमूल्य पट्टिकाद्यं स्फारफरंगीकतीफक सुपृष्ठं । सज्ञातरूपरूपं वराक्षरं चतुरचित्तहरं ॥ २२ ॥ पदलक्षषद्वत्रिंशत्सहस्रमानं समग्र सिद्धांतं । निजजनकप्रारब्धं संपूर्णमली लिखद्भक्त्या ॥२३॥
कुलकं ॥

[198.
संशोधितः स्वशक्त्या शुभभूषणनामपंडितप्रवरैः विबुधजनवाच्यमान (:) चित्कोशो ( ( ) यं चिरं जीयात् ॥ २४ ॥ चतुर्विय 'मोद' ज्ञातीयभवाडीवासात श्रीनाथ लिखितं ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ छः ॥ श्रीः ॥ शुभं भवतुः
Reference. The text together with the Sanskrit commentary of Malayagiri Süri, the Gujarati paraphrase etc. was published at Ahmedabad, in A. D. 1883. The text is also published with Malayagiri Suri's commentary in the D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 50 in A. D. 1919. For contents etc., see Weber II, p. 549 and Indian Antiquary, vol. XX, p. 371. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 390. See also Rajendralal Mitra's "Notices", vol. VIII ( 1885 ), p. 332 and Studi italiani di Filologia indo-iranica, vol. IV,
pp. 19-20.

Page #210

200.]
III. I2 Upangas
185
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्र
Jīvājivābhigamasūtra
1635. No. 199
1891-95. Size.-- 10.1 in. by 4.} in. Extent.-- 4 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin, rough and white; Devanā
gari characters; sufficiently big, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in two lines in black ink, the space between them coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; condition good ; this Ms. seems to iuclude sūtras 65 to 95 of the printed edition ; complete so far
as it goes ; fol. 4b blank. Age.- Not quite modern. Subject.- Exposition of the hellish beings. Begins.--- fol. I ॥६०॥ तत्थ णं जे ते एवमाहंसु चतुविहा संसारसमावण्णगा जीवा
पण्णत्ता ॥ नेरईया तिरिक्खजोण(णि)या मणुस्सा देवा ।। से किं तं नेरईआ सत्तविहा पण्णत्ता पढमपुढविनेरइया बीयातईयाचउत्थीपंचमाछहीसत्तमापुढविनेरइया ॥ सत्तविपुढवी णं किंनामा किंगोत्ता घम्मा नामेणं ॥ रयण
प्पभा गोत्तेणं बीया वंसा नामेणं सक्करप्पभा गोत्तेण ॥ Ends. - fol. 4 अच्छिनिम्मिय(स)मेत्तं णत्थि सुहं दुक्खमेव अणुबद्धं ॥
नरए नेरइआणं ॥ अहोनिसं पञ्चमाणाणं ।। इति जीवाभिगमे नरगावचारनारगीवेदनाविचारालापकः समाप्तः॥ भिन्नमुहुतो नरएसं ॥ तिरियमणुएस डंति चत्तारि ॥
देबेसु अद्धमासो । उक्नोसविउब्वणा भणिया ॥
जीवाभिगमे Reference. ---- See No. 198.
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्र
Jivājivābhigamasutra टब्बासहित
with tabbā
195. No. 200
1871-72. Size.- 99 in. by 4 in. Extent.-258+I-I-I+I-I%257 folios; I6 lines to a page3B
__40 letters to a line. 24 J. L. P.

Page #211

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 201.
Description.-- Country paper thin and white; Devanagarī characters with पृष्टमात्राs; bold, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; a piece of paper of the same size as the folio pasted to fol. 1; it is blank; this Ms. contains both the text and its explanation in Gujarati written above the corresponding lines of the text; fol. 13 repeated, fol. 19 lacking; fol. 172 numbered as 173 also ; fol. 186 repeated; fol. 196 missing; foll. 9, 11 and 13 slightly torn; foll, 217 to 221 worm-eaten to some extent; condition on the whole good; yellow pigment used; complete ; extent 4700 Ślokas.
Age. – Samvat 1702 ( ? ).
Subject. The text along with its explanation in Gujarāti. Begins. — (text) fol. 1 श्रीभगवत्यै नमः ॥
णमो उसमादियाणं चउवीसाए etc., as in No. 198,
186
""
- (com) fol. 1b श्रीसारदानि नमीनिं नमस्कार हु रिषभादिक चुबीस तीर्थकरनि नमीनि etc.
Ends. -- (text) fol. 258 अपढमदेवा असंखेज्ज etc, up to तिरिक्ख अनंतगुणा as in No. 198 followed by the lines as under:---
से दसवा सव्वजीवा पं । से तं सव्वजीवाभिगमे ॥ छः ॥ जीवाभिगमसूत्रं ॥ श्लोकसंख्या ॥ ४७०० ॥ शुभं भवतु छः ॥ छः ॥ श्रीरस्तुः ॥ लेषकपाठकयोः ॥ संवत् १७०२ वर्षे चैत्रवदि २दिने । श्रीमस्तु ॥ श्रीरस्तुः ॥
etc.
,, – (com.) fol. 2584 भेद सर्व जीवना कहीइं । ते जीवाभिगम कहीइ ॥ छ ॥ इति जीवाभिगमटबु समाप्तः । संवत् १७३ (१) वर्षे प्रथम श्रावणशुदि २ दिने । लषितं । ग्रंथाग्रं सहसहसतः (?) संख्या श्लोकऽनुमानं । श्रीः रस्तुः । श्री पार्श्वनाथप्रसादेन लषितं ॥ etc.
Reference. — See No. 198.
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्राविवृति
No. 201
Size.— 1o in. by 4g in.
Extent.- 240 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 52 letters to a line.

Jivajivābhigamasutravivṛti

152.
1873-74.

Page #212

201.]
III. 12: Upāngas
187
Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanāgari charac
ters with पृष्टमात्राs; bold, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment as well used ; a piece of paper of the same size as the folio pasted to fol. It; it is blank ; paper used for foll. i to 103 brittle ; foll 12 to 240 numbered twice, once, in each margin, on one and the same side ; this Ms. contains the commentary with the rates of the original text; fol. 48th slightly torn ; edges of the last fol. partially worn out; condition on the whole very good ; complete ;
extent 14000 ślokas. Age.- Samvat I718. Author.- Malayagiri Suri. Subject. - Commentary in Sanskrit to Jivājīvābhigamasūtra in
Prākrit. Begins.- fol. I श्रीवीतरागाय ॥
प्रणमत पदनखतेजःप्रतिहतानाशेषनम्रजनांतामर । धीरं परतीर्थियशोद्विरदघटाध्वंसकेसरिणं ॥१॥ प्रणिपत्य गुरून् । जीवाजीवाभिगमस्य विवृतिमहमनघां ।
विदधे गुरूपदेशात् प्रबोधमाधातुमल्पधियां ॥२॥etc. Ends.-- fol. 240* पक्षपातोऽप्यत्र कल्याणहेतुः । राजयक्ष्माहंकारादिदुःखसमुदयस्य
विपर्यस्तदर्शनं त्वनायेति । त्याज्य एतदनुगुणो व्यवहारः, कार्या सदैवसन्मार्गप्रतिपत्तये मार्गानुसारिबोधबहुश्रुतजनैः संगतिः । तद्योगतः सकलापायविरहिणां चिरमभिमतफलसिद्धेः ॥
जयति परिस्फुटविमलज्ञानविभासितसमस्तवस्तुगुणः । प्रतिहतपरतीर्थिमतः श्रीवीरजिनेश्वरो भगवान् ॥१॥ सरस्वती तमोवृंदं शरज्जो(ज्ज्यो)नेव(स्ने) निन्नती। नित्यं वो मंगलं दिश्यान्मुनिभिः पर्युपासिता ॥२॥ जीवाजीवाभिगमं विवृण्वता(5)वापि मलयागरिणेह । कुशलं तेन लभंतां मुनयः सिद्धांतसद्बोधं ॥३॥
इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचिता श्रीजीवाभिगमटीका समाप्तम् ॥ ग्रंथाग्रंथ १४००० ॥ संवत् १७१८ वर्षे फागु(ल्गुणवदि १३तिथौ ॥ Then follow the lines as under in the same hand-writing but perhaps not belonging to this work :

Page #213

188
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(202.
जीवा द्विविधा(:) सूक्ष्मा(:) स्थूलाश्च द्विप्रकारा जीवा वर्त्तते । ते जीवा द्विविकल्पास्तेषां हिंसा प्रकारद्वयेन भवति संकल्पत आरंभि(भ)तश्च तत्र संकल्पतः श्राद्धानां हिंसानिषेधः ते अपि द्विविधाः सापराधा निरपराधाश्च तत्र सापराधानां संकल्पतो(डोपि हिंसाया न निषेधो निरपराधानां तु संकल्पतो निषेधः ते(s)पि द्विविधा(ः) सापेक्षाऽथ च निरपेक्षास्तत्रापेक्षया निरपराधानामपि पुत्रादीनां शिक्षानिमित्तं वधादिकरणे न निषेधः । पुनः तत्र सूक्ष्मा(:) पृथिव्यादयः पंच स्थूलास्तु द्वींद्रियादयश्चत्वारः तत्र श्राद्धानां सूक्ष्महिंसायास्तु न प्रत्याख्यानं ततो दश विसोपका गताः दश स्थिताः तदनंतरं संकल्पारंभादिभेदतोऽर्द्धार्द्धकरणेन सपादविशोपका जीवदया भवति श्राद्धानां अतो देशेनेत्युक्तं ।
विदारणाकर्मततेर्विराजनात्
तपश्रिया विक्रमतस्तथाऽद्धतात् । भवत्प्रमोदः किल नाकिनायक
श्वकार ते वीर इति स्फुटाभिधां ॥१॥ Reference.- For an additional Ms. see G. O. Series vol. XXI(p.42).
For further details see No. 198.
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रविवृति
Jivājīvābhigamasutravivrti
No. 202
270. A. 1882-83.
Size.- 93 in. by 43 in. Extent.- 238-3+ I = 236 folios ; I7 lines to a page ; so letters to
a line. Description.- Country paper rough, tough and white ; Devanāgari
characters with TCHETTS; small, clear and very fair handwriting ; borders ruled in sour lines in black ink, and edges singly in red ink ; a piece of paper of the size of a folio pasted to fol. I' ; fol. I blank ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; the first few foll. slightly worm-eaten in several places; fol. 52nd slightly damaged ; an edge of fol. 233 partly gone; condition on the whole very fair ; fol. 28, 58 and 227 mis sing; otherwise complete ; fol. 208th repeated; extent 14000 Slokas.

Page #214

203. 1
Ill. 12 Upanga's
Age.-- Pretty old. Begins. --- fol. 16 TUHA E etc. „ „ 238 TATTCT(ST): etc., up to dathiaiataetat
FATE(FT) as in No. 201 followed by J etc. dj. 3800(0) 11 880001 J etc.
N. B.- For further particulars see No. 201.
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रविवृति
Jivājivābhigamasūtravivsti
153. No. 203
1873-74. Size.- 101 in. by 4} in. Extent.— 222 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 5 1 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and grey ; Devanāgari characters
with qytets ; clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; a piece of thick and white paper pasted to fol. 1'; numbers of foll. entered twice, once, in each margin, on one and the same side ; foll. 175, 176 etc. are wrongly numbered as 164, 165 etc., in the left hand margins; the fol. 200th
numbered wrongly as 190th ; condition excellent; complete. Age.- Pretty old. Begins fol. 1b 3 qat ataery II
TUTHA Cae etc. as in No. 201. Ends.-- fol. 222b पक्षपातोऽप्यत्र etc., up to श्रीजीवाभिगमटीका as in
No, 201. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 201.

Page #215

190
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 205.
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रविवृति
Jivājivābhigamasutravivrti No. 204
1264.
1891-95. Size.— 123 in. by 4in. Extent.--- 301 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin and grey; Devanāgari
characters with E S ; quite bold, uniform, big, perfectly legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. 19 and 3016 blank ; a small piece of paper pasted to a corner of the ist fol. ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 57th torn; most of the foll. have their edges worn out; for, the paper is brittle ; a small strip of paper pasted to an edge of foll. 296 to 300 and to both the edges of fol. 3016; condition on the whole
tolerably good; complete ; extent 14000 ślokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.-- fol. Ib zo zo TĦT STATOTTT 11
ha
q uat: etc. as in No. 201. Ends.-- fol. 3000 metaratsua etc., up to HanaTAZIFT as in
No. 201 followed by FATAT: 117 11 TEST FEAT: 11 7 11 sft:
etc. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 201.
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रविवृति
Jivajivabhigamasutravivrti
700.
No. 205
1892-95. Size.-- 101 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 289 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanāgari charac
ters with TTATETS ; bold, sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; strips of paper pasted to fol. 1'; small pieces pasted to the corners of foll. 2 to 44; edges of the last fol. slightly

Page #216

III. 12 Upangas
191
damaged ; condition on the whole very fair; red chalk used; numbers of foll. entered in two different margins of one and the same side; complete ; extent 14000 Ślokas. Age.- Samvat 1618.
Begins. - fol. r ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
207.]
प्रणमत पदनख etc, as in No. 201.
Ends. - पक्षपातो ( s) प्यत्र etc., up to ग्रंथाग्रं १४००० as in No. 201 followed by the lines as under :
श्रीः । छ ॥ श्रीरस्तुः ॥ श्री ॥ यादृशं पुस्तके etc. संवत् १६१८ वर्षे जेष्ट (ज्येष्ठ) सुदि ७ रवौ लषितं ॥
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 201.
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रपर्याय
No. 206
Extent. - fol. 4.
Description. No. 736 (1).
1875-76.
Subject. Some of the words etc., occurring in Jivājivabhigamasutra explained in Sanskrit.
Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyāya
Begins. - fol. 44 जीवाभिगमस्य यथा सतः संभूतभावस्य वाररूपं फलं च यत इति सतः आप्तात् । संभूतभावस्य शास्त्रस्येत्यर्थः ॥ etc.
Jivajivābhigamasutraparyāya
736 (8). 1875-76.
Ends. – fol. 4' तदाधिपत्यादाभासः सत्त्वार्थेषूपजायते इति सत्त्वार्थेषु पुरुषार्थेषु इत्यर्थः ॥ इति जीवाभिगमपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ॥
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रपर्याय
No. 207
Extent. --- fol st

Jivajiva bhigamasutraparyāya
789 (8). 1895-1902.

Page #217

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Description. Complete. For further details see 789 (1). 1895-1902.
paryaya No.
192
Begins.
Ends. - fol. 5 तदाधिपत्यादाभासः etc.
N. B. For subject see No. 206.
fol. 5 etc., as in No. 206.
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्र पर्याय
No. 208

Jiväjivabhigamasutraparyaya
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रपर्याय
No. 209
Extent. fol. 6ra to fol. 62.
Description.
No.
Begins. fol. 61a
Ends. fol. 626 gala ang slat etc.
N. B. For subject see No. 208.
209,
Extent. fol. 37a to fol. 37.
Description. Complete. For other details see Pañcavastuka_736 (1). 1875-76.
Pañcavastuka
paryaya No.
Subject. Some of the difficult words etc., occurring in Jīvājīvābhigamasutra explained in Sanskrit.
Begins.- fol. 37^ इह खलु इति अनुविचिंत्य विसृश्य इहे ( है ) व मनुष्यलोके इदमध्ययनं स्थावराः प्रज्ञापितवन्तः । तच्च जिनमतं जिनस्य महावीरस्य मतं आचारादिदृष्टिवादांत प्रवचनं । १ etc.
Ends. fol. 37° उप्पत्ति । समए कालंतरे तस्स पडियं । जीवाभिगम सूत्रपर्यायाः refstar:
736 (29).
1875-76.
etc. as in No. 208.
Jivajivābhigamasutraparyāya
789 ( 29 ). 1895-1902.

Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyāya
789 (1). 1895-1902.

Page #218

212. )
III. 12 Upangas
193
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रपर्याय Jivājīvābhigamasūtraparyāya
332 ( 12 ). No. 210
A. 1882-83. Extent. — fol. 51° to fol. 534. Description. - Complete. For other details see Nandisútravisama
padaparyāya No. padaparyāya No.
332 ( 1 ).
A. 1882-83. Begins.- fol. 51^ TT re ga salariatica etc., as in No. 208, Ends.- fol. 53o SCTIÊT I FAT fra etc, N. B.- For subject see No. 208.
Jivājiväthigainasutravrttiparyāya
sitarsitarihinnaaleaalia
No. 211
736 ( 30 ). 1875-76.
Extent.-- fol. 376 to fol. 38*. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyāya No.- ?
736 ( 1 ).
1875-76. Subject.-- Explanation of some of the difficult words etc., occurring
in the commentary of Jivăjivābhigamasutra. Begins.--- fol. 376 Talat Tarawi: H
a aa grote Faite: I etc. Ends.-- fol. 382 warsta asiaatia: TATATE: Forfar parasti
योनिस्तेषामुत्पत्तिस्थानम । जीवाभिगमवृत्तिपर्यायः समाप्तः ।
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रवृत्तिपर्याय
No. 212 Extent.- fol. 626
25 - (J. L.P. ]
Jivajivabhigrumasutravrttiparyay:
789 ( 30 ). 1895-1902.

Page #219

194
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(213.
Description.--- Complete. For other details see Pancavastuka
paryāya No. __ 789 (1).
paryaya No. 1895-1902.. Begins.- fol. 626 afafa etc. as in No. 211. Ends.— fol. 62b7ae3fifa etc.
N. B.- For subject see No. 211.
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रवृत्तिपर्याय Jivajivabhigamasutravrttiparyaya
332 (13). No. 213
A. 1882-83. Extent.—- fol. 534 Description.-- Complete. For other details see Nandisūtravişama
padaparvava No 332 ( 1 ).
padaparyāya No. A, 1882-83. Begins.-- fol. 5 34 agatefa Tara TAFE: ctc., as in No. 211 Ends.- fol. 534 graftfarfarfaarfat: 1 etc,
N. B.-- For subject see No. 211.

Page #220

214 )
IV. 12 Upangas
195
THE FOURTH UPANGA
प्रज्ञापनासूत्र
| Prajiāpanasutra ( quoque)
( Pannavaņäsutta )
761. No. 214
1892-95. Size. — 12 in. by s in. Extent.— 164 + 2 + 1 = 167 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; so letters
to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and grey in colour ; Devanāgari
characters with east; bold, big, uniform, legible and beautiful hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the space between the pairs coloured red in most of the cases; the dandas drawn in red ink; edges of the first two foll. damaged ; strips of paper pasted to the margins of fol. 1*; two foll. having the same written portion as given in the first two foll. added; unnumbered sides marked with a small ciucular disc in red ink; the numbered having two more, one in each margin ; red chalk used; the yellow pigment, too; strips of paper pasted to the fol. 163 on both the sides ; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to the fol. 164th (the last); in spite of that its edges somewhat worn out; the matter written on fol. 164" reproduced on another fol. written on a white paper; condition tolerably good;
fol. 1646 blank; complete; extent 7980 ślokas. Age - Samvat 1586. Author -- Śyāmācārya; he is at times identified with Kālikācārya. Subject.---This fourth Upānga which is also called Prajñāpanā-Bhaga
vati throws flood of light on the nine tattvas in special. It
is divided into 36 chapters known as padas. Begins.--fol. 10 THT TREATO I AĦTIATIU I FAT BAITSTU I FAT34
ज्झायाणं । नमो लोए सव्वसाहूणं।
घवगयजरमरणभये सिद्धे अभिवंदिऊण तिविहणं। धंदामि जिणवरिंदं तेलोले(क)गुरूं(5) महावीरं ॥१॥ etc

Page #221

196
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[215.
Ends..-fol. 164 निच्छिण्णसव्वदुक्खा जातिजरामरणबंधणविमुक्का ।
सासयमवाबाहं चिट्ठति सुही सु हं पत्ता। छ । इति श्रीपण्णवणाए भगवतीए समुग्घायपदं छत्तीसइमं सम्मत्तं
प्रत्यक्षरगणनया अनुष्टुपछंदसा(सां) मानमिदं ॥ ग्रंथानं ७९८० ॥ यादृष्टं(शं) पुस्तकं दृष्ट्वा etc.
यदक्षरपरिभ्रष्टं स्वरव्यंजनवर्जितं ।
त(त्) सर्व क्षम्यतां देवि(?) किंचित् स्खलतां मम तैलाद्रक्षे etc.
संवत् १५८६ वर्षे माहसुदि बारस सोमे लषतः ॥ शुभं भवतु etc. Reference. — The text in Prākrit together with the Sanskrit com
mentary of Malayagiri Sūri, the Sanskrit version of Nánakacandra and the Gujarāti commentary by Paramananda was published at Benares in A. D. 1884. The text is also published with Malayagiri Sûri's commentary in the Āgamodaya Samiti Series, in two patrs in A. D. 1918 and 1919 respectively. See H. Jacobi's "Das Kälikäcärya-Kathānakam" ( Z. D. M.G. vol. XXXIV). See also Rajendralal's Notices voi. VIII ( 1885), pp. 60-61 and 70-72, Weber II, p. 559 and Indian Antiquary vol. XX, p. 373 ff. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 394 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 13.
प्रज्ञापनासूत्र
Prajījāpanāsūtra
216. No. 215
1871-72. Size.- Iod in. by 4g in. Extent. --- 316 + 1 + 1 = 318 folios ; 11 lines to a page ; 35 letters
to a line. Description.- Country paper, thin, tough and white ; Devanägari
characters with पृष्टमात्राs; bold, big, clear and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; fol. 1a
big, clear and good hand

Page #222

215.]
IV. 12 Upāngas
197
blank ; edges of the first five foll more or less damaged ; some of the foll. worm-eaten; notes in Gujarati written in the margins of foll. 83, 84 and 213 to 223; foll. 123 to 315 have their edges more or less worn out; condition on the whole fair; fol. 199 repeated; so is the fol. 237; the 316th fol. is unnumbered and seems to have been written in a different hand on a different sort of paper; complete; extent 8100 Ślokas.
Age..
Samvat 1771.
Begins.—fol. 1b ॐ नमो (मः) श्रीवीतरागाय
नमो अरहंताणं नमो सिद्धाणं etc, as in No. 214.
- fol. 3162 जातिजरामरण etc., up to गणनया as in No. 214 followed by अनुष्टुपदं (पूछंद)सा मानमिदं ग्रंथाग्रंथ ८१०० प्रमाण छई इति पण (ण) वासूत्रं समाप्तं ॥
Ends. --
श्रीमत' तपा' गणविभासनतापनाभः
भव्याशु (सु) म [ह] हृदय कैरवराजिरंजः आसीद् गुरुर्विमलसोमगणाधिराजः
सौंदर्यधीरगुणमंडलवारिराशिः ॥ १ गच्छे तत्र विशाल सोमगुरवः श्रीसूरयः सांप्रतं ।
वर्तते महिमंडले गणपदप्ताप्त ( प्राप्त ? ) तिष्ठास्पदं ॥ नानावाङ्मय [:]सागरांबुतरणे सद्बुद्धिनावांचिता ।

चारित्राचरणेन दुष्करतपः श्रीस्थूलभद्रोपमाः । २ तद्गच्छे(s) भूत् क्रियापात्रं विद्वज्जनशिरोमणी । श्रीमद्विषं (पंडितपांडिताग्रणी (:) || ३ तत्सिष्य शेवकधनविमल साधुधन विमलसतः । प्रज्ञापनाख्यसूत्रम् (स्य) वार्त्ता चक्रे मनोहरा ॥ ४ यत्क्वचित् लिषितं कूटं सूत्रार्थोभयतस्तथा । विद्वद्भितथ्य सर्वे सो (शो) ध्यं कृपापरै (:) (५) संवत् १७७१ वर्षे समाप्ताः ॥
N. B. For other details see No. 214.

Page #223

198
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1216.
प्रज्ञापनासूत्र
Prajñapanāsutra
No. 216
763. 1899-1915.
Size.-- 10.1 in. by 4. in.
Extent. — 233 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, thin, rough and grey; Devanagari
characters with frequent पृष्ठमात्राs; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk and white pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; fol. 1a decorated with a design in red colour; the unnumbered sides have one disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; several foll. more or less worm-eaten ; edges of the first and last few foll. slightly
worn out; condition very fair ; complete; extent 7787 ślokas. Age.-- Samvat I581.
Begins.-tol. I नमो सुयदेवयाए ॥
नमो अरिहंताणं etc.
Ends.---fol. 2334 जातिजरामरण etc., up to गणनया as in No. 214
followed by अनुष्टुपछंदसां मानमिदं ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथानं ७७८७ ॥ छ ॥ श्री॥ संवत् १५८१ वर्षे ज्येष्ट(ष्ट)वदि ११ शुक्रे लिखितम् ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥छ ।। श्रीरस्तु ।। संवत् १५८१ वर्षे श्री खरतर गच्छे । श्रीजिनहंससूरिविजय(यि)राज्ये । गंगाजलपवित्रे 'वरहडीया गोत्रे श्री सातलमेरुवासि पुण्याभासि साहसेषापुत्ररत्नसाहरेक्खा सुश्रावकेण पुत्रसा. आंबा सा श्रीवंत सा
आंबापुत्रईसर ।षेतसीप्रमुखपरिवारसश्रीकेण श्रीप्रज्ञापनोपांग लेखितं । श्रीधवलचंद्रमहोपाध्यायशिष्यपंगजसारगणीनामुद्यमेन ॥ वाच्यमानं चिरं
नंदतु ॥ श्री॥ N. B.--- For additional particulars see No. 214.

Page #224

218.1
प्रज्ञापनासूत्र
No. 217
Size. 101 in. by 41 in.
Extent.
line.
Description.
-325-4321 folios; II lines to a page; 33 letters to a
IV. 12 Upangas
Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters with occasional TTS; big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 1 and to fol. 325 as well; strips of paper pasted to foll. 2, 3, 41, 42, 322 to 324 and 325b; condition tolerably good; a small disc in red colour in the centre of each side of the foll.; yellow pigment used, red chalk, too; foll. 148 to 151 missing; otherwise complete; foll. 1" and 3256 blank; extent 7787 slokas.
Age.-Pretty old.
Begins. – fol. 16 ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ।
Ends. fol. 325a
प्रज्ञापनासूत्र टीकासहित
नमो अरहंताणं नमो सिद्धाणं as in No. 214.
âm etc., up to atafa as in No. 214. Then we have:
३६ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं १७८७ छ ॥ श्री.
N. B. For other details see No. 214.
199
No. 218
Size. 10 in. by 41 in.

Prajñāpanāsutra
445.
1882-83.

Prajñāpanāsutra with tikā
Extent.- 339+1 340 folios; 18 lines to a page; 56 to 62 letters to a line.
762.
1892-95.

Page #225

200
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[218.
Description. -- Country paper rough, thin and greyish ; Devanāgarī
characters with Tehas; this is a grei Ms., containing the text and its commentary, the former written in a somewhat bigger hand; clear and good hand-writing ; the space for the text not reserved ; red chalk and white paste used, the latter profusely; foll. numbered in both the margins ; both the sides of the foll. have three discs in red colour, one in the centre and two in the margins; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 1a ; fol. 3396 decorated with a design in three colours ; strips of paper pasted to several foll. ; corners of foll. 2 to 4 slightly worn out; condition very fair ; diagrams drawn on foll. 66, 7a etc.; fol. 74th repeated ; complete ; extent of the text 7787 ślokas; that of the
commentary 15000 ślokas. Age -- Pretty old. Author of the commentary. - Malayagiri Sūri. Subject. -- The text in Prākrit together with its commentary in
Sanskrit. Begins.—(text ) fol. 16 B F# STATITIT !!
FAT STATUT etc., as in No. 217. , (com. ) fol. 16 3 HA: FATTI
Auf HHCAT etc., as in No. 219. Ends.- (text) fol. 3385 Alfa TIHTOT etc., up to ug ar as in
No. 214 followed by the lines as under:--
इति पण्णवणाए भगवईए समुग्घायपदं छत्तीसइमं सम्मत्तं । छ । प्रत्यक्षरगणनया अनुष्टंपत्थ( ष्टुपच्छं )दस( सा )मानमिदं । छ । ग्रंथानं । LUCU 11 JH vad ll FCIUTAT I J 11 3 11 - (com. ) fol. 3392 sfa(a)fagfa etc., up to FAGAT TETTartar as in No. 220. Then we have:
JATİ 34000 TH TT etc.
Sal

Page #226

219. ]
VI. 12 Upangas
201
प्रज्ञापनासूत्र
?ajũấualiāsutra टीकासहित
with tikā No. 219
__ 116.
1872-73. Size.-- 93 in. by 43 in. Extent.- (text) 835 folios; 1 2 lines to a page; 30 letters to a line.
» - (com.), „ 14 » » » » 35 » » » » Description.--- Country paper thick, tough and grey; Devanagari
characters with TTS; this is a fia Ms., the text written in a very big hand-writing ; legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in thret lines in red ink and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; fol. Ia beautifully decorated; the ist fol. partly worn out; so some letters from the ist two lines are now gone; corners of some of tne foll, torn ; a strip of paper pasted to foll. 99", 104”, 1522 etc. ; some foll. wormeaten ; foll. 431 to 440 torn in two pieces; on the whole condition unsatisfactory; diagrams about 319axiFOTA etc.; on foll. 13. to 145, 1061, 1076, 3576, 3585, 359", 360b etc. toll. I to 395 numbered in both the margins; the rest numbered in the right hand margin only ; both the text and the com. complete ; the text has been wrongly noted as the 3rd upanga, perhaps through oversight ; extent of the text and that of the commentary 7787 and 14000 ślokas
respectively. Age.— Samvat 1701'. Begins.---( text ) fol. 16 H: sfiatatii
FÀT STRE TOT etc. » (com. ) agresiurgiqrantfaltuiaNett FA: 1 3o FH: सर्वज्ञाय ।
ATT FAÇAT etc. Ends.-( text ) fol. 834' ATPATIATU etc., up to graf()# ##
३६॥ as in No. 214 followed by इति श्रीपण्णवणा उपांगसूत्रं FAT all?ast ho gaiti #güf I go VUCU I
1. Some body seems to have tried to change this datc. 26 (J. L. P.]

Page #227

202
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[220.
Ends..--- (com.) fol. 834 संत(:) तिष्ट्रति up to समार्थता प्रज्ञापनाटीका as in
No. 220 followed by ग्रंथानं० १४००० ॥ प्रतिलंभिता चेयं प्रतिः प्रतिबोधिता( 5 )कब्बरक्षितिपतिप्रदत्तजगद्गुरुबिरुदसुंदरस्वमहिमातिशयाबहेलितमंदरसकलसूरिपुरंदरभट्टारकप्रभुभश्री२१हीरविजय सारिपट्टनमस्तलालंकरणकिरणमालिप्रतिमाप्रतिमभाग्यसौभाग्यनिधानप्रस( ? )नावधानसंधानप्राप्ता(s)कब्बरभूजानिपर्षद्वादिविजय बहुमानभ श्रीविजयसेनसूरिप? रावतकुंभस्थलपुलोमीपतिसमानापमानितकुमतिमतासंतताभिमानभ श्रीविजयतिलकसूरिपट्टप्रकटसिंहासनसार्वभौमसोमानुकारिहारिप्रतापबृहद्भानुप्रभाषाग्भारपराभूतप्रभूतापरमारियशक्षौमश्रीमत् 'तपा गणनरेश्वरशिर कोटीरहीरसंप्रतिविजयमानयुगप्रधानप्रधानश्रीगौतमोपमगुणसमाजश्रीमत 'तपा'गच्छाधिराजभ श्री२१विजयाणंदसूरीणां संप्रताप सीमा ऋषभदासभार्याझिकूनाम्नीभ्यां स्वश्रेयो (5)थे लाखेता च श्री राजनगर श्रीविकमार्कसमयाततिसंवत्१७०१ वर्षे चैत्रशुक्लपूर्णिमातिथौ सोमवासरे लपीतं ज्ञाती 'अउदीच्य' सहस्ररा ८ (?) मथूरादास ॥ छ ।
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रटीका
l'rajapanäsūtratīka No. 220
1288.
1886-92. Size. - Io in. by 4in. Extent. --- 285 - I = 284 folios ; I5 lines to a page ; 52 letter's to a line. Description. --- Country paper, thin, smooth, tough and grey;
Devanagarī characters with qe atas; bold, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. ja and 2855 blank; numbers of foll. entered twice, once in cach margin of one and the same side; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged ; condition on the whole good; the matter explained with corresponding figures (vide foll.7, 8, 38, 94, 96, 98 to 100 and 283); red chalk used ( see fol. soth. ); yellow pigment, too; the fol. 8şth numbered as 86 also, the 86th etc. hence numbered as 87 etc. ; this
Ms. contains the gates of the original sutra ; complete. Age.--Fairly old. Author. - Malayagiri Suri. Subject. --- Sanskrit commentary to l'rajucijaniasuta.

Page #228

221.]
11 12 Upangas
203
Begins. --fol. I) नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ।
जयति नमदमरम(मु)कुटप्रतिबिम्ब(न्)छद्मविहितबहुरूपः उद्धर्तुमिव समस्तं विश्वं भवपकतो वीरः । जिनवचनामृतजलधिं वंदे यद्विंदुमात्रमादाय ।
अभवन्नूनं सत्त्वा जन्मजराव्याधिपारहाणा: ॥ etc. Ends.... fol. 285° नमत नयभंगकलितं प्रमाणबहुलं विशुद्धसदबोधं
जिनवचनमन्यतीर्थिककुमतनिरासैकदुर्ललितं ॥ जयति हरिभद्रमूरि(ष)टीकाकृद्विवृत्त(त)विषमभावार्थः यद्वचनवशादहमपि जातो लेशेन विवृतिकरः ।। कृत्वा प्रज्ञापनाटीकां पुण्यं यदवाप मलयागरिरनघं ॥ त(ते)न समस्तो(७)पि जनो लभतां जिनवचनसद्धोधं ।। छ ।
इति श्रीमलयागरिविरचितायां प्रज्ञापनाटीकायां षदात्रिशत्तम पद
समर्थितं ॥ छ । समर्थिता प्रज्ञापनाटीका ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतुः ॥ छ । Reference.- Published. See No. 214. For additional Mss. sec B. B.
R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 394 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, pp. 13, 14 and 36.
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रटीका
Prajñāpanāsūtratikā (प्रदेशव्याख्या)
(Pradeśavyākhyā)
48. No. 221
1880-81. Size.- 22g in. by I] in. Extent.--- 98 leaves ; s lines to a leaf ; about 125 letters to a line. Description.--. Palm-leaf thin and greyish; Devanagari characters
with पृष्टमात्राs; small, partly illegible and tolerably fair handwriting ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really it is not so, since every line of the ist column extends to the rest; there are two holes in each leaf in the interspaces between the columns; leaves numbered in both the margins: in the right hand margin in numbers and in the left hand one, practically as usual in letters; a fragment preceding the 2nd ieaf seems to belong to the Ist; for, its counter part is blank; a few leaves in the beginning have their corners worn out; condition on the whole fair ; complete.

Page #229

204
Jaina Lilerature and Philosophy
221,
Age- Old. Author.- Haribhadra Suri. Subject.--- Commentary to Prajnapanasātra, styled as tikā by the
commentator but popularly known as Pradeśavyākhyā. Begins.--leaf id ... ... ... ... ससाचवाचवायभाय न कालघंटा जैन वचस्तदिह को
न रुजेत विद्वान् ॥ तच्चांगोपांगप्रकीर्णका ... ... ... ... -leaf 3 आसन्नोपकारित्वं कथमिति चेत् ॥ छ॥ उच्यते यतः सुतरतण गाहा || द्विविधानि रत्नानि भवति । द्रव्यरत्नानि । भावरत्नानि च। तत्र द्रव्यरत्नानि वैडूर्यमरकतेंद्रनीलादीनि । भावरत्नानि तु सूत्ररचनाद नि भावरत्नरिहाधिकारः । सूवरत्नानां निधानं२ निधानमिव निधानं तत्प्रस्तुतास्र(?). यत्वात् ॥ जिनवरेण । केवलिना किंभूतेन । भव्यजननितिकरण तत्र अनादिपारिणामिकभव्यभावयुक्तो मोक्षगमनयोग्यो भव्यजनः । निर्वृतिः निर्वाणं भन्यजनस्य सम्यग्दर्शनादिनितिमार्गकरणसी(शी)लः भव्यजननिर्वृतिकरः
कारणे कार्योपचारात् ॥ छ ।। Ends.---leaf 98 कालमिति समयपरिभावा(?षा) तिष्ठन्ति णिच्छिण्ण सव्वदुक्खा
गाहा निगदसिद्धा॥ सेयं(शेष) स्तन्त्र(? सूत्र)सिद्धं । नवरामियं भावना
दग्धे वीजे यथा(s)त्यंतं । प्रादुर्भवति नांकुर कर्मबीजे तथा दग्धे न रोहति भवांकुरः ।। प्रज्ञापनाप्रदेस(श)व्याख्यायां षड(ट)त्रिसत्तमपदव्याख्या समाप्तेति ॥छ॥ समाप्ता चेयं प्रज्ञापनाप्रदेस(श)व्याख्येति ॥ छ ।
आचार्यजिनभटस्य हि सुसाधुजनसेवितस्य सि(शि)ष्येण । Then in a different hand we have: जिनवचनभावितमतेवृत्तवतस्तत्प्रसादेन ॥ किंचित्प्रक्षेपसंस्कारद्वारेणेमं कृता स्फुटा। आचार्यहरिभद्रेण टीका प्रज्ञापना श्रु(? ते) ॥
सर्वहिताय नित्यं ।। ऽ... ... ... ... Reference. - See F. Kielhorn's Report and Indian Antiquary vol.
X, pp. I00-102, bombay, 1881.

Page #230

222. ]
IV. 12 Upangas
205
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रतृतीयपद
| Prajñāpanāsutratrtiyapadaसन्ग्रहणी
sarngrahani No. 222
763.
1892-95. Size.- Io in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 5 folios ; 16 lines to a page ; 33 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, tough aud white; Devanagari
characters; small, legible and very fair hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 56 blank; a portion of an edge of the first fol. worn out; condition on the whole good; foll.
numbered in the right hand margin only; complete. Age.-- Samvat 1703. Author.---- Abhayadeva Suri. Subject.--- This work is based upon Bahuvaktavyatā, the third pada
(chapter) of Prajñāpanāsūtra. It deals with the alpabahutva of living beings as compared with each other; this entire
subject is beautifully represented in 133 verses in Präkrit. Begins.-fol. I दिसि १ गइ २ इंदिअ ३ काए ४ जोए ५ वेए ६ कसाय ७ ले
सा य ८
सम्मत्त ९ नाण १० दसण ११ संजम १२ उवओग १३ आहारे १४॥१॥
भासग १५ परित्त १६ पजत्त १७ सुहुम १८:संनी १९ भव २० (5)थिए २१ चरिमे २२
जीवे अ२३ खित्त २४ बंधे २५ पुग्गल २६ सहदंडए चेव २७ ॥२॥ रुअगा पच्छिमपुत्वा । दाहिणओ उत्तरेण जहसंख । थोवा बहुआ बहुअर । बहुतमगा हुंति जीवाउ ॥३॥ जत्थ वणं तत्थ जिआ। बहुआ तं पुण जलस्स निस्साए ।
ता जत्थ जलं थोवं । तत्थ उ जीवाउ थोवयरा ॥ ४ ॥ etc. Ends. —fol. 5 मुहुम असमत्त अहिआ ६३ सुहुमवणस्सइ असंख पजत्ता ८४
सुहमसमत्ता ८५ सुहुमा ८६ भविआला] य ८७ निगोअ८८ वणजीवा ८९ ॥१३१॥
एगिंद ९० तिरिक्खा ९१ मिच्छद्दिष्टि ९२ अविरय ९३ तहेव सकसाया ९४
छउमत्थ ९५ ग ९६ भवत्थ ९७ सव्व ९८ सम्वे विसेसहिआ ॥ १३२॥

Page #231

206
Jaina Lileraluire and Philosoply
223.
अ अहाणउइपयं सव्वाजअप्पबहुमिअपयं तइअं qaquc I ATSTHUTTUë Fire 2 11 333 11
इति श्रीप्रज्ञापनोपांगतृतीयपदं(द)संग्रहणी समाप्ता गाणगजविजयलिखितं 'मेडता नगरे सं. १७०३ वर्षे वैशाष(ख)शुदि ७ दि मु.
वीरविजयपठनार्थम् शुभं भवतु ॥ Reference... Published with avacūri. See No. 111.
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रतृतीयपदसग्रहणी
Prajiapanāsūtratitiyapada
sariigrahani
18.
No. 223
1880-81. Size.- 121 in. by 1.in. Extent.---- 17 leaves ; 3 to 4 lines to a leaf ; 45 to 50 letters to
a line. Description.-- Palm-leaf durable and greyish; Devanagari charac.
ters with g as ; small, legible, uniform and good bandwriting; this Ms. presents an appearence as if the work is written in iwo separate columus ; but, really speaking, lines of the first column extend to the second ; none of the columns has its borders ruled ; red chalk used ; leaves numbered in the right hand margin only as af, 2, 3, 4, 5 etc. ; leaf Ia blank; so is the leaf 17'; a string passes through a hole in the space between the two columns and has a button attached to one end of the string; several leaves slightly worm-eaten ; condition, however, on the whole good ; complete ; two wooden planks encompass
the Ms. Age.-- Old. Begins.--leaf F T T etc. Ends.---leaf 16" सुहम असमन ctc., up to संगहियं ॥ १३३ practically
as in No. 222 followed by gaufgitaarzqhEUT
HET 11 Eetc. N. B.- For other details see No. 222.

Page #232

225.]
IV. 12 Upangas
207
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रतृतीयपद
Prajna alläsutratriya|bada - सङ्ग्रहणीवृत्ति
sarigrabaņiyrtti
1393. No. 224
1891 - 95. Size.- Io in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 10 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper thin, rough and yellowish ; Devanä
gari characters with fra at times ; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. mostly numbered in the right hand
margin only; results pertaining to आयुर्बन्धकs etc., tabulated on fol. 74; fol. I0° blank ; condition very good; this
Ms. contains the tales of the text ; complete. Age. - Pretty old. Subject. - A commentary in Sanskrit elucidating Prajñāpanātrtiya
padasamgrahaņi. Begins.-fol. I दिसि० भासा परित इति परीताः प्रत्येकशरीरिणः शुक्लपाक्षि
काश्च तदद्वारं १६ भवति । भवसिद्धिकद्वारं १० अस्तीत्यस्तिकायद्वारं २१ एते दिग्विभागादि २७ द्वारैः पृथिव्यादीनां अल्पबहुत्वादिनिरूपणाय संग्रहणी
गाथाद्वयं ॥२ etc. Ends.-fol. I0. सर्वजीवा विशेषाधिका(:)। सिद्धानामपि तत्र प्रक्षेपात् । ९८ इअ०
इत्युक्तपकारेण प्राक्तनादस्मिन् महाडं(दं)डके भावप्रधानत्वानिर्देशस्य सर्वजीवाल्पबहुत्वमुक्तं ॥ अष्टनवतिसंख्यानि गर्भजमनुजादीनि पदानि पदानि यस्मिंस्तत्तथा । अथ । समर्थयन्नाह ॥ त्रि(तृतीयं पदं दिगादिसप्तविंशतिद्वारात्मकं बहुवक्तव्यताभिधानं प्रज्ञापनायाः श्रीअभयदेवमूरिभिः संगृहीतं ॥ बहुवक्तव्योपकारि सारार्थसंग्रहणेनेति ॥ इति श्रीप्रज्ञापनायाः तृताय
पदबहुवक्तव्यतावृत्तिः। Reference.-- See No. 222.
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रतृतीयपद
Torajñāpanasutrattiyapadaसङ्ग्रहण्यवचूार्ण
samgrahanyavacūrņi No.225
295.
A.1882-83. Size.-- 101 in. by 4; in. Extent.-- 3 folios; 29 lines to a page ; 92 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin, rough and white; Devana
gari characters; small, legible and tolerably good handwriting: borders ruled in two lines in black ink ; red chalk

Page #233

208
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[226.
used; edges of each of the foll. slightly worn out; condition very fair; this Ms. contains the gas of the text; foll. numbered in the righthand margin only; complete; the last fol. written in a slightly bigger hand; composed in Samvat 1474 (? ).
Age.- Pretty old.
Author.— Kulamandana Gani (?)
Subject. This work seems to be practically the same as No. 233; for, the opening lines agree.
Begins. -- fol. 1 दिसि० भासा परित इति etc. as in No. 224.
Ends. fol. 36 सर्वजीवा० etc, up to सारार्थसंग्रहणेनेति १३३ as in No. 224 followed by the lines as under:
श्रीदेवसुंदररोः प्रसादतो ( ( ) वगतजिनवचोऽर्थलवः । कुलमंडनगणिलिखत् अवचूर्णिमेकाब्धिभुवनाब्धेः (ब्दे) ||
छ || इति || श्रीप्रज्ञापनातृतीयपदसंग्रहण्यवचूर्णिः समाप्ता ॥ छ ॥ श्रीभवतु । श्रीः.
See No. 222.
Reference.
-
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रपर्याय
No. 223
Prajnapanasutrapalyāya
736 (9). 1875-76.
Extent. - fol. 4 to fol. 4.
Description. Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyaya No. 736(1).
1875-76.
Subject. Explanation of some of the difficult words occurring in Prajñāpanāsūtra.
Begins. fol. 44 प्रज्ञापना ( s) टादशपदे देशतो ( s) पि स्वावगाहना तत ( : ) प्रदेशो

यमनाहारकः etc.
Ends.fol. 4' अंतः अविच्छिन्नः संतत: पाहिंति विच्छिन्न इत्यर्थः
कृत्वेत्थमेतां यदवाप्तमंत्र पुण्यं मया तेन भवंतु भव्याः ।
प्रज्ञापनार्थीव गमात्रशुद्ध
भावान्विताः सत्त्वहिताय नित्यं ॥ छ #1
इति प्रज्ञापनापर्यायाः समाप्ताः ।

Page #234

229.]
IV. 12 Upangas
209
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रपर्याय
Pajñāpanāsutraparyāya No. 227
789 (9).
1895-1902. Extent.- fol. 5b to fol. 64. Description.- Complete. For further details see Pañcavastukaparyāya
No.
789 (1).
1895-1902.. Begins.-fol. 5 प्रज्ञापना(5)ष्टादशपदे etc. as in No. 226. Ends.-fol. 6 अंतः अविच्छिन्न: etc. N. B.- For subject see No. 226.
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रपर्याय
Prajñāpanāsutraparyāya
736 (31). No. 228
1875-76. Extent.- fol. 38. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya
736 (I ).
___No. 1875-76.
Subject.-- Explanation of some of the words occurring in Prajñā
panāsūtra. Begins.---fol. 38 विजेऊण इति वीजयित्वा उब्विस्थपंडु इति ईषत् शुभ्रा मृत्तिका
पांडुमृत्तिका । etc. Ends.-fol. 384 इत्थिवउ इति स्त्रीत्वविशिष्टा किंपुट्ठा इति पुट्ठो गाढअणंतर गाहाआदि इति भाषायाः।।
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रपर्यायाः समाप्ताः।
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रपर्याय
Prajñāpan\sutraparyaya
789 (31). No. 229
1895-1902. Extent.- fol. 62° to fol. 63*. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya
No. 789 ( 1 ).
- 1895-1902.. Begins.--fol. 62 विजेऊण इति वीजयित्वा etc. as in No. 228. Ends.-fol. 63* इथिवउ इति etc. N. B.- For subject see No. 228.
27
[J.L. P.]

Page #235

210
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[232.
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रपर्याय
Prajũapanasutraparyaya No. 230
__332 (14).
A. 1882-83. Extent.— fol. 534 to fol. 54%. Description.--Complete. For other details see Nandisutravisamapada
paryaya No. 332 ( 1 ).
paryaya NO. A. 1882-83.. Begins.-fol. 53 विजेऊण इति । वीजयित्वा उश्वित्थ etc., as in No. 228. Ends.-fol. 54 इत्थेवर इति स्त्रीत्वावशिष्ट किं etc. N. B.-- For subject see No. 228.
प्रज्ञापनासूत्र विवरण
Prajñāpanāsūtravivaraņaविषमपदपर्याय
vişamapadaparyāya
736 (32). No. 231
1875-76. Extent.- fol. 384 to fol. 39. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyāya
___No.-736 ( 1 ).
10. 1875-76.. Subject.--- Explanation of difficult words occurring in the commen
tary of Prajnapanüsütra. Begins.-fol. 38 सितमिति जीवे बद्धं । योगत्रयव्यापार इति यत्र सूत्रे यागत्रयं न
व्याप्रियते समुद्रव्यस्त एव etc. Ends.-fol. 39" इति पर्यंतांतर्मुहुर्त सेस । इति सेतस्यायुषः शेषं । छ ।
प्रज्ञापनाविवरणविषमपदपर्यायाः समाप्ताः । अंगोपांगपर्यायासमार्थताः ।।
प्रज्ञापनासूत्र विवरण
Prajñāpanāsūtravivaraņaविषमपदपर्याय
vişamapadaparyāya No. 232
789 (32).
895-1902. Extent.-- fol. 634 to fol. 64*. Description.--- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyāya
No. 789 ( 1 ).
NO. 1895-1902. Begins.-fol. 63 सितमिति जीवे बद्धं । etc., as in No. 231. Ends. --fol. 64* इति पर्यंतांतर्मुहत etc. N. B.--- For subject see No. 231..

Page #236

233.]
प्रज्ञापनासूत्र विवरणfaqmqçquia
No. 233
IV. 12 Upangas

Prajñāpanāsutravivarana viṣamapadaparyāya
332 (15).
A 1882-83.
Extent. fol. 54a to fol. 55.
Description. Complete. For other details see Nandisütraviṣama
332 (I).
padaparyaya No.
A. 1882-83.
Begins. fol. 54a fafafa fà Ends.-fol. 55 qιg à etc. N. B. For subject see No. 231.
211
etc., as in No. 231.

Page #237

212
सूर्यप्रज्ञप्ति ( सूरियपण्णत्ति )
No. 234
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
THE FIFTH UPANGA
Size. 103 in. by 43 in.
;
Extent. 86-1-85 folios; 11 lines to a page; 42 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, big, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink: most of the foll. worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent; foll. 1 and 86 blank, each of the foll. 32 and 34 wrongly numbered as 33; fol. 69 lacking; the folio 74th wrongly numbered as 73rd; complete; condition poor.
Begins. – fol. rb नमो (मः) श्रीवीतरागाय ॥ नमो अरिहंताणं ।
Ends. fol. 86a
Age.- Old.
Subject. A work on astronomy. This is the 5th upanga and it consists of 20 chapters called prabhṛtas.
I
[234
Suryaprajñapti (Suriyapannatti)

224. 1873-74.
तेणं काले तेणं समएणं मिथिला नाम नयरी होत्था रिद्धित्थिमियसमिद्धा पमुइतजणजाणव etc.
Reference. Published along with Malayagiri Süri's commentary in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, in A.D.1919.' In this connection may be consulted A. Weber's "Ueber die Suryaprajñapti" (Indischen Studien, vol. X, pp. 254-316), Leipzig, 1868, G. Thibaut's "On the Suryaprajñapti" (Journal of the
In this edition pp. 97 to 102 have been wrongly numbered as 91 to 96.

वीरवरस्स भगवतो जरमरणकिलेस देसरहितस्स वंदामि वियपणतो सोक्खुप्पाए सया पाए
छ सूर्यप्रज्ञप्तिसूत्रं संपूर्ण छ सहजइबाइ आर्या धनबाइनी दीष्टा - (?) नी पछि सही ३

Page #238

235.)
V. 12 Upāngas
213
Asiatic Society of Bengal, vol. XLIX, pp. 107-127 and 181-206 ), Calcutta, 1880, R. Shamasastri's articles published in the journal of the Mythic Society, vols. XV and XVI, and J. Burgess's “ Notes on Hindu Astronomy and the History of our knowledge of it" (Journal of Great Britain and Ireland, pp. 717-761 ), London, 1893. For quotations etc., see Weber I. p. 372 and II. p. 574ff., and Indian Antiquary vol. VII, pp. 28-29' and vol. XXI, p. 14ff. A summary etc. of this important work is given in “The Jaina School of Astronomy” published in Indian Historical Quarterly vol. VIII, No. 1, pp. 30-42. “A short chronology of Indian Astronomy" (I. H. Q. vol. VII, No. 1, pp. 137-149 ) may be also consulted. For a discussion in German see G. Thibaut's Astronomie, Astrologie und Mathematik (Grundriss der indo-arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde, Band III, Heft. 9 ), Strassburg, 1899. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 402 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 1.
सूर्यप्रज्ञप्तिटीका
Sūryaprajñaptitikā
No. 235
19. 1881-82.
Size.— 33 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- Not possible to state. Description.- Palm-leaf; Devanāgari characters with TAS;
small, legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written into three separate columns, but it is not so; borders for each column ruled in three lines in black ink: in the space between every two columns, there is a hole ; leaves numbered in both the margins, as in the case of other palm-leaf Mss.; since this Ms. is extremely damaged, it is
I.
Herein there is G. Bühler's article “ The Digambara Jainas", which discusses the connection between Trilokasāra and Suryaprajñapti.

Page #239

214
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 235.
not possible to note its beginning etc., moreover, leaves seem to be in disorder ; on leaf numbered as we find the line
as under :प्रश्नसूत्रमाह । ता उत्तराहिं इत्यादि । ता इति पूर्ववत् । उत्तरस्यां... condition very poor; the Ms. is placed between two durable
and thick wooden planks. Age.- Samvat 1389. This is what is written on a wooden plank
and also in the printed catalogue for 1881-82. Author.- Malayagiri Sūri. Subject.- A Sanskrit commentary to Suryaprajñapti in Prākrit. Reference.-- Published. See No. 234. For Lord Mahāvīra's descrip
tion etc. see A. Weber's Über ein Fragment der Bhagavati (Zweiter Theil, 1867, appendix I). For grammar see "The Prākrita-Lakshanam or Chanda's Grammar of the Ancient (Arsha ) Prākrit” edited by R. Hoernle, pt. I, Bibliotheca Indica, Calcutta, 1880.

Page #240

236.]
VI. 12 Upangas
I
THE SIXTH UPANGA
जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञत्ति (जंबुद्दीवपण्णात्त)
Jambūdvīpaprajñapti (Jambuddivapannatti)
No. 236
190. 1871-72.
Size.- 104 in. by 4. in. Extent. - I58 folios ; II lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, somewhat thin and white; Devanagari
characters with पृष्टमात्राs; bold, big, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. I blank; red chalk used ; some of the foll. have marginal notes in Gujarātï ; white pigment used; a strip of paper pasted to foll. 2 to 5, 91 to 97, 108, 109, 12+ to 129 and 148; foll. 75 to 78, 110 to 123 and 136 to 156 slightly worm-eaten; edges of fol. 158th a little bit worn out;
condition tolerably good ; complete ; extent 4458 ślokas. Age. — Fairly old. Subject. — It forms the sixth upānga and supplies us with infor
mation in details about Tambūdvipa. In short it is a treatise
on Jaina cosmology. Begins.-fol. I' नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ।। णमो अरिहंताणं ।
तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं मिहिला णाम णगरी होत्था । रित्थि
मियसामिद्धा etc. Ends.-fol. I58 बहणं देवाणं बहूणं देवीणं मझगति(ते) एवमाइक्खति एवं भासति
एवं पण्णवेइ एवं परूवेइ जंबुद्दीवे(व)पण्णत्ती नाम (त्ति) अज्झो आज्झोयणे अहं च हेउं च पसिणं च । कारणं च वाक(गोरणं च भुज्जो २ उवदंसह त्ति बेमि जंबुद्दीवपण्णत्ती समत्ता : ] ॥ ग्रंथाj० ४४५८ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥
कल्याणमस्तु[:]॥ श्री श्री श्री॥ Reference. - Published with Santicandra Gani's commentary in the
D. L. J. P. F. Series in two parts in the same year ( A. D. 1920). For contents etc., see Weber II, p. 579, Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, 17 and “ Studi italiani di Filologia indo

Page #241

216
Jaina Literature and Philosoploy
[ 238.
iranica”, vol. IV, pp. 35-41. For additional Mss. see B. B.R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 389 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 6.
जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्ति
Jambūdvipaprajñapti
30. No. 237
1869-70. Size.- 104 in. by 4g in. Extent.--- 98 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 47 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper somewhat thin and white ; Desanā
gari characters with genas; bold, big, legible, elegant and uniform hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink: the intervening space between the pairs coloured red rather indifferently; red chalk and yellow pigment as well used; a beautiful pattern on fol. 1a; the same repeated on the last fol. (986); unnumbered sides marked with a small circular disc in red ink in the centre; the numbered having over and above this, two more, one in each margin ; numbers of foll. written in two different margins of one and the
same side ; complele ; condition very good. Age.— Fairly old. Begins.-- fol. 1b FAT PATHI UTAT SEATOT!
au Fred etc. as in No. 236. Ends.- fol. 981 agut carui etc., up to gach if th as in No. 236
followed by si etaqouth HATIT! : ll : 11 Some thing written after this is made illegible by applying red ink
to it. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 236.

Page #242

VI. 12 Upangas
217
238.] जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्ति वृत्तिसहित
Jambūdvīpaprajñapti
with vrtti
31.
No. 238
1869-70. Size.-- 99 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 454 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 42 to 47 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, brittle and grey ; Devanāgari
characters with Terras; bold, legible, big and very good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; foll. 14 and 454" blank; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; it is a leraret Ms.; so, the text written in a bigger hand; space reserved for the text; for, it is not utilized even when not a word of it is to be written on the corresponding page ; white paste used as pigment; vellow pigment also used ; a very big colophon to be found in the Des. Cat. of B. B. R. A. S. vol. III is wanting here; it is given in No. 240; paper does not seem to be of the same quality throughtout; a strip of paper pasted to foll. 3136 to 4310; fol. 372 slightly torn, so are the foll. 374 and 385 to 392 ; condition on the whole very fair ; complete, extent of the text and the commentary being respectively 4146
and 14252 ślokas. Age. — Fairly old. Author of the commentary.- Hiravijaya Sūri, pupil of Vijayadāra
Sūri of Tapā gaccha. Subject. The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.-(text) fol. 6a TUTEXT : HAT EATOT
du Frou QUI FATO etc. as in No. 236. ,- (com. ) fol. 1" STYFITTAA:
जीयात्तेजस्त्रिभुवनतिलकाभं जैनमेनसा मुक्तं ॥
TIPOTENTHÀU #Panelas Ecuanh "1? 11 etc. Endz.( text ) fol. 452a aqui datu etc., up to gaia ô ara as in
No. 236 followed by 3 gra stiaciq QFE FATE TATTİ
४१४६ छ श्रीरस्तु 28 [J. L. P.)

Page #243

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
T 239.
Ends. ~~( com. ) fol. 453 सत्कथने हि श्रोता विस्मरणशीलोऽलसो वा स्यात् वारंवारं च कथने कथं भगवान् वारंवारमुपदिशतीति चिंतापरायणोऽलसो (ड) पि श्रवणाभिमुखी स्यादिति सप्रयोजनं वारंवारमुपदेशनामिति श्रीसुधर्मस्वामी पंचम गणधरः श्रीजंबू स्वामिनं स्वशिष्यं प्रति ब्रमीति ब्रवीति छ.
218
इति श्रीमत् 'तप'गणगगनांगणगगनमणिसमानश्रीविजयदान सूरश्वरशिष्यश्री हीरविजयसूरिविरचितायां श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिवृत्ती ज्योतिष्कवक्तव्यताधिकारप्रतिबद्धश्वतुर्थोऽधिकारो व्याख्यातस्तद्वयाख्याने च व्याख्यातं जंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिनामकं ज्ञाताधर्म्मकथांगस्योपांगामिति । छ। इति श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिवृत्तिः समाप्ता छ ।
वृत्तावस्यां सहस्राणि चतुर्दश शतद्वयं ।
द्विपंचाशत्तथा श्लोका ग्रंथमानं विनिश्वितं १
ग्रंथाग्रं १४२५२ ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥
N. B. — For further particulars see No. 236.
जम्बूद्वीप वृत्तिसहित
No. 239
Jambudvipaprajñapti vith vṛtti

Size.— 1o‡ in. by 4g in.
Extent. 102 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description. – Country paper rough and white; Devanagari charaters with पृष्टमात्राs; this is a त्रिपाटी Ms, the text is consequently written in a slightly bigger hand; clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. 13 and 4020 decorated with various beautiful designs; red chalk used; corners of the first several foll. partly worn out; condition on the whole very good; both the text and the commentary complete ; their extents are 4146 and 14252 $lokas respectively.
Age. — Sarvat 1652.
1243.
1886-92.

Page #244

240.]
VI. 12 Upangas
219
Begins.--(text) fol. 64 sfiTEL AA: 11 FÆT BUNTENTO II.
» ---- fol. 8- aut frtu etc. „ -- (com.) fol. 1b ETAA: 11
Foraaraan etc. Ends.--(text) fol. 400 agut card etc., up to 12775 878€ pat as in
No. 240 followed by sfrete etc. ,, -(com.) fol. 401 सकृत् कथने हि up to इति श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिवृत्तिः
FATA as in No. 238 followed by the lines as under :
छ । संवत् १६५२ वर्षे आसो सुदि २ गुरू दिने लषितं । शुभं भवतु etc. are 3824R. Then is written in a different hand a line as below:__पंडितश्रीशिवविजयगणिशिष्यहर्षविजयमुनिना भांडागारे पुण्यार्थ
प्रतिर्मुक्ता। N. B.- For other details see No. 238.
जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्ति वृत्तिसहित
Jambūdvīpaprajñapti
with vrtti
No. 240
382. 1879-80.
Sizc.-- 101 in. by 4* in. Extent.--- 454 + 2 = 456 folios ; 15 lines to a page; 45 10 so let
ters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyis! ; Devanāgari charac
ters with qehr ; bold, big, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; it is a fret Ms; central space reserved for the text whether written or not; fol. la blank ; foll. 9 to 32, 77, 78, 102 to 106 and 157 to 168 worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent ; condition on the whole very fair; foll. 329 and 330 seem to be added later on; they are written on a very thin paper; fol. 454 (the last ) also written on a very thin paper; yellow pigment used; both the text and

Page #245

220
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 240.
the commentary complete ; this Ms. contains the colophon also; extent of the text 4146 ślokas and that of the com
mentary 14252 ślokas. Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 6. श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ नमो अरिहंताम् ।
तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc., as in No. 236. ,, - ( com.) fol. I श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः
जीयात्तेजस्त्रिभुवन etc., as in No. 238. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 4524 बहूणं देवाण etc., up to उवदंसेति त्ति बेमि as in
No. 236 followed by the lines as under :--
॥ छ ॥ इति श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिसूत्रं ॥ समाप्त छ ग्रंथायं ४१४६ सूत्रं छ॥
,,
-( com. ) fol. 453 सकृत् कथने हि etc., up to ग्रंथानं १४२५२ as in No. 238 followed by the lines as below :--
ॐ नमः आसीद्वास(व)वंदमौलिमुकुटभ्राजिष्णुरत्नप्रभा
पूरप्लावितपादपंकजयुगः सिद्धार्थराजांगजः तेजोभिः सुभगं व्यधाद्गुणधरः श्रीमान सुधर्माभिधस्तत्पढें चरमेतरक्षितिभृतः शंगं विवस्वानिव १ विश्वाशयपयोराशिचंद्रा निस्तंद्रवृत्तयः तत्परंपरया(s)भुवन श्रीजगच्चंद्रसूरयः २ वर्षे विशिखवस्वक्षिकौमुदीकांतसम्मिते १२८५ तपोभिर्दुस्तपैलेंभे 'तपेति बिरुदं च यैः३ आनंदविमलाहानाः सूरयः सिद्धिभूरयः तेषां क्रममलंचक्रुः कलहंसा इवांबुजम् ४ पाणिसिद्धीषुशीतांषु(शु)प्रमिते परिवत्सरे १५८२ विदधे यैः क्रियोद्धारः सत्त्वानुग्रहकारीिभः ५ ये वैराग्यवतां व्रजेषु परमाः सूर्या इवार्चिष्मतां
ये मुख्याः सुधियां च येषु मरुतां वृक्षा इवोर्वीरहाम य सौभाग्यभूतां भरेषु सुभगाः सिंहा इवो(वौ)जस्विनां ।
ये चार्या गुणिनां गणेषु सरितामीशा इवांभोभृताम ६

Page #246

240.]
VI. 12 Upaigas
221
दितदुरितनिदानः साधुतामाददानः
सुविहितहितदानः स्मेरपद्मोघदानः अजनि विजयदानः सूरिराद शं ददानः
कृतमनसिजदानस्तत्पदे श्रीनिदानः ७ प्रगटप्रभावभवनं भुवनाचा हीरविजयसूरींद्राः तत्पट्टे विजयंते विजयश्रीदोलताललिताः ८ मेवातमालवमरुस्थलमेदपाट
गौडादिदेशपतिसाहिअकबरेण आकारितैः सबहुमानमनिंद्यविद्यैः ।
Zमध्यमंडलमलंक्रियते स्म पूज्यैः ९ यद्वाकप्रहृष्टहृदयो(s)वनिजानिमुख्यः
श्रीमानकब्बरनृपः कृपया परीतः बध्या न देहिन इहेति वदन वचांसि
दत्ते स्म डाबरसरः शमिसिंधुराणाम १० यदृर्शनात्प्राप्तपरप्रमोदः
साहिः स च द्वादश वासरााण श्रीवार्षिके पणि सर्वदेशे
व्यधादमारैः पटहं पटिष्ठम् ११ सिद्धांततळकाव्यादिकवाङ्मयजलधिकनकशैलानाम परवादिगर्वपर्वतपर्वतविद्वेषिलीलानाम १२ कल्पकिरणावलीमुखबहुशास्त्रग्रथनलब्धसिद्धीनाम श्रीधर्मसागराभिधवाचकचकचक्रभृताम् १३ ऐदंयुगीनसुविहितसदःसदनसदनरत्नसदृशानाम् । महिममाणमंडितानां वानरऋषिपंडितानां च १४
साहाय्यात्सज्जितोत्साहैर्विश्वोपकृतिकांक्षिभिः
श्रीजीवाभिगमज्योतिःकरंडायनुसारिभिः१५ वर्षे श्रीविक्रमादि ग्रहदहनरसश्वेतरश्मिप्रमाणे(ः) १६३९ स्वातौ दीपोत्सवीये(5)हनि निखिलकलाकौमुदीकौमुदीशैः तैरेषा शास्त्ररेखा सहृदयहृदयानंदकंदांबुजंबू
द्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिवृत्तिर्विविधरसमयी निर्ममे निर्ममेशैः १६ कुलकम तत्पदृपूर्वपर्वतपयोजिनीप्राणवल्लभप्रतिमैः । वरधर्मकर्मनिर्मितिकलाकलापेंदुाशतिकंटैः १७ सौभाग्यभाग्यरातिशैलसुतेकपादैः
प्रोत्फुलपद्मदलपेशलपाणिगादैः

Page #247

222
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
दुर्वादिवृंदवदनांबुजशीतपादैः
सूरीश्वर विजय सेनमुनींद्रपादैः १८ वाचकवृंदवतंसः सकलकलाकमलिनीकमलिनीशैः कल्याणविजय वाचकमुख्यैः संप्राप्तसौख्यैश्व १९ कल्याणकोलानिलयैः श्रीमत्कल्याणकुशल कुशलैश्व श्रीलब्धिसागराभिधावबुधैरुपलब्धिलुब्धैश्च २० संभूय भूयसी भक्तिं बिभ्रद्भिर्भगवद्विरि 'पत्तने' शोधयांचक्रे वक्रेतरगुणैरियम २१ तच्चरणनलिननिलयः प्रशस्तिमेतां जगत्स्थितिप्रतिमाम् हेमविजय कविरकरोत्पुरुषोत्तमपालनप्रथिताम् २२ यावत् शीतमरीचिमंडलमिदं व्योमांगणं गाहते
यावत्पंकाजनीपतिर्वितनुते भासां भरैश्वातपम् रम्यालंकृतिशालिनीवरपदन्यासा लसद्वर्णभाक्
तावद्वृत्तिरियं वशेव कुरुतां कामोत्सवानंगिनाम् २३ इति श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिवृत्तिप्रशस्तिः छः
N. B. For further particulars see No. 238.
जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्ति प्रमेयरत्नमञ्जूषासहित

241.
Jambudvipaprajñapti with Prameyaratnamañjuṣā
No. 241
Size. 10 in. by 43 in.
Extent. - 387 folios ; 15 to 18 lines to a page; 48 to 53 letters to a line.
1244.
1886-92.
Description. -- Country paper, thick and grey; Devanagari characters with पृष्टमात्राs; bold legible, and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; each of the foll. 1 and 387 decorated with the same beautiful diagram in red and green colours; foll. 1", 27, 263", 282, 302, 383 and 387 have some space

Page #248

241.]
VI. 12 Upaingas
223
kept blank on the right hand side, whereas foll. 1984, 275", 283°, 284', 290', 296, 3784, and 380', on the left hand side, probably with a view to utilize it for drawing illustrations of the Jinas or some diagrams; mostly un. numbered sides marked with a square in red ink in the centre ; the numbered having over and above this, two small circular discs, one in each margin ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; the latter entitled as प्रमेयरत्नमञ्जूषा; it is a त्रिपाटी Ms. ; both the text and the commentary complete ; foll. numbered in different margins on one and the same side of the fol.; measurements of Bharata kşetra etc., tabulated on foll. 636 and 310" ;
diagrams on foll. 1511, 152 and 242"; condition very good. Age.-- Fairly old. Author of the commentary.---. Upadhyaya Santicandra Gani, pupil
of Sakalacandra Gani. Subject. — The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.--( text ) fol. 7 ॐ नमः णमो अरिहंताणं
तेणं कालेणं । तेणं समएणं etc., as in No. 236. -(com. ) fol. 1 ॐ नमः सिद्धां(द्ध)। श्री श्रुतदेव्यै नमः। श्रीहीरविजयसूरिगुरुभ्यो नमः
जयति जिनः सिद्धार्थः । सिद्धार्थनरेंद्रनंदनो विजयी अनुपहतज्ञानवचाः सुरेंद्रशतसेव्यमानाज्ञः॥१॥ सर्वानुयोगसिद्धान् दृद्धान् प्रणिदध्महे महिमऋद्धान् प्रवचनकाश्चननिकि(क)पान सूरीन श्रीगंधहस्तिमुखान् ॥ २।. यज्जातं(त)वृत्तिमलयजराजिजिनागमरहस्यरसनिवहः संशयतापमपोहति । जयति स सत्यो(5)व मलयागिरिः ॥३॥ श्रीमद्गुरोविजयदानसहस्रभानो(:)।
सिद्धांतधामधरणात् समवाप्तदीप्तिः॥ यो दुःषमारजनिजातमपास्तपारं ।
प्राणाशयद्भरतभूमिगतं तमिश्रं ॥४॥ दीपः स रत्नमय एव परानपेक्षं
प्रोद्दीपयन विशदयन् स्वपदं स्वभाभिः ।

Page #249

224
Jaina Literature and Philosoply
[24I.
गौरैर्गुणैरिह निदर्शितपूर्वसूरिः।
श्रीसूरिहीरविजयो विजयाय वो(ड)स्तु ॥५॥ युग्मं यत्प्रभावादश्मनो(s)पि मम वाणीरसो(5) भवा(व)त् । ते श्रीसकलचंद्राख्या । जीयासुर्वाचकोत्तमाः ॥६॥ जंबूद्वीपादिप्रज्ञप्ते । दृष्टशास्त्रानुशा(सा)रतः ॥
प्रमेयरत्नमंजूषा । नाम्ना वृत्तिर्विधीयते ॥७।etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 383° बहूणं देवाणं etc., up to उवदंसेइ त्ति बेमि as in
No. 236 followed by the lines as below:___ छ ॥ इति श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञाप्तसूत्रं समाप्त ग्रंथाग्रं ४१४६ । जंबूद्दीपपन्नत्ती
सूत्र संपूर्णमस्तु ॥ com.) fol. 385 अत्र च ग्रंथपर्यवसाने श्रीमन्महावीरनामकथनं चरममंगलमिति.
इति सातिशयधर्मदेशनारससमुल्लासविस्मयमानऐदंयुगीननराधिपतिचक्रवर्तिसमानश्रीअकब्बरसुरत्राणप्रदत्तपाण्मासिकसर्वजंतुजाताभयदान'शत्रुजया 'दि. करमोचनस्फुरन्मानप्रदानप्रभृतिबहुमानयुगप्रधानोपमानसांप्रतं( त )विजयमानश्रीमत् तपागच्छाधिराजश्रीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरपदपद्मोपासनाप्रवणमहोपाध्याय श्रीसकलचंद्रगाणाशष्योपाध्यायशिांतिचंद्रगाणीवरचितायां जंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिवृत्ती रत्नमंजूषानाम्न्यां ज्योतिष्काधिकारवर्णनो नाम सप्तमो वक्षस्कारः समाप्तः तत्समाप्तौ च समाप्तेयं श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्त्युपांगवृत्तिः॥ छ । श्रेयःश्रीप्रतिभूतप्रभूततपसा यो मोहराजं रिपुं
दधं(ध्वं)से सहसा श्रितो गतमलं ज्ञानं च यः केवलं यो जुष्टश्च स्व(स?)दा त्रिवि[शिष्टपसदा(दां) वृंदैस्तथा तथ्यवाग्
यस्तीर्थाधिपतिः श्रियं स ददतां श्रीवीरदेव (:) सतां ॥१॥ अर्हत्स्विवात्र निखिलेषु गणाधिपेषु
वामयदेव इव यो विदि(तो)जगत्यां आदेयना(ता)मदधदद्भुतलब्धिधाम
श्रीगौतमो(s)स्तु सम(ममी) पूरितसिद्धिकामः ॥२॥ यं पंचमं प्रथमतो(5)पि रतोपयेमे
श्रीवीरपट्टपटलाक्षीक्ष्मि)सरोरुहाक्षी रुद्रांकितेषु गणभृत्सु सुधर्मनामा
भूयादयं सुभगतानिधिरिष्टसिद्धये ॥३॥ तस्य प्रभोः स्थविरवंदपरंपरायं(यां)
तत्तल्लसत्कुलगणावलिसंभवायां जातः क्रमाद् 'वट'गणेद्रतपस्विसूरि:(रेः)
श्रीमांस्तपा'गण इति प्रथितः पृथिव्यां ॥४॥

Page #250

24
VI. 12 Upangas
___ 225
पद्मावतीवचनतो(5)भ्युदयं विभात्य यत्सूरये स्तवनसथ(
प्तशती स्वकीयां सूरिजिनि(न)प्रभ उपप्र(ददे प्र)थायै
सो (5)यं सतां 'तप' गणो न कथं प्रशस्यः? ॥५॥ तत्रानेके बभूवुः सुविहितगुरवः श्रीजगञ्चंद्रमुख्या।
दोषायां वा दिवा वा सदसि रहि(ह)सि वा स्वक्रियास्वेकभावाः। आदिकोडैरिवोर्वी चिकिलत(भ)रगता दुःप्रमादावमन्ना
यैरुद्दधे वितंद्रैः । स्वपरहितकते सत्रक्रिया सक्रियात् ॥६॥ अदुष्यं वैदुष्यं चरणगुणवैदुष्यसहित
प्रमादाद्वैमुख्यं प्रवचनविधे(:) [स]सत्कथकता गुणोघो यस्येत्थं न खलदुर्वाक्य(स्य) विषय(:)
क्रमादासीदस्मिन् परमगुरुरानंदविमलः ॥७॥ अ(अंतर्बाह्यामिति द्विधा(5)पि कुमतं श्रद्धावतां स्वां(स्वागत
निःश्रद्धेस्तु यथाशयं प्रकटितं विञ्छिदतो(5)स्य प्रभोः बाह्यध्वांतविभदिनो दिनमणेः साम्यं न रम्यं न वा
ध्वांतद्वैतभिदो(s)पि मंदिरमणेः संरक्षतोऽधस्तमः॥८॥ स्वगच्छे स्वास्मंश्च प्रथयतितरां स्म प्रथमत
स्तथा साधौश्व(धोश्चयो ध्रुवसमय एव प्रभुरसी यथा सैतत्पट्टाधिपतिपुरुषे संयतगणे ____ क्रमाद् गुर्वी (गुर्वी) प्रजनितशरका(यशस्कानुववृते!) ॥९॥ तत्पट्टभूषणमाण(:) सुगुरूप्तधर्म___ बीजप्रवृ(व)र्द्धनपटुर्भरतक्षमायां सूरीश्वरो विजयदानगुरुर्बभूव
के वादिनो विजयदा न बभूवुरस्य ? ॥१०॥ नालीकनीरनिधिनिर्जरसिंधुसेवां
चक्रुश्चतुर्मुखं (ख)चतुर्भुजचंद्रभू(च)डाः यस्य प्रतापपरितापभृतो न भीता
एते जडायिण इत्यपवादतो()पि ॥११॥ तत्पढें गुरुहीरहीरविजयो बिभ्राजयामासिवान् ___जाग्रद्भाग्यनिधिः प्रियागमविधिश्वाारीत्रणां चावधिः यं संप्राप्य जगत्त्रयैकसुभगं मुक्तो मिथो मत्सरः
श्रीवाग्भ्यामिव दीर्घकालजनितो ज्ञानक्रियाभ्यामपि ॥१२॥ सौभाग्यं यस्य नाम्नो नृपसदसि गुणिवादितायां प्रसिद्धः।
सौभाग्यं देशनाया अकबरनृपतिः पादयोः पादुका ।।
29 [J. L.P.]

Page #251

126
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(241.
सौभाग्यं यस्य पाणेरुपपदविजयः सेनसूरीश्वरो(s)सौ ।
सौभाग्यं दर्शनस्य त्वहमहमिकया स्वान्यलोकोपपात()॥१३॥ इदानीं तत्पट्टे गुरुविजयसेनो विजयते
__ कलौ काले मूर्त्तः सुविहितजनाचारानिचयः ॥ विरेजे राजन्वाना(न)शशधरगणो येन विभुना
गुणग्रामो यस्माद् भवति विनयेनैव सुभगः ॥१४॥ खलास्तेजोराशिं चरणगुणराशिं सुविह(हि)ता
विनेयाश्चिद्राशि प्रतिवचनराशिं कुमतिनः कविः कीर्ति(ते) राशिं वरविनयरााशं च गुरवो
बिदुः स्थाने जाने शुचिसुकृतराशिं पुनरसु ॥१५॥ गुरोरस्य श्रुत्वा श्रवणमधुरं चारु चरितं
[स्वरितं स्वगंधर्वोद्गीतं शुचिगुणगणोपार्जनभवं ॥ चमत्कारोत्कर्ष(र्षा)त्ससलिलसहस्रानिमिषक्
पटक्लेदात्(द)केशं सुबहु सहते गिर्यसहत(न): ॥१६॥ तेषां गणे गुणवतां धुरि गण्यमानः
श्रीवाचकः सकलचंद्रगुरुर्बभूव ॥ मेधाविषु प्रथमतः प्रथमानकीर्तिः
स्फूर्तिर्यदीयकविकर्मणि सुप्रसिद्धा ॥१७॥ पुनः पुनः संस्मृतिमीयुषीणां ।
प्रतिक्रियेयं यदुपक्रियाणां । पुनः पुनर्लोचनसांद्रभावः ।
पुनः पुनर्नि(:श्व)सनस्वभाव (:) ॥१८॥ तेषां शिष्याणुनेयं गुरुजनविहितानुग्रहादेव जंबू
द्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिति(ः) स्वपरहिसकते शांतिचंद्रण चक्रे । वर्षे श्रीविक्रमा द्विधुशरशरभूवनधात्री(१६६१)प्रमाणे
स(रा)ज्ये प्राज्ये श्रिया श्रीअकबरनृपतेः पुण्यकारुण्यसिंधोः॥१९॥ अस्योपांगस्य गांभीर्यान्मदीयमतिमांद्यतः । संप्रदायव्यपायाश्च पूर्ववृत्तिनिवृत्तितः ॥२०॥ विरुद्धमागमादिभ्यो यदत्र लिाखतं मया धीलोचनैस्तदालौ(लो)च्य शोध्यं सानुग्रहैर्मयि ॥२१॥ तुष्यंतु साधवः सर्वे मा रुष्यंतु खला मयि । नमस्करोमि निःशेषान् प्रीत्या भीत्या क्रमादिमान ॥२२॥

Page #252

241.]
तथाहि
VI. 12 Upãñgas
गंभीरमिदमुपांगं यथामति विवृण्वता विशदमतिना । पदवापि मया कुशलं कुशलमतिस्तेन भवतु जनः ॥ २३ ॥ अ या लीलो (लो) कसि नभसि नक्षत्रकुसुमव्रजं राज्ञः श्यामाभिगमसमये पूरिततरं जाक (CT) : सूर्य: करबहुकरेणापनयति
(वा) व भूयादियमखिललोकै (:) परिचिताः ॥२४॥ अथ शोधनसमयगता पुरो ( ( )नुसंधीयते प्रशस्तिरियं । 'तप' गणसाम्राज्यरमां श्रयति श्रीविजयसेनगुरौ ॥२६॥ यत्सैौभाग्यमनुत्तरं गुणगणो येषां वचोगोचरः(रा)
तीतः को (S) भवत् पुरा ( ( ) पि विनयाधारः सतां पूजितः ॥ हित्वा येन पतिंवरो ( रा ) वदपरान् यानेव सच्चातुरी
युक्ताचार्य पदव्युदाररचिता सौवश्रिये (1) शिश्रियत् ॥२७॥ सदाविद ( ? मद) नं निर्माति रम्यश्रिया यत्कर्तश्व पदातिकं वितनुते कांत्या निशानायकं ॥ चित्रं संचिनुते च चेतसि सतां यद्देशनावाकू सुधा
देइया शासनदीप्तिकृच्च सतपो यद्ध्यानमत्यद्भुतं ॥२८॥ श्री अकबर महीधरदत्व (त्त) मान
विख्यातिमद्विजयसेन गणाधिपानां ।

नंदति पट्टयुवराजपदं दधानाः
श्रीरयो विजयदेवयतिप्रधानाः ॥२९॥ श्री विजय सेन सूरीश्वरगणनायक निदेशकरणघ (च) णाः । चत्वारो (s) स्या वृत्तेः शुद्धिकृते संगता निपुणाः ||३०||
श्रीसूरेर्विजयादिदानसुगुरोः श्रीहीरमूरेरपि ।
प्राप्ता वाङ्मयतत्त्वमद्भुततरं ये संप्रदायागतं ॥ ये जैनागमसिंधुतारणविधौ सत्की (क) र्णधारायिता ।
ये ख्याताः क्षितिमंडलेभ्र (च) गणितग्रंथज्ञरेखाभृतः ॥३१॥ 'लुंपाक' मुख्यकुमतै (क) तम: प्रपंचे
रोचिष्णुचंडरुचयः प्रतिभासमानाः ॥
श्रीवाचका[:] विमलहर्षवराभिधाना[ : ]
स्तेऽत्रादिमा गुणगणेषु कृतावधानाः ||३२||
227
I This verse as well as the following ones are here wrongly numbered. Similar is the case with the printed edition; for there, too, the verses 24th and the following are numbered as 25, 26 etc.

Page #253

228
Jaina Lilerature and Philosophy
[24.
तथाये संविग्मधुरंधराः समभवन्नाबालकालादपि
प्रज्ञावत्स्वपि ये भ (च) बंधुरतसः(राः) प्रापुः प्रसिद्धिं परां श्रीवीरे गणधारिगौतम इव श्रीहीरसूरौ गुरौ
ये राजद्विनयास्तदाननसुधाभानोः पटुर्वावसुधां ॥३३॥ सत्तक(क)लक्षणविशालजिनागमादि
शास्त्रावगाहनकलाकुशलाद्वितीयाः ॥ श्रीसोमयुग्रविजयवाचकनामधेया--
स्ते सद्गुणैरपि परै वमप्रमेयाः ॥३४॥ किंचये वैरंगिकतादिकैबरगुणैः संप्राप्तसगौरवाः
सर्वादेयगिरः कलावपि युगे साम्नायजैनागमाः॥ जजुः श्रीवरवानरर्षिविबुधास्तच्छिष्यमुख्याश्च ये
किं तन्मूर्तिरिवापरेत्यभिमतास्तैस्तैर्गुणैर्धामतां ॥३५॥ प्रज्ञागुणगुरुगेहं परिभावितभूरिशास्त्रवरतत्त्वाः ।
श्रीआनंदावजय(विबुधपुंगवास्ते तृतीयास्तु ॥३६॥ अपि चये(s)द्वैतस्मृतयः कुशाग्रधिषणाः सल्लक्षणांभोधरा
श्छंदो(s)लंकृतिकाय(व्य)वाङ्मयमहाभ्यासैभृशं विश्रुताः ।। सिद्धांतोपनिषत्प्रकाशनपरा विज्ञावतंसायिता
स्तत्ता(त्तोन्नूतनशास्त्रशुद्धिकरणे पारीणतां संश्रिताः ॥३०॥ श्रीकल्याणविजयवरवाचकशिष्येषु मुख्यतां प्राप्ताः । श्रीलाभविजयविबुधास्ते तुर्या इह बहूद्यक्ताः ॥३८॥ एतेषां प्रतिभाविशेषविलसत्तीर्थे प्रथामागमे(ते)
___ नानाशास्त्रविचारचारुसलिलापूर्णे चतुर्णामपि ॥ स्नाता वाचकवाच्यदूषणमलान्मुक्ता सुवर्णाचिता
__ सत्यश्रीरजनिष्ठ शिष्टजनताकाम्यैव वृत्तिः कनी ॥३९॥ श्रीमद्विक्रमभूपतोंबरगुणक्ष्माखंडदाक्षायणी
प्राणेशांकितवत्सरे १६६० ऽतिरुचिरे पुष्येंदुभूवासरे ॥ राधे शुद्धतिथौ तथा रसमिते श्री राजधन्ये पुरे ।
पार्श्वे श्रीविजयादिसेनसुगुरोः शुद्धाः समग्रा(s)भवत् ॥४१॥ श्रीशांतिचंद्राभिधवाचकेंद्र
शिष्यष्वनेकेषु मणीयमानाः।

Page #254

242.
जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्ति
carसहित
No. 242
VI. 12 Upāngas
ध्वस्तांतरध्वांतजिनेंद्रचंद्र
राद्धांतरस्य (म्य) स्मृतिलब्धमानाः ॥४१॥ अस्यामनेकशा (शो) लिखनशुद्धिगणनादिविधिषु साहाय्यं । गुरुभक्ताः कृतवंतः श्रीमंतस्तेजचंद्रबुधाः ॥४२॥ दैवादिद्रातिथितां गतेष्विदंवृत्तिसूत्रधारेषु । तन्मंत्रिनिजमनीषाविशेषमिव वीक्षितुं व्यक्तं ॥ ४३ ॥ तेषामतिषद (दा) मखिलशिष्य समुदायमुख्यतां दधतां । गुरुकार्ये धुर्याणां पंडितवररत्न चंद्राणां ॥४४॥ श्री 'तप' गणपूर्वागिरिसुरैः श्रीविजयसेन सूरिवरैः । निजहस्तेन वितीर्णा प्रवर्त्तनी (ना) यै प्रसादपरैः ||४५ || बहुभिश्र्वसंमतेयं कृता तदा विदितसमयत्तत्त्वार्थैः । श्रीविजयदेवसूरि श्रीवाचकमुख्यगीतार्थैः ॥ ४६ ॥ रत्नानीव प्रमेयानि नानाशास्त्रखनीनि चेत । भूयांसि लिप्सवो यूयं विज्ञरत्नवणिग्वराः ॥४७॥ श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञरुपांगस्य सविस्तरा । प्रमेयरत्नमंजूषा वृत्तिरेषा तदेक्ष्यतां ॥४८॥ अशांति चंद्रवाचकशिष्यवरो विबुधरत्नचंद्रगणिः । अस्या बह्वादर्शनsलीलिखद् भक्तियुक्तमनाः ॥४९॥ वान्यमाना श्रूयमाणा गीताथै (:) श्रावकोत्तमैः । शोध्यमाना लेख्यमाना जीयासुस्ते चिरं भुवि ॥ ५० ॥
तच्छिष्यो धनचंद्रः स्फुरदुरुधीलिप (पि) कलाविधिवितं । अकरोत्प्रथमादर्श सूत्रार्थविवेचने चतुरः ॥ ५१ ॥
इति श्रशिांतिचंद्रगणिवाचकविरचितायाः प्रमेयरत्नमंजुषानाम्न्या (:) श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिवृत्ति (तेः) प्रशस्तिः संपूर्ण (1) छछछ। शुभं भवतु ||

229
Jambudvipaprajñapti
with tabbā
Size.— 92 in. by 4 in.
Extent. - 140 folios ; 25 lines to a page; 55 to 60 letters to a line.

726.
1899-1995.

Page #255

230
Jaina Literature and Philospohy
[242.
Description.- Country paper thin and white; Devanagari charac
ters; bold, clear and fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; all the four edges ruled in two lines in red ink ; this Ms. contains both the text and its explanation in Gujarati ; the latter written above the corresponding lines of the former ; portions separated by vertical lines in red ink; numbers of foll. I to 4 entered in two different margins on one and the same side; diagrams on foll. 35*, 784, 919, 934 and 1193; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to the first fol. and the last as well; fol. 6oth slightly torn; condition on the whole fair; results tabulated on foll. 884, 96a, 105, 113a and 125a; both the
text and the tabbā complete ; extent 15000 ślokas. Age.-- Not quite modern. Author of the tabba.- Jivavi (? Jivavijaya) Gani. Subject.- The text along with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.-(text) fol. I श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥ णमो अरिहंताणं । णमो सिद्धाणं। णमो
आयरियाणं । णमो उवज्झायाणं । णमो लोए सत्वसारणं । तेणं कालेणं
तेणं etc. as in No. 236. ,, -(com.) fol. 1 श्री जिनाय नमः ॥
महारो न(म)स्कार हुओ अरिहंतनइ काजे तिहां नामजिन ऋषभादि etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 140 बहु(होणं देवि(वीण मज्झगए एवमाइक्खइ etc. up to
उवदंसेहत्ति बेमि as in No. 236 followed by the lines as under:
इति जंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्ती(प्ति) सूत्रार्थ समाप्तमिदम् ॥
लिपि(पी)कृतं 'नागपुर'मध्यः (ध्ये) ॥ श्रीरस्तु । Ends.-(com.) fol. 140 भु० वार वार उपदेसे देषाडे भगवत इम कयै छै इसी
सुधर्मस्वामी जंबूस्वामि प्रते कहे छैः ॥ इ० इति श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्ती(प्ति)सूत्रस्य गणिजिववि(जीवविजय) कृतटबार्थ संपूर्णम् ॥ सर्वग्रंथाग्रंथ
सूत्रार्थ मिली १५०००. Reference.- See No. 236.

Page #256

244.j
vi. 12 Up
231
भरतचरित्र
Bharatacaritra (मरहचरित्त)
(Bharahacaritta) टब्बासहित
with tabbā
102 (b). No. 243
1872-73. Extent.-4 folios ; I2 lines to a page ; 38 to 46 letters to a line. Description.- Numbers of foll. entered as I, 2 etc.; this Ms. contains
both the text and its explanation in Gujarati as well; comp
lete. For further details see No. 176; condition very good. Age.-- Samvat I758. Subject.- Life of Bharata cakravartin narrated. It forms a part of
the third vakşaskāra ( sütras 68 to 70, pp. 270 to 2786 ) of
Jambūdvīpaprajñapti. It is explained Begins.-(text) fol. I तए णं से भरहे राया । दुवालससंवच्छरयिसि ।
पमोयंसि निवत्तंसि समाणंसि । जेणेव मज्जणघरे तेणेव उवागच्छति etc. ---(com.) fol. I":ॐ नमः ॥ तिवार पछी ते भरथ राजा ॥ बार वरसनो
प्रमोद महोछव etc. Ends.- (text) fol. I' कालगए विइक्वंते समुज्जाए छिण्णे जाईजरामरणबंधणे
सिद्धे बुद्धे मुत्ते परिनिव्वुडे । अंतगडे । सब्वदुक्खप्पहीणे । इति भरहचरित्तमिति । जंबूद्वीपपन्नत्तीनो आधिकारः संपूर्ण । लिषितं ऋषिदासूरजी आर्या स्यांमां गांगगाइ सषरवेलगाई पठणा(ना)र्थ । श्रीरस्तु । शुभं भवतु
लेषकपाठकयोः । , - (com.) fol. 4' अंत कर्यो । सर्व दुःख क्षय कीधा । इति श्रीभरथचरित्र
संपूर्ण ॥ ए आधिकार जंबूद्वीपपन्नत्ती मध्ये छे सही ॥ संवत १७५८ वर्षे फाल्गुनमासे शुक्लपक्षे सप्तमीतिथौ राववासरे लिखितमिदं । श्रेयं इति मंगलं
aft etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 236.
भरतचरित्र
Bharatacaritra टब्बासहित
with tabbã
619. No.244
1884-86. Size.- 98 in. by 4g in.. Extent.-- (text) 54 folios ; 7 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line.
, - (tabba ), , 7 , , , , 46 , " " Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari charac
ters with occasional TEATETS ; small, clear and good hand

Page #257

232 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 245. writing ; borders ruled in four lines in red ink ; foll. Ia and 54 blank ; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; condition fair ; yellow pigment used ; both the text and the tabbā complete; the former written in Prākrit and the latter
in Gujarati. Subject.----- Life of Bharata. It starts with the beginning of the 3rd
vakşaskāra (sütra 41 ) and ends with sutra 70 (p. 378b of
the printed edition ). Age.- Not quite modern. Begins.-(text) fol. I' श्रीवीत्रा(तरा)गाय नमः ॥ श्रीगुरवे नमः ॥
एवं बुच्चति । भरहे वासे २ गोयमा भरहेणं वासे वेय(?)स्स पव्वयस्स दाहिणेणं चोद्दसुत्तरं जोयणसयएक्कारसएबमूणूवीसतिभागे जोयणस्स अबाधाए
गंगाए महाणदीए पच्चत्थिमेणं etc. ,, -(com.) इम कहिउं । भरतषेत्रइ । गौतम भरतषेत्रइ । वैताध्य पर्वत थकी
दष्यणइ एकसु चउदसुत्तर जोयन उगणीस भाग योजननी आबाधाई etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 54 खीणे वेयाणजे आउए णामे गोए कालगए वीक्वंते समु
ज्जाए छिण्णे जाइजरामरणबंधणे सिद्ध बुद्धे मुत्ति(त्ते) परिनिवडे अंतगडे सव:
दुक्खप्पहीणे ॥ छ । इति भरहचरित्तं ॥ छ ॥ ल.ऋ. जयराज आत्मार्थ ॥ --(com.) fol. 5: क्षय गयउ वेदनी कर्म आयु नाम गोत्र कालगत हूवा तिहां कीधउं छेदी जाति जरा मरण बंधन साधी बुझ्या मुकाणां संसारथी पार पाम्या अंत कीधउं । सर्व दुषथी मुकाणा पार पाम्या । इति भरतचरित्रं संपूर्ण लषतं ऋ०जयराज आत्मा अर्थ॥
भरतचरित्र
Bharatacaritra टब्बासहित
with tabba
604. No. 245
1895-98. Size.- 104 in. by 4 in. Extent.-4 folios ; 6 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thick, tough and white; Devanāgari
characters with पृष्टमात्राs; this Ms. contains the text in Prākrit and its interlinear tabbā in Gujarati; foll. numbered in both the margins; complete ; fol. 4th slightly torn; conditiongood ; this is the same work as No. 243 with a line or so more in the beginning. It, too, commences on p.
2702 of the printed edition. Age.- Pretty old.

Page #258

246.]
VI. 12 Upāngas
233
Begins.- (text) fol. I श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ॥
उपि(प्पि) पासायक(ब)रगए । फुद्रमाणहिं मुइंगमच्छं(त्थ) एहिं । जाव भुजमाणे विहरइ तए णं से भरहे राया दुवालससंवच्छरियांस । पमोयसि । निवत्तांस । सि? सोमाणास । जव मज(ज्जणघरे तणेव उवागच्छड उवा
गच्छइत्ता । जाव मंज(मज्जणघराउ(ओ) पडिनिष(कख)मइ २त्ता eto. , -(tabba) fol. I श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ॥
पीटणी उपरि ।। मृदंग वाजतइ हुतइ । शब्दादिक भोगवइ तिवार पछी भरथ राजा बार वरस पछा ॥ प्रमोद हात थाक ॥प्रमाद हुता थकी ॥ मोह
छव थाय ॥ मर्दन कराववानो घर छे । तिहां गया । etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 4 खीणे वेयाणजे etc., up to अंतकडे सवदुष(क्ख)पहिणि
as in No. 244. Then we have :
तिबे० ।। इति श्रीभरथेसर अलावो समाप्तं ।। श्री॥ ,, --(ra bba) fol. 4b एकेंद्री आदि जरा मरण रूप अनादि कालनी गांठि कर्मनी
तेत्रोडि तेह वीषरी शुक्ल ध्याने बुध थया कर्म थकी मुंकाणा प्रकर्ष वीशेर्षे निवृते स्थानके अंत कीधो भवरूप वलि छदि सर्व दूष(ण) थकी सुकाणा श्रीभर्थेश्वर. It ends thus.
जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञाप्तचूर्णि
Jambūdvīpaprajñapticūrņi (जंबुद्दीवपण्णात्तिचुण्णि) ( Jambuddivapannatticunmi)
149. No. 246
1873Size. — 13 in. by 43 in. Extent. — 30 folios; 15 lines to a page; 66 letters to a line. Description. — Country paper, thin, brittle, and grey ; Devanāgarī
characters with पृष्टमात्राs; bold, clear, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, with slight space between the pairs; fol. I blank ; so is fol. 30b; numbers of the foll. entered at two places on one and the same side; those written on the right hand side of the bottom mostly gone, owing to several
foll. having their edges and corners worn out to a smaller 30 [J. L. P.]

Page #259

234
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[246.
or greater degree; condition very fair; red chalk and yellow pigment used; complete ; extent 2023 Ślokas.
Age.-— Sarvat 1625.
1
Subject. A commentary to Jambudvipaprajñapti in mixed Sanskrit and Prakrit. It supplies us with some Mathematical formulå ( karana-gāthās ).
Begins.
fol. 1 परमगुरुश्रीजिणेश्वरसूरिपट्टप्रभाकरखरतरनवांगीवृत्तिकार - श्रीअभयदेवसूरिसद्गुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
नमिऊण (विजय ) विरतियकरयलकयमत्थयंजली पयतो । सुरवरमणिरयणुक्कड फुरंतपरिघट्टपावीढं ॥ १
वरवसहमत्तगयवर सललिय विक्कंत कंत गति (ग) मं(म)णं ।
-
Ends.-- fol. 30 आदिलं परावत्तेऊण उवट्टेयव्वो । चउभागद्धभागेहिं उबट्टे (? ड्ढे ) आगयं उस्ससो(? स्सेहो ) । एकौ ( ? क्को) धणू एवं उबरिल्लभागस्स तेरासियं चेष०(प)उजियव्वं । विरुव्वेहा बढाउ (? बुड्ढीओ) आणेयव्वा । उ ॥ छ जंबुद्दीवपण (ण्ण) त्तिकरणाणं चुण्णी सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं० २०२३ ।। ।। छ । । संवत् १६२५ वर्षे माग्ग (र्ग ) शीर्षशुदि १५ नौ । अयेह श्री ' अहम्मदाबाद राजनगरमध्ये | द्विजमहं रेवासत । रामचंद्र
वरहेमत वियचंपयदिणकरकरसप्पहं उसहं ॥ २
अवसेसे य जिनिंदे णमिओ (उं) चंदिदधणयपरि (? णि )पतितें । करणविभावण वोच्छं जंबुदी (ही) वस्स हं इणमो ॥ ३ etc.
स्वयं हस्ते लक्षितं ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ This is followed
by the following lines most probably written in a different hand:
श्रीवृह ( तू )' खरतर 'गच्छाधीश्वरश्रीपूज्यराजश्रीजिनराज सूरिपट्टालंकारश्रीजिनभद्रसूरि संतानयि । श्रीपूज्यश्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिविजयिराज्ये (with some letters made illegible by yellow pigment) इयं श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिचूर्णिर्लिखिता श्रीज्ञानभांडागारे || शुभमस्तु श्रीसिद्धान्तभक्तितः ॥ श्रीविजयलाभो ( 5 ) स्तु नित्यम् ॥ श्रीजिनधर्म्मवृद्धिः स्तात् ॥ 11 ft: 11
Reference.
I have not come across a printed edition of this work. There are 3. Mss. in Jesalmere. See G. O. Series vol. XXI, PP. 22, 23 and 41.

Page #260

247.]
जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिचूर्णि
No. 247
VI. 12 Upangas
Jambudvipaprajñapticūrni
235
Size. — 12 in. by 43 in.
Extent.— 35–1 = 34 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 34 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper very thin, smooth and greyish; Devanagari characters with पृष्टमात्राs; big, bold, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, with space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; the 1st fol. missing; foll. 2 to 7 and 34 to 35 more or less badly damaged; the 11th fol. slightly torn ; so are the foll 2oth, 21st, 3oth and 31st ; an edge of the 32nd fol. worn out to some extent; condition on the whole_poor ; extent 1823 Ślokas.
Age.-Sarvat 1576.
Begins. fol. 24 एवं दाहिणड्डूभरहस्स जीवावग्गो पक्खिपति जीवावग्गे इमो । ३४३०८०९७५००० etc.

592.
1884-86.
Ends. fol. 35o आदिलं परावत्तेऊण उबट्टेयच्वो etc., up to बिरुवेह वडीओ आणेयब्बा उ as in No. 246 followed by जंबुद्दीवपण्णत्तिकरणाणं चुणी सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥ जंबुद्दीवपण्णत्तिचुन्नी सम्मत्ता || ग्रंथसंख्या श्लोक १८२३ ॥ छ ॥ मंगल (म ) स्तु शुभं भवतुः ॥ छ ॥ etc., Then follow the lines as under :—
N. B. — For further particulars see No. 246.
संवत् १५७६ वर्षे पौषवदि ९ सोमे । श्री ' आगम' गच्छे श्रीजयानंदरिपट्टानुक्रमेण । श्रीविवेकरत्न सूरि (री) नामुपदेशेन । श्री' गंधार' मंदिरवास्तव्ये । श्री' प्राग्वट' वंशाभरण .... व्यवहारिवर । श्रीआचार्यपद बिंब प्रतिष्ठातीर्थयात्रादिमहापुण्यकरणीयकारकाभ्यां । व्यश्रीपेथडसंताने व्य ढाईआकुलदीपकाभ्यां व्य' परबत व्य० कान्हाभ्यां श्रीज्ञानभक्तये | व्य ० 'डुंगरश्रेयोऽर्थं च । श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिउपांगचूर्णिलिखिता वाच्यभामा चिरं नंदतात् ॥ छ ॥

Page #261

236
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 249
जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिचूर्णि
Jambūdvipaprajñapticūrņi
695. No. 248
1892-95. Size. --- 104 in. by 4.3 in. Extent. --48 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanagari charac
ters with occasional TEHETS ; bold, big, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, fol. 14 blank ; foll. 14 to 28 worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent; condition on the whole good;
red chalk used ; complete ; extent 1860 ślokas. Age. -- Fairly old. Begins. —- fol. 10 TA: staart #1
For laturradausrum (T#UTAB qual etc., as in No. 246. Ends. ----- fol. 48' आदिल्लं परावत्तेऊण उबद्रेयवो etc., up to बुडीओ आणे
यवाओ as in No. 246 followed by जंबुद्दावपण्णकरणाणं चुप्णी संमत्ता ॥ छ । जंबुद्दीवपण्णत्ती समाप्ताः ॥ ग्रंथायं १८६० ॥ शुभं भवतुः।।
Eli eri: 117: 11 g II 1: 11 N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 246.
नम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिविवृति
Jambūdvīpaprajñaptivivrti
1259. No. 249
1891-95. Size. - 10 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 101 + 1 = 102 folios ; 25 lines to a page ; 60 letters to
a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and white; Devanāgarī
characters ; very small but clear, uniform and good handwriting; borders unruled; yellow pigment profusely used up to 20 foll. ; foll. 14 and 1010 blank; this Ms. does not seem to contain the original text ; only the sales appear to

Page #262

250. 1
VI. 12 Upangas
2237
be given ; foll. 25 to 35 and 61 to 67 worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent; condition on the whole good; at times letters made illegible by applying black ink; diagrams on foll. 53b and 67 ; results tabulated on foll. 714, 71, 74, 754 and 75; fol. 84th repeated; complete. Age.— Fairly old.
Author.— Brahman Muni, pupil of Pārśvacandra Suri. See No. 250. Subject. Commentary in Sanskrit to Jambudvipaprajñapti. It is named as vivṛti and tīkā as well, by the commentator himself.
Begins. fol. r' सिद्धिरस्तु ॥ ॐ नमः सिद्धं ॥
अपारे किल संसारे । मज्जतामनिशं सतां । आदौ पोतायतं येन । स श्रीनाभिसुतः श्रिये ॥ १ जयतात् स जिनो वीरो । यद्वाचामावली भुवि । सोपानश्रेणिवद्भाति । आरुरुक्षोः शिवालये ॥ २ समस्तगुणभूरिभ्यः सूरिभ्यः सर्वदा नमः । यत्प्रसादान्ममाप्येवं । जायते शक्तिरद्भुता ॥ ३ चरणकमलं गुरूणां नत्वा सद्यः प्रसादसदनाभं ।
मंडलामेव वस्तुप्रकाशकं पाटलच्छायं ॥ ४ कुo जंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्त्या लेशतो ( ( ) पि विवृतिमहं । पूर्वविबुधप्रणीत प्रमाणतंत्रावलोकनतः ॥ ५ ॥ युग्मं etc.
Ends.
- fol. Iort भूयो भूयो विस्मरणशीलश्रोत्रनुग्रहार्थं उपदर्शयति अनेकशः प्रदर्शयति । इति ब्रवीमीति । श्रीसुधर्मस्वामी जंबूनामानं शिष्यं प्रति ब्रूते । नेदं स्वमनीषिकया उच्यते । किंतु तीर्थकरगणधरोपदेशेनेति । अनेन गुरुपास् तंत्र्यमभिहितं । इति ॥ छ ॥ श्रीभूयात् ॥ श्रीः ॥ श्रीः ॥ श्रीः ॥ Reference.-- See R. G. Bhandarkar's Report for 1883-84.
जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिविवृति
No. 250

Jambudvipaprajñaptivivṛti
272.
1883-84.
Size. 10 in. by 43 in.
Extent.- 235 - 1 = 234 folios; 17 lines to a page; 62 letters to a line.

Page #263

238 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[230. Description.- Country paper thick and grey; Devanagari charac
ters with पृष्ठमात्रा ; bold, clear, uniform and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four black lines; this Ms. does not contain the original text but it only gives its प्रतीकs ; fol. I blank; out of the foll. 42 to 45 and 234 to 235, unnumbered sides are marked with a small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having over and above this, two
more, one in each margin ; red chalk used ; information about the Asurakumāras and others tabulated on the 181th fol.; the topics pertaining to various Vyantaras similiarly tabulated on fol. 182°; measurements of Jambudvipa etc., presented in a tabular form on fol. 188a ; foll. 167 to 233 also numbered as I, 2 etc. ; foll. 209 and 210 numbered as 42 (1) and 42 (2); fol. 177th missing; otherwise complete;
this Ms. contains the colophon ; condition very good. Age.- Not modern. Begins.-- fol. I' सिद्धिरस्तु ॥ॐ नमः ।
___ अपारे किल संसते(सारे) मज्जतामनिशं etc. as in No. 249. Ends.- fol. 235 भूयो भूयो विस्मरणशील etc., up to पारतंत्र्यमभिहितं ।
gfa as in No. 249 followed by the lines as under:
सकलसुविहितसैद्धांतिकशिरोरत्नालंकारश्रीपार्श्वचंद्रसूरितच्छिष्यश्रीश्रीविजयदेवसूरिसतीर्थंचरणांभोजमधुकरश्रीब्रह्ममुनिविरचितायां श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञाप्तटीकायां ज्योतिश्चक्रादिविचाराधिकार समाप्तः ॥ छ ।।
श्रीसाधुरत्नाभिधपंडितेशाः।
सुकीर्तिविद्योतितसर्वदेशाः॥ यथास्थित जैनमतं जनानां ।
प(प्र)काशयंतः सुखदा अभूवन् ॥१ तदीयपादाम्बुजयुग्मभृङ्गा
स्त्यक्ता खिलारंभपरिग्रहौधाः ।। जयंति संवेगसुधैकपानाः।
श्रीपार्श्वचंद्राभिधसूरयो(5)मी ॥२ सूत्रं समालोक्य गुरोरयं यैः ।
प्रकाशितः श्रीजगदीशपंथाः।

Page #264

250.]
इतश्र्व

VI. 12 Upangas
यमाश्रिता भव्यजना लभते ।
सुखं सुखानां परमत्रितां तं ॥ ३
ये वादिनः कर्कशतकं (र्क ? ) वित्ति । स्तब्धाः स्वभिन्नानबुधान्विदति ॥ विलोक्य विद्यादिगुणैः समेता ।
नेतान्नास्ते (S) पि भवंति सद्यः ॥ ४ ॥ एतेर्हताञ्चैत्यमुदाहरति ।
मुक्त्यर्थ (र्थि) भिर्मुक्तिनिमित्तमर्च्य ॥
पुष्पादिपूजां चरितादिवादैः ।
प्रकाशयतो न निषेधयंति ॥ ५ ॥
गीतार्था जिनशासने बहुतराः संत्येव साहित्ययुक् । षट्तपरितर्ककर्कशतमप्रज्ञाबलोल्लासितः ॥
किंत्वेतैः सदृशो न को (S) पि भुवने दृष्टः श्रुतो वा कृती । विज्ञाश्वेदनृतं वदाम्यहमिदं तत्कथ्यतामेष मे ॥ ६ ॥
तेषां गुरूणां गुणसागराणां ।
श्री पार्श्व चंद्राभिधसूरिराजां । ब्रह्ममुनिर्विपश्चिन्त्र
'चुलुक्य' वंशेोद्भवराजपुत्रः ॥ ७
शिष्यो (s)
'S (अ) हिलपुर ' पत्तनं जयति नाम्ना परं स्फुरद्रवरं (र) जिनालयैः । जिनवेंरद्रपूजामिलन्महाजनमनोघनप्रमदपूर संपूरकैः ॥ ८
arhi तत्र कृता । ब्रह्मविदा ब्रह्मसाधुना ( S) नेन । श्रीमज्जंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तेर्मतिमतामुचिता ॥ ९
यद्यपि जंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिर्बहुना गभीरार्था । व्याकर्तुमिह न शक्या विबुधैरपि किं पुनर्मनुजैः ॥ १० अर्थस्तथापि कथितो मया पदस्याः सुतुच्छ मतिना (S) पि । निजगुरुकरुणापूर्वाचार्यग्रंथप्रभावो ( s) यं ॥ ११ श्रीमद्विजयदेवाख्याः सूरयो विजितारयः ।
ये क्षमाराजिता नित्यमक्षमाराजिता भुवि ॥ १२ धर्मम्ने (स्नेहधरैरेषा । शोधिता यत्नतोति (?ऽपि ) तैः । न्यायलक्षणसाहित्य | प्रभृतिग्रंथपारगैः) ॥ १३
220

Page #265

240
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
जिनवरवचनविरुद्धं किमपि मया यत् प्रमादतो भणितं । संशोध्यं विबुधवरैर्मथ्या मे भवतु तद् दुरितं ॥। १४ त्रिभिर्विशेषकं खेदः को ( s) पि न तत्र नः खलजनो निंदत्यमूं यत्कृतिं । हर्षेनाप्यथवा स्वभावसुजनः स्तौति प्रकृत्यैव यत् ॥ किंत्वेद्गुणभूषणे दृढतरे जातस्य एव स्तुति
निंदा वा भवतीया मतिमतामेषैव मोदादिकृत् ॥ १५ इति श्रीविजयदेवसूरिचरणप्रसादरचिता श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिीका समाप्ता छ कल्याणमस्तु छ शुभं भवतु । यादृशं etc. Then we have :'तप' गणगगननभो । माणसूरिश्रीविजय सेनशिष्याणां । वाचनयविजयानां । शिशुना बुधकीर्तिविजयेन ॥ १ मुनिरसचंद्र ( १६७ ? ) मिते । वर्षे चित्कोशवृद्धये स्वस्य । मुक्ता श्रीमद 'कब्बरपुरे' सदा (1) सौ प्रतिजयात् ॥ २
N B.-- For further particulars see No. 249.

[250.

Page #266

251. )
VII. 12 Upangas
241
THE SEVENIH UPĀNGA
चन्द्रप्रज्ञाप्त
Candraprajñapti ( quoret)
( Candapaņņatti) No. 251
429.
1882-83. Size.— 10 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 65 - I = 64 folios; 11 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, extremely thin and grey ; Devanāgari
characters with eat ; bold, very big, clear, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to foll. Ia and 65b; the fol. 22 numbered as 23 also, the succeeding foll. hence numbered as 24, 25 etc.; foll. 43 and 44 have a big strip of paper pasted; the fol. 47th and the following, a small strip in a corner; condition tolerably good ; com
plete; extent 2058 ślokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Subject. -- This work which forms the 7th upānga is divided like
Suryaprajñapti into chapters known Prābịtas (Pr. Pāhudas). It is more or less of an astronomical nature and has many points in common with Sūryaprajñapti. In many a place even the wording is the same ;' so one is tempted to believe
that this differs from Suryaprajñapti only in name. Begins.— fol. 14 THT SPREAIUTI
जयति णवण(लिण )कुवलयविगसियसयवत्तपत्तलदलछो(च्छो)।
STT TEÇHUMORISTITE AT HTET I etc. „ — fol. 2a Quit Frui àUT FAÇO ATESI UTA AURÎ TIERT EIC. Ends.-- fol. 654 afer paraszto( )JEFFhazalttuffieET OUT!
Cf. the following verse occurring in Siddhāntāgama-stotra of Jinaprabha Sūri
" प्रणमामि चन्द्रसूर्यप्रज्ञप्ती यमलजातके नव्ये । गुम्फवपुषैव नवरं जातिभिदार्थात्मनाऽपि ययोः ॥"
— Kāvyamālā, pt. VII, p. 91. 31 ( J. L. P. ]

Page #267

242
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[252.
धारेयव्वं णियमा ण य अविणीएसु दायव्वं ॥ छ ॥ इति चंदपण्णत्ती सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ।
ग्रंथानं श्लोक २०५८ ॥ छ । छ श्रीरस्तु ॥ छ । Reference. This work is published together with the Hindi trans
lation of Amolaka Rsi. Consult Rajendralala Mitra's “ Notices” vol. VIII ( 1885), pp. 113 and 114. See Weber II, p. 597 and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 20. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 389 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 31; a note is written on this work by me and it is published in “ The Indian Historical Quarterly" vol. VIII, No. 2, pp. 381-382.
चन्द्रप्रज्ञप्ति
Candraprajñapti
No. 252
189. 1871-72.
Size.- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.- 68 folios ; II lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough, thick and white; Devanagari
characters with पृष्टमात्राs; bold, very big, perfectly clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. 19 and 956 blank; complete ; extent 2000 ślokas ; con
dition very good. Age.-Old. Begins.- fol. I' ॐ नमो अरहताणं ।
जयति णवणलिण etc., as in No. 25I. Ends.- fol. 68a
तम्हा धितिउहाणुच्छाहकम्मवरवरिय(?)नाणं ।
धारेयव्वं णिययं णय अविणीएस दायध्वं ॥ छ । इति चंदपण्णत्ती सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथानं २००० ॥ शुभं
भवतुः ॥ छ । N. B.- For subject etc. see No. 251.

Page #268

253.1
चन्द्रप्रज्ञप्ति
No. 253
Size. 10 in. by 43 in.
Extent. 58 folios; 13 lines to a page; 39 letters to a line. Description. Country paper, thin, smooth and grey; Devanagari characters with qarars; bold, very big, legible and very beautiful hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; fol. 1a blank; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; fol. 41 slightly torn; foll. 50 to 58 more or less damaged; strips of paper pasted in corresponding places; condition tolerably good; this Ms. seems to be incomplete in spite of what has been said in the last line. Age. Fairly old.
Begins.
VII. 12 Upangas
fol. 1 ॐ नमो वीतरागाय । नमो अरहंताणं ॥ af etc. as in No. 251.
Ends.-- fol. 58 Às are faqa अणदसमग्गे पुणरति.
hand as under :
agara विवरणसहित

N. B. For further particulars see No. 251.
No. 254
Size. 10 in. by 43 in.
54.4
इति श्रीचंद्र प्रज्ञपनती (ति) सूत्र संपूर्णम्
ट्टे कतिक ज्जे ।
This is followed by a line in a different
243
Candraprajñapti
688.
1892-95.

Candraprajñapti with vivarana
147. 1873-74.
Extent. Description. Country paper tough and white; Devanagri characters with occasional ears; big, quite legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; only
238 folios; 13 lines to a page; 50 letters to a line.

Page #269

244
Age.- Pretty old.
Author of the com.- - Malayagiri Suri.
Subject. The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins. — (text) fol. 1 जयइ नवनलिणकुवलय etc.
- (com.) श्रीवर्द्धमानाय नमः |
म (मुक्ताफलमिव करत (ल) कलितं विश्वं सम्मस्तमपि सततं । यो वेत्ति विगतकर्मा जयति (स) नाथो जिनो वीरः १ सर्वश्रुतपारगताः प्रतिहतनिः शेषकुपथसंतानाः । जगदेकतिलकभूता जयंति गणधारिणः सर्वे २ विलसतु मनसि सदा मे जिनवाणी परमकल्पलतिकेव । कल्पित सकलनरामरशिवसुखफलदेन दुर्ललिता ३ चंद्रप्रज्ञप्तिमहं गुरूपदेशानुसारतः किंचित् । विवृणोमि यथाशक्ति स्पष्टं स्वपरोपकाराय ४ तत्राविघ्नेनेष्टप्रसिद्ध्यर्थमादाविष्टदेवतास्तवमाह ॥ etc.
""
Ends.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[254.
the first 3 foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. 14 blank ; fol. 2588 is practically so ; fol. 97th partly torn ; condition on the whole very good; yellow pigment rarely used ; fol. 186th numbered as 1486; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary; both complete; extent 9500 slokas.
-
""
(text) fol. 238 * तम्हा ठि ( धि ) इउ ठाणुच्छाह कम्मबलविरियसिक्खियं etc. up to दायव्वं as in No. 251.
- ( com. ) fol. 2384 या (य) स्मादेवं तस्मा धृत्यु (त्यु) नोत्साहकर्मबलवीर्ये यत् चंद्रप्रज्ञप्तिलक्षणं ज्ञानं मुमुक्ष (क्षुणा सता सि (शि) क्षितं तन्नियमादात्मन्येवधर्त्तव्यं न तु जातुचिदप्यविनीतेषु दातव्यं ते (तद्) दाने उक्तप्रकारेण आत्मपरदीर्घ संसारिताप्रसक्तेः

33
वंदे यथास्थिताशेषपदार्थप्रविभासकं
नित्योदितं तमो(s) स्पृष्टं जैनं सिद्धांतभास्करं १ विजयंतां गुणगुरवो २ जिनवचनभासनैकपराः ।
(a) वशादहमपि जातो लेशेन पटुबुद्धिः २ चंद्रप्रज्ञप्तिमिमामि (म) तिगंभारी (भीरां) विवृण्वता कु ( 1 ) लं
यदा (द) वापि । मलयगिरिणा साधुजनस्तेन भवतु कृती ३ इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचितायां चंद्र प्रज्ञप्तिका समाप्ताः ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथागं
९५०० ॥ etc.
Reference. -- See No. 251.

Page #270

255.]
VIII-XII. 12 Upāngas
245
THE EIGHTH to TWELTH UPĀNGAS
निरयावालकाश्रुतस्कन्ध
Nirayāvalikāšrutaskandha (निरयावलियासुयक्खंध) ( Nirayāvaliyāsuyakkhandha ) No. 255
112.
1872-73. Size.— 108 in. by 41 in. Extent.— 40 folios ; 11 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, smooth and white; Devanāgari
characters with eas; bold, big, clear and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. Ia and 400 blank; notes
added at times in margins; complete. Age.-- Old. Subject.—This Ms. contains five works which form the last five
upāngas viz., ( 1 ) Nirayāvaliyā (Nirayāvalikä ), (2) Kappavadimsiya (Kalpāvatamsikā ), (3) Pupphiyā ( Puşpikā ), (4) Pupphacúliyā (Pușpacũlikā ) and (5) Vanhidasā (Vrsnidaśa ). All these five works together form Nirayavalikaśrutaskandha, which is also styled as Nirayāvalikāsūtra. The first work is known as Kalpikā,' too. It consists of ten adhyayanas (chapters ) named as ( 1 ) Kāla, ( 2 ) Sukäla, ( 3 ) Mahākāla, ( 4 ) Krşņa, ( 5 ) Sukțşņa, (6) Mahākļşna, (7) Virakşıņa, (8) Rāmaksşņa, (9) Pitrsenaksṣṇa and (10) Mahāsenakțşņa. These are the names of the 10 sons of king Śreņika. Their lives are narrated in these chapters.
Kalpāvatarsikā consists of 10 adhyayanas, and deal with the lives of the Io sons of Kala and others. It describes Kalpāvatamsa, a celestial vimāna.
Puspikā describes 10 gods such as the Moon, the Sun and others. It, too, consists of 10 adhyayanas.
1. See the second page of Prameyaratnamañjüşā noted in No. 241. 2. They are named after the names of their mothers. See the commentary
(P. 3).

Page #271

246
"3
Begins. --- ( निरयावलिका ) fol. 1 ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ।
""
Ends.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1255.
Puspacülika, also known as Puspacúla consists of 10 adhyayanas. This upanga furnishes us with some details about 1o goddesses viz. Sri, Hri, Dhrti and others.
Vṛṣṇidasa, the last upanga consists of 12 adhyayanas and deals with the lives of twelve princes of Vahni race, their names being Niṣadha etc.
1.
तेणं कालेणं । तेणं समएणं । रायगिहे नामं नगरे होत्था रिद्धा गुणसिलए चइए । बन्नओ । असोगवरपायवे । पुढविसिलापट्टए । तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं । समणस्स भगवओ महावरिस्स । अंतेवासी अज्जसुहमे (म्मे) नामं अणगारे जातिसंपन्न जहा केसी जाव पंचहिं अणगारे (र) सएहिं सद्धिं संपरिवुडे etc.
- fol. 1. एवं खलु जंबू समणेणं भगवया जाव संपत्तेणं एवं उवंगा (ण) पंच वग्गा पत्ता । तं जहा । निरावलियाओ । कप्पवडेंसियाओ । पुष्फियाओ । पुष्पि (फ) चूलाओ वन्हिदसाओ । etc.
fol. rb (marginal com. ) तत्र निरा ( ( ) यावलि (का)ख्योपांगग्रंथस्यार्थतो महावीरनिगतवचनमभि ( धि ) त्सुराचार्यः सुधर्मस्वामी' सूत्रकारः । तेणं काणमित्यादि ग्रंथं तावदाह । अत्र णं वाक्यालंकारार्थः । etc.
fol. 164 सुकुमाले ततेणं से सुकाले कुमारे अन्नयाई तिहिं दंतिसहस्सेहिं जहा काले कुमारे निरवसेसं तं चैव महाविदेहे वासे अंतं कारेहिंति । छ । एवं सेसा वि अटु अज्झयणा नेयव्वा पढमसारसा णवरं मातातो रिससण्णामा (ओ) निरयावलियातो सम्मत्तातो ॥ छ ॥ निक्खेवो सव्वेसिं भाणियव्वो तहा । छ । १ ।
Begins. - ( कल्पावतंसिका fol. 166 जइ णं भंते समणेण भगवया जाव संपत्तेणं उगाणं पढस (म) स्सं (स्स) वग्गस्स निरयावलियाणं अयमडे पन्नत्ते । दोच (च) स मं भंते वग्गस्स कप्पवडेंसियाणं । समणेणं जाव संपत्तेणं कह अझयण पन्नत्ता । एवं खलु जंबु (बू) । समणेणं जाव संपत्तेणं कप्पवडिंसयाणं दस अज्झयणा पन्नत्ता । तं जहा परमे । महापउमे । भद्दे सुभदे (हे) परमभद्दे । पउमसेणे परमगुम्मे नलिणिगुम्मे | आणंदे नै (नं )दणे । जड़ णं भंते समणेणं जाव संपत्तेणं । कप्पवडिंसियाणं दस अज्झयणा पन्नत्ता etc.
Ends.fol. 174 महाविदेहे वासे जहा दृढपइने । जाब अंतकाहिति तं एवं खलु जंबू समणेणं जाव संपत्तेणं कप्पवडिंसियियाणं । पढमस्स अज्झयणस्स अयमहे पन्नतं । छ । छ ॥
These lines are found in Sricandras commentary to Niryävalikäsutra.

Page #272

255.]
VIII-XII. 12 Upangas
247
Ends.- fol. I7' सेणिय नतूण परियातो । उववातो आणुपुब्बीते पढमो सोहम्मे
बितितो ईसाणे ततितो सणंकुमारे चउत्थो माहिदे पंचमओ बंभलोए छहो लंतए सत्तमओ महामुक्के अहमओ सहस्सारे नवमतो पाणते दसमओ अच्चुए सव्वत्थ उक्कोसहिई भाणियबा महाविदे(हे)सिज्झिहिति कप्पवासियाओ
समत्ताओ। छ । बितितो वग्गो दस अज्झयणा । Begins.- (पुष्पिका ) fol. 17 जति णं भंते । समणेणं भगवया महावीरेण । जाव
संपत्तेणं उवंगाणं दोच्चस्स कप्पवडेसिंयाणं अयमढे पन्नत्ते । छ । तच्चस्स ण भंते वग(ग्गस्)स उवग्ग(वंगाणं पुष्फि(पिफ)याणं के अहे पन्नत्ते एवं खलु जंबू । समणेणं भगवया महावीरेणं जाव संपत्तेणं उवंगाणं तच्चस्स वग्गस्स पुष्फि(प्फि)याणं दस अज्झयणा पन्नत्ता । तं जहा ।
चंदे सूरे सक्के बहुपुत्तिय पुत्त(न्न)भद्दे माणिभद्दे य ।
दत्ते सिवे बंभाया । अणाहि (ढि)ए चेव बोधव्वा।
जइ णं भंते समणेणं । जाव संपत्तेणं । etc. Ends.--- fol. 33 एवं खलु जंबू निक्वेवउ । छ । फु । एवं दत्ते ।७ स्सिवे । ।
बले । ९ । अणाढिते । १० । सवे जहा पुन्नभद्दे । देवे सव्वसि दो सागरोवमाइं ठिई विमाणा देवसरिसनामा पुत्रभवे दत्ते चंदणाणामए सिवे माहिलाए बलो हथिणपुरे नगरे अणाढितो काकंदीए चेई(इया) जहा संगहणीए ।
ततिउ वग्गो सम्मत्तो । छ । Begins.- (पुष्पचूलिका ) fol. 33* जइ णं भंते समणेणं भगवता उक्खेवतो । जाव दस अज्झयणा । पन्नता । तं ।
सिरि हिरि घिति कित्ति बुद्धि लच्छी य होइ बोधव्वा ।
इलादेवी सुरादेवी रसदेवी गंधदेवी य। जइ णं भंते समणेणं भगवया महावीरेण । जाव स(सं)पत्तेणं उवंगाणं । चउत्थ स्स बग्गस्स पुष्फचूलाणं दस अज्झयणा पन्नत्ता। पढमस्स णं भते
उक्खेवओ । etc. Ends.- fol. 35 एवं सेसाण वि नवण्हं भाणियब्वं । सरिसनामा विमाणा सोहम्मे
कप्पे पुत्रभवे नगरे(र)चेइयपिइमादीणं अपणो य नामादी जहा संगहणीए सबा पासस्त अंतियं निक्खंता (ता)तो पुप्फचूलाणं सिस्सिणीयातो सरीरपातोसिणीयातो सब्बाओ अणंतरं चइत्ता । महाविदेहे वासे सिज्झिहिति ।
चउत्थो वगो(ग्गो) सम्मत्तो । छ । Begins.- (वृष्णिदशा ) fol. 354 जइ णं भंते उखेवओ उवंगाणं चउत्थस्स वग्गस्स
पुष्प(प्फ)चूलाणं । अयमहे पन्नत्ते । पंचमस्स णं भंते वग्गस्स उवंगाणं वन्हिसाणं समजेणं भगवया जाव संपत्तेणं etc.

Page #273

248
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 256.
Ends. fol. 40° एवं खलु जंबू समणेणं भगवया महावीरेणं जाव निक्खेवओ । छ । एवं सेसा वि एक्कारस अज्झयणा नेयव्वा । संगहणी अणुसारेणं अहीणमइरित्त एकारसा (स) सुवि । छ । निरयावलियासुयक्खंधो संम्मत्तो । छ | संमत्ताणि य उवंगाणि । छ । निरयावलियाउवंगेणं एगो सुयक्खधो पंच वग्गा | पंचसु दिवसे उद्दिस्संति । तत्थ उ ( उ ) सु वग्गेसु दस २ उद्देगा पंचमागा (मवग्गे) बारस उद्देसगा । छ ॥ ॥ निरयावलियासुक्खंधो सम्मत्तो । छ । निरयावलीसूत्रं समाप्तं । छ। निरयावली संमत्तं । श्री ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ etc.
Reference. Published with Śricandra Suri's commentary in the Agamodaya Samiti Series in A. D. 1922. For its contents etc. see Weber II, p. 601, Indian Antiquary vol. XX, p. 20 ff., and Z. D. M. G. vol. XXXIV, p. 178. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 393, and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 33.
निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्ध zyrtareiza
No. 256
Size. 10 in. by 41 in.
Extent. (text) 34 folios; 2 to 14 lines to a page; 58 letters to a line. - (com.),, 14 to 19 Description.
65
-
Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional as; bold, clear and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; some of the foll. marked with three circular discs in red ink, one in the centre and one in each margin; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; this is a fat Ms. ; the text is written in the middle and in a bigger hand; red chalk and yellow pigment profusely used; foll. 1a and 34 blank; condition tolerably good; the commentary composed in Samvat 1228. See No. 257; extent of the text 1109 slokas, and that of the commentary 605.
رو

22
Nirayavalikāśrutaskandha with vyākhyā
158.
1873-74.
وو
33 33
در

در
در رو
""

Page #274

257.1
Age.- Old.
Author of the com.
Śricandra Sūri.
Subject. The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit.
Begins. (text) fol. 1° àrà
i etc., as in No. 255.
(com.) श्री
पार्श्वनाथं नमस्कृत्य । प्रायो (S) न्यग्रंथवीक्षिता । निरयावल[का]श्रुतस्कंधे व्याख्या काचित्प्रकाश्यते ॥ १etc. etc., practically up to as in No. 255 followed by the lines as under :ग्रंथाग्रं १९१०९ ।। इति श्रेयो (S) स्तु लेषकवाचकयोः ॥ छ ॥ पंडितश्रीरंगविजयः ॥
در
در
Ends. (text) fol. 33 g
VIII-XII. 12 Upangas
ور در
- (com) fol. 33' सकलकर्म्मकृतविकारविरहतया तात्पर्यार्थमाह । सर्वदुःखानामतं करेंति ॥ इति श्री श्रीचंद्रसूरिविरचितं निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कंधविवरण समाप्तमिति || ग्रंथाग्रं ॥ ६०५ ॥ शुभं भवतु लेखकपाठकयोः ॥ चिरं नंदतु पुस्तिका ।
Reference. See No. 255.
---

निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्धव्याख्या
249
Nirayavalikāśrutaskandhavyākhyā
No. 257
Size. 10 in. by 41 in Extent.
12-111 folios; 17 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line. Description. Country paper, brittle and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; mostly unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre; the numbered, in the margins, too; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1a missing; otherwise complete; edges of some of the foll. slightly worn out; condition tolerably good; this Ms. does not give the text continuonsly; it is rather given in parts; total extent 1746 slokas; the commentary composed in Samvat 1228.
IJ. L. P. 1

738.
1892-95.

Page #275

250 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[258 Age.- Sarivat 1623. Author.- Sricandra Suri. Subject.-- A Sanskrit commentary explaining Nirayāvalikāśruta
skandha. Begins.- fol. 24 क(:) सारो वर्णातिशयस्तत्प्रधानो यो निकषो रेखा तस्य यत्प
क्षम बहुलत्वं तद्वद्यो गौरः स कनकपुलकनिकषपक्ष्मगौरः । तथा उग्र etc. Ends.- fol. 12° सकलकर्मकृत etc., up to ग्रंथाj as in No. 256 followed
by ६३७ सूत्रवृत्तिसर्वसंख्या १७४६ शुभं भवतु ।। संवत् १६२३ वर्षे श्री जेसलमेरौं पं० कल्याणधीरेणालोख । स्ववाचनाय ।। श्रीः ।।
वसुलोचनरवि(१२२८)वर्षे श्रीमत्श्रीचंद्रसूरिभिदृब्ध्वा(ब्धा)।
आभडवसाकवसतौ निरयावलिशास्त्रवृत्तिरियं ॥१॥
छ etc. Reference.-- See No. 256.
-
-
facgratsiya F UTEJIETI Nirayāvalikāśrutaskandhavyākhyā
607. No. 258
1884-86. Size.- Iol in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 12 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper, rough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters; small, clear, bold and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pig
ment used; complete; composed in Samvat I 228; extent
650 ślokas ; condition very good. Age.- Old. Begins.- fol. I ॐ नमः श्रीमते शांतिनाथाय ॥
पार्श्वनाथं etc. as in No. 256. Ends.--- fol. 12 सकलकर्मकृत etc., up to विवरणं समाप्तं as in No. 256
followed by the lines as under :-- छ ॥ छ । श्री।
वसुलोचनरवि( १२२८)वर्षे श्रीमच्छ्रीचंद्रसूरिभिदृब्धा ।
आभडवसाकवसात्ता(सतौ) ॥ निरयावलिशास्त्रवृत्तिरियं ॥१॥
ग्रंथानं ६५०मितं ।। N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 256.

Page #276

259.
निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्धव्याख्या
No. 259
VIII-XII. 12 Upangas
निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्धव्याख्या

251
Nirayāvalikāśrutaskandhavyākhyā
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 9 folios; 18 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line. Description. Country paper, thin and grey; Devanagari characters with occasional чers; small, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; some lacunæ (vide fol. 4th); fol. 9b blank; complete; extent 7037(?) slokas; condition tolerably good. Age. Pretty old.
Begins. fol. 1a qråari az etc. as in No. 256.
Ends. fol. 9 स(कल) कर्म्मकृतविकार etc., up to श्रुतस्कंधविवरण as in No. 256 followed by संपूर्ण ॥ श्री etc. ग्रंथाग्रं ७०३७ ( ७३७२ ) ॥ श्री etc. N. B. For further particulars see No. 256.
1277.
1886-92.
Niraya valikāśrutaskandhavyākhyā

No. 260
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 15 folios; 15 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line.
Description. Country paper, rough aud white; Devanagari characters with as; bold, sufficiently big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; complete; edges of some of the foll. slightly worn out; condition tolerably good.
Age.- Old.
Begins. fol. 14 ॐ नमः ॥ श्रीमते शांतिनाथाय ॥
i
etc. as in No. 256
739.
1892-95.

Page #277

252
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Ends. fol. 150 सकलकर्म्म. etc., up to श्रुतस्कंधविवरणं as in No. 256. Here it terminates.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 256.
निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्धव्याख्या
Age. Samvat 1931.
Begins. fol. rh श्रीगणेशाय नमः ॥
No. 261
Size. 11 in. by 5 in.
Extent.
21 folios; 12 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line. Description. Country paper, rough, tough and white; Devanagari characters; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; fol. ra blank; so is the fol. 21b; complete; condition good.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 257.
-
22
etc. as in No. 256.
Ends. fol. 21* सकलकर्म्मकृत etc., up to समाप्तमिति as in No. 256 followed by the lines as below:----
शुभं भवतु संवत् १९३१ ज्येष्ठशुक्लनवम्यां चंद्रवासरे व्यलीलिखत् व्यासटीकमदास श्री' जेसलमेरुदुर्गे' श्रीवै (?) रीशालराज्ये शुभं भूयात् श्रीरस्तु.
निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्ध दब्बासहित
No. 262
Size. 10ĝin. by 4 in. Extent.

Nirayavalikāśrutaskandhavyākhya
""
درز
159.
1873-74.
(text) 53 folios; 8 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. (tabbā),,
; 44
در
261.
Nirayavalikāśrutaskandha with tabbā
754.
1899-1915.
در در در

""
در در
23

Page #278

VIII - XII. 12 Upangas
253
Description.-- Country paper, tough and white; Devanāgarī charac ters; this Ms. contains the text as well as the tabba, the latter written in a very small hand; legible and very fair handwriting; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk used; fol. 1a blank; a big strip of paper pasted to fol. 1a; small strips to corners of several other foll. ; foll. 35 to 44 slightly worm-eaten ; condition on the whole very fair; foll. numbered in both the margins; both the text and the tabba complete ; extent 1100 slokas.
262.
Age.— Samvat 1765.
Subject.
The text in Prakrit together with its interlinear explanation in Gujarati.
Begins.- (text) fol. rh श्री गुरुभ्यो नमः ।
"
तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc., as in No. 255.
- ( tabba) fol. 1 ॐ नमो भगवत्यै नमः ।
तेइ कालि चोथे आरइ ॥ तेणे समइ तेणइ || प्रस्तावि ॥ राजग्रह नामि ॥ नगरइ ॥ हुबुं ॥ गुस्ता (ण) सा (शिल नामि ॥ चैत्य ॥ हुंतो ॥ वर्णण वन || अशोकं वर प्रधान वृक्ष हुतो ॥ etc.
Ends.~(text ) fol. 534 एवं खलु जंबूसमणेणं etc., up to बार उसग निरयावला (लि) या सुयक्खंधो समतो छ as in No. 255 followed by ग्रंथाग्रंथ ११०० इति श्रीनिरयावलिया उप्पांग समापतं संवत् १७६५ वरषे आसोमासे शुक्लपक्षे चउदस रविवासरे 'वांकानेर नगरे लः पुः ऋश्रीमहावजी ततसीष्यकऽश्री ५ प्रेमजी ल. ऋ. वीरजी ऋ । जगा ऋ । वालजीनी प्रत है सही ३
- ( tabba ) fol. 53 इम सेष थाकतां इगियार अध्येन जांणवां ॥ कहेवां सर्वः संगृहेणीनें अनुंसारइ ॥ अद्धीक उनो ॥ इगीयारनिं इम जाणवो ॥ निराव[ण] लिनो ॥ श्रुतस्कंद्ध ॥ समाप्त ॥ समतो एनी ग्रंथनि ॥ निरावलीका ॥ उपांगनि ॥ एक श्रुतस्कंध | पांच वर्ग ॥ पांचे दविसे कहवा उदेस्यो । तीहां चउथो वर्ग ।। दस उदेशे करी सहीत || पांचमे वर्गे बार उद्देसा कर्या निरयावलीनो श्रयस्कंद्धो ॥ समाप्त ॥ ग्रंथाग्रंथ ॥ पाठ ११०० इती निरयावलीया ॥ उपांग समाप्तः ॥
Reference.--- See No. 255.

Page #279

254 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
263. निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्धपयाय NirayāvalikaSrutaskandhaparyaya No. 263
736 (16).
1875-76. Extent.--- fol. 156 to fol. 168. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyaya
___No. 736 (I).
No. 1875-76. Subject.-- Difficult words etc., occurring in Nirayāvalikāśrutaskandha
elucidated. Begins.-fol. IF पाक्षिकवृत्तौ पक्वसंधी आ(अ)मावास्या ।
तो कह निज्जुत्तीए मइ इति आवश्यकनियुक्तिः । etc.
निरावलीश्रुतस्कंधपर्याय यथा विहरइ etc. Ends.-fol. 16 इति पुरुषा वागुरेव मृगबंधनमिव सर्वतो भवनात् तया परिक्षिप्ताः । वहुपडिपुन्नाई बायालीसा इति । पणयालीसं पाठांतरं ।।
इति निरा(रया)वलिकाश्रुतस्कंधपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ।
निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्धपर्याय Nirayāvalikasrutaskandhaparyaya No. 264
789 (16).
1895-1902. Extent.— fol. 246. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastuka paryāya
No._789 ( 1 ).
. 1895-1902.. Begins.-fol. 24 पाक्षिकवृत्तौ पक्खसंधी अमावास्या etc., as in No. 263. Ends.-fol. 24' इति पुरुषा वायुरेव मृगबंधन etc. N. B.- For subject see No. 263.
निरयावलिकाबालावबोध
Nirayāvalikäbālāvabodha
160. No. 265
1873-73. Size.- II in. by 6 in. Extent. -3+ID4 folios; I3 lines to a page ; 28 letters to a line.

Page #280

265.
VIII-XII. 12 Upangas
255
Description.- Country paper, thick, rough and white; Devanagarī
characters; bold, very big, quite legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink, edges singly; complete ; this Ms. contains an additional fol. numbered as I and containing the colophon; condition
very good. Age.- Samvat 1930.
Author..- Not mentioned.
Subject. - A Gujarāti commentary to Nirayāvalikā. Begins.-fol. I" अहं । श्रीपार्श्वनाथाय ॥ नमो अरिहंताणं । नमो सिद्धाणं । नमो
आयरियाणं । नमो उवज्झायाणं । नमो लोए सव्वसाहूणं ॥१॥
अथ निरयावलीसूत्र अवचूरि लिख(ख्य)ते । अध्ययन समुदाय ॥ पत्र प्रथम ॥१॥ संग्रामाकार ! पत्र ॥२॥ आयु तेहूं जाणुं जीपसइ ।
के नही जीपइ। भासजइ । के नही भाजइ etc. Ends.-fol. 3* नव हात देह प्रमाण इत्यादि श्रीपार्श्वनाथनु वर्णक जाणवु ॥ छ ।
पत्र १॥ सदा उझ चनु ठाम पत्र ॥३३॥ सामुदा। हर्षनी भेरी । यथायोग धने करी ॥ पत्र ॥३४॥ इति निरयावली अवचूरि संपूर्णः॥ सं० १६७५ वर्षे चैत्र वदि । १० ॥ लषितं । साहा श्री ५ जीवापठनार्थे ।
ईति जूनि पर्त माहेथी। सं०। १९३० वरषे पोश वदि ८ ॥ दिने रवीवारें । लषितं ॥ श्री थिराद'मध्ये ॥ श्रीसेवक ठाकोर । मे आरांमसत माणकचंद ॥ श्रीश्रु(स)रकार साहिबने लषी आप्यु छि । ए परत । मेंता भगवानलाले लषावी । अंगरेच सरकार वास्ते ॥ श्रीसु(शुभं भवतु ॥ श्री ।। इति निरयावली अवचूरि समाप्तं ॥ श्रीमेंहं मायादेवी न्मं ॥ श्रीसरस्वती तुभ्यं न्मो ॥ श्री ॥ श्री ॥ए सर्वे थइनं पांनां दशे दश लष्यां छै ॥
Begins.- fol. la श्रीनमः॥
'श्रीमाली'वरवंशमौक्तिकसमस्फूर्जतश्रिया(5)लंकृतो
मंत्री गोवलनामतः समभवत् श्री पाडलीया'न्वये । सूनुस्तस्य च पाल्हणाख्यसचिवस्तज्जो(s)पि पेथाभिधो
बुद्धया श्रेणिकनंदनस्य सदृशश्चातुर्यधैर्याश्रितः॥१॥ प्रासादोद्धरणप्रकृष्टपदवीबिंबप्रतिष्ठापक
स्तस्यासीद्व(द्ध)रमातराख्यतनुजस्तद्वल्लभा(

Page #281

256
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
2651
सत्पुत्रो(s)स्ति तयोः सुधर्मनिरतः श्रीधर्मसिंहाभिधः
सर्वेभ्येषु च सभ्यसद्गुणगणारामाभिरामः सदा ॥२॥ सत(त)शी(च्छी )लभूषणविभूषितचारुदेहा
सोहीरभूत् प्रथमका किल तस्य कांता। तस्याः सुतः कमलसिंहवराभिधानो
विद्याधरो गुणनिधिस्तनयस्तदीर्यः(? यः)॥३॥ पतिव्रताधर्मसदानुरक्ता
भार्या द्वितीया मरघू प्रसिद्धा ॥ तस्याः सुतः श्रीनरसिंहनामा
ख्यातः सदाचारविचारविज्ञः॥४॥ स्वभुजोपात्तवित्तस्य व्ययात् श्रीकल्पपुस्तकं धर्मसिहधनीनाम्ना । लिखापयादिदं महत् ॥ ५॥ 'राका'पक्षीयगच्छी(?च्छे) प्रचरगुणयुता जैत्रचंद्राभिधानाः
मूरिः श्रीपूज्यपादा जे(ज)गति विजयते सूरयो भावचंद्राः। श्रीमच्चारित्रचंद्राभिधवरगुरवश्चारुचारित्रभाजः
सर्वे श्रीसंघलोके प्रवितरतु सुखं शास्वतानंदरूपं ॥६॥ तेषां च पट्टे महिमा(म)प्रभाट्याः
सूरीस्व(श्व )राः श्रीमुनिचंद्रपादाः भानोः समाः संप्रति विद्यमानाः
श्री भीमपल्लीय'गणे जयंति ॥७॥ कालाद्विक्रमभूपतोरषुशरपंचैकके(१५५५) वत्सरैः(रे)
वैशाषस्य गभस्तिनाम्न्यनुमिते घने सिते शीतगे। श्रीकल्याभिधशास्त्रपुस्तकामह श्रीमद्गुरोरर्पयत् ____मंत्रीशो बहुभाक्तिपूरितमनाः श्रीधर्मसिंहः कृती ॥८॥ जीयाश्चिरं महाशास्त्रपुस्तकं साधुसाधुभिः वाच्यमानं सभामध्ये सुधियां हर्षकारकं ॥९॥ श्रीमत्श्रीमुनिचंद्रसूरिसुगुरोः प्रौढप्रसादात् क्षिता
वधूंकुक्षिसमुद्भवो नरमाणः श्रीधर्मसिंहः कृती। इभ्यः सभ्ये (भ्य)तमः कलत्रतनयैः साकं चिरं जीवतात्
स्फूजतस्वीयपवित्रगोत्रशिरसि स्वाच( ? )तं स्तोपम ॥१०॥ इति प्रशस्ति ॥ इति लषितं श्रीसेवकश्रीम्पारांमस्तुत्तमाणकचंद श्री थराद'मधे(ध्ये ) वास्तव्यं ॥

Page #282

266.
I. 10 Prakirnakas
III. PRAKIRNAKAS (A) 10 PRAKIRNĀKAS
THE FIRST PRAKĪRNAKA
चतुःशरण
( चउसरण )
No. 266
Extent. -- fol. 234 to fol. 254.
Description. Complete. For other details see Bhaktamarastotra
316 (a ). A.1882-83.
257
No.
Age. - Not modern.
Author. --- Virabhadra.
Subject. This work also known as Kuśalanubandhi 'adhyayana (Kusalānubandhi ajjhayana ) deals with four śaranas in 65 verses in Prakrit, the portion preceding the 1st verse being in prose. The other name is probably due to the 9th verse. See fol. 23a.
Catuḥsarana
( Causarana ) 316 (1).
A. 1882-83.
Begins. fol. 23 चत्तारि मंगलं अरिहंता मंगलं सिद्धा मंगलं । साहू मंगलं । केवलिपण (ण्णत्तो धम्मो मंगलं ॥ १ । चत्तारि लोगोत्तमा । अरिहंता लोगोत्तमा । सिद्धा लोगोत्तमा । साहू लोगोत्तमा । केवलिपण (ण्णत्तो धम्मो लोगोत्तमो ॥२॥ चत्तारि सरणं पवज्जामि अरिहंते सरणं पव्व (ब) ज्जामि ॥ सिद्धे सरणं
(a) ज्जामि साहू सरणं पव्व (व) ज्जामि केवलिपण (ण) त्तो धम्मो सर ( णं) पव्व ( ब ) ज्जामि ॥ ३ ॥
Ends.fol. 25° इथ जीवपमायहारिवीर भद्दंतमेयमज्झयणं । झाएस तिसंझम झकारणं निव्व(बु) इसुहाणं ॥
सावज्जजोगविरई उक्कित्तण गुणवओ य पडिवत्ती
खलियस्स नं ( निं) दणा वणवि (ति) गच्छ गुणधारणा चेव ॥ ४ etc. - fol. 234 अमरिंद[कुंभं ] नरिंदमुणिंदवंदियं वंदिउं महावीरं । कुसलाणुबंधिबंधुरमज्झयणं वित्तयस्सामि ॥ १२ ॥

कुसलाण्रबंधिज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ॥ ६६ ॥ इति चउसरणं सम्मतं ॥ ॥
Reference. This work was published in A. D. 1886 by Rai Dha napatisinh Bahadur along with the following nine prakirnakas:
33 - [J. L. P. 1

Page #283

258
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[.267.
(1) Tandulavaicārika, ( 2 ) Devendrastava, ( 3 ) Ganividya, (4) Saṁstāraka, (5) Aturapratyākhyāna, (6) Bhaktaparijñā, ( 7 ) Candravedhyaka, ( 8 ) Mahāpratyakhyāna and (9) Maranavibhakti. The last is also known as Maranasamadhi. Agamodaya Samiti, too, has published this work along with chāyā, in its series as No. 46. Herein are included the following nine prakirņakas:
( 1 ) Aturapratyākhyāna, ( 2 ) Mahapratyäkhyāna, (3) Bhaktaparijñā, ( 4 ) Tandulavaicārika, ( 5 ) Samstäraka, (6) Gacchācāra, ( 7 ) Ganividyā, ( 8 ) Devendrastava and (9) Maraṇasamadhi. Thus, in this list we find Gacchācāra in place of Candravedhyaka.
The text together with avacũri was published in D. L. J. P. F. series as No. 59 in A. D. 1922.
For contents etc. see Weber. II, Nos. 1861-1864, p. 608 and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 108. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 389.
For the opening lines beginning with it and ending with TFAT FIT(0) 982HTÀ see Bhakta parijñā No. 298.
There is another work having Catuḥsarana for its title; but, as it does not seem to have any other point in common with this work, it is not being included under this group of prakirnakas, but is incorporated under miscellanea."
चतुःशरण
Catuḥsarana
1280 (c). No. 267
1891-95. Extent.-- fol. 45 to fol. 5b. Description. — Complete. The number of verses is mentioned as 63,
though it is numbered as 4th. For other details see Brhadaticāra No. 13
rica No 1280 (a).
NO. 1891-95. Begins.-- fol. 45 ali ACS etc., as in No. 266. Ends.-- fol. 56 g Faqaty etc. up to ugl as in No. 266 followed
by 11 gra Fasiga TUI F*HT 11 EG 11 N. B.— For other details see:No. 266.

Page #284

1. 10 Prakirnakas
359
चतु:शरण
Catuḥsarana No. 268
386 (8).
1879-80. Size.- 98 in. by 4g in. Extent.- 132 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari
characters with frequent TETETTS; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; foll. numbered in both the margins; yellow pigment used; fol. I decorated with a design in various colours%3; similar is the case with fol. 132b3; foll. 62 to 112 more or less worm-eaten ; edges of the last two foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole tolerably good ; this work ends on fol. 30; 63 verses; complete ; this Ms.: contains in addition the following 14 prakirņakas :आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
foll. भक्तपरिज्ञा संस्तारक तन्दुलवैचारिक
17, 30 (5) चन्द्रवेध्यक
30*, 360 देवेन्द्रस्तव
36° ,, 474 (8) गणिविद्या
47 , 500 (9) महाप्रत्याख्यान
50, 54 (10) वीरस्तव
54 ,, 564 (II) अजीवकल्प (12) गच्छाचार (13) मरणसमाधि
624,88 (14) तीर्थोद्गालिक
88° ,, I320 The total extent of this Ms. is 1565 ślokas, the number of gāthās being 1233. See No. 386 (n ).
1879-80. Age.-- Samvat 1671. Begins.---fol. 1 सावज्जजोगविरई etc. Ends.- fol. 3' इय जीव etc., up to सुहाणं as in No. 266 followed
by ६३ चउसरणं सम्मत्तं छ । N. B. - For additional details see No. 266.
.
5ba

Page #285

260
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[269.
चतु:शरण
Catuhsarana No. 269
141 (8).
1872-73.. Size.- II in. by 4] in. Extent.-- 96-1 =95 folios ; 13 lines to a page; so letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, and greyish ; Devanāgarī charac.
ters with occasional gears; sufficiently big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; this Ms. seems to be ex. posed to fire ; fol. ra blank; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; marginal notes here and there%3; fol. 67th missing ; otherwise complete ; some foll. worm-eaten ; condition not satisfactory; this Ms. contains the following 14 additional works :(I) आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
foll. 3° to 5 (2) भक्तपरिज्ञा (3) संस्तारक
वीरस्तव गच्छाचार
अजीवकल्प (7) चन्द्रवेध्यक (8) देवेन्द्रस्तव
27 , 35 गणिविद्या
35*, 37 (10) महाप्रत्याख्यान
_37° ,, 40 (II) तन्दुलवैचारिक (12) मरणविधि (13) आराधनापताका
8 ,926 (14) सारावली
92b ,, 95 Age.- Old. Begins.-fol. I' ॐ नमः श्रीजिनागमाय ॥
सावज्जजोगविरई etc. Ends.---fol. 34 इअ जीव etc., up to निवुइसहाणं as in No. 266.
This is followed by the line as under :
इति बृहश्चतुःशरणप्रकीर्णकं ॥छ ॥१॥ N. B. --For further particulars see No. 266.
1
TIM
27
400
490
666
I There is a work named वृद्धचतुःशरण noted in Jaina Granthavali; but it seems to be different from this.

Page #286

270.
1. 10 Prakirnakas
261
चतुःशरण
Catuhšarana No. 270
1358 (a).
1891-95 Size.-- 104 in. by 4.3 in. Extent. --- 50 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description. ---- Country paper, thin, rough and greyish ; Deva
någari characters with occasional TASTIS; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only ; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only ; the numbered, in the margins, too; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 1a; this Ms. contains the names of the ten prakīņakas etc.; complete ; a portion of fol. 13b worn out; bits of paper pasted to foll. So, 246 and 25*; edges of the last few foll. damaged ; condition toterably good ; 63 verses; complete ; this Ms. contains the following 10 additional works :(1) 3TTTTTTTEUTAT
foll. (2) ÁFATTA
6a, 10 (3) TETT (4) तन्दुलवैचारिक
Isb je 266 (5) चन्द्रवेध्यक देवेन्द्रस्तव
32* », 416 (7) HETTEUTETTA
415.45b (8) Trofei (9) STATE (10) fita
49 » Sob Age.- Fairly old. Begins.- fol. 1b BX FÆT stafarar li
FTESHITETE I etc., Ends.-fol. 3" 30 HITTAIT etc., up to faca(a)tuara 1 I followed
by Frgroaiatzago FiR. N. B. - For additional details see No. 266.
3
TO
64
26b22a
» 481

Page #287

262
चतुःशरण
No. 271
➖➖➖
Extent. fol. 4a to fol. 6a.
Description.- Complete. For other details see Jivavicāra No.:
Begins. fo. 4 zait ánð aftar etc. सावज्जजोगविरई' etc.
Ends.fol. 6a gq faq
N. B. For further particulars see No, 266,
चतुःशरण
No. 272
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
चतुःशरण
No. 273
etc., up to as in No. 266.
Catuḥsarana
1262 (c).
1891-95.
Extent. foi. 12 to fol. 13".
Description.- Complete. For other details see Maraṇavidhi No..

[ 273
$79 (a). 1895-98.
Begins. fol. 12a grasasimârs etc. Ends.fol. 138
etc., up to gr as in No. 266 followed by || ६३ कुसलाणुबंधज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥ N. B. For other details see No. 266.
No. 317.
Age. Samvat 1491.
Begins. fol. 7a safar etc..
1 This verse is here numbered as the 4th as in No. 266.
1262(a). 1891-95.

Catuḥsarana
579 ( d ).
1895-98.
Extent. fol. 7° to fol. 8.
Description. Complete. For additional particulars see Samstaraka
Catuḥsarana
1168 (d).
1887-91.

Page #288

275.]
I. 10 Prakirnakas
263
Ends.---fol. 8 इय जीवपमाय etc., up to सुहाणं॥६३ कुसलाणुबांधज्झयणं
समतं followed by मंगलमस्तुः ॥ छ । सं० १४९१ वर्षे फायणवदि ७
it farad 11 TTESİ etc., ÅTTC AESTI fa paaft: 1171
TH TITTUT: 113 N. B. - For other particulars see No. 266.
चतुःशरण
Catuhsarana No. 274
613 (j).
1884-86. Extent.— fol. 45a to fol. 47a. Description. — Complete. For other details see Pākşikasūtra
613 ( a ).
NO. 1884-86. Begins.--fol. 452 HTATHFITTE etc. Ends.fol. 478 g FETTATO etc., up to EU as in No. 266 followed by the line as below:
3 SERUT FATA: 1! y 11 N. B.- For other details see No. 266.
चतुःशरण
Catuhsarana अवचूरिसहित
with avacūri
645 (a). No. 275
1884-86. Size.- 10j in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 8 folios ; 26 lines to a page ; 56 to 74 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, very thin, rough and greyish; Deva
nāgari characters; this is a pagrei Ms. containing the text and the commentary, the latter in a very small hand; legible and tolerably good hand-writing ; bordets ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and white pigment used; the ist fol. slightly torn; each fol. worm-eaten to some extent; a strip of white paper pasted to fol. 8a; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete ; this Ms. contains the following 3 additional works:

Page #289

264
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[276.
(I) आतुरप्रत्याख्यान with अवचूरि foll 2 to 30 (2) भक्तपरिज्ञा (3) संस्तारक
" , , 6, 85 Age.- Sarmvat I484. See No. 319. . Subject. -- The text along with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.---( text ) fol. I* नमो जिनेद्राय ॥
सावज्जजोगविरइ(ई) etc., as in No. 266. -( com.) fol. I सामायिक ( letters scratched out) उत्कीर्तना २४ जिनस्तवेन २ ज्ञानादि गुणवत्प्रतिपत्तिः ३ खलि. प्रति ४ ख (व)ण कायोत्सर्गः ५ गुणा विरत्यादयः ६ इति षडावश्यकसूचा ॥ १ इहैव जिनशासने स नान्यत्र २ चतुर्विशि(श)तेरात्मनां जीवानां जिनसंबंधिनां स्तवः क्रियते । यत्र चतुर्विशत्यात्म(क)स्तवेन । आदिशब्दाद् दर्शनचारित्राचरणग्रहाः । तत्संपन्नज्ञानादिगुणयुक्तभक्तिकरणात् । ज्ञानवानपि दर्शनचारित्रगुणयुक्त एव वंदनकप्रतिपत्तियोग्यः ॥ विधिना ३२ दोष २५ (आ)वश्यकशुद्धिः क्रियते तेषां
ज्ञानाचारादिना तुः पुनरर्थे ४ etc. Ends.-( text ) fol. 24 इअ जीवपमायमहारि etc., as in No. 266.
-( com.) fol. 20 हे जीवात्मन् वीरं सुभटकल्पं । भद्रं यस्मात् । भद्रांत
मोक्षप्रापकं । एतत् ऽध्ययनं । जीअ इति पाठो जितप्रमादमहारिवीरभद्र
स्येदं तदेव । उक्तः साधो लक्षणमध्ययनमतिः (?) ६३ छः श्रीः छ । Reference. — See No. 266.
चतुःशरण अवचूरिसाहत
Catuhsarana with avacuri
No. 276
260. A.1882-83.
Size. 101 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- (text) 8 folios ; 22 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a line.
, - (com.),, , , , , , , 62. , " " "

Page #290

277.]
1. 10 Prakirņakas
265
Description.--- Country paper rough and white; Devanāgarī charac
ters; this is a fearêc Ms., the text written in a bigger hand as compared with the commentary ; legible and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in right hand margin only ; both the text and the commentary complete; condition very good; the
commentary seems to be almost the same as in No. 278. Author.- Guņaratna Sūri. Age. - Samvat 1645. Begins.-(text) fol. 1a FA: 1
FTFUTT etc. » --(com.), „ EGAETTÄ TTATE etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 86 gu Gratari etc., up to TETU 118 11 as in
No. 272 followed by tà ad:TOTroianni and etc. », - com. ) fol. 86 grūggr etc., up to strurf: as in No. 278.
followed by the lines as under:---
Ell gra agiztagalureitsarit: 1 FIAT STIE 11 aa१६४५ ॥ वर्षे भाद्रपदमासे शुक्लपक्षे नवम्यां तिथौ रविवारे.
Then in a different hand we have I Etati Reference. - See No. 266.
चतुःशरण
Catuhsaraņa अवचूर्णिसहित
with avacūrņi
720. No. 277
1899-1915. Size. — 101 in. by 44 in. Extent.- (text) s folios; 7 lines to a page; 36 letters to a line.
„ - (com.) s folios; 15 lines to a page ; 104 letters to a
line.
Description.-- Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanāgari
characters with guaraTS ; bold, legible and elegant handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; it is a
9a9et Ms. containing both the text and its commentary, 34 IJ. L. P.]

Page #291

266
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 278.
the latter written in a very small hand; both complete; condition very good, though the edges of all the foll. slight
ly damaged. Age.- Fairly old. Subject. - The text along with a small commentary' in Sanskrit. Begins.- ( text) fol. I सावज्जजोगविरई १ कित्तण २ etc. ,, -( com.) fol. I इदमध्ययन परमपदप्राप्तिबीजरूपत्वात् श्रेयोभूतमतस्त
दारंभे ग्रंथकृन्मंगलरूपसामायिकाद्यावश्यकार्थकथन? सर्वभावमंगलक(का)
रणद्रव्यमंगलभूतगजादि१४ etc. Ends.- (text) fol. sb इअ जीवपमाय etc., up to निव्वुइसुहाणं as in
No. 266 followed by the lines as below :___इति चतुःशरणप्रकीर्णकं ॥ लिखितं गच्छाधिराजश्रीमुनिसुंदर
सूरिशिष्येण ॥ , -( com. ) fol. Fb प्रत्येकबुद्धा अपि तावंत एव प्रकीर्णकान्यपि तावति भवं
तीति गाथार्थः ॥ ६३ ॥ इति चतुःशरणप्रकीर्णकावचूर्णिः ॥ श्रेय
स्तात् ॥ श्रीः॥ Reference. - See No. 266.
चतुःशरण
Catuhsarana अवचूर्णिसहित
with avacūrņi
188. No. 278
1871-72. Size.—-98 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- (text) 11 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line.
,, -- (com.),, ,, , ,, ,, ,,53 , , , Description.- Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari
characters with पृष्टमात्राs; this is a त्रिपाटी Ms. the text written in a slightly bigger hand; borders ruled in three lines in black ink ; red chalk used ; yellow pigment, too; condition very good; both the text and the commen tary complete.
1. This small commentary seems to be the same as one given in the printed edition (D. L. J. P. F. Series, No. 59).

Page #292

279.]
I. I0 Prakirnakas
267
Age.- Samvat 1686. Subject. The text along with a small commentary agreeing in
__main points with No. 277. Begins.-(text) fol. I सावज्जजोगविरई etc.
--(com.),, ,, इदमध्ययनं परमपदप्राप्तिबीजभूतत्वात् श्रेयोभूतं अतस्तदारंभे ग्रंथकृन्मंगलरूपसामायिकाद्यावश्यकार्थकथन१भावमंगलकारणद्रव्यमंगल
भूतगजादि१४स्वप्नोच्चारव्याजसर्वतीर्थद्गुणस्मरण२ etc. Ends.- (text) fol. II इअ जीवपमाय etc., up to सुहाj as in No. 272
followed by a line as under:---
इति श्रीचतु( :)शरणप्रकीर्णकसूत्रं संपूर्ण ।। ,, -(com.) fol. I' प्रत्येकबुद्धा अपि तावंत एव प्रकीर्णकान्यपि ताति भवं
तीति ज्ञापितं भवतीति गाथार्थः ६३ इति श्रीचतुःशरणप्रकीर्णकावचूर्णिण(ः) संपूर्णा लिखिता संवत् १६८६ वर्षे वैशाषवदि १२ दिने प्रथम
प्रहरे 'मीर्या' पुरे मुनिहरिलिखितं ॥ छ । Reference.- See No. 266.
चतुःशरण
Catuhsarana टिप्पणकसहित
with tippaņaka
247 (8). No. 279
1871-72. Size.- IIT in. by + in. Extent.-- 7 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 70 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with TEATS; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk used; marginal notes added at times%3; foll. do not appear to have been numbered; the text and notes com. plete; every fol. more or less worm-eaten; condition very fair ; this Ms. contains the following 3 additional works :(I) आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
foll. 2o to 3a (2) भक्तपरिज्ञा
3. ,, 6 (3) संस्तारक
__, 6, 70 Age.- Samvat 1468. See No. 310.

Page #293

268
"
Begins.--(text) fol. 12 सावज्जनोगावरई etc.
""
--(com.),, " कुशलस्य पुण्यानुबंधिपुण्यस्य अनुबंधो निरंतरता ete. Ends.--- (text) fol 28 इय जीत्र etc., up to सम्मत्तं as in No. 266.
--(com.) fol. 24 सम्यम मनोवाक्कायैः क्रियमाणं स्वर्गापवर्गाय । कुशलेन पुण्यानुबंधिपुण्येन जीवं अनुबध्नाति योजयति अत एव कुशलानुबंधि तच्च तदध्ययनं च कुशलानुबंध्यध्ययनं ।
Reference. -- See No. 266.
चतुःशरण टब्बासहित
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
""
No. 280
Size.-- ro in. by 4g in.
Extent.~~~ ( text ) 9 folios; 15 lines to a page; 34 letters to a line.
— ( tabbä ),,,,
;"
23 33
32
,, ;45 Description.- Country paper rough and grey; Devanagarī characters with gears; hand-writing of the text very big; legible and very fair hand-writing on the whole; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; foll. 1a and ob blank; condition very good; both the text and the interlinear tabbă complete.
Age. - Samvat 1688.
Subject.
""
--(com.),,
"
The text along with an explanation in Gujarātī. Begins.--(text) fol. 1 श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ।
सावज्जजोगविरई etc

स्थविरश्रीजीवणजीगुरुभ्यो नमः |
साव सावद्य जोगने वरजै ते सामायिक कहिs etc.
رو
"
[ 280.
Catuḥśarana with ṭabba
1147. 1887-9.
[[" "
Ends.~(text) fol. 9 इय जीव etc., up to सुहाणं ( णं) as in Nc. 266 followed by a line as below:

इति चउसरणपइन्नं सम्मत्तं ॥ etc.
- ( com.) fol. 9 निवृत्तिनुं कारण । सु० मोक्षनुं कारण ॥ ६३ ॥ इति श्रीचउसरणपइनुं टवा सविस्तार संपूर्णः । लषतं ऋषि श्री ॥ रामजाजी तत्सस्य (च्छिष्य) मुनि वीरजीना लेषतं । etc. संवत् १६८८ वर्षे अश्वमासे

Page #294

I. 10 Prakirnakas
arrest तथौ ४ शनीवासरे 'सीहोरि' मध्ये | कल्याणं । Reference. -- See No. 266.
281.
चतुःशरण corसहित
No. 281
33
Extent. fol. 3a to fol. 7.
Description.
Both the text and the tabba incomplete, since they commence abruptly. For other details see Sthaviravali 713 (a). No. 1899-1915. Age. - Sarvat 1703.
Subject. The text together with its explanation in Gujarati, Begins. – (text) fol. 3 &
"
(सव्वाज) पाणमहिंसा अरिहंता सच्चवयणमरिहंता ।
भव (स्व) मरिहंता । अरिहंता हुतु मे सरणं ॥ १७ ॥ etc.
- ( com.) fol. 3" प्रतिपालता हिंसा अणकरता वली सत्य वचन बोलतां छइ श्रीजिनवरेंद्र अनइ ब्रह्मचर्य समग्र प्रतिपालता छइ etc.
Ends.~~(text) fol. 7th इय जीवपमाय etc. up to सम्मत्तं as in No. 266 followed by संवत् १७०३ वर्षे फागुणशुदि ४ शनिदिने । श्री 'अणह(हि)लपुर ' पत्तने । लिखितं ॥ श्रीः ॥
—(com.) fol. 7* ए अध्ययन सुभट छइ । ए ध्यायाथी भद्र कल्याण हुइ ratorsaar सिष्य आमंत्रण हे वीर हे भद्र जोवतय (व्य) ना अंत लगइ ए अध्ययन ध्याबूं निश्वइ । ध्यातां त्रिकाल त्रिण्य संध्याई अवंध्य फल सहित छइ ।
Reference. - See No. 266.
269
चतुःशरण टब्बासहित
No. 282
Size— rok in. by 4g in
Catuḥsarana with tabbā 713 (b). 1899-1915.

Catuḥṣarana
with tabbā
428. 1882-83.

Page #295

Jaina Literature and Philospohy
[ 283.
Extent.--- ( text ) 9 folios ; 4 lines to a page ; 30 letters to a line.
; 48
(tabbā ) ,, ; 14 Country paper thin and grey; Devanagari characters; bold, clear and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in two to three lines in red ink; edges of foll. 4 to 7 somewhat damaged ; condition tolerably good ; this Ms. contains both the text and its tabba; both complete; fol. 9b blank.
270
www
Description.
Age.- Sarvat 1759.
""
""
35
Subject. Begins. – (text) fol. 14 सावज्जजोग etc.,
-(com.),,,,
" " "

The text with its explanation in Gujarāti.
"
و دو رو
महावीरं ज (जि) नं नत्वा शिवजाख्यं तु ( ग ? )च्छपं चतुःशरणशब्दार्थ संप (य)तः करोम्यहां (हं) ॥ १ ॥ चतुःशरणनु पडिवजबुं etc.
Ends. — (text) fol. 9 इअ जीवपमाय etc., up to निहाणं ६३ as in No. 277 followed by इति चोसरण समाप्तं । संपूर्ण । संवत १७५९ वर्षे || पं० | नरसंघालिषतं श्री 'विकातेर नगरे फागुण व. ११.
-- ( com.) fol. 94 कारण छ प ( ? ) अध्य फल छइ वले कहेवा छ यत इत्यर्थः ६३ इति श्रीचोसणसूत्रं समाप्तं वाचनाचार्य्यश्री जैरतन्नगाणजी शिष्यवाचना चाहे प्रमोदगणिशिष्यवाचनाचार्य रंगविमलगणिशिष्यपांडेत नर संघलिषतं । भ्रातृपंडितलालजीसहितान् ११. संवत् १७५९ वर्षे मती फागुण - सुदि १ दिने सस्वत्रवारे श्री ' विकानेर 'नग (र) मध्ये लिपतं ।
Reference. -- See No. 266.
चतुःशरणावचूरि
No. 283
Size— 104 in. by 4g in.
Extent.--- 9 folios; 21 lines to a page 72 to 74 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, clear, small and very good

Catuḥsaraṇāvacuri
261 (a).
A. 1882-83.

Page #296

284 1
Age.- Old.
Author.
I. 10 Prakirṇakas
271
hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; the Ist fol. lacking; so incomplete; the Ms. starts with the explanation of the 14th gatha of and goes up to the end; this Ms. contains over and above this the following 3 works:
( 1 ) आतुरप्रत्याख्यानविवरण
( 2 ) भक्तपरिज्ञावचूरि
(3) संस्तारकप्रकीर्णकावचूर्णि
चतुःशरणविषमपद
विवरण
No. 284
Size.
foll.
―
ور
Probably Gunaratna Sūri.
See No. 321.
Subject. A small commentary in Sanskrit elucidating Catuḥsarana. Begins.— fol. 24 घा तपश्वरणं दुश्वरमनुचरतः । केवलश्री ( श्रियं) वा (s) र्हतः प्राप्नुवंतो ये ते शरणं etc.

در
Ends.fol. 4' केषां निर्वृतिर्मोक्ष इति तस्याः निर्वृत्ते (तेः) सुखानि तेषामित्यर्थः ॥ ६३ समाप्ता चतुःशरणावचूरिः
4b to 74
72,, 8b
Reference. This seems to be the same as one published with the text together with Tandulavaicārika, in the D. L. J. P. F. Series, No. 59. For contents etc. see Weber II, p. 608 and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 108.
8b
""

Iob
101 in. by 44 in.
Extent. 13 folios; 19 lines to a page; 62 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, small, legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink;
Catuḥ saranavisamapada
vivarana
1364 (a).
1891-95.

Page #297

272
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 284.
red chalk used; complete; this work is styled as Catuhsaranāvacāri, too. This Ms. contains the following additional works:
(I) आतुरप्रत्याख्यानविवरण foll. So to gh (2) भक्तपरिज्ञाऽवर्णि
१b ,, II (3) संस्तारकावचूरि
___, II,, 13 Age.- Pretty old. Subject.--- Explanation of difficult words, phrases, etc., occurring in
Catuhsarana. Begins.-fol. I" अर्ह चतुःशरणविषमपदविवरणं साव सह अवद्येन पापेन वर्तत
इति सावद्याः युज्ज(ज्योत इति योगः etc. Ends.-fol. 5 केषां निवृत्ति(तिः) मोक्ष इति तस्याः निवृत्ते(तेः) सुखानि तत्सुखानि २
तेषामित्यर्थः ॥६६॥ चतुःशरणावचूरिः॥

Page #298

285.1
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान ( आउरपच्चक्खाण )
No. 285
II. 10 Prakirņakas
Extent. fol. 3b to fol. 6.
Description. Complete; 84 verses in all. No. 270.
Author.- Virabhadra Suri. See No. 291.
THE SECOND PRAKĪRNAKA
1.
See No. 287.
35 [J. L. P. J
273
Aturapratyākhyāna (Aurapaccakkhāņa) 1358 (b). 1891-95.
Subject. This is one of the ten important prakirņakas mostly composed in verses in Prakrit. After the 10th verse, there is a Prakrit passage in prose which is followed by verses as before. This prakirṇaka which is also styled as Brhadaturapratyakhyāna' deals with various types of death, and indicates the stages arrived at by these types, pointing out means leading to them.

For further details see
etc.
Begins. fol. 3 Ends.fol. 6© धीरो जरमरणविऊ etc., up to सन्नदुरियाणं ॥ ८४ ॥ आउरपच (च) क्खाणं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥
Reference. Published by Rai Dhanapatisinh Bahadur in A. D. 1866 at Calcutta, along with nine other Prakirņakas, this work forming the 6th number in the lot of ten. See No. 266. It is also published with chaya by the Agamodaya Samiti,in its series as No. 46. For contents etc., see Weber II, p. 612 and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 110. For an additional Ms. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 382.
There is another work of this name, but as it seems to have only one verse in common with the present work, it is not incorporated here; it is however mentioned under "supernumery prakīrņakas", since it is styled as prakirņaka in one of the Mss.

Page #299

274
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 286.
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
Aturapratyākhyāna No. 286
386 (b).
1879-80. Extent. - fol. 36 to fol. 66. Description. - Complete ; 67 verses in all. For further details see
No. 268. Begins.- fol. 3h app e araTsit etc., as in No. 293. Ends.--fol. 66 bit HTATUT etc., as in No. 293 followed by
आतुरपच्चक्खाणं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥२ N. B. - For other particulars see No. 285,
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
Aturapratyākhyāna No. 287
141 (b).
1872-73. Extent.--- fol. 3a to fol. 56. Description.- Complete ; 67 verses. For other details see No. 269. Age.- Old. Begins.---fol. 3a
Q a farir etc. Ends.-fol. 56 evtcr etc., up to my as in No. 293 followed by a
STTU 11 EU a ITTTTOTEJTATeritoriul y11211 N. B.- For further particulars see No. 285.
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
Aturapratyākhyāna
247 (b). No. 288
1871-72. Extent.-- fol. 2a to fol. 3a. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 279. Begins.--fol. 2a A T FFAFÊT etc., as in No. 293. Ends.-fol. 3" STT STATO5, utit etc., up to HET as in No. 293
followed by groOT !! Il C8 (?) 3713TTOTETUT I N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 285.

Page #300

289.
II. 1o Prakirņakas
275
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
Aturapratyäkhyāna No. 289
1168 (c).
1887-91.. Extent.— fol. 64 to fol. 74. Description.-- Complete ; 84 verses. For further details see Samstä
raka No. 317. Begins.-fol. 64 RECH TSh etc. Ends.--fol. 7a utir FTATO etc. pageTri 11 68 11 371314aTATO
FRID N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 285.
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
Āturapratyākhyāna No. 290
579(e).
1895-98. Extent. — fol. 13* to fol. 14* Description.- 84 verses in all; complete. For other details see
Maraṇavidhi No. 579(a): Begins.--fol. 134 # Chatzi etc., practically as in No. 293. Ends.-fol. 14* VICT STATUT etc., practically up to Haagaard 1 CY
as in No. 293 followed by 3713T9TEENIU FARA II g 11 N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 285.
124.
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
Aturapratyākhyāna विवरणसहित
with vivarana No. 291
1873-74. Size.- 9. in. by 4; in. Extent.—27 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick and greyish ; Devanāgari charac
ters; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; yellow pigment used; numbers of the first and the last foll.

Page #301

276
jaina Literature and Philosophy
[291.
entered twice, the rest numbered only once ; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary; fol. I blank 3
condition excellent; both complete ; extent 850 ślokas. Age.-- Not modern. Author of the com.-- Bha(:? u)vanatunga Sūri, pupil of Mahendra
Sūri, pupil of Dharmaghoşa Súri, successor of Jayasimha
Sūri, successor of Aryarakṣita Sūri. See No. 318. Subject.— The text along with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.- (text) fol. I' देसिक्कदेसविरओ etc. , -(com.) ,, ,, श्रीसर्वज्ञाय नमः ॥ अर्ह ॥
नत्वा वीरजिनं वक्ष्ये मुग्धो(s)पि स्वगुरोर्मुखात् । आतुरप्रत्याख्यानस्य कियत्पदविवरणं ॥१
ननु शास्त्रादौ सर्वत्रेष्टदेवतानमस्कारो दृश्यते etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 26 धीरो जरमरण etc., up to सव्वदुरियाणं as in
No. 289 followed by ॥८४॥ --(com.) fol. 27" अस्मिन्पाठे शास्त्रकाराभिधानमपि गुप्तमुक्तं भवति ।
यतोऽस्यापि प्रकीर्णकस्य वीरभद्रः कर्ता श्रूयते । भक्तपरिज्ञायामतिदेशकरणात् सा तु तेन कृतेति व्यतिक्रमे वाऽस्तीत्यतो ज्ञायतेऽस्यापि स एष कर्तेति ॥८४॥
समाप्तमातुरप्रत्याख्यानविवरणं ॥ छ । विवरणमेतद् ब्रुवता यदि विपरीतं मया किमप्युक्तं । तन्मयि कृतानुकंपैर्विचिंत्य शोध्यं सदा विबुधैः॥१॥ सार्वज्ञशासनलवस्य श्रीधर्मघोषसगुरोर्जयति प्रसादः छ । प्रथितमतिरार्यरक्षितसूरि विधि'पक्षदेशकः पूर्व । शमनिधिरभूदमुष्माच्ट्रीजयासिंहमूरिगुरुः ॥१॥ तत्पट्टोदयगिरिवरभानुः श्रीधर्मघोषसूरीशः। तस्मान्महेंद्रसूरिरीकृतकुमतमतिवादः ॥२॥ श्रीभ( ? भु)वनतुंगसूरिस्तस्मात्स्वस्योपकृतिकृते चक्रे । विवरणमात्रमिहातुरप्रत्याख्यानप्रकीर्णस्य ॥३॥ मिथ्या यदत्र भणितं मयका मतिमांद्यतो महार्थेषु । तन्मयि कृतानुकंपैः शोध्यं विबुधौर्विशेषेण ॥४॥
समाप्ता(55)तुरप्रत्याख्यानविवरणप्रशस्तिः ॥
ग्रंथमानं ८५० ॥ श्रीः ।। Reference.- See No. 285.
.

Page #302

292.|
II. I0 Prakirnakas
277
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
Aturapratyākhyāna अवचूरिसहित
with avacūri : No. 292
645 (b).
1884-86. Extent.- fol. 24 to fol. 3b. Description.-- Both the text and the commentary complete. After
the portion in prose following the oth verse is completed, verses are not numbered in continuation but as I, 2
etc. For other details see No. 275. Author of the com.-- Bhuvanatunga Súri, pupil of Mahendra Súri,
pupil of Dharmaghoșa Sūri. Subject.— The text together with a small commentary in Sanskrit
___as its explanation. Begins.-(text) fol. I देसिकदेसविरओ etc., as in No. 293.
-(com.) fol. I" देशस्य त्रसकायस्स एकदेशः । संकल्पजनित्तिरूपः । सो(5)पि सापराधनिरपराधत्वेन द्विधा । सम्यग्दृष्टिः अविपरीतमतिः १ सर्वतो १२ व्रतभेदतः । देशतः एकव्रतपालनतः । देशयतिश्राद्धः २ विरतिरूपाणि ३जं च सव्ववएसु जयमाणा ठविआ ते पुण दिवसओ ओसारेइ । आवश्यकचूणौँ । सव्ववयाणं करिज्ज संखेवं । तन्मतमाश्रित्य सर्वव्रतगुणकारकत्वा
द्देशावकाशकस्यापि गुणवतत्वं ४ etc. Ends.-(rext) fol. 3b धीरो जरमरण etc., up to सब्व as in No. 293
followed by दुरियाणं ।। ५८ ॥ आउरपञ्चकखाणं ॥ छ । ,, -(com.) fol. 3b धिया राजते शोभते धीरस्तीर्थकत् ॥ धियं राति विज्ञानं
विशेषावबोधरूपं ज्ञान सामान्य ऽथ वीर इति पाठः एवं शास्त्रकन्नामापि ६८
श्रीधर्मघोषसूरिशिष्यमहेंद्रसूरितच्छिष्यभुवनतुंगसूरेः कृतिरियम् ॥ छ । Reference.— See No. 285.
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
Aturapratyākhāņa अवचूर्णिसहित
with avacūrņi
622. No. 293
1892-95. Size.— 10 in. by 48 in. Extent..-- ( text)4 folios ; To lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line.
, -- (com.) , ,,20 " " " "; 98 " " " "

Page #303

278
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 293.
Description. Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional gears; clear and good handwriting; this Ms. contains both the text and the com mentary; lines of the commentary indiscernible at times; this is a qaret Ms. as usual; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; edges of the foll. somewhat worn out ; condition good; hand - writing of the commentary very small; 81 verses; complete; at the end of the commentary called avacuri and avacurņi as well, it is stated that the author is Virabhadra, pupil of Mahendrasūri, pupil of Dharmaghosa Suri; but it seems that through oversight Virabhadra is mentioned for Bhuvanatunga.
Age.— Fairly old.
Author of avacūrni. - Virabhadra ( ? Bhuvanatunga ) Suri. Subject.
Begins.—(text) fol. 1 देसिक्कदेसविरओ सम्महिही मरिज्ज जो जीवो । तं होइ बालपंडिअमरणं जिणसासणे भणियं ।। १ ।। etc. –( com. ) fol. ra अथातुरप्रत्याख्यानावचूरिर्लिख्यते । इह सर्वेषां जीवानां नवहस्तकुंतस्याग्रस्येव सकलायुषोंऽत्यावस्थाराधनस्यैव सार - त्वात् । etc.
""
The text together with a small commentary in Sanskrit explaining it.
Ends.---(text) fol. 4b धारो जरमरणविऊ धीरो विन्नाणनाणसंपन्नो । लोग (ग) रज्जोअगरो दिसउ खयं सव्वदुक्खाणं ॥ ८१ ॥ इत्यातुरप्रत्याख्यानं परिपूर्ण || शुभं भवतु
ور
-(com.) fol. 4b इदं विशेष्यपदं । विशेषानि विशेषणानि तथैव । अस्मिन् पाठे शास्त्रकाराभिधानमपि गुप्तं ज्ञातत्र्यं यतोऽस्यापि प्रकीर्णकस्य वीरभद्र एव साधुः कर्त्ता श्रूयते भक्तपरिज्ञाया तत्कृताया अत्राध्ययनेऽतिदेशकर - णादपि ज्ञायते अस्यापि स एव कर्त्तति ॥ ८४ ॥
इति धर्मघोषसूरिशिष्य श्री महेंद्रसूरिशिष्य श्रीवरिभद्रसूरिविरचिता(SS) तुरप्रत्याख्यानावचूर्णि (:) समाप्ता वैशाख वदि पंचम्यां भूलार्केऽलेखि समय रत्नगणिना मध्ये 'सुरकुलपाटकं' ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥
Reference. -- See No. 285.

Page #304

294.]
II. IO Prakirnakas
279
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
Aturapratyākhyāna टब्बासहित
with tabbā No. 294
125.
1873-74. Size. -- 101 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- (text) 9 folios ; 4 to 9 lines to a page ; 30 letters to a line.
,, -(rabba),, , , 18 , , , , ; 32 , , , , Description.- Country paper rough and greyish; Devanāgari
characters with पृष्टमात्राs; this Ms. contains both the text and its țabbā, the former written in a bigger hand; this is a पश्चपाटी Ms.; hand-writing legible and fair; borders ruled sometimes in four lines and sometimes in three and edges mostly in one, in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; fol. Ia blank; so is the fol. 9"; edges of the first and
the last foll. slightly worn out ; condition good ; complete, Age.- Samvat I648. Subject. - The text together with an explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- (text) fol. Ib श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ।।
देसिक्कदेसविरओ etc. -(com.) fol. Ib देसक° छ कायना वेस(?) आश्री देस हुँती विरतः सापराद्धा निरापराद्ध आदिथी देसनउ अधिकारी श्रावक सम्यग्दृष्टी जो
जीवो etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 9" धीरो जरमरणविऊ etc., up to सव्वदुक्खाणं as in No.
293 followed by ६० ॥ इति आउरपयनूं संपूर्णः ॥ शुभु(भं) भवतु etc. लावतं श्रीआचार्यजी ऋक्षि(पि? )श्री६ वरसिंहजीनात्सक्षानशषिमुनी जादव मूलीगरापठनार्थ बाई लषमा । मूषि जयणा करी भणवू । श्रीः॥ छः ॥ संवत् १६४८ वर्षे कार्तिग मासे कृष्णपक्षे वदि २ वार शनै
लषेत 'दीव'मंदेरि ।। श्री etc. , -(com.) fol. 9 लोगसु. लोक मांहि उद्योतकर । दिसउ क्षय करीना ।
सव० सर्व दूखि पाडूयां कर्मनि ॥ ६० ॥ इति श्रीआतुरपयइनूं
प्रा(?) संपूर्णः ॥ Reference.—See No. 285.

Page #305

280
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
.[295.
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
Aturapratyākhyāna अक्षरार्थसहित
with akşarārtha
681. No. 295
1899-1915. Size. - Ios in. by 4 in. Extent.- (text):6 folios ; 7 lines to a page ; 35 letters to a line.
,, -(com.), , , , , , , , 70 " "" ". Description.- Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari charac
ters with EMTS; this Ms. contains the text and its commentary ; the former written in a bigger hand, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the commentary written above the correspondidg lines of the
text; fol. Ia blank ; condition quite satisfactory; complete. Age.-Not modern. Subject. - The text along with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins. - (text) fol. b देसिक्कदेसविरओ etc., as in No. 293. , -(com) ,,, देश कहतां पृथ्वीकायादिकनुं देश त्रसकाय तेहनी जे
हिंसा तेहy जे एक देश आपणइ हा थइ हणवलं तेह थिकु विरमिउ etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 6b धीरो जरमरणविऊ etc., up to सव्वदुक्खाणं as in
No. 293 followed by ६९ इति आउरपच्चक्खाणं पइन्नं ॥ -(com.) fol. 6b लोकनइ उद्योतनु करण्हार दिउ क्षय विनाश सर्व दुःखनु एतलइ मुक्ति दिउ ॥६९॥ इति आउरपच्चक्खाणनु अक्षरार्थः पं. कानू. जीशिष्य मुनी रतनविा(ज) यलिषतं ।।
आतुरप्रत्याख्यानविवरण
Aturapratyākhyānavivarana
261 (b). No. 296
A. 1882-83. Extent.--- fol. 4b to fol. 7a. Description.-- Complete. For additionāl details see No. 283. Author.- Seems to be Gunaratna Suri. See No. 321. Subject.-- Explanation in Sanskrit to Aturapratyākhyāna. Begins.--.fol. 4b देशस्य त्रसकायस्य एकदेशः । संकल्पजन(निवृत्तिरूपस्य तस्यापि
सापराधनिरपराधत्ते(त्वेन द्विप्रकारत्वात् । etc. Ends.-fol. 72 क्षयं विनाशं सर्वदुरितानां सर्वपापानां सर्वकर्मणामित्यर्थः । समाप्त
मातुरप्रत्याख्यानविवरणं । छ ।

Page #306

297.1 II. 10 Prakiruakas
281 आतुरप्रत्याख्यानषिवरण
Aturapratyākhyānavivarana No. 297
1364 (b).
1891-95. Extent. - fol. sb to sol. 9b. Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 284. Subject.-- Aturapratyākhyāna explained in Sanskrit. Begins.--fol. 50 देशस्य त्रसकायस्य एकदेशः संकल्पजनित्तिरूपस्तस्यापि सापरा
___ धानिरतं]परार्थ(ध)त्वेन नहि (द्वि)प्रकारत्वात् । etc. Ends.-fol. 9 लोकस्य चतुर्दशरज्ज्वात्मकस्यो(द्द्योतकरो दिशतु करोतु क्षयं विनाशः
सर्वदरितानां सर्वपा[णापानां सर्वकर्मणामित्यर्थः । समाप्तमातुरप्रत्याख्यानविवरणं । छ ।।
36 [J. L. P.]

Page #307

282
भक्तपरिज्ञा ( भत्तपरिण्णा )
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
THE THIRD PRAKIRNAKA
579 ( a ). 1895-98.
No. 298
Extent. -- fol. 144 to fol. 16b.
Description.-- 173 verses in all ; complete; the passage in prose just at the beginning is not found in the printed edition of the Agamodaya Samiti Series. Moreover, it generally preFor other de
266 and 267.
cedes Catuhsarana. See Nos. tails see Maraṇavidhi No..
[ 298.
Bhaktaparijua (Bhattaparinna)

579 (f).
1895-98
Author.-— Virabhadra Gani. See No. 306.
Subject. This is the third prakirņaka out of the ten well-known ones, and it deals with ethical precepts.
Bogins.--fol. 148 चत्तारि मंगलं । अरिहंता । मंगलं । सिद्धा मंगलं । साहू मंगलं । केवलिपत्तो धम्मो मंगलं । चत्तारि लोगोत्तमा । अरिहंता लोगोत्तमो । सिद्धा लोगोत्तमा । साहू लोगोत्तमा । केवलिपन्नत्तो धम्मो लोगोत्तमा । चत्तारि सरणं पवज्जामि || अरिहंते सरणं पवज्जामि । सिद्धे सरणं पवज्जामि । साहू सरणं पवज्जामि । केवलिपन्नत्तं धम्मं सरणं पवज्जामि ॥ छ ॥
नमिऊण महाइसयं । महाणुभावं मुणिं महावीरं ।
भणिमो भत्तपरिनं । नियम ( ( स ) रणहा परहा य ।। १ etc.
।
Ends.--fol. 16b इय जोईसरजिणवीरभद्दभणियाणुसारिणीमणमो भत्तपरिन्नं धन्ना पढंति भावंति सेवंति ॥ ७२ ॥
( स ) तरसयं जिणाण व गाहाणं समयखेत्त पन्नत्तं ।
आराह ते (? हंतो) विहिणा सासयसौ (सो) क्खं लहइ मोक्खं ॥ २७३ भत्तपरिन्ना सम्मत्तमिति ॥ छ ॥

Reference. -- Published by Dhanapatsinh at Calcutta, in A. D. 1886 along with nine other prakirnakas. Sce No. 266. It is also published with chaya in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as No. 46. For contents etc., see Weber II, and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, pp. 110-III.

Page #308

301. 1
भक्तपरिज्ञा
III. 10 Prakirṇakas
भक्तपरिज्ञा
No. 299
Extent. fol. 6b to fol. 12b. Description.-- Complete; 172 verses in all. For other details see No. 268.
Begins.--fol. 6b AfA3(5)0 Azig ¤ggá etc., as in No. 298. Ends.fol. 12b सत्तरिसयं जिणाण व गाहाणं etc., up to मोक्खं as in No. 298. This is followed by || १७२ ॥ भत्तपरिन्ना समाप्ता ॥ छ ॥ N. B. For further particulars see No. 298.
283
Bhaktaparijñā
386 ( c ).
1879-80.
भक्तपरिज्ञा
No. 300
Extent.-- fol. 3a to fol. 6a. Description.-- Complete; 172 verses in all. For other details see 768 (a). 1892-95.
No 279.
Begins. fol. 3a AfA30 Agl38 Я
etc., as in No. 298.
Ends. fol. 64 सत्तर (रि) सयं जिणाण व गाहाणं etc., up to लहइ मोक्खं ।। १७२ as in No. 298 followed by भक्तपरिज्ञाप्रकरणं समाप्तमिति ॥ छ ॥
N. B. For additional particulars see No. 298.

Bhaktaparijñā
247 (c). 1871-72.

No. 301
Extent.-- fol. 1ob to fol. 17b.
Description. 172 verses in all; complete. For other details see No. 768 ( a ).
1892-95.
Bhaktaparijñā 768 ( d ). 1892-95.
Begins.--fol. 1ob AÍAGU AZIZA etc. as in No. 298.
Finds. fol. 17b सत्तरिसयं जिणाण etc, up to भत्तपरिन्ना संमत्तं ॥ as in
No. 298.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 298.

Page #309

284
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[303.
भक्तपरिज्ञा
Bhaktaparijñā No. 302
141 (c).
1872-73. Extent.---- fol. 56 to fol. 10^. Description.-- Complete ; 172 verses in all. For other details see
No. 269. Begins.-- fol. sb
नमिऊण महा(इ)सयं महाणुभावं मुणिं महावीरं।
__ भाणिमो भत्तपरिन्नं निअसरणहा परहा य ।। १. ctc. Ends.--fol. Ion
इअ जोईसरजिणवीरभद्दभणिआणुसारिणीमिणमो । भत्तपरिन्नं धन्ना पढंति भावंति निसुणंति ॥ ७१॥ सत्तरिसयं जिणाण व गाहाणं समयाखित्त पन(ण्ण)तं आराहतो विहिणा सासयसुक्खं लहइ मुक्खं ॥१७२॥
इति भक्तपरिज्ञाप्रकीर्णकं ।। छ॥३॥ N. B.--- For further particulars sec No. 298.
भक्तपरिज्ञा
Bhaktaparijñā No. 303
1234 (d).
1886-92. Extent.--- fol. II to fol. 136. Description.-- Complete, the last verse numbered as 73(173). For other details see Gacchācāra No.-1234
- 1886-92.. Begins.---fol. 118 ATÂ5UT HEIGHT etc. Ends.--fol. I3b इय जोईसर etc., up to मुखं as in No. 302 followed
by ७३ ॥ भत्तपरिन्नापइन्नं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ । N. B.— For additional information see No. 298.

Page #310

No.304
.
306.] III. 10 Prakirņakas
285 भक्तपरिक्षा
Bhaktaparijñā
1168 (b).
1887-91. Extent.--- fol. 2 to fol. 64. Description.-- Complete ; 171 verses ; extent 171 ślokas. For add
tional details see No. 317. Begins.--fol. 24 नमिउ(ऊ)ण महाइसयं etc. Ends.--fol. 6. सत्तर(रि)सयं जिणाणं गाहाणं etc., up to मोस्वं ॥७१ भक्तपरिवा
शकरणं समाप्तं ग्रंथानं ॥१७॥ N. B.-- For further details see No. 298.
भक्तपरिक्षा
Bhaktaparijñā
1358 (d). No. 305
1891-95.. Extent.--- fol. 10% to fol. 15b. Description.--- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 45 (145).
For additional particulars see No. 270. Begins.--fol. 10 नमिऊण महाइसयं etc. Ends.-- fol. IFb सत्तरि सयं etc., up to मोक्खं ॥४५ ॥ भत्तपरिनाप्रकरणं
समाप्त ॥ गाथा १५१॥ .. N. R.--- Fot other details see No. 298.
-
भक्तपरिज्ञा
Bhaktaparijñā अवचरिसहित
with avacuri No. 306
645 (0).
1884-86. Extent.--- fol. 3b to fol. 66. Description. -- Both the text and the commentary complete ; 171
verses for the text. For other details sec No. 275. Subject --- A prakirnaka with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.-(text) fol. 3b नमिऊण महाइसयं etc. as in No. 298. ,, -(com.),, ,, भृन धातुर्धारणे पोषणे च । ऽत आत्मनः स्मृतये परस्य
च अथवा स्वस्य परस्य च । पुण्यपुष्टये १लीना श्रिताः काननवत् सुभगं शुभदं सुखदं वा २।३ अद्य आयेति संबोधनं वा ४ता तस्मात् ५ यत् आज्ञाया
आराधनं सुखसाधकं भवति तस्यां आज्ञायां ६ etc.. Ends.-(text) fol. 6b सत्तरिसयं जिणाण व गाहाणं etc., up to लहइ as in
No. 298 followed by the line as under:--

Page #311

286
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 308.
मुक्खं ।। १७२ भत्तपरिन्नापइन्नं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ । ,, -(com.) fol. 6b मुबंधुना अमात्येन ६२ योगिनामीश्वरो जिनो वीरस्तस्य __मुभाणितानुसारेण । वीरभद्रगणिर्भक्तपरिज्ञाप्रकरणकर्ता च । इणमो इमां
७१ भक्तपरिज्ञा आ(अ)वचूरिः ॥ Reference. - See No. 298.
भक्तपरिज्ञावचूरि
Bhaktaparījñāvacūri
261 (c). No. 307
A. 1882-83. Extent.--- fol. 7 to fol. 8b. Description.--- Complete. For further particulars sec Catuharana
No. 283. Author.--- Seems to be Gunaratna Sūri. Subject-- A small commentary in Sanskrit to Bhaktaparijñā. Begins.-fol. 7 मञ् ज्ञा(धातुर्धारणे पोषणे च । अत आत्मनः स्मृतये परस्य च ।
___ अथवा स्वस्य परस्य च पुण्यपुष्टये ॥ १ etc. Ends.---fol. 8b वीरस्तस्य सुभणितानुसारेण वीरभद्रगाण(:) भक्तपरिज्ञाप्रक
___ रणकर्ता च इणमो० ॥ ७१ इति भाक्ति(क्त)परिज्ञावरि(:) ॥ छ । Reference.--- See No. 298.
भक्तपरिज्ञावचूर्णि
Bhaktaparijñāvacūrņi No. 308
_1364 (c).
1891-95. Extent.--- fol. 9b to fol. 112. Description.--- Complete. For other details see No. 284. Subject.--- A small commentary in Sanskrit, explaining Bhakta
parijñā. Begins.-fol. 9b भृत्रज्ञ)धातुर्धारणे पोषणे च । अत आत्मनः स्मृतये परस्य च ।
अथवा स्वस्यापरस्य च पुण्यपुष्टये । १। आलीना आश्रिता काननवत(त्)सुभगं
शुभदं सुखदं वा ।२ etc. Ends.--fol. ITa योगिनामीश्वरो योगीश्वरो जिनो वीरस्तस्य सुभाणतानुसारेण
वीरभद्रगाणभक्तपरिज्ञानि]प्रकरणकर्ता च । इणमो इमां १७१।
इति भक्तपरिज्ञावर्णिः ।

Page #312

310. ]
संस्तारक ( संथारग )
No. 309
Extent. fol. 16b to fol. 18". Description.
IV. 10 Prakirṇakas
THE FOURTH PRAKIRNAKA
used. For other details see No.
Ends. fol. 18a
संस्तारक
121 verses in Prakrit; complete. Yellow pigment

Subject. This work which is named as Santhara and Santharaya too, comes under the class of prakīrņakas. It deals with the importance of samstäraka, eulogy of one who rightly resorts to it and happiness due to samstaraka. It contains references pertaining to Arnikaputra, Sukośala Rṣi, Caņakya, Gajasukumala and others who gave up attachment to body etc. and attained final emancipation.
Begins. fol. 16b
Samstaraka
(Santharaga)
579 (g). 1895-98.
579 (a). 1895-98..
काऊण नमोक्कारं जिणवरवसहस्स वद्धमाणस्स । संथारंमि निबद्धं | गुणपरिवार्डिं निसामेह ॥ १ etc.
No. 310
Extent. fol. 6a to fol. 7b.
287
एवं मए अभित्या संधारगइंदखंधमारूढा || समरे ] नरिदचंदा मुहसंकमणं मम दिंतु ॥ १२१ संथारो सम्मत्तो ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
1886, together 266. It is also
Reference. Published by Dhanapatisinha in A. D. with nine other prakirņakas. See No. published with chayä, in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as No. 46. For contents etc. see Weber II, p. 615, Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 111, and Mitra's Notices vol. VIII (1885), pp. 236--237.

Samstaraka
247 (d). 1871-72.

Page #313

288
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 312.
Description.--- Complete ; this Ms. contains notes at times. For other
details see No. 279. Age.-- Samvat 1468. Begins.--fol. 62 975501 TÆT #ro etc. as in No. 309. Ends.-fol. 7b एवं मए आभित्थुया etc., up to संथारो सम्मत्तो as in
No. 309 tollowed by the line as below:--
संवत् १४६८ वर्षे कार्तिकशुदि १० सोमे लिखितं ॥ छ । N. B.-- For additional information sec No. 309.
संस्तारक
Sarnstäraka No. 311
23.1 (e).
1886-92. Extent.--- fol. 13b to fol. 15a, Description.-- 121 verses ; complete. For other details see Gacchacāra No. _1234 ( a ).
1886-92. . Begins.-fol. 13b #TF4 757ri etc. Ends.--fol. 158 To AT 37yur ctc., up to #AUT as in No. 309
followed by aura "12311
इति संस्तारकप्रकीर्णकं समाप्तं पन्नइगं ।। N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 309.
संस्तारक
Sainstäraka
138 No. 312
1872-73. Size. — 101 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 6 folios; 11 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and greyish ; Devanagarī charac
ters; big, clear and very fair hand-writing; borders ruled in red ink ; ; red chalk and yellow pigment uscd ; udges of all the foll. slightly worn out ; condition fair ; completc;
the last verse numbered as 122. Age.-- Samvat 1551, śäka 1417.

Page #314

314.] IV. 10 Prakirnakas
289 Begins.---fol. 1a #750 #ri etc. Ends.--fol. 6b एवं मए आभिथुआ etc. , up to संकमणं as in No. 309
followed by the lines as below :--
सया दिंतु । १२२ इति संथारगपइन्नं समाप्तः ॥ संवत् १५५१ वर्षे शाके १४१७ प्रवर्त्तमाने चैत्रशुदि३ रवौ साह कोवरजाय.
पि(प)ठनार्थ ॥ श्रीः ॥ N. B.-- For further information sce No. 309.
संस्तारक
Sarnstāraka No.313
386 (d).
1879-80. Extent.- fol. 12b to fol. 17o. Description. -- Complete ; 122 verses in all. For other details see
No. 268. Begins.--fol. I 2b कार (ऊ)ण नमुक्तारं etc. as in No. 309. Ends.--fol. 17 एव(वं) मए आभित्थुया etc., up to सया दिंतु १२२ as in No.
309 followed by संथारगपइन्न सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ग्रंथसर्वसंख्या
गाथा ४४०' ग्रंथाग्रं ५५० N. B.-- For additional information see No. 309.
संस्तारक
Sarnstāraka No. 314
768(e).
1892-95. Extent.--- fol. I7b to fol. 221. Description.--- The last verse numbered as 122 ; complete. For .. other details see No. 768 (a).
1892-95. Begins.--fol. I7b काऊण नमुक्तारं etc. Ends.--fol. 2 24 एवं मए आभिथुआ etc., up to १२२ ॥ इति संथारगपानं
as in No. 312 ॥ followed by संम्मत्त ।। N. B.--- For further particulars sce No. 309.
1.
This is not the number for this work; but it is it sum-total of all the gathas written in thi: Ms. up to fol. 174. [J. L. P.]
37

Page #315

290
Jaina Literature and Plilosophy
( 317*
संस्तारक
Sarnstāraka
141 (d). No. 315
1872-73. Extent.-- fol. loa to fol. 13". Description.-- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 122. For other
details see No. 269. Begins.--fol. 102 #150 77#ri etc. Ends.--fol. 13b TÁ AG etc., up to fa as in No. 314 followed by
11 382 grą F 21137753 FIR I J 11 811 N. B. -- For additional particulars see No. 309.
संस्तारक
Sarnstāraka
1358 (c). No. 316
1891-95. Extent.--- fol. 6a to fol. 10a. Description.--- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 21 (121). For
additional details see No. 270. Begins.--fol. 62 STEI
FT3(57) 07 THEri etc. Ends.--fol. gb Tá ag ryor etc. A féT "R3 11 #FAITH FATA: 1
l 11 33311 N. B.- For further particulars see No. 309.
I
संस्तारक
Sarstāraka
1168 (a). No. 317
1887-91. Size.- 132 in. by s in. Extent.- 27 folios ; 19 lines to a page ; 64 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, rough and white ; Devanagari
characters with ATS; small, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; rcd chalk

Page #316

318. 1
IV. 10 Prakirṇakas
used; foll. seem to have been numbered just in a corner of the right hand margin; but mostly they are now gone, the corresponding portion worn out; condition on the whole good; complete; 121 verses; this work ends on fol. 2b; this Ms. contains in addition the following 12 works :---
( 1 ) भक्तपरिज्ञा
(2) आतुरप्रत्याख्यान ( 3 ) चतुःशरण
4) तन्दुलवैचारिक
(5 )
चन्द्रावेध्यक
( 6 ) ( 7 )
(8)
رو
देवेन्द्रस्तव
गणिविद्या
(9
( 10 ) (II) संसक्तनिर्युक्ति
गच्छाचार
(12) Age. Saivat 1491. Begins. fol. 1
संस्तारक विवरणसहित
महाप्रत्याख्यान
वीरस्तव
पुद्गलपरावर्त स्वरूप

foll. 2a to 6a
6a
..
35
""
در
دو
در
ور
در
""
ور
35
fol.
foll.
در
7a
8b
13a
16a

در
ور
काउ (ऊ)ण नमोकारं etc.
Ends.---fol. 2b एव (वं) भए etc. मम दिंतु ||२१|| संस्तारकः समाप्ताः N. B. For additional information see No. 309.
,, 132.
16a
ور
33
202
,, 21b
""
72
8b
2ca
21b
23b
242
24a to 25a
25,
272
No. 318
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. (text) 18 folios; 4 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line.
--(com.),,
236
,, 24a
21
; 14 33
; 60 Description. Country paper rough aud greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional Ts; this is a farat Ms. containing the text and its commentary as well, the former
Samstaraka with vivarana
398. 1879-80.
291
دو رو

Page #317

292
Jaina Literature and Pliilosophy
[ 318.
written in a bigger hand; legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; ycllow pigment, too; foll. numberad in the right hand margin only; almost all foll. slightly worm-eaten; condition tolerably good; foll. Ia and 18b blank; both the text and the commentary complete; this Ms. contains the colophon
of the commentator. Age.--- Sainvat 1669. Author of the commentary.-- Bhuvanatunga Sūri, pupil of
Mahendra Suri. Sce No. 291 where other details are given. Subject.-- The text in Prakrit together with its explanation in
___Sanskrit. Begins.---(text) fol. rb काउ(ऊ)ण नमुक्तारं जिणवरवसहस्स etc. as in
No. 309. , --(com.) fol. Ib ॐ नमः ॥
नमः शमितनिःशेषकर्मणे वरशर्मणे । श्रीवीराय भवांभोधिलब्धतीराय तायिने ॥१॥ तनुमतिना(s)पि विचिंत्य स्वस्मृत्यै क्वापि पदाविभागेऽत्र ।
संस्तारकप्रकीर्णे पर्यायाः केचिदुच्यते ॥२॥ इह हि सर्व(5)पि शास्त्रकाराः। शास्त्राणि चिकीर्षवः। पूर्वमऽभीष्टदेवतानमस्काराभिधेयप्रयोजनसंबंधादयोऽभिदधति । तत्रायमपि शास्त्रकारः सं. स्तारकप्रकीर्णक बिभणिषुः । काउ(ऊ)ण नमक्कारं । जिणवरवसहेन्यादिना ।
अभीष्टदेवतानमस्कारं। संथारामित्यनेन शास्त्रनाम्नैव तदऽभिधेयं । etc. Ends.--(text) fol. 18 एवं मए आभथुया etc., up to ममं दितुं ॥ १२१॥ as
in No. 309 followed by इति संस्तारकप्रकीर्णकं संपूर्ण शुभं भवतु
लेखकपाठकयोः । श्रीः । ---(com.) fol. 18a सुहसंकमण त्ति सुखस्यं मुक्तिरूपस्य शुभस्य वा विशिष्टे(णंति)
(ष्ट)पुण्यप्रकृतिरूपस्य संक्रमण संक्रांति संसारटुःखादऽशुभाद्वा निस्सारणेन मम दिंतु। नरेंद्रचंद्रा अपि रणाशरास गजेंद्रस्कंधावि( धिरूढा लब्धजयपताकाकास्तल्लोकमागधजनानां विपुलं जीका( ? वा )ह प्रीतिदानं ददतीति तैरुपमाकृतेति भद्रं । १२१ । इति संस्तारकविवरणं परिसमाप्तमिति : यः पूर्व कलिकालतामसभर(च् )छन्नाचा( ? च )रित्रक्रियां
निःसंगः प्रग(क)टीचकार सुकृती चारित्रचूडामाणिः । आसीद् रक्षितसूरिरद्भुतयशा विश्वंभराभूषणं ।
तत्पट्टे जयसिंहसरिरभवद्वादीभपंचाननः । १।

Page #318

319.]
IV. 10 Prakiralakas
293
तस्मासिंधु सपादलक्षाविषयश्रीचित्रकूटावनी ।
श्रीमद'गुर्जर'बोधबंधाधुरमतिः श्रीधर्मघोषः प्रभुः तेभ्यो(5)पि प्रग(क)टप्रतापवसतिः श्री(मन् माहिं(हे)द्राभिधः ।
सूरिभूरियशा प्रपंचतुरस्तीथेशितु...... ।।२। श्रीभ( ? भुवनतुंगसूरिस्तस्मात्स्वस्योपकृतिकते चक्रे संस्तारकप्रकीर्णकविवरणमल्पावबोधा(धोऽ)पि : ३ । मिथ्या यदत्र विवृतं मयका मतिमायंतो महार्थे(s)स्मिन् तन्मयि कृतानुकंपैः शोध्यं विबुधैर्विशेषेण । ४।
इति संस्तारकविवरणप्रशस्तिः ॥ शुभं भवतु कल्याणमस्तु लेखकपाठकयोः । इति संवत् १६६९ वर्षे । कार्तिकमासे शुक्लपक्षे चतुर्दशीदिने रविवारे 'पत्तन'नगरे । ऋषिकेशवाख्येन लिपीकृतेयं स्वयं वाचनाय । इति संस्तारक
प्रक(कीर्णावचूरिसूत्रं समाप्तं । छः ॥ श्री ॥ छ । श्री ॥ श्री ॥ श्री ॥ Reference.--- See No. 309.
संस्तारक
Sarizstāraka अवचरिसहित
with avacūri
645 (d). No. 319
1884-86. Extent.-- fol. 6btofol. 8b. Description.-- Both the text and the commentary complete ; the
last verse numbered as 122. For other details see No. 275. Age.-- Samvat I484. Author of avacuri.-- Gunaratna Suri. Subject.-- A prakirnaka with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.---(text) fol. 6b काउ(ऊ)ण नमुक्कारं जिणवर etc. as in No. 309. , ---(com.) fol. 6 एष संस्तार: किलाराधनाचारित्रस्याराधनं एष मनोरथो
वांछा सुविहितानां एष किल पश्चिमांते मुविहितानां पताकाहरण । यथा
मल्लानां पताकाहरणं भवति etc. Ends.---(text) fol. 8b एवं मए अभित्थुआ etc. || १२२ ॥ इति श्रीसंथारापइन्नं
समाप्तं ॥ शुभं भवतु ।
श्रीश्रीश्रीचतुर्विधसंघस्य । संवत् १४८४ वर्षे भाद्रवदि ६ सोमे लिखित ,, ---(com.) fol. 8 एवं एवं पूर्वोक्तप्रकारेण मयाऽभिष्टुताः स्तुताः । संस्तारक
गजेंद्रमारूढाः संतः । सुसम नरेंद्रा हि प्रौढा गजेंद्रस्कंधमारोहति । सुहस. 1. Some of the letters are gone,

Page #319

294
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
| 320.
सुखस्य मुक्तिसुखस्य । शुभस्य वा संक्रांति || संसारदुःखाद्वा नित्य प्राप्ति समददतुः १२२ संस्तारकप्रकीर्णावचूरिः ॥ परमगुरु भट्टारकप्रभुश्रीश्रीश्रीगुणरत्नसूरिकृता ॥ संवत् १४८४ वर्षे 'वीरमग्रामे लिखिता ॥ शुभं भवतु चतुर्विधश्रीसंघस्य ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
Reference. -- Sce No. 309. For an avacūrni by an author of the same name see No. 321.
संस्तारक बालावबोधसहित
No 320
Size.-- rog in. by 43 min.
Extent.- 28 folios; 16 lines to a page ; 49 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari characters; big, clear and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in red ink; edges coloured red; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. ra blank ; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; both the text and its bālāvabodha complete; bālavabodha composed in Samvat 1603.
Age. -- Sarvat 1639.
Author of bālāvabodha. -- Samaracandra ( ? Amaracandra ), pupil of Parsvacandra.
"
Subject. A prakīrņaka with an explanation in Gujarātī.
Begins. — (text) fol. 1 काउ (ऊ) न नमुक्कारं etc. as in No. 309.
--(com.) fol. 1b श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः श्रीगौतमाय नमः ॥
श्रीमद्वीरं नमस्कृत्य । श्रीगौतमं गणाधिपं
संस्तारक प्रकीर्णस्य । कुर्वे बालावबोधकं ।
शास्त्रनइ आरंभिई इष्टदेवतानइ नमस्कार करिबउ ए उत्तमनउ आचार
छइ etc.
Samstaraka
with bālāvabodha
874. 1892-95.
-

Page #320

IV. 10 Prakirnakas
Ends.---(text) fol 28 एवं मए अभिथुआ संथारंग etc., up to संक्रमणं मम दिंतु १९as in No. 309.
--- ( com.) fol. 282 एणी उपमाइ मुनीस्वर माहि राजान समान संथाराना धणी (मत्रा ) मुक्तिनउ राज पामानइ अम्हनइ पुण संतुष्ट यथा हूंता मुक्तिसुष आपउ इत्यभ्यर्थना ग्रंथकारे कृता ११९ इति संस्तारकप्रकीर्णस्य बालावबोधः संपूर्ण श्री ॥
श्रीमद् 'बृहत्तपा' गच्छे श्रीपूज्या गच्छनायका ( : ) । सूरीशाः पार्श्व चंद्राह्ना (:) तेषां शिष्या (ध्य ) स्तु पाठक ( : ) १ नाम्ना समर (?) चंद्राख्य स्तेन चक्रे सु(वि)स्तृतः बालावबोधग्रंथो (S) यं ज्ञात्वा वृत्त्यनुसारतः २
321.3]
अज्ञानावदस (शु) द्धं हि ग्रंथो (थेऽस्मिन विहितं मया सुधीभिस्तच्च संशोध्यं कृपां कृत्वा ममोपरि ३
वत्सरशतषांडे के त्रिभिरधिके (१६०३) मासि कार्तिके विहितः ग्रंथो (S) यं वाच्यमानः जयताच्चिरं सुभद्रकर ( : ) ४
इति श्रीरस्तु ग्रंथाग्रं शतसो षोडसो साढसश्लोकं ॥ छ ॥ संवत् १६३९० वर्षे कार्तिकवाद ९ दिने बुधिवारे लिष्यतं वा० श्रीरत्नचंद्रेण शिष्य आनंदलिप्यकृतं श्री' बाजीद' पुरग्रामे In the margin we have :--
१३५० ।। चतुर्मासमध्ये श्री ॥
See No. 309.
Reference
---
संस्तारकावचूर्णि
No. 321
295

Extent. -- fol. 8b to fol rob.
Description.-- Complete. For further details No. 283.
Author.-- Gunaratna Suri.
Subject.-- A small commentary to Samstäraka.
Begins. fol. 8b बसंतपुरे गायनः पुष्पशालसुस्वरः परमातकुरूपः । तन सर्व लोका ( को ) गीतनाक्षिप्तः सार्थवाहो धनो देशांतरं etc.
Ends. -- fol. rob सुखस्य मुक्तिसुखस्य शुभस्य वा संक्रांति । संसारदुःखाद्वा निःसृत्य प्राप्तिं मम दतु (दिंतु २) ॥ १२२ संस्तारक प्रकीर्णकावचूर्णिः । कृतिरियं श्रीगुणरत्नसूरीणां ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु । कल्याणमस्तु ॥ छ ॥
Reference.-See No. 509.

Samstarakāvacārņi
261 ( d ).
A. 1882-83.
see Catuḥsarana

Page #321

296
संस्तरकावचूरि
No. 322
Jaina Literature and Philosophy

[ 322.
Extent.-- fol. ra to fol. 1gb.
Description.-- Complete ; this work appears to agree with No. 321; probably the author is the same, in case Ganaratna is to be read as Gunaratna. For other details see No. 284. Author.-- Ganaratna Suri.
Samstarakāvacuri
1364 (d). 1891-95.
Subject. A small commentary in Sanskrit explaining Samstäraka. Begins.fol. 11a वसंतपुरे गायनः । पुष्पशालसुस्वरः । परमारि (म)ति (?) कुरूपः etc. Ends.- -fol. 13b एवं पूर्वोक्तप्रकारेण मयाऽभिष्टुताः स्तुताः संस्तारकगजेइ (जेंद्र )मारूढाः। सतः पुसम° ॥ नरेंद्रा हि प्रौढा गजेंद्र स्कंधमारोहंति सुहमं सुखस्य । मुक्तिसुखस्य । शुभस्य वा संक्राति संसारदुःखाद्वा नि ( : ) सृत्य प्राप्ति ( ? ) मम दतु ॥ १२२ इति प्रकीर्णावरि (:) श्री गणरत्नसूरिकृताः ॥ छ ॥
॥ श्री ॥ शुभं भ( व ) तु । सु । कल्याणमस्तु ॥ ११००

Page #322

323.]
V. ro Prakirnakas
297
THE FIFTH PRAKIRNAKA तन्दुलवैचारिक
Tandulavaicārika (तंदुलवेयालिय)
( Tandulaveyāliya )
579 (h). No. 323
1895-98. Extent.-- fol. 18 to fol. 234. Description.-- Yellow pigment profusely used; complete. For other details see No. _579 (a).
1895-98. • Subject.-- This is one of the ten well-known prakirnakas. The
main topics dealt with, in this work are as under :---
Embryology, food in the embryonic condition, births as a celestial being and a hellish being, ten conditions of a living being, description of the yugmins, six types of ossessus structure and those of the shape of the body, calculation of rice, number of veins, impurity of body, condemnation of
women, and resort to dharma. Begins.--fol. 18a अहं नमः॥
निज्जरियजरामरणं वंदित्ता जिणवरं महावीरं ।
वुच्छं पइन्नगमिणं तंदुलवेयालिथं नाम ॥ १ etc. Ends.---fol. 23a
एवं सगडसरीरं जाइजरामरणवेयणाबहुलं। तह घत्तह काउं जे जे(ज)ह मुच्चह सव्वदुक्खाणं ॥ १८ इति तंदुलवेयालियपइन्नगं समाप्तं ॥ इय तंदुल( वेयालिय)पइन्नगं जो उ चिंतइ महप्पा इह लोए परलोए सो एसो भावल्लमु(सल्लु)द्धारकारणं लहइ सिवसुक्वं ॥
Reference. - This work along with 9 other prakirņakas was publisb
ed by Dhanapatisinh in A. D. 1886. See No. 266. It has heen also published in the D. L. J. P. F. Series, as No. 59 and by the Jaina Dharma Prasăraka Sabhä, too. Agamodaya Samiti has published this work along with chāyā, in its Series as No. 46. For its contents see Weber II, p. 615 and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. III,
8
J.L.P.]

Page #323

298
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(325.
704.
तन्दुलवैचारिक
Tandulavaicārika No. 324
1892-95. Size.-- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 8 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and white ; Devanagari
characters with teatas; small, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; red chalk and yellow pigment rarely used; unnumbered sides have a disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, 100;
complete; condition very good ; tol. ra blank. Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.---fol. 1b
निज्जरिय etc. Ends.---fol. 8b TE FTS *sig etc., up to ati as in No. 323
followed by FATI I J Il etc. N. B.- For other details see No. 323.
तन्दुलवैचारिक
Tandulavaicārika
1159. No. 325
1887-91. Size.— 101 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 17 folios; 11 lines to a page ; 34 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and greyish; Devanāgari charac
ters; big, legible and good hand--writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; fol. 1a blank; edges of some of the foll. slightly damaged ; condition on the whole good; foll, numbered in the right hand margin only; complete;
extent 400 ślokas. Age.- Pretty old.

Page #324

327. 1
V. 10 Prakirnakas
299
Begins.---fol. 1b ESTAR AĦ: H
Farfurratu etc. Ends.---fol. 17b TU TE Ori etc., up to amarantee as ist No. 323
followed by 999 FTAT # er goo Then in a different hand we have the following line :
4.Calaca(a)tot ai. N. B.--- For additional particulars see No. 323.
तन्दुलवैचारिक
Tandulavaicārika
1234 (b) No. 326
1886-92. Extent.--- fol. 2b to fol. 7a. Description.--- Complete. For other details see Gacchácara No. 378. Begins.---fol. 2b
TAROT etc. Ends.--fol. 7a CU FIEHT etc., up to an as in No. 233 follow
ed by FA U 5 N. B.--- For further details see No. 323.
तन्दुलवैचारिक
Tandula vaicārika
386 (e). No. 327
1879–80. Extent.--- fol. 17a to fol. 301. Description.--- Complete. For other details see No. 268. Begins.---fol. 172 for wor A ( 1 ), etc. Ends.--tol. 300 Ti FE etc., up to gai as in No. 323
followed by FAT I 4. N. B.--- For additional details see No. 323.
1.
This verse is however liere numbered as 16th and not 18th.

Page #325

300
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 330.
तन्दुलवैचारिक
Tandulavaicărika No. 328
_141 (1).
1872-73. Extent.-- fol. 40b to fol. 494. Description.-- Complete; extent 400 ślokas. For other details see
No. 269. Age.- Old. Begins.--fol. 40b निज्जरियजरामरणं etc. Ends.---fol. 494 एयं सरीरसय(गोडं जाइ etc., up to दुक्खाणं as in No. 323
followed by ॥ छ ॥ तंदुलक्यालियं नाम पयन्नज्झयणं संमत्तं ॥ छ ।
ग्रंथा. ४०० ।। १२ ।। छ । N. B.--- For further information see No. 323.
तन्दुलवैचारिक
Tandulavaicārika No. 329
1358 (e).
1891-95. Extent.- fol. 156 to fol. 266. Description.---- Complete%3 424 gāthās. For additional details see
Catuḥśaraņa No. 270. Begins.- fol. IF निज्जरियजरामरणं etc. Ends.- fol. 26b एवं सगडसरीरं etc. सव्वदुक्खाणं ॥ छ । तंदुलवेयालियं नाम
पइन्नगं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥ गाथा ४२४ ॥ छ । N. B.--- For other particulars see No. 323.
तन्दुलवैचारिक
Tandulavaicärika No. 330
1168(e).
1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 8b to fol. 13a. Description.- Complete. For other details see Saimstaraka No. 317. Begins.- fol. 8b ॐ नमः ।।
निजरियजरामरणं etc.

Page #326

331.]
V. 10 Prakirṇakas
301
Ends. fol. 13* एयं सगडसरीरं etc., up to सव्वदुक्खाणं ॥ Then we have the following line:--
N. B. For other particulars see No. 323.
तन्दुलवैचारिक बालावबोधसहित
No. 331
|| तंदुलवेयालियं नाम पइन्नगं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 25 folios; 17 to 19 lines to a page; 34 letters to a line. Description. Country paper rough and whitish; Devanagari characters with occasional gears; this is a q? Ms.; but there seems to be hardly any difference between the sizes of the hand-writings for the text and the commentary; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; both the text and the commentary complete; condition very good except that an edge of the first fol. is slightly damaged; fol. ra blank; yellow pigment used.
Age. Samvat 1675.
Author of balavabodha. Upadhyaya Pasacanda (Parsvacandra ). pupil of Sadhuratna.
Subject. One of the prakirņakas together with a Gujarati explanation.
59
Tandulavaicārika with balavabodha 292.
A. 1883-84.
Begins. — (text) fol. rb ॐ नमः सिधं (द्धं) । श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ।
निज्जरिय etc.
- ( com. ) fol. rb ॐ नमः सिधं ( द्धं ) कल्याणवली (ल्ली)न (त) तिवारिवाहं

श्री सिधि (द्धि) दं (द्रं) गं प्रति सार्थवाह स केवली लोकदिनेस (श) तुल्यं
श्रीवर्द्धमानं प्रयतः प्रणम्य ॥ १ ॥
श्री ' तपा' गच्छसरोमराल
#frangceant: vnifermden(?epfaufarsuðar:)

Page #327

302
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[332.
प्रकीरण(ण)कस्यास(स्य) करोति वार्ता
रूपं प्रबंध किल पाश(व)चंद्रः २ etc. निजरिअत्थ ग्रंथकर्ता कहइ छइ तेउ तंदुलवेयालय ए हवइ
नामि etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 25° एयं सगडसरीरं etc., practically up to सिवसुक्खं
as in No. 323 followed by the line as under :--
इति श्रीतंदुलवेयालियं पइन्नं सम्मत्तं । छ ॥ etc.
संबत् १६७५ वर्षे मार्गशीर्षमासे कृष्णपक्षे तृतीयां सोमवासरे मृगशीर्षनक्षत्रे शुभदिने संपूर्णकृता लिषतं सा(०) वीरदास राइसंघाणी स्वहस्ते पुण्यार्थ॥ -(com.) fol. 25° मुक्ति पहुचावइ ए भाव जाणी विराग्य आणि ज्यो मुक्ति जाइज्यो ॥ इति श्रीतंदुलवेयालीबालावबोधः उपाध्यायश्रीपासचंदकृतं । etc.
श्रीमत्त 'लंका'गच्छाधीश्वरः गणिवरश्रीश्रीमल्लजी तत्पट्टालंकारभूतआचार्य श्री६ रत्नसीजीविजय(यि)धर्मराज्ये प्रवत्तमाने ऋषि श्री ५ गांगा
काश्री ५ लाला ऋ० बालचंदपठनार्थ लिषतमिदं पुन्यार्थ । etc. Reference. - See No. 323.
तन्दुलवैचारिक
Tandulavaicărika बालावबोधसहित
with bālāvabodha
705. No. 332
1892-95. Size.- 104 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- (text) 36 folios ; s lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line.
,, --- (com.),, ,, ; 7 to Iolines to a page; 54 ,, , ,, Description.-- Country paper thick, tough and white; Devanagari
characters; the text written in a bigger hand as compared with the bālāvabodha ; legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines and edges in two, in red ink ; red chalk used ; fol. ra blank ; so is the fol. 36b; both the text and the bālāvabodha complete; condition very good; this Ms. seems to be less erroneous than No. 331 ; toll. numbered in both the margins.

Page #328

332.]
V. 10 Prakirnakas
303
Age.-- Not quite modern. Begins.--- (text) fol. b निजरिय etc. , -(com.),, ,, श्रीपरमात्यन(ने) नमः
कल्याणवल्लीततिवारवाहं etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 36 एयं सगडसरीरं etc., up to) पइन्नं as in No. 331
followed by समाप्तमिदं । यादृशं etc. ----(com.) lol. 36. ए. भावता एहवो वैराग्यनो कारण जाणी सर्व संग छांडी
स(शल्य काढीने धर्म करवो इति तंदुलवियालीया पयाना संपूर्णम् । जेहवो पुस्तक दीठो छई etc.

Page #329

304
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[334.
THE SIXTH PRAKIRNAKA चन्द्रावेध्यक
Candrăvedhyaka (चंदाविज्झय)
( Candāvijjhaya ) No. 333
579 (b).
1895-98. Extent.- fol. gb to fol. 12a. Description.-- Complete, the last verse numbered as 175. For other details see Maranavidhi No. 379 (a).
1895-98. • Subject. This prakirņaka which is also named as Candagavijjha
(Candrakavedhya ) explains how one should behave at
the time of death. Begins.---fol. 96
जगमत्थयत्थयाणं वियसियवरनाणदंसणधराणं ॥
नाणुज्जोयगराणं लोगमि नमो जिणवराणं ॥१॥etc. Ends.— fol. 124
तह घत्ते(त्ताह काउंजे जहमुव्वहगम्भवासवसहीणं। मरणपुणब्भवज म(पु)ण दुग्गइविणिवायगमणाणं ॥१७५
इति चंदगविज्झं नाम पइन्न सम्मत्तमिति ॥ छ । Reference.- Published by Dhanapatisinh in A. D. 1886 along
with 9 other prakirņakas. See No. 266. For contents etc., see Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 112.
चन्द्रावेध्यक
Candrāvedhyaka
386 (f). No. 334
1879-80. Extent.- fol. 30a to fol. 36b. Description.-- Complete ; 174 verses in all. For other details see
No. 268. Begins.-- fol. 30 जगमहत्थेयत्थयथयाणं etc., as in No. 333. Ends.- fol. 36b तह उत्तह काउंजे जह etc., up to विणिवायगमणाणं as in No. 333. Then we have the following line:--
॥छ । चंदाविज्झयं पय(इ)न्नं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥६ N. B.--- For further particulars see No. 333.

Page #330

337-1
Age. Fairly old.
Begins. fol. 1a я
चन्द्राध्यक
No. 335
Extent. fol. 19b to fol. 27a. Description. Complete. Begins. fol. 19b н Ends. fol. 27 etc., up to HTTо as in No. 333 followed by the line as below:
॥ २८८ चंदावेज्झयं संमत्तं ॥ छ ॥ श्री ॥ ८ ॥ N. B. For additional information see No. 333.
VI. 10 Prakirṇakas
चन्द्राध्यक
No. 336
Size.-- 10 in. by 43 in.
Extent. 9 folios; 12 lines to a page; 36 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters; very big, uniform, legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. 9b blank; complete; condition very good.
arglatach
No. 337
Extent. fol. 26b to fol. 32a.
Description.
rana No. 270.
For other details see No. 269. .
etc.
39 1J. L. P. ]

305
Candravedhyaka 141 (h). 1872-73.
etc.
Ends.fol. 9' तह थि (घ) तह काउं up to गमणाणं ॥ २७५ ॥ as in No. 333 followed by चंदा विज्झपइन्नयं अष्टमयं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥ etc.
N. B. For other details see No. 333.
Candravedhyaka
1238.
1886-92.

Complete. For additional particulars see Catuḥśa
Candravedhyaka
1358 (f). 1891-95.

Page #331

306
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 338.
Begins.----fol. 26 जगमत्थग(य)त्थयाणं etc. Ends.-fol. 32" तह घत्त काउं etc., विणिवायकम्माण ॥७२॥ चंदाविज्झयणं(ग)
सम्मत्तं ।। छ॥ श्री गाथा १७४॥ ॥ N. B...--. For further information see No. 333.
चन्द्राध्यक
Candrāvedhyaka
1168 (f). No. 338
1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 134 to fol. 16*. Description. - Complete ; 174 verses. For other details see Sam
stăraka No. 317. Begins.-fol. I3' जह(ग)मत्थग(योत्थयाणं etc. Ends.---fol. 16 तह घत्त(ह) काउं जे etc., विणिवायकम्माणं ॥७४ (१७४)॥
चंदाविज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ।। मंगलं महाश्रीः । देहि विद्या परमेश्वरी ॥१॥ छ ।। N. B.--. For additional details see No. 333.

Page #332

340.]
VII. 10 Prakirnakas
307
THE SEVENTH PRAKIRNAKA
देवेन्द्रस्तव (देविंदत्थय)
Devendrastava ( Devindatthaya)
No. 339
386 (g).
1879-80. Extent. - fol. 36' to fol. 474. Description.- Complete ; 292 verses in all. For other details see
No. 268. Subject. -- A certain Śravaka was singing the merits of Lord Maha
vira. His wife was sitting by his side, who incidentally asked him questions pertaining to 32 Indras, their residential quarters, vimānas, cities, etc. These are answered in details. They give us information about all the four types of gods
and in addition throw light on the problem of the liberated. Begins.- fol. 36
अमरनरवदिए (ब)दिउ(ऊ)ण उसभाइए जिणवरिंदे ।
वरिवरअपच्छिमंते तिलक्कगुरु(5) पणमिऊणं । १etc. Ends.---fol. 47 तेसि(सिं) सुरासुरगुरू सिद्धा सिद्धि उ(व)विहि(?णमं)तु
भा(भो)मेज्जवणयराणं जोइसियाणं बिमाणवासीणं ।। ९२ ॥
देविनिकायाणं थओ इह संमत्तो अपरि(से)सो ॥३०॥
देविदत्थओ संमत्तो ॥ छ । Reference. --- Published as one of the ten prakirnakas by Dhana
patisinh in A. D. 1886. See No. 266. It is also published with chāyā in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as No. 46, where the last verse here given is numbered as 307.
देवेन्द्रस्तव
Devendrastava
141 (i). No. 340
1872-73. Extent.--- fol. 27 to fol. 35. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 269. Begins.---fol. 27 अमरनरवदिए etc.

Page #333

308
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 342.
Ends.-fol. 35 तेसिं सुरासुरगुरू etc., up to वासीणं ॥९२. practically as in
No. 339. Then without any gap we have : - देवनिकायाणं up to अपरिसेसो ॥ ३०० ॥ followed by देविदत्थओ
संमत्तो ।। छ ॥९॥ N. B.--- For additional information see No. 339.
देवेन्द्रस्तव
Devendrastava
12341). No. 341
1886-92. Extent.--- fol. 7* to fol. I [". Description. -- Complete. For other details see Gacchácāra No. 378. Begins.---fol. 74 अमरनरवदिए ctc. Euds.- fol. 7 तेसि अ सुरासुरगुरू etc., up to विमाणवासीण as ill No.
340 followed by ८६॥ इति देविंदत्थओ समसो ॥ पडण्णय ।। N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 339.
देवेन्द्रस्तव
Devendrastava
1358 (g). No. 342
1891-95. Extent.--- fol. 32* to fol. 41. Description.--- Complete. For other details see Catuhsarana
No. 270. Begins.-fol. 354 अमर(नर)वंदिए etc. Ends.-fol. 4 Here the first line तोर्स etc. seems of be omitted. Then
___we have भोमिज्जवणयराणं etc., up to अपरिसी(से)सो ॥ ९३ ॥
देविंदत्थओ सम्मतो ॥ छ । N. B..- For additional details see No. 339.

Page #334

VII. 10 Prakirņakas
309
343. ] देवेन्द्रस्तव
Devendrastava
No. 343
1168 (g).
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 164 to fol. 20%. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Samstăraka
No. 317 Begins.--fol. 164 3Traäies etc. Ends. fol. 20* The first line of the 292th verse is omitted. The Ms.
gives only HITACHTTOTITOj etc., up to 3TT TIL RIRI 11
देविदत्थओ सम्मत्तो।। N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 339.
ori

Page #335

310
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 345.
THE EIGHTH PRAKIRNAKA गणिविद्या
Gaņividyā (गणिविज्जा)
(Ganivijja )
5796). No. 344
1895-98. Extent.-- fol. 25 to fol. 26". Description.- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 86. For other details see Maranavidhi No. ,
1895-98.. Subject.--- The contents of this prakīrnaka are of an astrological
character. For instance this prakirnaka points out the auspicious and inauspicious davs, constellations, muhurtas,
omens etc. Begins.--- fol. 25*
बुच्छ बलाबलविहिं नवबलविहिमुत्तमं विउपसत्थं ।
जिणवयणभासियामणं पवयणसत्थमि(म्मि) जह दिलु ॥ १ etc. Ends.- fol. 26b
एसो बलाबलविही समासओ कित्ती (त्ति)ओ सुविहिएहिं । अणुओगनाम(ण)गज्झो नायब्बो अप्पमत्तेहिं ।। ८६॥
गणिविज्जाप्रकीर्णकं समाप्तमिति ॥ छ । Reference.--- Published with chāyā in the Agamodaya Samiti Series,
as No. 46. It was formerly published by Dhanapatisinh in A. D. 1886. See No. 266. For contents etc., see Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 112.
गणिविद्या
Ganividyā No. 345
141(j).
1872-73. Extent.-- fol. 35e to fol. 37*. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 269. Begins. --~-fol. 35 वुच्छं बलाबलविहिं etc. Ends.---fol. 37" एसो etc., up to प्रकीर्णकं in as No. 344 lollowed by
समाप्तं ॥ छ ।॥१०॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 344.

Page #336

348. ]
viti. 10 Prakirnakas
311
गणिविधा
Gaņividyā
386 (b). No. 346
1879-80. Extent.- fol. 47* to fol. 50*. Description.- Complete ; 85 verses in all. For other details sec
No. 268. Begins.—fol. 47* ce agafaft etc. Ends.---fol. 49 GĦ a l (@T) etc., as in No. 344. N. B..- For additional information see No. 344.
गणिविद्या
Gaộividyā No. 347
1358 (i).
1891-95. Extent.- fol. 45b to fol. 484. Description.- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 85. For
additional details see Catuhsarana No. 270. Begins.--fol. 456 gros ( aft etc. Ends.--fol. 480 (ए)सो बलाबलविही etc., up to अप्पमत्तेहिं ॥८५॥ गणिविज्जा
नाम प्रकीर्णकं समाप्तं ॥छ । N. B.- For other particulars see No. 344.
गणिविद्या
Ganividyā
11681(h). No. 348
1887-91. Extent. -- fol. 20° to fol. 216. Description.-- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 85. For
other details see Samstäraka No. 317. Begins.--fol. 209 aos alumra( iTE() etc. Ends.--fol. 216 CAT agrasa (faler etc. up 10 FE II C4 II 01
(for)fasst ATA spastora FATEH Ell N. B. - For further information see No. 344.

Page #337

12
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
! 350.
THE NINTH PRAKĪRNAKA महाप्रत्याख्यान
Mahapratyakhyāna ( AGYEIU)
( Mahāpaccakkhāņa )
579 (i) No. 349
1895-98 Extent.- fol. 23° to fol. 246. Description.-- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 42 ( 142 );
the 24th folio slightly torn; yellow pigment used. For other details see Maranavidhi No. 579 (2):
1895-98. Subject. -- This is one of the ten prakirņakas. It deals with rules
pertaining to confession, renunciation and denials. In all
there are 142 gāthās. Begins.--- fol. 23a
एस करेमि पणामं तित्थयराणं अणुत्तरगईणं ।
सम्बोसिं जिणाणं सिद्धाणं संजयाणं च ॥ १ Ends.--- fol. 246
एयं पञ्चक्खाणं अणुपालेऊण सुविहिओ (स)म्म । वेमाणिउ व्व देवो हविज अडवावि सिज्झिज्झा(ज्जा) ॥ १२
इति महापच्चक्खाणं समाप्तं ॥ छ । Reference. This work together with 9 other prakirnakas was
published by Dhanapatisinh, in A. D. 1886. See No. 266. It is also published with chāyā by Agamoda ya Samiti, in its series as No. 46. For contents etc. see Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 113
महाप्रत्याख्यान
Mahāpratyäkhyāna
386 (i). No. 350
1879-80. Extent.-—- fol. 5oto fol. 546. Description.- Complete ; 143 verses in all. For other details see
No. 268. Begins.---fol. 509 GRTA TATO etc. Ends.--.fol. 546 e Tatui etc., as in No. 349. N. B. For additional information see No. 349.

Page #338

353.] IX. 10 Prakirnakas
313 महाप्रत्याख्यान
Mahāpratyākhyāna No. 351
1234 (f).
1886-92. Extent.-- fol. 15b to fol. 166. Description.- Complete. For other details see Gacchâcāra No. 378. Begins.--fol. 156 # MÀ TATUT etc. Ends.--fol. 166 T Tapetoi etc., up to RE1994@lu as-in-No.
349 followed by FFT II gari lill N. B.-- For additional information see No. 349..
महाप्रत्याख्यान
Mahāpratyākhyāna No. 352
141 (k).
1872-73. Extent. - fol. 37* 10 fol. 40'. Description.- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 43 ( 143 ).
For other details see No. 269. Begins.- fol. 37a ga A etc. Ends. fol. 400 TO SET Far etc., as in No. 349 followed by # 83
HageFEITUT FFHT 115 1188 11 N. B.--- For further particulars see No. 349.
महाप्रत्याख्यान
Mahāpratyākhyāna No. 353
1358 (h).
1891-95. Extent. fol. 410 to fol. 456. Description. Complete ; the last verse numbered as 42 ( 142 ).
For additional particulars see Catuḥšarana No. 270. Begins.---fol. 410 GF FTTA TUTIÅ etc. Ends.--fol. 456 Tierheroj etc. Earà progrw 11 8 1 619
. PETUT FEAT 11 N. B. ---- For other details see No. 349.
40 1 J. L. P. 1

Page #339

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[38
Mahāpratyakhyāna No: 351
1168 (i).
1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 21s to fol. 230. Description Complete. For additional particulars see Sath
stāraka No. 317. Begips... fol. 2 एस करेमि पणाम etc. Ends.--- fol. 23° एवं पचक्खाणं etc., up to अहवावि सिज्झिमा॥१४३॥
महापच्चक्खाणं समाप्तं ॥ छ । छ । १३ ।। मंगलं महाश्री देंहि विमा..
परमेश्वरि ॥ छ । मंगलमस्तुः ॥ छः । N. B.---- For further particulars see No. 349.

Page #340

579 (i).
3571 X. 10 Prakirnakas
jrs TENTH PRAKIRNAKA वीरस्तव
Vīrastaya (वीरत्थव)
(Viratthava) No. 355
1895-98. Extent.-- fol. 24° to fol. 25Description.--- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 43. For other
details see Marañavidhi No. 379 (a): Subject.- This work which forms one of the ten .. prakirnakas has
.. for its main topic, various names of Lord Mahavira. Begins.-fol. 246
ना नामिकण जिणं ज(य) जीवबंधवं भवियकुमुधनियरं ।
वीर गिरिंदधीरं थुणामि पसत्थनामेहिं ॥ १ etc. .. Ends.- fol. 25.
इय नामावलि संथुयसिरिवीरजिणिंदमंदपुन्नस्स । वियत्खरुणाइ जिणवरसिवपयमणहत्थिरं वीर ॥ ४३ ॥
' इति वीरस्तवप्रकीर्णकं समाप्तं ॥ छ। Reference.-- See Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 177.
-Virastavi
386(j). No. 356
-1879-80.7 Extent. - fol. 545 to fol. 56*. Description.- Complete ; 43 verses in all. For other details : see
___No. 268. Begins.- fol. 54 नामिड(ऊ)ण जिणं etc., as in No. 355. Ends.-fol. 56 इय नामावलि etc., as in No. 355. N. B.---- For further particulars see No. 355.
वीरस्तव
No. 357 "Extent.- fol. 130 to fol. 146.
Virastava
141 (6) 1872-73

Page #341

316
faina Literature and Philosophy
1358
Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 269. Begins.-fol. 135 FTASSUT fui etc., as in No. 355. Ends.--fol. 146 337 Araranas etc., practically as in No. 355. N. B.- For additional information see No. 355.
चीरस्तव
Virastava!
1168 (i). No. 358
1887-91. Extent:- fol. 236 to fol. 24a. Description.-- Complete. For other details sec Samstāraka No. 317. Begins.—fol. 236 HP507 PHO etc., as in No. 355. Ends.-fol. 24* T araratas etc., up to ale 1182 Il tutto !! N. B.- For further information see No. 355.
वीरस्तव
Virastava
1358 (-1). No. 359
1891-95, Extent.-- fol. 484 to fol. 496. Description. Complete ; the last verse numbered as 42. For other
i details see Catuḥśaraņa No. 270. Begins.--fol. 48 3ře
AIÀ5507 PEU etc. Ends.-fol. 49b alhaie etc. ate in 82 11 attraat trof .gu . N. B.- For further particulars see No. 355.

Page #342

3604]
I Supernumerary Prakirnakas
( B ) Supernumerary Prakirnakas
THE FIRST PRAKĪRNAKA
अङ्गचूलिका ( अंगचूलिया )
30

Angaculika (Angacūliya)
No. 360
Size— ro‡ in. by 4 in.
Extent.-- 26 folios ; 14 lines to a page 34 letters to a line. Description. Country paper tough and white; Devanagari characters; big, quite legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; numbers of foll. entered in both the margins as usual; fol. ra blank; some of the foll. slightly worm--eaten; condition very good ; complete.
Age. - Seems to be modern. Author.- A Jaina saint.
763.
1895-1902.
Subject.-Angaculika generally refers to the culikās of the angas like Acaránga. A work of the same name has been mentioned in Nandisutra as a kind of kalika śruta. It is also referred to in Sthǎnǎnga (X). But it is difficult to say whether the work written in this Ms. is the same as the canonical work above referred to.

In the beginning we find the explanation of the word angaculika and the part which angaculikās play in adorning the 11 angas. The present work deals with the discipline of a Jaina saint. It is written in Jaina Prakrit. Begins. fol. rb नमो सुयदेवयाए भगवईए ||
नमो अरिहंताणं नमो सिद्धाणं नमो आयरिआणं नमो उवज्झायाणं नमो लोए सव्वसाहूणं तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं च (चंपा णामं जयरी "होत्था वण्णओ । पुण्णभचेतिए । तेणं etc.
Ends.--- fol. 260 एवं भूइम्स पुरओ बूइ । आतारिसाए दिहीए विहरंताणं । णो आणा विरहाणी सगण परगण परगणे संविगो साहूणं हीलं (लता ममा बिहीलिस्संति सेसं उ वंगचूलियातो गहेयत्वं । विज्जामंतप्प ओग (गे) तत्थ बसंत | सेवं भंतेति तमेव सच्च (च्चं ) [ति] णिस्संक जं जिणेहिं पवेइयं ॥ छ ॥ अमचूलिया समाप्ता ॥

Page #343

Jaina Literature and-Pbilosophy
Reference.-- See “subject". The introductory portion is quoteć
in Abhidhānarājendra (vol. I, pp. 37--38), Rutlam. See its introduction (p. 33), too.
great
Angacúlikte
1226. No: 361
1891-95.. Size.— 101 in. by s} in. Extent.--. 42 folios; 8 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and greyish ; Devanāgari charac
ters; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink ; numbers of foll. entered only once ; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; this Ms. contains so to say a tabbā up to fol. 17o ;
condition excellent; complete ; fol. 421 blank. Age.- Not quite modern. Begins.---(text) fol. 14 hr steau, etc., as.in No. 360.
---(tabba) fol. TAFIT strena ART For a Torre . Bara etc.
-(tabbā) fol. 17° 415 Ft heart rattaat)#nit payer
भगवंतने गुरुनै नमस्कार करै चउवीसत्थो पढे. वार ३ मंगल उचार करे. Endso-fol, 42 g P geht etc., up to date as in. No. 360
followed by 3 AAA !! N. B.-- For other details see No. 360.
अंगचूलिका
Angacūlikā Do: 362
1227.
1891-95. Siz 71 in by 11. in. Eptent.--- 30 folios; 20 lines to a page ; 24-letters, do tline.

Page #344

3601
1. Super numerary Prakirnakas
310
Description. - Country. paper rough and white; Devanagari charack !
ters; big, bold, legible and very good hand-writing ; borders not ruled ; numbers of most of the foll. entered twice as usual ; every fol. seems to have been pressed against a wooden plank having strings fixed to it at equal intervals ; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too ; condition excellent ;
complete, Age: -- Samvat 1948. Begins.---fol. I श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥
नमो अरिहंताणं etc., as in No. 360. Ends.-- fol.. 30 जहा विवाहपण्णत्तीए दियंगयंदचूइस्स पुरओ बू(बू)ह etc.,.
up to सम्मत्ता as in No. 36o followed by शुभं भवतुः etc.
थाहसं(शं) पुस्तकं दृष्ट्वा ताइसो(शं) लिषि(खिोतं स(म)या यदि सुद्धमसुद्धं वा मम दोषो न दीयते ॥१॥ यावत्पृथी(श्वी) रात्रिर्यायावत् यावञ्चंद्र(द्र)हिमाचलौ । धाच्यमानं बुधैस्तावतद्देदितत् मंदत(नंदतु) पुस्तकं
सं[सं०]१६ आषाढो दि. १६ प्रवर्त्तमाने स्वगच्छपरोपकारायमणनाय(१) वाचनार्थ(र्थ)मिदं पुस्तिका मांगल्यमस्तु
श्रीसारदाई नमस्तुभ्यं मनोवांछितदायकं नमामि सभि तं देवि भक्तस्य वरदायिनी
इति श्री संपूर्णम् लिष्यतम तुलसीराम सावासी निरामनपुक्खालिषी 'जयपुर मध्ये लिषायतम् जतीजीश्री१०८ ज्ञानानंदजी महाराज
मुभम्भवतु १ संवत् १९४८ का. मा० सु०३ N. B.- For additional particulars see No: 360:
অন্ধন্ধিা
Angaoülka:
1160. 1884-87.
No.363
Size.- 104 in. by 45 in. Extent.- 16-1= IS folios ; IS lines to a page; so lerters to a line,

Page #345

320
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[363.
Description.-- Country paper rough and grey ; Devanāgari charac
ters: small, clear and fair hand-writing: borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; yellow pigment rarely used; almost all the foll. slightly worm-eaten; the first fol. does not belong to this work; it is written in a different and better hand and has its edges slighty worn out; really speaking the ist fol. of this work is lacking; the Isth, too, lacking; otherwise it is complete; on the ist fol. of a different origin red chalk is used ; it contains : (I) नन्दिस्तुतयः, (2) दिकपालाइवाननमन्दिस्तोत्रम् and (3) some other work, perhaps Nandisutra;
condition very fair. Age.- Samvat 1607 Begins.--(abruptly) fol. 2' काउसग्गं सत्तावीसुस्ससे चिंतणं चउवीसत्थयभणन
पुश्वं तओ खमणे सीसो भणइ । इच्छकारि भंते समण मे हावणं करेह etc. Ends.-- fol. 166 दंडस्स पुरओ etc., practically up to पवेडयं as in
No. 360 followed by the lines as under :
हता जंबू तमेव सच्च णिस्संक जे जिणेहि पवेइयं । छ । अंगलिया सम्मत्ता || शुभं etc.
Then we have the lines as under written in a bigger, if not different hand :
संवत् १६०७ वर्षे आसौ शुदि १ गुरुवासरे श्री पेरोजपुरु'निवासीय साठाकुर सा० जगपालप्रमुषसमस्तश्रीसंघेन श्रीउपाध्यायश्रीभांलब्धिसाधु उपदेसेन लिषाविता श्रीसाधुशरोमणिश्रीक श्रीपतिपूज्ययोग्य तत्र
वाचवी संघाग्ने. Begins. -fol. IA
अर्हस्तनोतु स श्रेये (यः) स्मि(श्रियं यद्ध्यानतो नरैः । अध्यद्री सकला(त्रै)हि रहसा सह[:]सोच्यते ॥१॥ ओमिति मंता यच्छासनस्य । नंता सदा यदंड्रीश्च
आश्री(श्रियते श्रिया ते भवतो भवतो जिनाः पातु ॥२॥ etc, Ends.-- fol. "
संघ(5)। ये गुरुगुणोघनिधे()स्तु वैया
वृत्त्यादिकृत्यकरणकनिबद्धव(क)क्षाः । ते शांतये सह भवंतु सुरासुरीभिः
सुट्ट(सदृष्टयो निखिलविघ्नविधातदक्षाः ॥८॥ इति नीदस्तुतयः । छ ।

Page #346

363.]
1. Supernumerary Prakırnakas
321
Begins.--fol. la
ओमिति नमो भगवओऽरिहंतसिद्धायरिअउवज्झाए।
वरसब्वसाहम(मु)णिसंघधम्मतित्थप्पवयणस्स ॥१॥ Ends.-fol. I.
साहंतस्स समक्खं मज्झमिमं चेव[ध मणहाणं । सिद्धिमविग्धं गच्छउ जिणाइ नवकारओ धणिअं ॥५॥
दिग्पालाह्वानननंदिस्तोत्रं ॥ छ । Begins.---fol. I* नमस्कार ३ नाणं पंचविहं पन्नत्तं, तंजहा । अभिणिबाहियनाणं etc. Ends..--.fol. [कप्पिआकप्पिअस्स । चुल्लकप्पसुअस्स महाकप्पसुअस्स । उवाइयस्स
रायपसेणियस्स जवाभिगमस्स पन(न )वणाए महापन्नवणाए नंदीए अणुओ. गदाराणं । दे. It ends here.
-
41
[J. L. P.

Page #347

322
अविद्या ( अंगविज्जा )
Author.--- A Jaina saint.
Subject. This is a prakirnaka.
No. 364
Size.- rog in. by s in.
Extent.- 230 folios; 14 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper tough and white; Devanagari characters; big, legible and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in_red ink ; numbers of foll. entered once only; foll. 97 to 230 also numbered as 1, 2, etc., lacune on foll. 678, 69b etc.; fol. 14 blank, so is the fol. 2300 ; an edge of each of the foll. 196th and 230th slightly worn out; condition on the whole very good; complete. Age.-- Seems to be modern.
"
Begins.fol. r ॐ नमः ॥
>>
22
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
THE SECOND PRAKĪRNAKA
""
1.
It is to some extent a nimittaśastra and thus it reminds us of Nimittapāhuda. It is written in Prakrit in mixed prose and poetry. Its extent is indicated in Jaina Granthāvalī as gooo slokas.
णमो अरिहंताणं etc. णमो लोए सव्वसाहूणं नमो जिणाणं नमो ओधिजिणाणं नमो परमोधिजिणाणं णमो सवो (व्व) जिणाणं णमो अणंतोहिजिणाणं णमो भगवओ अरहओ महापुरिसस्स महावीरवद्धमाणस्स णमो भगवई य महापुरिसदिन्नाय अ० अंगविज्जाय सहस्सपरिवाराय [ सपरिवराय ] अधापुवं खलु भो महापुरिसदिन्नाय अंगुपतीणा ( प्पत्तीणं ) मज्झाउ पढमो तं खलु भो तमणुवस्वामि etc.
- fol. 38 बंभणं खत्तियं वेसं तओ वण्णे यथाविहिं

Angavidya ( Angavijja )
541. 1895-98.
अंगमज्झावएसिस्तं अंगविज्जाविसारदे १ etc.
---fol. 580 मज्झिमाणि पडलाणि सम्मत्ताणि ॥
---fol. 7ob सामकण्हाणि सम्मत्ताणि
---fol. 1978 चिताम ( ? ) णामज्झायो अट्ठावणो सम्मत्तो ॥
It is so named in Yogavidhi No.
| 3642
1655 1891-95.*

Page #348

364.]
11. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
323
Ends.-- fol. 230 इति सिद्धोपपत्ती अपुणभवा वि()णेया इति इति खलु भो महा.
पुरिसदिन्नाय मंगविज्झाय उपपत्तीविजयो णामज्झायो सहितिमो सम्मत्तो ॥ छ ॥णमो भगवतो अरहतो य सवतो महापुरिसस्स महावीरबद्धमाणस्स णमो भगवतीय महापुरिसदिन्नाय अंगविज्जाय सहस्सपरीवाराय भगवतीय अरहतेही अणंतणाणीहिं तुवदीहाय अणंतगमसंगहसंजुत्ताय पण्ण समणसुतणाणि पीजमति अणुगताय अणंतागमपज्जोया ।। णमो अरिहंताणं etc., up to साहूणं ॥ छ । णमो भगवतीए सुतदेवताए
श्री थारापद्र [जगच्छभु(भूषणमणेः श्रीशांतिम(सू)रिप्रभोः
'चंद्रकुले एताओ गाथाओ संलावजोणीपडले आदि दितिकाउ पुढवीगत जा कायी समायुत्ता कधाभवे आधारि तणि सित्तद्रे कधेत्ताण व पुच्छति etc. तेणो व पडीरूवण तं तथा वाजमादिसे ॥ छ ॥ श्री अंगविज्जापुस्तकं
संपूर्ण समाप्तं ॥ Reference.--- For description see Abhidhanarajendra. For another Ms.
see G. O. Series, vol. XXI, p. 25. See also Jaina Granthāvali (P.64). This work (Angavidya) was studied by Vira Suri (Sainvat 938-991 ). See Prabhāvakacaritra (p. 208). P. Peterson, Report III, p. 231 may be also consulted.

Page #349

Jaina Literatan and Philosophy
[366.
THE THIRD PRAKIRNAKA अजीवकल्प
Ajivakalpa (अजीवकप्य)
(Ajivakappa ) ___ No. 365.
___141 (g).
1872-73. Extent.--- fol. 18° to fol. 196. Description.-- Complete. : For further particulars see No. 269. Author.- A Jaina saint. Subject.-... This prakirnaka deals with certain articles like a stick,
a needle, a nail-cutter etc., which a Jaina saint is likely to have with him. In all 16 types of ajivakalpa are mention
ed here in 44 verses in Prakrit. . Begins.-- -fol. 18
आहारे उवहिंमि अ उवस्सए तह य पस्सवणए अ। सिज्जनिसज्ज(ण)ठाणे दंडे चम्मे चिमिलिलिमिणीअ(ए)॥१॥ अवलेहणिआ दंताण धोवणे कन्नसोहणे चेव ।
पिप्पलग सूइ नक्खाण छेअणे चेव सोलसमे ॥२॥ etc. Ends.-fol. 19
एसो उ सोलसविहो अजीवकप्पो समासओ भणिओ। इत्तो उ मीसकप्पं बुच्छामि अहाणुपुवीए ॥४४॥
अजीवकल्पप्रकीर्णकं ॥ छ । Reference. - See Jaina Granthävali ( p. 62 ).
अजीवकल्प
Ajivakalpa
386 (k). No. 366
1879-80. Extent.- fol. 56 to fol. 57*. Description.-- Complete ; 45 verses in all. For other details see
No. 268. Begins.-fol. 56 आहारे उवह (हि)म्मि य etc., as in No. 365. Ends. - fol.57° एसो उ [इ] सोलसविहो etc., up to अहाणुपुब्बीए as in
No. 365 followed by अजीवकप्पो समतो ११ ॥छ॥ श्रीः ॥ N. B.- For additional information see No. 365.

Page #350

368.1
अजीवकल्प
No. 367
IFI. Super numerary Prakirnahas
N. B.- For other details see No. 365.
Extent.--- .fol. 7ob to fol. 71.
Description.- Complete; the last gathā is numbered as 45 and not For further particulars see Gacchācāra No. 378 .
as 44.
Age.
Samvat 1569 (?)
Begins. fol. 70b (4) आहारे उवह (हि) म्मि etc., as in No. 365.
Ends. fol. 71 एसो उ सोलसविहो etc., up to अहापुपुवीए ॥ ४५ ॥ as in No. 365 followed by अजीवकप्पो सम्मत्तो ॥ ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥
संवत् १५६९ वर्षे शाके १४३४ प्रवर्त्तमाने । श्री श्रीमाल ज्ञातीय । सा० जूठाभा० जसमादे । सु महिपतिरूपा । चउथा ५ हर्षासाहसाप्रमुखकुटुंबयुतेन । सा चउथाकेन | श्री वृद्धतपा' गच्छे । श्रीलब्धिसागरसूरीणामुपदेशेन पं० गुणसारगणि । चारित्रवल्लभगण्यो समुद्यमेन चिरं नंदतु ॥ छ :
अजीवकल्प
No. 368
Extent. - fol. 49b to fol. 5ot. Description.-- Complete.
Begins.
Ends.

325
N. B. For further information see No. 365
Ajivakalpa 124 (b).
1872-73.
For other details. see Catuḥśarana
No. 270.
fol. 495 आहारे उवह (हि)म्मि य etc.
fol. Sob एसो उ सोलसविहो etc. अहाणुपुच्चीए ॥ ४५ ॥ अजीवकप्पो संमत्तो ॥ छ ॥ श्री ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ॥

Ajivakalpa
1358 (k). 1891-95.

Page #351

326
"Jaina Literature and Philospohy
[369.
THE FOURTH PRAKIRNAKA
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
Aturapratyākhyāna (आउरपञ्चक्खाण)
(Aurapaccakkhana)
76. No. 369
1872-73. Size.--- 10 in. by 41 in. Extent..-- I folio ; 21 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and white; Devanagari charac
ters; small, legible and fair hand-writing ; borders not ruled ; complete so far as it goes ; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; condition good ; this Ms. has 10 verses followed by 18; it appears that the first ten verses do not form a separate work but are only a part of the whole made
up by 18 verses. Age.-- Not modern. Subject.-- Glorification to five paramesthins. Begins.-- fol.
अरिहंता मंगलं मु(म)ज्झ अरिहंता मु(म)ज्झ देवया अरिहंता कित्तइत्ताणं बोसिरामि त्ति पावगं १ etc. कलहं अब्भक्खाणं पेस(सु)न्नं अरइरइसमाजुत्तं
परपरवाय माया मोअं(सं) मिच्छत्तसल्लंच १० इच्चेईयई अहारसपावठाणाईजावजीवाए तिविहं etc. followed by सब तिविहेण वोसिरीयं
ईच्चेईयं निरागारपञ्चक्खाणं तु कित्थी(त्ती)यं कालस्स परिमाणं तु सागारं तु वीयाहियं १ भावओ भावीयप्पा अणुव्वयाई य भावणा सव्वे ।
खामेमि सव्वसत्ते खेमी(?खमि)यव्वं सब्वसत्ताणं २ Ends.--fol. 1
संजोगमला जीवेणं पत्ता दुक्खपरंपरा ।
तुस्ना (?तम्हा) संयोगसंबंधं सब्वं तिविहेण बोसिराय(रे) १८५ इति आउरपच्चवरखाणं पयन्न ममा
1. This is the second verse in No. 370. 2 This is the 27th gatha of the Aturapratvakhyana included under ter
prakirnakas.

Page #352

371,
IV. Supernumerary Prakırnakus
327
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
Aturapratyākhyāna No. 370
77 (m).
1880-81. Extent.— leaf 1784 to leaf 182". Description.- For additional particulars see Agamikavastuvicārasāra
___No.
No
77 (a).
880-81.
Begins.--leaf I 78 अरिहंता मंगल मज्झ etc. Ends..---leaf 182* संजोगमूल(ला) जीवेणं etc., up to तिविहेण as in No. 369
followed by वोसिरह ॥ १६ ॥ छ ।
इत्य(त्या)तुरप्रत्याख्यानं समाप्तं ॥ छ ।। etc. N. B.-- For other details see No. 369.
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
Aturapratyākhyāna
1229 (b). No. 371
1884-87. Extent.-- fol. za to fol. 56. Description.- Complete. For other details see Vairagyasataka No.
1229 (a).
1884-87. Begins.---fol. 3.
अरिहंता मंगलं मज्झ । अरिहंता मज्झ देवया ..
अरिहंते कित्तइत्ताणं बोसिरामि त्ति पावगं ॥१॥ Ends.---fol. 50
संजोगमूल(ला) जीवाणं पत्ता दुक्खपरंपरा । तम्हा संजोगसंबंधं सत्वं तिविहेण वोसिरे ॥ १६॥ .
इति श्रीआतुरप्रत्याख्यानं समाप्त(त) ॥ छ ।। N. B.-For further information see No. 369.

Page #353

328
Jaina Literature and Pbilusophy
[372,
THE FIFTH PRAKIRNAKA
आराधनापताका
Arādhanāpatākā (आराधनापडाया)
(Aradhanapadaya) No. 372
1178.
1886-92. Size. -- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.--- 20 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and white; Devanagari
characters with ATEITS; small, legible uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red ; red chalk used ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only ; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; fol. I decorated with a design in red colour; fol. 20° practically blank; for, only the title etc. written on it; complete ; 990 gāthās, in all;
condition very good; composed in Samvat 1078. Age.--. Pretty old. "Author.--- Virabhadra Sūri. Subject.- A work in Präkrit in 990 verses dealing with what one
ought to do at the time death approaches. Begins.-- fol. IN
नियसुचरियरणमाहप्पदिण(ण्ण)सुररायरिद्धिवित्थारो। जयइ सुररायपूइयगुणमाहप्पो महावीरो ॥१ आरोहणासरु(रू)वं अणुहवसिद्धं च फलमसंदिट्ट(?) । भणियं तेण भगवया गोयममाईण जं पुवं ॥२ तं पुवप(पु)रिससकमकममागयभावसंकममुदारं । संखेबओ महत्थ भणामि सुत्ताघुसारेण ॥ ३ जिणवयणसुइपवित्तं मणुयत्तं पाविऊण सप्पुरिसा ।
सासयसुहकामेणं होयत्वं होउ कामेहिं ॥४ etc. Ends.- fol. 20
जह खलु दिवसब्भत्थं रयणीए सुमिणयमि पिच्छंति । तह इह जम्मभत्थं सेवंति भवंतरे जीवा ॥ ८२ इय विसयवइरिवहरिभद्दमाराहणं पसाहेसु । उवएसपएहिं इमेहिं धीरधीराण समग्गो ।। ८३

Page #354

372.]
V. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
329
जिणमयमयरह रुप्पण्णसेयमाराहणामयं पाउं । विसउण्हतहमवहाय साहुणा(?णो) निन्बुइमुर्विति ॥ ८४ इय सुंदराई (जिण)वीरभद्दभणियाई पश्यणाहिंतो। चिरमुच्चिणिमुम एसा रइया आराहणापडाया॥ ८५ वस्साणमाणपुवी गाहद्धपयाण पाययाणं च । कत्थइ कहिंचि रडया पुवपसिद्धाण समईए ॥ ८६ आराहणापत्थंमि एत्थ सत्थंमि गंथपरिमाणं । ना(न)उयाई नवसयाई अत्थागाहमि गाहाणं ॥ ८७ विकमनिवकालाओ अत्तरिमे समासहस्संमि । एसा सव्वंगिहिआ गहिया गाहाहिं सरलाहिं ।। ८८ मोहेण मंदमइणा इममि जमणागमं मए लिहियं । तं महरिसिणो मरिसंतु । अहव सोहिं तु कर(?)णाए ॥८९ भवगहणभमणरीणा लं(ल)हति निव्वुइमुहं जमल्लीणा। तं कप्पडुमसुहयं । नंदउ जिणसासणं सुइरं ॥ ९९०
आराधनापताकाकृतिरियं श्रीवीरभद्राचार्यस्य ॥ छ । Reference.-- See Jaina Granthāvali (p. 64 ) where this work is styled
as prakirņaka.
42
J. L. P.]

Page #355

330
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[373..
THE SIXTH PRAKIRNAKA
कवचद्वार
Kavacadvāra (कवयद्दार )
( Kavayaddara) No. 373
579 (m).
1895-98. Extent.- fol. 30a to fol. 31b. Description.— Edges of foll. 30 and 31 somewhat damaged. For other details see Marañavidhi No. 579 ( a )..
1895-98. Subject.-- A prakirnaka according to Jaina Granthāvali. Begins.--fol. 304
तिन्नो महासमुद्दो । तरियव्वं गोययं तुहेयाणं ।
समइक्वंतो मेरू परमाणू चिट्टए इन्हि ।।१etc.. Ends.-fol. 310
एवं खवउ कवचेणुवग्गहिओ । तेह परिस्सह चूर्ण । जायइ अलंघणिज्जो । झाणसमा(म)त्थो य जिणइ जई ॥ १२९ ॥'
कवचद्वारं समाप्तं ॥ छ ।। छ ॥ etc. Reference.— See Jaina Granthāvali ( p. 66).
14I. 1. This verse forms the 892th verse of Ārādhanapatakabhagavatı No.
1872-73. This latter work has कवचद्वार.

Page #356

374.]
VII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
331
THE SEVENTH PRAKĪRNAKA
गच्छाचार
Gacchācāra (गच्छायार)
(Gacchāyāra ) No. 374
141 (f).
1872-73. Extent.- fol. I4° to fol. 184. Description.-- Completc; the last verse numbered as 37 (137).
For other details see No. 269. Subject.-- This prakirnaka based upon Mahanisitha, Vyavahāra etc.,
as indicated in the 135th verse of this very work deals with the following topics:--
The fruit accruing from staying in gaccha, characteristic of a gani ( suri), prowess of gitārtha, distinguishing features of gaccha, avoidance of contact with āryās, and behaviour
of āryās. Begins.--fol. 14
नमिऊण महावीरं तिअसिंदनमंसिरं महाभागो(? गं)।
गच्छायारं किंची उद्धरिमो सुअसमुद्दाओ ॥१॥ Ends.- fol. 18
महानिसीहकप्पाओ ववहाराओ तहेव य । साहुसाहुणि अहा(ए) गच्छायारं समुद्धिअं(?हिओ) ॥३५।। पढंतु साहुणो एणं(यं) असज्झायं विवज्जिउं। उत्तमं सुअनिस्संदं गच्छायारं सु(? तु) उत्तमं ॥३६ ॥ गच्छायारं सुणित्ता गं पठित्ता भिक्खुभिक्खुणी। कुणंतु जं जहाभणियं इच्छंता हियमप्पणो ॥३७॥ (१३७)
इति गच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकं ।। छ ॥६॥ Reference. The text together with the Sanskrit commentary by
Vānara as well as the text along with chāyā are published in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as Nos. 36 and 46 respectively. For quotations etc. see Weber II, p. 622 ff., and for an additional Ms. with a Gujarati translation see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p.464.

Page #357

332
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[376.
गच्छाचार
Gacchācāra
386 (1). No. 375
18.9-80. Extent.- fol. 57 to fol. 616. Description. - Complete ; 137 verses in all. For other details see
No. 268. Begius.--- fol. 57' नमिउ(ऊ)ण महावीरं तियसिंद etc., as in No. 374. Ends. --fol. 61° पढ मंतु साहुणो etc. up to हियमप्पणो as in No. 374.
Then we have :
इति गच्छायारं पयन्नं ॥ सम्मत्तं ॥ १२ श्रीरस्तु ।। N. B.--- For additional information see No. 374.
गच्छाचार
Gacebācāra
1168 (m). No. 376
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 25 to 27'. Description.--- Complete; fol. 27b blank. For other details see
Samstāraka No. 317. Age.-- Samvat 1491. Begins.-fol. 25° नमिऊण महावीरं ete. Ends. ---fol. 29° पढंतु साहुणो एयं etc., up to हियमप्पणो ॥ १३८॥ गच्छा
यारं संमत्तं ।। followed by सं० १४९१वर्षे चैत्रसुदि ११ शुक्रे । श्री'तपागच्छे । श्रीश्रीजयशेषरसूरि ॥ 'देउलवाडा'नगरे राणाश्रीकुंभकर्णराज्ये । 'हुंबड ज्ञातीय । अष्टि(डिसिंघाभार्या चांपू । आत्मश्रेया(योऽ)थै सहश्र(स्र)द्वयं ।। श्री श्रीमाली वशेषु श्रेष्टिमाला(?)सुत ऋषीश्वरझंटाश्रेया(योऽ)य इदं पुस्तकं लिखापितं...' ॥ उपदेशेन ॥ ११ Then in a different hand we have :--
___ इति प्रशस्ति ए प्रति संवत् १७४३वर्षे श्री३आचार्यजी ऋषिश्र
...'वृद्धिभंडारि मुक ।। N. B. - For further particulars see No. 374.
____I.
Letters are made illegible by applying black ink.

Page #358

378. ]
VII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
333
गच्छाचार
Gacchācāra
124 (a). No. 377
1872-73. Size.- 11 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 5 + 17 = 22 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 58 letters to aline. Description.- Country paper rough, very thin and greyish ; Deva.
nāgari characters with TAAS; small, legible and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used ; yellow pigment, too; foll. numbered in the right hand .margin only but in two sets: the foll. 1, 2, etc. up to s as 67. 68 etc. also ; and then again foll. 1, 2, etc, up to 17 numbered as 85, 86 etc. as well ; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too ; fol. 67a ( 19 ) blank; so is the fol. 858; the first few foll. are slightly torn and their edges, too, are partly gone; condition tolerably fair ; complete; this Ms. contains the following two works in addition to this :
( 1 ) ita foll. 700 to 716.
(2) AUTO 850 , 101b. Age.-- Samvat 1569 (?) See Ajivakalpa No. 367. Begins.- fol. 670 ( 10) H UT #Tatt etc. as in No. 374. Ends.--- fol. 706 ( 46 ) Cal?a) Argo etc. as in No. 374. N. B.- For other details see No. 374.
गच्छाचार
Gacchācāra
1234 ( a ). No 378
1886-92. Size.— 104 in. by 4 in. Extent.- 16 folios ; 23 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white ; Devanāgari charac
ters with occasional Teas; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too ; foll. numbered in the

Page #359

334 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 379. right hand margin only ; complete ; condition very good ; this Ms. contains the following s additional works :--
(1) तन्दुलवैचारिक foll. 2b to 70 (2) देवेन्द्रस्तव
, 74 ,, IIA (3) भक्तपरिज्ञा ,, II ,, 13 (4) संस्तारक (5) महाप्रत्याख्यान
25 , 5* ,, I6 Age. – Pretty old. Begins.-fol. I नमो जिनवचनाय ।।
नमिऊण महावीरं etc. Ends.fol. 21 पढंतु साहुणो etc., up to हियमप्पणो as in No. 374 follow:
ed by ३६ ॥ इति गच्छायारपइन्न सम्भत्तं ॥ N. B..- For additional information sce No. 374.
गच्छाचार
Gacchācāra
No. 379
. 1140 (b)..
1897-91. Extent.- fol. 15 1° to fol. 1552. Description.-- Complete; metres arc rcferred to in this Ms. as गाथा
छंदः, विषमाक्षरेति गाथा and अनुष्टुपू; extent 167 Slokas. For
other details see No. 384. Begins.-fol. ISI श्रीआनंदविमलसूरीश्वरेभ्यो नमः ॥
नमिऊण महावीरं etc. Ends.-fol. IS5 पढंतु साहुणो etc., up to हिअमप्पणो as in No. 374.
followed by १३७ विषमाक्षरेति गाथा
इति श्रीगच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकसूत्रं समाप्त ।
छ । छ । ग्रंथानं १६७ छ etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 374.

Page #360

382.]
गच्छाचार
No. 380
1899-1915.
Begins.fol. 58 नमिऊण महावीरं etc.
Ends. fol. 7 gr etc. practically as in No. 374. N. B. For additional details see No. 374.
गच्छाचार
Extent. fol. 5a to fol. 7.
Description. Complete. For other details see Rṣimandalastavana No. 714 (a).
No. 381
VII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
Begins. fol. 1a af Ends. fol. 2
गच्छाचार fagraafza
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 2 folios; 18 lines to a page; 68 letters to a line. Description. Country paper tough and white; Devanagari characters; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in both the margins; complete; condition very good. Age. Samvat 1682.
a line.
335
Gacchācāra
714 (b).
1899-1915.
glaît etc. g etc., up to the end as in No. 374. Then follow the lines as under :
थाए (?) कशिवनिधानगणिभिर्लिखितं ||
सं० १६८२ वर्षे मार्गशीर्षशुक्लैकादश्यां श्री ' अहम्मदावाद'स्थैः ॥
शुभं etc.

Gracchācāra
1255.
1891-95.

No. 382
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 124-12-1=111 folios; 15 lines to a page; 50 letters to
Gacchācāra with vivṛti
1183.
1884-87.

Page #361

Jaina Literature and Fhilosophy
[382.
Description.-Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; sufficiently big, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1246 black; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary; but both begin abruptly as the first twelve foll. are missing; the fol. 26th, too, is wanting ; edges of the 13th and the last fol. slightly damaged; some of the foll. are partly worm-eaten, too; condition tolerably good; numbers of foll. entered in both the margins ; fol. 39th also numbered as 40th ; numbers in different margins seldom tally ; extent 585o slokas. Age.— Pretty old.
336
Author of the commentary. - Vijayavimala Gani, pupil of Anandavimala Suri of Tapa gaccha.
Subject. Gacchacara along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.—(text) fol. 14a
:)
""
संगहोarगहं विहिणा न करेइ अ जोगणी ।
समणं समाणं तु दिक्खित्ता सामायरिं न गाहए १५ ।। etc
- (com) fol. 134 ते पात्रं भज्यते । प्रातिहारिकं वा पात्रं धनिकोऽसमयेप्युद्वालयति । अथवा यत्पात्रं सत्तायां भवति तल्लघु etc.
Ends. — (text) fol. 121b पढंतु तु साहुणो etc., up to हियमप्पणो ।। १३७ ।। यद्यथा (S) भणितं तत्तथा कुर्व्वविति विषमाक्षरेति गाथा
""
"
- ( com.) छंदः ॥ १३७ ॥
इति श्रीमत् 'तपा' गच्छनभोनभोमणिभट्टारक पुरंदरश्री आनंदविमलसूरीश्वरचरणांभोजरजश्वं चरीकायमाणपंडितश्रीविजयविमलगणिविरचितायां गच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकटीकायां साध्वीस्वरूपनिरूपणाधिकारस्तृतीयः समाप्तः ॥ तत्समाप्तौ च समाप्तेयं श्रीगच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकटीका ॥
प्रायः स्वकीयोदितमप्यतादृशं सर्वागभाजां जगतीह रोचते ।
इयं मदुक्तिस्तु ममैव नो तथा ।

कथं परेषां रुचये भविष्यति १ । १ ।
नाभूद् वृद्धकृता वृत्तिरस्या दर्शास्तु भूरिशः ।
तथाप्यऽस्ति गुरु (रू) पास्तिः समस्तस्वस्तिदा (SS) त्मनः ॥ २ ॥
यदत्र मतिवैगुण्याद् ग्रंथानभ्यासतस्तथा । भ्रमाद्वा विवृतं सर्वागमेनामा विरोधभाक् ॥ ३ ॥

Page #362

382.]
VII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
337
विभक्त्यादिविरुद्धं च मिथ्यादुष्कृतमस्तु तत् । शोधयंतु च तत्त्वज्ञाः कृत्वा तत्र घणां मयि ॥४॥
युग्मं।
विचारोपनिषदभेदसमुच्चयचिकीर्षया ।
गच्छाचाराभिधग्रंथवृत्तिं निर्मितवानहं ।।५॥ अथ प्रशस्तिलिख्यते ।।
प्रकटितजगदानंदः सुरतरुमणिसुरभिमहिमरमणीयः । प्रणते हितप्रणेता शासननेता जयति वीरः।१ तत्पट्टोदयभानुर्गणी सुधर्मा यथार्थनामा(s)भूत् २ । बोधितशरशतचौरः श्रीजंबूः केवली चरमः ३।२ श्रीमान् प्रभवस्वामी गणनाथो गुणमणी सलिलनाथः ॥४ शय्यभवो(5)पि सूरिमनकपिता समजनिष्ट ततः। ५।३। निजगतिनिर्जितभद्रः कृतभद्रः श्रीगणी यशोभद्रः ६। तत्पट्टे श्रीमती संभूतविजय-सुतभद्रबाहुगुरू ७ । ४ श्रुतकेवलीह चरमः स्थूलाद्भद्रस्तयोविनेयो(s)भूत् । ८ शिष्योत्तमौ तदीयौ सूरिमहागिरि--सुहस्तिगुरू ५ जिनकल्पसुएरिकर्म । प्रथमः प्रथया(5)न्वितः प्रथयति स्म । श्रेणिकतः प्रतिसंप्रतिनृपं द्वितीयः स्म बोधयति । ९ । ६ । तदनु च सुहस्तिशिष्यौ कौटिककाकंदकाघजायेतां । सुस्थितसुप्रतिब(बु) द्वौ 'कौटिक गच्छस्ततः समभूत् । १० ॥७॥ तद्वदिन्नसूरि११र्भगवान् श्रीदिन्नसंज्ञसूरींद्रः । १२ । तस्य पदे सिंहगिरिगिरिरिव धीरो गिरिगभीरः ॥१३॥८। समजनि वज्रस्वामी । मुंभकदेवार्पितस्फुरद्विद्यः । बाल्ये(७)पि जातजातिस्मृतिः । प्रभुश्वरमदशपूर्वी । १४।९। श्रीवज्रसेनसंज्ञस्तत्पदपूर्वाद्रिचूलिकादित्यः । १५ मूलं 'चंद्रे' (?चांद्र)कुलस्याजनि च ततश्चंद्गमूरिगुरु(क)।१६।१० पूर्वगतश्रुतजलधिस्तस्मात्सामंतभद्रसूरींद्रः । १७ । श्रीमांश्च देवसरिस्तदीयपट्टेऽभवद् वृद्धः १८॥ ११ । प्रद्योतनाभिधान १९ । स्ततो(s)पि सूरींद्रमानदेवाख्यः । 'शांतिस्तवेन मारि यो जहे देवताभ्यर्च्यः । २० । १२ श्रीमानतुंगसूरिः । कर्ता भक्तामरस्य गणभर्त्ता । २१। श्रीमान् वीरः सूरि २२ । स्ततो(5)पि जयदेवसूरींद्रः । २३ । १३ । श्रीदेवानंदगुरु २४ । विक्रमसूरि २५ र्गुरुश्च नरसिंहः।
बोधितहिंसकयक्षः । २६ । क्षपणकजेता समुद्रो(७)थ । २७ । १४ । [J. L. P.]
..
43

Page #363

338
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1382. हरिभद्रमित्रमभवत् । मूरिः पुनरेव मानदेवगुरुः २८ विबुधप्रभश्च सूरिः । २९ । तस्मात् सूरिजयानंदः ३० ॥१५ । श्रीमद्रविप्रमगुरु । ३१ गरिमागारं गुरुयशोदेवः । ३२ ।
युम्नः प्रद्यम्नाभिधश्च सूरिस्ततो(5)प्यासीत् । ३३ ॥ १६ । विहितोपधानवाच्यग्रंथस्तस्माच्च मानदेवाख्यः ।
सूरिः समजनि भूयो मानवदेवार्चितः सततं । ॥१७॥ केचिदिदं सूरिद्वयमिह न वदंति । तस्माच्च विमलचंद्रः सहेमासिद्धिर्बभूव सूरिवरः । ३५ । उद्योतनश्च सूरि रितदुरितांकुरव्यूहः । ३६ ॥१८ अथ युगनवनंद९९४मिते । वर्षे विकमनृपादतिक्रांते । पूर्वावनितो विहरन् । सोऽर्बुद सुगिरेः सविधमागात् । १९ तत्र च टेलीखेटक । सीमावनिसंस्थवरतरवटाधः । सुमुहूर्ते स्वपदे(s)टै । सूरीन स स्थापयामास । २० ।
युग्मं । ख्यातस्ततो गणो(s)यं 'वट गच्छाह्वो()पि 'वृद्धगच्छ इति । अभवत्तत्र प्रथमः । सूरिः श्रीसर्वदेवाह्वः । ३७ ॥२१ रूपश्रीरिति नृपतिप्रदत्तबिरुदो(5)थ देवसूरिरभूत् । ३८ । श्रीसर्वदेवमूरिर्जज्ञे पुनरेव गुरुचंद्रः ३९ । २२। जातौ तस्य विनेयौ सूरियशोभद्र-नेमिचंद्राद्वौ । ४० । ताभ्यां मुनींद्रचंद्रः । श्रीमुनिचंद्रो गुरुः समभूत् । ४१ । २३ । श्रीअजितदेवसूरिः प्राच्यस्तस्माद् बभूव शिष्यवरः । वादीति देवसूरिद्धितीयशिष्यस्तदीय इह ४२ । २४ ॥ तत्रादिमाद् बभासे । गुरुर्विजयसिंह इति मुनिपसिंहः । ४३ । तस्याप्युभौ विनेयौ । बभूवतुर्भूमिविख्यातौ । २५ । ख्यातस्तत्र ‘शतार्थी सोमप्रभम्ररिपुंगवः प्रथमः । श्रीमणिरत्नगणींद्रो । गुणगणमणिनीरनिधिरन्यः । ४४ । २६ शिष्या माणिरत्नगुरोस्ततो जगच्चंद्रसूरयो(s)भुवन् । भूतलविदिता नूतनवैराग्यावेगभाजस्ते । २७ । श्रीचैत्रगणांभोधौ विधूपमाद् देवमद्रगणिमिश्रात् । उपसंपन्नाश्चरणं विधिना संवेगवेगवतः ॥ २८ । 'आचामाम्ला ख्यतपो(७)भिग्रहवंतो व्यधुर्विधूतमला: शरकरटितराणि १२८५ वर्षे । ख्यातस्तत इति 'तपागच्छः । ४५।२९।
विशेषक।

Page #364

382.] VII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
339 तेषामुभौ विनेयौ देवेंद्रगणींद्र-विजयचंद्राद्वौ ४६ श्रीदेवेंद्रगुरोरपि । शिष्यौ द्वौ भूतलख्यातौ ।३०। श्रीविद्यानंदगणी । प्रथमोऽन्यो धर्मघोषमूरिरिति ४७ अथ सोमप्रभमरि ४८ स्तस्य विनेयास्तु चत्वारः । ३१ श्रीविमलप्रभसूरिः १ श्रीपरमानंदसरिगुरुराजः २ श्रीपद्मतिलकसूरि ३ । गणतिलकः सोमतिलकगुरुः । ४।३२ । श्रीसोमप्रभसूरेः । पट्टे श्रीसोमतिलकसूरींद्राः ४९ । तेषां त्रयो विनेयास्तत्र श्रीचंद्रशेखर प्रथमः । ३३ । सूरिजयानंदोऽन्यस्तृतीयका देवसुंदरा गुरवः । श्रीसोमतिलकसूरेस्त एव पट्टांबरादित्याः ५०।३४। तेषां च पंच शिष्याः प्रथमे श्रीज्ञानसागरा गुरवः । कुलमंडना द्वितीयाः । श्रीगुणरत्नास्तृतीयाश्च । ३५। तुर्या अहार्यवीर्या गुरवः श्रीसोमसुंदरप्रभवः । आसंश्च पंचमा अपि गुरवः श्रीसाधुरत्नाह्वाः । ३६ । श्रीदेवसुंदरगुरोः पट्टे श्रीसोमसुंदरगणींद्राः॥ अभवन् युगप्रधानाः ५१ शिष्यास्तेषां च पंचैते । ३७॥ श्रीमुनिसुंदरसूरिः १ श्रीजयचंद्रो गुरुर्गरिमधाम । २। श्रीभुवनसुंदरगुरु ३ जिनसुंदर४ सूरि-जिनकीर्ती ५।३८॥ श्रीसोमसुंदरगुरोः । पट्टे मुनिसुंदरो युगप्रवरः ५२ । तत्पमुकुटरत्नं स रत्नशेखरगुरूत्तंसः । ३९। श्राद्धविधिसूत्रवृत्त्यायनेकसग्रंथनिर्मितिपटिष्ठः ॥ ५३। लक्ष्मीसागरसूरिस्तत्पदमंडनमतिगरिष्टः । ५४ । ४० आसीत्तदीयपट्टे गुरुर्गुणी सुमतिसाधुसूरींद्रः । ५५ श्रीहेमविमलसूरिस्तदीयपट्टे गुरुः समभूत् । ५६ । ४१ अथ दुषमोत्थदोषात् । प्रमादवशचेतसो ममत्वभृतः । अभवन्मुनयः प्रायः । स्वाचाराचरणशैथिल्याः । ४२ किंचिन्निरीक्ष्याप्यसमंजसं तत् ।
शास्त्रार्थशून्यैः प्रतिभोज्झितैश्च । 'लुका'द्यनादेयमतांधकूपे ।
ऽप्यंधौरवोच्चैः पतितं प्रभूतैः । ४३।। इतश्व
श्रीहेमविमलसूरिर्दूरीकृतकल्मषः स सूरिगुणं । ज्ञात्वा योग्यं तूर्ण । धर्मस्याभ्युदयं संसिद्धथै । ४४

Page #365

340
Jaina Literature and Philosophy 1382. सौभाग्यभाग्यपूर्ण संवेगतरंगरंगनीरनिधि । आनंदविमलमूरिं स्वे पट्टे स्थापयामास ५७ । ४५
युग्मं । धन्यामगारसंकाशास्तपोभिर्दुस्तपै शं स्थूलभद्रोपमा ब्रह्मचर्यवर्यगुणैरपि । ४६ ॥ श्रीमदानंदविमलप्रभवः शासनाद्गुरोः शश्वत् शुद्धां क्रियां कर्तुमकुर्वन्निश्चलं मनः । ४७
युग्म । अथ कुमार्गपतज्जनतोद्धृतौ ।
विनयभावमवाप्य सहायकं । सविनयं नयनिर्मलमानसं
__मुदमधाद्विशदां गुरुपुंगवः । ४८ ॥ श्रीविनयभावसंज्ञैर्विज्ञवरैः संयुताः सहायैस्ते । समतासहिता हित्वा वस्त्रादिपारग्रहे ममता ४९ श्रीविक्रमनृपकालाद् भुजगजशरशशि१५८२ मिते गते वर्षे चक्रुश्वरणोद्धरणं । शरणं संवेगवेगवतां । ५० ।
युग्में तदा च तेषां जगदुत्तमानां
___ संविग्नतासाररसपासक्तः म्लानिं गतो(5)पीह चरित्रधर्म
__ कल्पद्रुमः पल्लवितो बभूव । ५१ स गुरुर्गरिमौदार्यस्थैर्यादिगुणसेवधिः निर्ममत्वः शरीरे(5)पि तपस्तेपे सुदुस्तपं । ५२ अथ तच्छ्रयतां किंचिदालोच्य स्वकपाप्मनः कृतवानौपवस्त्राणामशीत्याभ्यधिकं शतं । ५३ । अहंदादिपदध्यायी । 'विंशतिस्थानक' तपः निर्विकारश्चकारैष । चतुःशतचतुर्थकैः । ५४ चक्रे पुनस्तपस्तद्वारष्टषष्टश्चतु शतप्रमितैः विंशतिषष्टानि ततो विहरज्जिनपान् समाश्रित्य । ५५ तीर्थाधिपवीरविभोः षष्टानि नवेक्षणेक्षण २२९ मितानि पाक्षिकमुखेषु पर्वसु । षष्टानि बहूनि चान्यानि । ५६ ।
युग्मं। द्वादशनि प्रभुः पंच । चक्रे प्रथमकमणः । तानि पंचांतरायस्य । नवैव दशमानि तु । ५७ ।

Page #366

382.]
VII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
311
दर्शनावरणस्यापि मोहनीयस्य कर्मणः अष्टाविंशतिसंख्यानि । विशिष्टाष्टमकानि च ॥ ५८
अष्टमदशमान्येवं वेद्ये गोत्रे तथा(55)युषि बहूनि ।। कृतवान् भगवान्नाम्नो नव जज्ञे कर्मणस्तु तपः । ५९ : तपोभिरेवं विहितैरनेकै--
रनुत्तरैः श्रीगुरुकुंजरो()सौ। वपुः शुशोष प्रगतप्रदोषः
___ स्वकं समग्रैर्दुरितैः सहैव । ६० यदंति तं स्मेति जना निरीक्ष्य
निरीहता ज्ञानतप क्रियाढ्यं । अवातरत्सर्वगुणः किमेष ।
श्रीमान् जगच्चंद्रगुरुर्द्वितीयः । ६१ 'मरुस्थली-'मालव'-'गूर्जरत्रा
_ 'सौराष्टं मुख्यष्वपि मंडलेषु । हरंस्तम पंकमपास्तदोषः
स सूरिभानुर्व्यहरच्चिराय । ६२ क्षितितलतिलके श्रीमत्यहम्मदाबाद'संज्ञिते नंगे विक्रमनृपतेः समतिक्रांते रसनवतिथि१५९६ मिते(s)दे । ६३ विधिना विहितानशनः । श्रीमानानंदविमलमूरींद्रः । समवाप नाकसौख्यं चेतसि निहितैश्चतुःशरणैः । ६४
युग्मं। श्रीवर्द्धमानादिह षोडशो(s)भूत्
श्रीचंद्रसूरिः किल गच्छनेता । श्रीमान स मूरिस्तु बभूव सप्त
त्रिंशो 'बृहद्गच्छ'पसर्वदेवः । ३७ ॥६५ 'तपा'भिधादिस्त्विह पंचचत्वा
रिंशो४५जगच्चंद्रमुनींद्रचंद्रः । ततः क्रियोद्धारकृतो मुनींद्रा
स्त्रयोदशा श्रीगुरवो बभूवुः ५७ । ६६ ।। व श्रीवीरजिनात्संततिद्गच्छनाथगुरुगणने । आनंदविमलगुरवः । श्रीमंतः सप्तपंचाशाः ५७ । ।

Page #367

342
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
.
[382.
आसंस्तदीयपट्टे । प्रभवः श्रीविजयदानसूरद्रिाः । सर्वत्र विजयवंतो । नयत समयवंतश्च । ५८॥६८ सेषां पट्टे संप्रति । विजयंते सर्वमूरिपारीद्राः सुविहितसाधुप्रभवः श्रीमंतो हीरविजयाह्वाः । ६९ ॥ सौभाग्यमद्भुततरं भाग्यमसाधारणं सदा येषां वैराग्यमुत्तमतमं । चारित्रमनुत्तरतमं च । ७०. येषां दोषांश्च गुणान् । शक्तो खलसज्जनौ न जायेतां । वर्णयितुमसद्भावादप्रमितेश्वापि पूज्यानां । ७१ । श्रीविजयसेनसूरिप्रमुखैर्मुनिपुंगवैः प्रगतदोषैः । सेवितपदाराविंदाः श्रीगुरवस्ते जयंति चिरं । ५९ । ७२ तेषां श्रीसुगुरूणां । प्रसादमासाद्य संश्रुतानंदः । वेदाग्निरसेंदु१६३४मिते विक्रमभूपालतो वर्षे । ३। शिष्यो भूरिगुणानां । युगोत्तमानंदविमलसूरीणां । निर्मितवान् गृत्तिमिमामुपकारकृते विजयविमलः ॥ ७४ ॥
_युग्मं । कोविदविद्याविमला विवेकविमलाभिधाश्च विद्वांसः आनंदविजयविबुधा । विचिंतयंतो गुरौ भाक्तं । ७५। शोधनलिखनादिविधावस्या वृत्तेwधुः समुद्योगं । स्युर्बाढमादरपरा । उचिते कृत्ये हि कृत्यजा (ज्ञाः)। ७६ ॥
युग्मं । प्रत्यक्षरं गणनया । वृत्तेर्मानं विनिश्चितं । सहस्राः पंच सार्द्धानि शतान्यष्टावनुष्टुभां ॥ ७७। यावन्महीतले मेरुर्यावञ्चंद्रदिवाकरौ ।
तावद्वृत्तिरियं धीरैर्वाच्यमाना(s)श्नुतां जयं । ७८ । इति 'तपागच्छनभोनभोमणिकलिकालगौतमावतारभट्टारकपुरंदरश्री ६। आनंदविमलसूरीश्वरचरणसरसीरुहरजश्वंचरीकायमाणं पं० । विजयविमलगणिविरचितायां गच्छाचाराभिधप्रकर्णिकटीकायां श्रीगुरुपर्वक्रमवर्णनाधिकारः समाप्तः ॥ छ ॥ गच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकवृत्तिः समाप्त ग्रं॰ ५८५० ।
-
-

Page #368

384.]
VII. Supernımerary Prakirnakas
343
गच्छाचार
Gacchācāra विवृतिसहित
with vivrti
835. - No. 383
1875-76. Size.- II in. by 5t in. Extent. -- 197 folios ; 12 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a linč. Description.- Country paper tough and white; Devanagari charac
ters; big, quite legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; numbers of foll. entered in both the margins; foll. I. and 197° blank; condition excellent; this Ms. contains the text as well as its commentary together with a big colophon; complete ; extent 5850 sokas ; this Ms. seems to have been copied from one
dated Samvat 1763. Age.-- Samvat 1932. Begins.--(text) fol. 2b नमिऊण महावीरं etc. ,, -(com.) fol. rb भट्टारकप्रभुश्रीआनंदविमलसारिगुरुभ्यो नमः
उद्बोधो विदधे()जानामिव भव्यश(री)रिणां गवां विलासैफैनास जीयाद्वीरराविश्चिरं ॥१॥ पदपद्मं स्वगुरूणां सदासदाचारचरणटुंटुं(?चंचू)नां नत्वा विदधे विवृति गच्छाचाराख्यसूत्रस्य ॥२॥
इति तावच्छास्त्रस्यादौ मंगलसंबंधाभिधेयप्रयोजनान्यभिधातव्यानि etc. Ends.--(text) fol. 192' पढंतु साहुणो etc., up to हियमप्पणो ।। १३७ ॥ , --(com.) fol. 193b यद्यथा तत्तथा etc., along with the 78 verses
of the colophon up to प्रकीर्णकवृत्तिः समाप्त as in No. 382
followed by लेखन सं० १७६३ नु(नूतन ले० १९३२ ग्रं० ५८५० ॥ N. B.- For other details see No. 382.
गच्छाचार
Gacchācăra विवृतिसहित
with vivrti
1140 (8). No. 384
1887-91. Size.-93 in. by 43 in. Extent.- 155+1-2=154 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to
a line.

Page #369

344
Description.
Age. Pretty old.
""
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 385.
Country paper rough and white; Devanagari characters with gears; small, legible, uniform and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. ra and 155b blank except that the title etc. written on them; foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. 118th repeated; foll. 149 and 150 missing, yet both the text and the commentary seem to be complete; extent 5850 slokas; some of the foll. slightly worm-eaten; condition on the whole good; this Ms. contains a big colophon; there is an additional work viz. the text beginning on fol. 151a and ending on fol. 155a.
-
Begins.--(text) fol. 22 नामऊण (मण] महावीरं etc.
در
Ends.-(text) fol. 145
--(com) fol. rb भट्टारकप्रभुश्री ६ आनंदविमलसूरिगुरुभ्यो नमः । उद्बोधो विदधे etc.
gir etc.
--(com.)
यद्यथाऽत्र भणितं तत्तथा etc, up to गुरुपर्वक्रमवर्णan as in No. 382 followed by the lines as under :समाप्तः ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं ५८५० गच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकटीका
समाप्ता ॥ छ ॥ etc.
N. B. For additional information see No. 382.
गच्छाचार
व्याख्यासहित
- رو
دو
در

No. 385
Size.-101 in by 41 in.
Extent. (text) 16 folios; 23 lines to a page; 56 letters to a line.
(com.),,
22 ; ""
"" 376 Description. Country paper rough and white; Devanagari characters with gears; this is a faret Ms., the text written in a sufficiently big hand; legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand
ور
Gacchācāra with vyakhyā
33 23
1141.
1887-91.

رو در دو
ور

Page #370

385.0
VII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
345
margin only ; fol. 12 blank ; so is the fol. 166; few foll. slightly worn-eaten ; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete.
Age.-- Pretty old. Author of the commentary.-Pandita Vanara, agrand-disciple of
Anandavimala Sūri of Tapā gaccha. Subject. -One of the prakirņakas along with a Sanskrit commentary. Begins.---( text ) fol. I नमिऊण महावीरं etc. ,, -(com.) ,, ,, नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥
श्रीपार्श्वजिनमानम्य तीर्थाधीशं वरप्रदं ।
गच्छाचारो गुरोर्माता वक्षे(क्ष्ये) व्याख्यां यथागमं ॥१॥
शास्त्रस्यादौ प्रयोजनाभिधेयसंबंधमंगलान्यभिधातव्यानि etc. Ends.---(text) tol. I64 पढंतु साहणो etc., up to हियमप्पणो ॥ १३७ as in ___No. 383 followed by the line as below:
__इति गच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकसूत्रम् ।। छ । ,, - (com.) 164 यद्यथा(s)त्र भाणितं तत्तथेति । इच्छंतो वांछां कुर्वतः हितं पथ्यं कस्यात्मनः । १३७ ।।।
इति श्रीविजयदानसूरािवेजयमानराज्ये भव्यसुमनस्तु ३ पतीनां दुष्टदुःखाकुलदुर्जटस्थिरजिह्वव्याप्तनिर्दयदुर्बोधाज्ञानांधकुगुरुवचनोपदेशाग्निधूम्रस्या(इया)ममुखोत्सूत्रवारुण्यपवित्रास्यकुमतिकुवासनावेलाभयंकराकलहपंकबहुलकुराजगादुश्वारकुसाधुमडांड( ? )भागाधनंदमहत्( ? )गपर्वतसंकीर्णशारीरमानसषमयदुखमाकालकाललसागरनिमज्जज्जंतुपोतायमानानां श्री'तपंगणश्रीतपगुणमुनिनक्षत्रगणितानंतानंतकुमति etc., भयदज्ञान नमः कर्षयत्प्रषंडानां पावनीकृतात्मानां श्रीआनंदविमलसूरीश्वराणां शिष्याणुशिष्य(ष्ये)ण वानराष्येन पंडितश्रीहर्षकुलावाप्तगच्छाचाररहस्येन गच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकटीकेयं समर्थिता आगमज्ञैः संसो( शो )ध्येति मम मूर्ष(ख)शिरोमणेः को()पि दोषो न कर्षणीयः । अत्र मया यज्जिनाज्ञाविरुद्धं लिखितं व्याख्यातं च तन्मम त्रिविधं त्रिविधेन मिथ्या दुः(प)कृतं भवतु ॥ इति श्रीगच्छा
चारप्रकीर्णकटीका समाप्ता ॥ छ । etc. Reference.-- The text as well as the commentary published.
See No.374.
44 [J. L. P.]

Page #371

346
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[386.
गच्छाचार
Gacchācāra अवचूरिसहित
with avacūri
1233. No. 386
1886-92. Size.- Iog in. by 41 in. Extent.—(text) 9 folios; 5 to ? lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. ,, -(com.),, ,, ; II , 14 ,, ,, ,, , ; 65 , ,, , Description.- Country paper rough and white; Devanāgari charac
ters with पृष्टमात्राs; this is a त्रिपाटी Ms., the text written in a sufficiently big hand and the com. in a sinall hand; legible, unisorm and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used ; yellow pigment, “too; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; both the text and the commentary complete ; condition very good ;
fol. 1 blank. Age.- Samvat 1646. Subject.- A Jaina agama along with a small commentary in
Sanskrit. Begins.- (text) fol. I' नामऊण महावीरं etc. ,, -(com) ,, ,, श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
नमिऊ॥ आदौ शास्त्रकारः स्वेष्टदेवतां नमस्कुर्वन् ग्रंथमारभति(ते)। etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 9b गच्छायार सुणित्ताणं etc., up to हिअमप्पणो ॥३७॥
as in No. 374. Here the verse पहंतु साहुणो is not to be found. The Ms. ends with the words इति गच्छाचारसूत्रं समत्तं ॥
छ॥ श्रीः ॥ - (com.) fol. 9b गच्छाया०॥ श्रुत्वा पठित्वा साधुसाध्यः। आत्मनो हितं वांछ माना । यद्यथा भणितं तत्तथा कुर्वतु । मुनयश्चारित्रोद्यताः इति गाथार्थ: ॥ ३३ ॥ इति श्रीगच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकावचूरिः समाप्त (ता) छ । संवत् १६४६ वर्षे लिखिता परोपकराय ।।

Page #372

387.]
VII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
347
THE EIGHTH PRAKIRNAKA
जम्बूस्वाम्यध्ययन
Jambūsvāmyadhyayana (जंबुसामिअज्झयण)
(Jambusamiajjhyana) टब्बासहित
with tabbā
191. No. 387
1871-72. Size.--- 91 in. by 4} in. Extent.- ( text) 48 folios ; 6 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line.
, -(tabba) ,, ,, , ,, ,, ,, ;44 , ,, , Description.- Country paper very thin and white; Devanagari
characters; this Ms. contains the text as well as the interlinear tabbā; the former written in a slightly bigger hand; legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; foll. numbered in both the margins, edges of the first two foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good ; foll. ra and 48b blank ; both the text aud the tabba
complete up to the 21st uddesaka. Age.-- Old. Subject.- This is a prakirnaka dealing with the life of Jambur
svāmin, in 2 I uddesakas. Begins.- (text) fol. b तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं रायगिहे नामं नयरे होत्था।
वण्णओ । तत्थ णं रायगिहे गुणसिला नाम चेइए ।वण्णओ। तत्थ गं
रायगिहे सेणिए णामं राया होत्था । मंति अभय नामं कुमारे etc. ., -(com.) fol. Ib ते ते कालनइ विषइ । ते० समयने विषे । रा० राय
ग्रही नाम itc. Ends.- (text) fol. 48 एस जंबूचरियं जे सुच्चा सद्दहसि ।
से आराहगा भणिआ तेण जीवं सुहं भवे २ पावइस्सई । __इति श्रीजंबूअज्झयणं एगवीसमो उद्देशो(सो) सम्मत्तो २१ । इति श्री जंबूपयको सम्मत्तो। -(com.) fol. 48 सुष साता भवो भवै पा० पामस्यइ । इति श्रीजंबुनो
अध्ययननइ एकवीसमा उद्देशानो । इति श्रीजंबूनो दृष्टांतनो पयन्नो संपूर्णम् ।। Reference.- In Jaina Granthāvali (p. 68 ) a work named Jambu
payanno is noted. This appears to be the one here described. It seems it is variously designated : e. g. Jambu

Page #373

348
jaina Literature and Philosophy
(388.
ditthanta, Jambùajjhayaņa, Jambūsvamikathanaka and Jambùcaritra. See Essai de Bibliographic Jaina (p. 72 ) by A. Guérinot. For other details sce Weber II, p. 1016 where it is classed as belonging to historico-legendary literature.
जम्बूस्वाम्यध्ययन
Jambūsvāniyadhyayana बालावबोधसहित
with bälāvabodha
693. No 388
1892-95. Size.-- 10 in. by 4 in. Extent.- (text) so folios; 8 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line.
„ -(com.), „ ; » » » » » ; 56 » » » » Description, -- Country paper thick, rough and white; Devanāgarî
characters; small, clear and legible hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and cdges in two, in red ink ; red chalk and white paste used; foll. numbered in the right hand margins only; fol. ra blank; so is the fol. sob; condition very good; both the text and the interlinear bālāvabodha complete ; 18000 śīlāngas represented on fol. 4b; space
for the text is not kept reserved. Age.- Samvat 1899, Saka 1765. Author.- Padmasundara Upādhyāya. Subject.- A Jaina ägama known as prakirnaka in Prakrit in 21
uddeśakas or chapters together with its explanation in
Gujarāti. Begins.--(text) fol. 10 UET AF: 1 PORARÀ A: 1
ao FTOU NOT FAU etc. , (com.) fol. 1b A #CHTÀ TUTA FATTARHa नमस्कार हुवौ।
ते कालनै विर्षे ते समय वि राजग्रही नाम नगरी हुती पिण नगरी
agar tetc.
Ends.---(text) fol. 50 TH A quantigà Haut wrotu:21
ग्गंच्छे वित्थारपउरं भविस्ससी
UgTT

Page #374

389.1
VIII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
349
एस जंबूचरीय जे सुच्चा सद्दहसि से आराहग्ग भाणियव्वा
जंबूअज्झयणा एगगविसमो उदे(हे)सो एवं जंबूअज्झयणं समतं उवज्झायश्रीपद(द)मसुंदरगाणिकृतं आलापकस्वरूपं संपूर्ण समाप्त श्रीः ॥ --(com.) fol. 50 एवं इण मेलै सर्व जंबूनौ अध्ययन संपूर्ण उपाध्याय श्रीपदमसुंदरगाणिकृतं ते कह्यो ए आलावो जंबूनौ संपूर्ण ॥ समापतं ॥ श्री ।। संवत् १८९९ रा वर्षे शाके १७६५ रा प्रवर्तमाने मासोतममासे जेष्टमासे शुक्लपष्ये २ तिथौ बुधवारे श्रीसारदाए न्म ॥ पं० प्रगुरांजी श्री१०८श्रीवासाजणजी तत्शिष्य वा श्री१०८श्री श्रीनारायणजी तत्शिष्य पं० प्र । श्री १०८श्रीदानकुशलजी तशिष्य पं० प्र श्री१०८श्रीसत्यविजयजी तत्शिष्य प्र श्री१०८श्रीकपूरभद्रजी तशिष्यलिषतं पं० लक्ष्मीपुरंदरमुनिश्रीजिनचंद्रसूरजीशाषायं श्री वृधखरतरगछे श्री आसाढाग्रामे' चतुरमाच(?स) क्र(क)तं लिपीतं श्रीरस्तु etc.
जब लग मेरु अडग है तब लग शशि हर सूर
जब लग आ पोथी सदा रह ज्यो गुण भरपूर ॥
श्रीरस्तु॥ Reference.- See No. 387.
जम्बूस्वाम्यध्ययन
Jambūsvāmyadhyayana बालावबोधसहित
with bālāvabodha
350. ____No. 389
1871-72. Size.- 104 in. by 4} in. Extent.-- 54 folios; 6 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line.' Description.- Country paper rough and white; Devanagari charac
ters; this Ms. contains the text as well as the interlinear commentary; the former witten in a big hand, the latter in a small one; clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; fol. Ia practically blank except that the title etc., written on it ; foll. numbered in both the margins; condition very good; both the text and the
commentary complete. Age- Pretty old.

Page #375

350
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[390.
Begins.---(text) fol. Ib श्रीदेवगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc., as in No. 388. , -(com.) fol. Ib तेणे कालिं । तेणे समयनें विर्षे । राजगृह नामे नगर
हत्था कहितां दूउं । नगरनुं वर्णन जाणवलं etc. Ends.---(text) fol. 54 एस जंबू पंचमाभवदिहं etc., to up संपूर्ण as in
No. 388. , -(com.) fol. 54 श्रेणिक एह जंबना पांचमा भवना दृष्टांत । संक्षेपें ।
जाणवा जांणीने । अनेरा ग्रंथने विषई विस्तार प्रचुर घणो हुसिइ पणि इहां संषेपि कह्या एह जंबून चरित्र सांभलीने सहइ । ते आराधक जीव कहीया ए जंजूना अध्ययन विर्षे । एकवीसमो उद्देसा सहित एवं एणी मेंलें जंबू॥ नउं अध्ययन । संपूर्ण हवउं ॥ उपाध्यय श्रीश्री १०८श्रीपद्मसुंदरगणिइं कह्युं थे आलापकसूत्रं पुरुउं थयु छइं. Then in a different hand we have:--
ज(ज)बुचरित्र भिपरत्त पं० । लावण्यसौभाग्यना भंडारनि परत छ शिष्य पं० । माणिक्यसौभाग्यना भागै आवी छे मुनिफत्तेसौभाग्य
वांचनार्थे लिपीकृतं । N. B.- For other details see No. 388.
जम्बूस्वाम्यध्ययन
Jambūsvāmyadhyayana बालावबोधसहित
with bālāvabodha
29. No. 390
1869-70. Size.- 10 in. by 4 in. Extent.— 41+1=42 folios ; 7 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and white; Devanagari charac
ters; this Ms. contains the text as well as the interlinear commentary; the former written in a bigger hand and the latter in a smaller one; clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink ; red chalk and white paste used ; fol. ra blank ; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged; foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. 7th repeated; both the text and the commentary complete ;
condition good. Age.-- Samvat 1769.

Page #376

390.]
VIII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
351
Begins.-(text) fol. I श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ।
तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc. as in No. 388. , - (com.) fol. I' श्रीगुरुनि नमस्कार करी जंबुचरित्र कहीइं छे मुनीश्वरइं
ते कालनिं विषई ते समयने विषई etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 4b एस जंबु पंचमभवदिहं etc., up to आलापकं संपूर्ण
as in No. 388 followed by इति श्रीजंबुचारित्रं संपूर्णम् लिखितं श्री पत्तन नगरे संवत् १७६९ वर्षे वैशाषवदि २ शुक्रे पं० दानचंद्रेण लिपीकृतं ॥ --(com.) fol. 41b हे श्रेणिक ए जंबुना पंच भवनो जांणवो संक्षेपथी कह्यो etc., practically up to एकवीसमो उद्देसो as in No. 389 followed by सम्पत्तो उपाध्याय पद्मसुंदरगणिइ कीधो छे आलावाने सेति इति जंबुचरित्र संपूर्णम् लिख्यो , 'जणीएनपुर मध्ये वैशाष(ख)मासे शुक्रवारे
लिषी(खि)तं N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 388.

Page #377

352 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 39. THE NINTH PRAKĪRNAKA ज्योतिष्करण्डक
Jyotişkarandaka (जोइसकरंडक)
(Joisakarandaka) टीकासहित
with tīkā
269. No. 391
1873-74. Size.-- 11 in. by sa in. Extent.-- I02 folios ; IS lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.--- Country paper tough and white ; Devanāgari charac
ters; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders of foll. 9 to 102 ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; yellow pigment used; foll. ja and 102b blank; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; margins of the foll. 38 and so slightly damaged ; condition on the whole good; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary, the
former in Prākrit, the latter in Sanskrit ; both complete. Age.- Modern. Subject.-- This work composed in Prākrit in verses and divided into
prābhrtas mostly deals with astronomy and it is accompanied by the Sanskrit commentary. It is classified in Jaina Granthāvali under the prakirņaka section of the Jaina
āgamas. Abhidhānarajendra, too, mentions it as prakirnaka. Author of the commentary.-- Malayagiri Sūri. Begins.-(text) fol. Ib
सुण ताव सूरपण्णत्तिवण(ण्णं) वित्थरेणं जं निउणं ।
थौगणेच्चएण तत्तो वोच्छं उल्लोगमेत्तानां( गं ?)। १ etc. ,, ---(com.) fol. rb || ६०॥ श्रीगणेशाय नमः ॥
स्पे(स्पष्ट चराचरं विश्वं जानीते यः प्रतिक्षणं । तस्मै नमो जिनेशाय श्रीवीराय हितैषिणे ॥१॥ सम्यगगुरुपदांभोजपर्युपास्तिप्रसादतः ।
ज्योतिष्करण्डकं व्यक्तं विवृणोमि यथा(55)गमं ॥२॥ etc. Ends.-(text) fol. Iorb
कालणा(ण्णा)ण समासो पुवायरिएहि तीणिउ एसो।
दिणकरपण(ण्ण)त्तीओ सीसजणविबोहणद्व( ? हाए)। ---(com.) fol. 102 a तेन परंपरया सर्वविन्मूलत्वादुपादेयमिदमवश्यं प्रेक्षाबहि
ज्योतिःकरण्डकामति ।

Page #378

392.]
IX. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
353
यद्गदितमल्पमतिना जिनवचनविरुद्धमत्र टीकायां । विद्वद्भिस्तत्त्व[टीकायां ज्ञैः प्रसादमाधाय तच्छेोध्यं ।। ज्योतिःकरण्डकमिदं गंभीरार्थं विवृण्वता कुशलं । यदवापि मलयागरिणा सिद्धिस्तेनाश्नुतां लोकः ॥ इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचिता[यां]ज्योतिःकरण्डकटीका[यां] समाप्ता ।
शुभं भवतु etc. Reference.-- The text along with the commentary is published by
Rsabhadās Kesarimalji Samsthā, Rutlam, in A. D. 1928. For a Ms. of the commentary see G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 28.
720.
ज्योतिष्करण्डक
Jyotişkarandaka टीकासहित
with tīka No. 392
1875-76. Size.--- 114 in. by 52 in. Extent.- 71+127=198 folios; 10 lines to a page ; 38 letters to
a line. Description. - Country paper thick, rough and white; Devanāgari
characters; big, bold, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink ; fol. i* blank; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; white paste used ; foll. 72 to 93 also numbered as I, 2 etc.; foll. 94th and the following only numbered as 23, 24 etc. up to 127; complete; the last fol. also numbered as I97 but it seems
to be wrong ; condition very good. Age.- Samvat 1931. Author of the commentary.-- Malayagiri Süri. Begins.---(text) fol. Ib सुण ताव सूरपणत्ति etc., as in No. 391.
, -(com.) fol. Ib॥८० ॥ स्पष्टं चराचरं etc., as in No. 391. Ends.-(text) fol. 127 कालण्णाण समासो etc., as in No. 391. , --(com.) fol. I27 तेन परपरया etc., as in No. 391 up to टीका
समाप्ता । followed by the lines as under :
छ ॥ ग्रंथा' । etc., संवत् १९३१ वर्ष) श्रावणमासे कृष्णपक्षे तिथि६ भानुदिने । श्रीत्रवाडि । श्रीपंचानारायणजीसुतत्रीमलालस्वहस्तेन
लेपिकृत्वा । यादृशं पुस्तकं etc. श्री पाटण'मध्ये ।। N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 391.
i
This is not mentioned in the Ms. , though space is kept for it. 45 IJ. L. P.1

Page #379

354
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[393
ज्योतिष्करण्डक
Jyotiskarandaka टीकासहित
with tīkā No. 393
378.
1880-81. Size.-- 10] in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 145 folios ; I3 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanāgari
characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; a piece of paper pasted in the middle to fol. I"; fol. 1a blank ; fol. 1b worn out in good many places, so the corresponding letters missing; some of the foll. wormeaten ; fol. 145th slightly torn; condition fair; this Ms. contains both the text and the comnientary, the former in Prākrit and the latter in Sanskrit ; both complete; extent
5500 Slokas. Age.-- Samvat 1640. Begins.---(text) fol. - सुण ताव मूरपण्णत्ति etc., as in No. 391. , ---(com.) fol. rb ॥ ॐ नमो जिनाय ॥
स्पष्टं चराचरं etc., as in No. 391. Ends.--(text) fol. 145b काल(ण)णाण समासो etc., as in No. 39.
--(com.) fol. 145b तेन परंपरया etc., as in No. 391 up to समाप्ता followed by the lines as below:
... ग्रंथानं ५५०० । सं. १६४० वर्षे ज्येष्टशुदि१४दिने 'तपागच्छे उपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरगणिगुरुभ्यो नमः । तत्सेवकक्रमषपनार्थ व्यालेउ.(?) आलिखितं । etc. श्री सिद्धपुर नगरे । followed in a different hand by the lines as under :---
श्रीराजसागरसूरिराज्ये सकलवाचकोत्तंसवाचकश्रीपं लब्धिसागरगणिाशिष्यपं०विनीतसागरगणिई ए प्रति भंडार मुंकी छइं । श्रीस्तंभ
तीर्थ'पुरे । संवत् १७११ वर्षे श्रीः॥ N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 392.

Page #380

•394.] IX. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
355 ज्योतिष्करण्डक
Jyotiskarandaka (सप्तदशप्राभृत)
(17th prabhrta) टीकासहित
with tīkā
268. No. 394
1873-74. Size.-- II in. by 5 in. Extent.-- s folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper tough and white; Devanagari charac
ters; big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; fol. Ta blank ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary, the former in Präkrit and the latter in Sanskrit ; complete so
far as the I7th prabhrta is concerned ; condition very good. Age.- Not old. Subject. The text is a portion of Jyotişkarandaka and it deals with
the dimensions of tāpa-kşetra. It is commented upon in
Sanskrit. Begins.--(text) fol. 1b
अद्ध(ह)सु सएसु सूरो अहसु सएसु आसएसु।
तारा उवरिं हिहा समा य चंदस्स नायब्वा etc. ,, --(com.) fol. b श्रीगणेशाय नमः ॥
तदेवमुक्तषोडशं प्राभृतं संप्रति तापक्षेत्र(त्र)परिमाणप्रतिपादकं सप्तदश
प्रातं विवक्षुराह etc. Ends.---(text) fol. 5b
सा चेव मुहर्त(त्त)गई गुणिया दिवसेण होई पुणे(ण्णे)।
सो आयवि(व)विष्कं(ख)भो तहिं २ मंडलं?ले) रविणो ।। --- (com.) fol. sb तदानीं च दिवसो द्वादशमुहूर्तप्रमाणस्तत इयमनंतरोक्ता मुहर्तगति दशभिर्गुण्यते जातानि त्रिषष्ठियोजनसहस्राणि षट् शतानि षष्ट्यधिकानि । ६३६६३ एतावत्प्रमाणे सर्वबाह्ये मंडले तापक्षेत्रविष्कभपरिणाममिति।।
छ इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचितायां ज्योतिःकरण्डकटीकायां तापक्षेत्र. प्रमाणप्रतिपादकं सप्तदशमं प्राभृतं समाप्तम् ।। शुभं भवतु etc.
-
-

Page #381

356
तीर्थोद्रालिक (fagmiða)
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
THE TENTH PRAKIRNAKA
Age.-- Samvat 1584.
Author. A Jaina saint. Subject.
No. 395
Size. 101 in. by 43 in.
Extent. 54 folios; 11 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and yellowish; Devanagari characters with aarats; big, legible and very good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; unnumbered sides having a small disc in red colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; fol. 1a blank except that a title viz. मागधि ऋषिमंडलसूत्र is written on it ; edges of almost all the foll. more or less worn out; a piece of white paper pasted in the corresponding places; condition very fair; complete; fol. 54b has only the following lines written on it in a different hand :--
श्रीऋद्धि विजयवाचक पौत्रोपाध्याय गंगा विजयेन मदीयगुरुसेवार्थे चित्कोशे प्रतिरियं न्यस्ता.
Begins.fol. 1b नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ॥

[.395.
Tirthodgalika (Titthuggaliya)
This prakīrņaka composed in 1251 verses in Prakrit is known as Titthogāli, too. It has for one of its topics life of Bhadrabahusvămin. Verses 620 to 622 throw light on the date of Candragupta's coronation.'
1164.
1887-91
जयइ ससिपायनिम्मलतिहु अणवित्थिन्न पुन्नज सकुसुमा । उसभी केवलदंसण दिवायरो दिदिहवो ॥ १ ॥ etc. नामऊण समणसंघ सुनायपरमत्थपायडं विमलं ।
वच्छं निच्छययत्थं तित्थोगालीए संखेवं ॥ ४ ॥ etc.

1 For details see "The Traditional Chronology of the Jainas " (pp. 16-17) by Shantilal Shah.

Page #382

396.1
X. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
357
Ends.-fol. 544
एसा य पयसहस्सेण वंनिया समणगंधहत्थीणं । पुढेणं उ रायगिहे तित्थोगाली उ वीरेणं ॥ ४६ ।। etc. ते तेसिं गाहाओ दोन्नि सता ऊसहस्स मंगे च । । तित्थोगालीए संखा एसा भणिया उ अंकेन ॥ ५१ ।)
इति तित्थोगाली सम्मत्ता ॥ संवत् १५८४ आषाढादि ८५ वर्षे
आषाढवदि बीजि सारो वा० श्रीजयवल्लभयोग्यं ॥ Reserence. Some of the verses from the beginning as well as the
end are quoted in Abhidhānarājendra. This prakirņaka is referred to in " Viranirvana samvat aura Jaina kalaganana" (pp. 98-103) by Muni Sri Kalyanavijaya. In the svopajna Trtti of :Paryusana-dasasataka by Dharmasagara Gani, 166th of the collection of 1873-74 (fol. 272), there is a quotation from Tirthogāra. It remains to be verified if that work is the same as this, even though I am inclined to identify the present work with Tirthodgāra mentioned in Jaina Granthāvali (p. 62).
तीर्थोद्रालिक
Tirthodgālika.
. 385. No. 396
1879-80. Size.- 11 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 21 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 68 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough and white; Devanagari charac
ters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders neatly ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. Ta blank; a few foll. slightly worm-eaten; condition on the whole good; foll. numbered in the
right hand margin only; complete ; extent 1565 ślokas. Age.-Samvat 1612. Begins.-fol. b नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।।
जयइ ससिपाय etc. Ends.-fol. 21 b एसा य etc., up to अंकेणं as in No. 395 followed
by छ ॥ गाथा १२३३ ॥ श्लोक १५६५ ॥ छ ॥ तित्थोगाली संमत्ता । संवत् १६१२ वर्ष कार्तकशुदि ९ गुरु 'अहिमदावाद'मध्ये पुस्तिका लिखि
तमिदं । छ etc. . N. B.-- For further particulars see No.-395.

Page #383

358
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[397.
तीर्थोद्गालिक
Tīrthodgālika
386 (n). No. 397
1879-80. Extent.- fol. 884 to fol. 1324. Description.-- Complete ; extent 1565 ślokas. For others details
see No. 268. Begins.-fol. 88 नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥
जयइ ससिपायनिम्मल etc., as in No. 395... Ends.-fol. 132° एसा य पयस्सेणं etc., up to वीरेणं as in No. 395 followed by the lines as below :
सोउं तित्थोगालिं जिणवरवसहस्स वद्धमाणस्स भई सुररासुरनमंसियस्स भद्द(इं) धुयरयस्स । गुणगहणभवणसुतरयणभरितदंसणविसुद्धरत्थागा
संघनगर मह(द) ते अक्खंडचरित्तपागारा। जं उद्धितं सुयाउ । अहव मती(त्ति)ए यथोवदेसेण तं च विरुद्धं नाउं सोहेयव्वं सुयधरेहिं ॥ १२५ Then we have :
ते तिसं गाहाउ etc., up to उ अंकेण as in No.'395 followed by गाथा ॥ १२३३ । छ। तित्थोगाली समत्ता । छ । एवं अंथायं श्लोक ॥१५६५ ॥ संवत् १६७१ वर्षे कार्तिकशुदि ८ रवौ पत्तन नगरे श्रीवीरवंशज्ञातीयसंघवीपूजा भार्यामांगी तयोः पुत्रसं°ठाकरभार्या उभयः कुलविसुद्धा । श्रेष्टिभीमापत्नीहरषादेकुलोत्पन्ना एवंविधा .. सुश्राविका लालबाईनाम्न्या श्रीविवाहप्राज्ञप्त्यंग मुनिललितसागरपार्श्वे श्रुतं तदा श्रीगौतमाख्ये २ प्रत्येक २ मेकैकं सुश्रीफलं पुण्यव्यये मुक्तं तेन द्रव्येण्ये (णे)दं
मूत्रं लिखाप्य मुनिललितसागरस्य स्वश्रेयं सेवावाचनार्थ.. N. B.—For additional information see No. 395.
1-2 This portion is seen in the mangalācaraña of Nandisutra. 3 Letters are gone, owing to the corresponding portion worn out,

Page #384

398.] XI. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
359 THE ELEVENTH PRAKIRNAKA द्वीपसागर
Dvīpasāgaraप्रज्ञप्तिसग्रहणी
prajñaptisangrahaņi (दीवसागर
(Divasāgaraपण्णत्तिसंगहणी)
paņņattisargahani)
600. No. 398
1884-86. Size. 10 in. by sį in.. Extent.- 7. folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Devanagari charac
ters; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; fol. I. blank, except that the title is written on it ; complete ;
condition very good. Age.-- Not quite modern. Subject. -- This is a small work in Prākrit. It is styled as Dvipasāgara
prajñapti in Jaina Granthāvali (p. 64) and Abhidhānarājendra (vol. I, p. 4). It consists of 223 gāthäs. It describes con
tinents and oceans. It is a sort of Jaina cosmography. Begins.--fol. 10
पुक्खखरदीवÉ(९ परिक्खिवइ माणुसोत्तरो सेलो । पायारसरिसरूवो विभयंतो माणुसं लोयं ।। सत्तरसइकवीसाइं जोयणसयाई सो समुश्विद्धो ।
चत्तारि पतीसाई मूले कोसं च ओगाढो । etc.. Ends.--fol. 70
चउरोत्तरीयाए बुड्ढीए जोजाई सयसहस्साई। बिछडो सागरो व दीवो वा तावइयाओ तहियं पंतीओ चंदमूराणं । २२३॥
छ । दीवसागरपन्नत्तिसंघयणिगाहाओ समत्ताओ। Reference.- See Jaina Granthāvali (p. 64 ) where this work is
noted as prakirņaka.

Page #385

360
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[399.
THE TWELFTH PRAKÍRNAKA पर्यन्ताराधना
Paryantārādhana (पज्जंताराहणा)
( Pajjantārāhaņā ) No. 399
1199. ..
1887-91. Size.-- 101 in. by 4 in. Extent. -- 4 folios ; II lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, and white; Devanagari charac
ters with पृष्ठमात्राs; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink ; each side of the fol. has a small design in each of the margins ; fol. 4b blank ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only ; edges of all the foll. slightly damaged ; condition tolerbaly good;
complete ; extent 74 ślokas. Age.-- Pretty old. Author.- Soma Sūri. Subject: - This work is considered as a prakiranaka' and is class
ed as an āgama in Jaina Granthāvali. It is composed in 70 verses in Präkrit. As its very name implies i: deals with what ought to be done on death-bed, e. g. reflection about the partial transgression of vows, severing the connection with the 18 papasthānas, taking resort to the Arhats, Siddhas
and others. Begins.-fol. I ॐ
नमिउण भणइ एवं । भयवं समउच्चियं । समाइसस । तत्तो वागरइ गुरू । पज्जंताराहणं एयं ॥१ आलोइस अईआरा । बयाई उञ्चरसुखमसुजीवेस । वोसिरसु भावियप्पा । अहारसपावठाणाई ॥२॥ चउसरणं दुक्कडगरिहणं च । सुक्कडाणुमोयणं कुणसु । सुहभावणं अणसणं । पंचनमुक्कार सरणं च ॥ ३ ॥ नाणंमि दंसणंमि य । चरणमि तवंमि तहय विरयंमि ।
पंचविहे आयारे । अईआरा लोअणं कुणसु॥४॥ etc. Ends.-fol. 4
पंचपरमिहिसमरण । परायणो पाविउण पंचतं । पत्तो पंचमकप्पमि । रायसिंहो सुरिं दत्तं ॥ ६८॥
1. It is so named in the Mss. No. 400 and 401, too.

Page #386

401.]
XII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
361
तप्पत्ती रयणवई । तहेव आराहिऊण तं कप्पे । सामाणिअत्तपत्तो । तउ चुआ निच्चुइस्संति ॥ ६९ ॥ सिरिसोमसरिरइयं । पज्जंताराहणं पसमजणणं ।
जे अणुसरंति सम्म । लहंति ते सासयं सुक्खं ॥७० ।।
इति आराधनाप्रकरण समातं ॥श्रीः॥ ७४ ॥१श्रीः ॥ Reference. This work also known as Ārādhanäprakarana and Arä
dhanäsútra is referred to by Peterson, in his Report Von p. 69. The Catalogue of Mss. of the Calcutta Sanskrit College vol. X, p. 75 may be consulted. For additional Mss. see B. B. R.A.S. vols. III-IV, pp.463-464.
पर्यन्ताराधना
Paryantārādhanā
1229 (d). No.400
1884-87. Extent.-- fol. 7 to fol. 10. Description.-- Complete ; 70 verses. For other particulars see Vairägyaśataka No. 1229 ( a ).
1884-87. Begins.-fol. 7 नमिऊण भणइ एवं ।। भयवं समओचियं समाइससु ॥
तत्तो वागरइ गुरू ॥ पज्जताराहणं एयं ॥१॥ Ends.-fol. I0' सिरिसोममूरिरइअं पजंताराहणं पसमजणणं॥
जे अणुसरंति सम्म लहंति ते सासयं सुक्खं ॥ ७० ॥ इति श्रीआराधनं प्रक(कीर्ण समाप्तं ॥ यादृस(शं) पुस्तके etc. N. B.- For other details see No. 399.
पर्यन्ताराधना
Paryantārādbanā
749. No. 401
1892-95. Size.— 104 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 6 folios; 9 lines to a page ; 26 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, rough and white; Devanagari
characters; very big, legible and good hand-wrtting:
borders ruled in three lines in black ink ; foll. numbered 46 [J. L. P.]

Page #387

362
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 403.
in the right hand margin only; fol. 1* blank; edges of almost every fol. slightly worn out; condition on the
whole good ; complete ; 70 verses. Age. - Old. Begins.-fol. rb 3 AA: T I
HUT HOE Gä etc. Ends.---fol. 64 jaag etc., up to the lo ll as in No. 399
followed by the line as under :
इति आराधनाप्रक(कीर्ण समाप्तम् ॥ N. B.-- For other particulars see No. 399.
पर्यन्ताराधना No. 402 Extent. -- fol. za to fol. 46. Description.- Complete ; 69 verses.
1280 ( a ).
Paryantārādhanā
1280 (b). 1891-95.
For other details see
No. 1891-95.
Begins.- fol. 31 afas(5) HOE i etc., as in No. 399. Ends.- fol. 4 पंचपरमिढिसुमरण up to सासयं सुक्खं ॥ ६९॥ etc. as in
No. 399. Then we have the following line :--
TEATTEOTT FAAT 11 Il aft: 11 N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 399.
पर्यन्ताराधना
Paryantārādhanā
613 (m). No. 403
1884-86. Extent.- fol. 52* to fol. 536. Description.- Complete ; 70 verses. For other details see Pakșikasutra
No. 613 ( a ).
NO 1884-86. Begins. fol. 55* AFH50 PUTT TÁ ctc. Ends.- fol. 53b cathie etc., up to FTO THE HIVO 11 as in
No. 399 followed by gta 31TTAT FAIF: 11 11 17:10
कल्याणमस्तु ।।१ । N. B.-- For other details see No. 399.

Page #388

405.]
XII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
363
पर्यन्ताराधना
Paryantārādhanā बालावबोधसहित
with bālāvabodhā No. 404
776 (b).
1899-1915. Extent.- fol. 4b to fol. 106. Description.-- The text containing 70 verses and its Gujarāti expla
nation complete; extent 245 ślokas and 12 letters. For other details ses Gautamaprccha with bālavabodha No.
776 (a).
1899-1915 Author.- Soma Sūri. Subject.-A Jaina agama and its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- (text ) fol. 4 नमी(मि)उ(ऊ)ण भणइ एवं etc., as in No. 399. ,, - (com.) fol. 4 श्रीवीतराग देव नमस्करीनइ आराधना करिज्यो इसिउं
वचन कहीइ । भगवन मझनई समयनइ मानिइं आराधना करा ।
संसाररूपीआ समुद्र माहि बूडतां etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. I0* पंचपरमिहि etc., up to सासयं सुक्ख ॥ ७० ॥ as in
No. 399. -- (com.) fol. 10 श्रीसोममूरिनि रचि पर्यताराधरा(ना) इसिउं नाम ।
उपशमनी ऊपजावणहारि । जे भव्य जीव सम्यग प्रकारिइं आराधई सहइं एकाग्र चित्तिई सदहई। ते जीव शास्वतुं सौख्य लहइं ॥ ७० ॥ इति पर्यताराधना बालावबोधमइ समाप्ताः ॥ सचीता(?) ग्रंथाग्रं श्लोकमानेन ॥२४५ अक्षर १२
पर्यन्ताराधना
Paryantārādhana बालावबोधसहित
with bálāvabodha
155.. No. 405
1871-72. Size.-- 10 in. by 4j in. Extent. --- 9 folios; 11 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough, rough and white; Devanagari
characters; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled indifferently in two lines ; red chalk used ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin; fol. I blank; so is the fol. 96; a right hand corner of almost every fol. partly worn out; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete.

Page #389

364
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[406.
Age.- Not quite modern. Subject.- The text together with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 1' अर्ह ॥
नमिऊण भणइ एवं etc. , -(com.) fol. I' श्रीमहावीरस्वामीने नमस्कार करीने भणि छिं एवं अधुना
हे भगवन् समयने उचित जे होइं ते कहो जे अंत्यावस्थाने विषं स्युं कर
तेहवें गुरु जे ते अंत्यावस्थानी आराधनानो विधि ए प्रकारे कहें छे etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. 8b पंचपरमिटि etc., up to सासयं सुक्खं ॥७॥ ,, - (com.) ,, 9' अर्थः श्रीसोमसिहं रचेलं अंत्य समयनु आराधन सम
तानुं ठेकाणुं जे अणुसरे छे ते शाश्वतुं ठेकाणुं पामें इत्यर्थः ॥ इति श्रीआरा
धनासूत्रं संपूर्णम् श्रीरस्तु भद्रं भूयात् श्रीः ।। N. B.- For other details see No. 404.
पर्यन्ताराधना
Paryantārādhanā बालावबोधसहित
with bālāvabodha
45. No. 406
1870-71. Size.- 91 in. by 41 in. Extent.- (text) 7 folios ; 4 to 6 lines to a page ; 35 letters to a line.
, - (com.) ,, ,, ; I2 ,, 14 ,, ,, , , ; 40 , , , , Description.--- Country paper thin, rough and white ; Devanāgari
characters; this is a gre Ms. containing the text and the commentary, the latter written in a small hand; legible and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; both the text and the commentary complete; edges and corners of some of the foll, slightly worn out;
condition very fair ; extent of the commentary 300 ślokas. Age.-- Pretty old. Subject. The text together with its explanation in Gujarati.

Page #390

407.]
XII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
365
Begins.--- (text) fol. I नमिऊण भणइ etc.
(com.) ,, ,, देव नमस्करी। ग्लान (?) कहइ । इम भगवन । अवसरोचित । आसिदि(दिसि) तिवारे पूठि(? छि)इं गुरु कहइ । पर्यंताराधना
etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 7 पंचपरमिहि etc., up to सासयं सुक्खं ॥ ७० ॥ as in
No. 399 followed by इति श्रीआराधनासूत्र समाप्त ॥ श्रीः ।। ,, - (com.) fol. 7 छ बोल करिवा । केहा (? कया )
आलोयण १ बयरखामण २चेइयपूआ य ४ संघदाणं च ॥४॥
अणसणकरणं । ६ । छक्कं । कायव्वं अणंतकालंमि । १। ए छ बोल शुद्ध मन । वचन । कायाई करी । करिसइं ते मोक्ष प्रामिसीइ ।
इति श्रीपर्यताराधनावृत्तिः समाप्ता ।। ग्रंथाग्रं ३००॥ छः । श्रीः ॥ छ । N. B.-- For other details see No. 399.
पर्यन्ताराधना
Paryantārādhanā बालावबोधसहित
with bālāvabodha No. 407
75 (a).
1898-99. Size.— 104 in. by 4} in. Extent.— 3 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; 66 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and white; Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; edges of each of the foll. partly worn out; condition tolerably good; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; tnis Ms. contains a part of the text as well as its explanation in Gujarāti; the following additional works are also embodied in this Ms:--
(I) साकारपप्रत्याख्यानगाथा fol. 3'.
(2) परमसुखद्वात्रिंशिका ,,, Age.- Samvat 1501. Subject.- The text together with its explanation in Gujarati.

Page #391

366
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 407.
Begins. - ( text) fol. If ७ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ॥
नमिउ(ऊ)ण भणइ एवं etc. as in No. 399. , - ( com.) fol. I देव नमस्करि ज्योहु । आराधना करावउ etc.
आलोइ सुइयारे वयाइं उच्चरिसुखममु()जीवेसु Ends.—fol. 2a
चउसरणं दुक्कडगरिहरणं च सुकडाणुमोअणकुणसु ' सहभावणं अणसणं पंचनमुक्कारसरणं च ॥१॥ ,
पच्छाईओ जं जिणधम्ममग्गो।
मए कुमग्गो पयडीकओ जं ॥ जाओ अहं जं परपावहे ।।
निंदामि सव्वं पि अहं तमन्हि(?) ॥१॥ etc. ,, - fol. 2b ईणइ भवि० ॥ हिव पुण्यनी अनुमोदना करिज्यो etc. ,, -- fol. 3' अनइ कुसुमि फलादिकि करी जिनपूजाहेतु हूउ । त्रसकाय माहि करी
जे मुहरा शंखाादकी करी जे लोक रहई उपकारहेतु हुउ । ते आपणूं सकल पुण्य अनुमोदि ज्योड । जिम सकल सौख्य संप्राप्ति हुइ ॥ इति आराधना
समाप्ता ॥छ॥ N. B.- For other details see No. 399.

Page #392

409.]
XIII. Supernumerary Prakīrņakas
367
THE THIRTEENTH PRAKIRNAKA
पिण्डविशुद्धि
Pindavisuddhi (पिंडविसुद्धि)
(Pindavisuddhi)
1269 ( ). No. 408
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 35 to fol. 37. Description.-- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 1o3th. For other details see No. -
1269 (I).
... 1887-91. Author.-- Jinavallabha Gani. Subject.- This Prakrit work also called Pindavisohi (Pindavisodhi)
deals with rules and regulations pertaining to food to be accepted by Jaina saints. This entire topic is represented in 103 verses in Prākrit and is based upon Pindaniryukti and
Pindaisanādhyayana. See Nos. 413 and 414 respectively. Begins.- fol. 35 देविंदविंदवदियपयारविंदे(5)भिवंदीय जिणं(णि)दे॥
बुच्छामि सुविहियही(हि)यं पिंड (वि)सोहिं समासेणं ॥१॥ etc. Ends. ---fol. 37° इच्चे[ई]यं ज(जिण)वल्लहेण गाणणा जं पिंडनिज्जुत्तीओ।
किंचि(ची) [य] पिंडविहाणजाणणकए भव्वाण सव्वाण वि। वुत्तं सुत्तनिउत्तसुद्धमउ(इ)णा भत्तीए सत्तीए तं ।
सव्वं भवममच्छरा सुयहरा बोहिंतु सोहिंतू(तु) य ॥१०३ ।
इति पिण्डविशुद्धिप्रकरणं समाप्त । Reference. - See F. Kielhorn's Report for the year 1880-81, p. 47
and Indian Antiquary vol. XI (pp. 245-256) where Pattavali of the Kharatara gaccha is given. Jinavallabha is number
ed there as 43rd. For a Ms. of the text with a commentary - see G. O. Series, vol. XXI, p. 34.
पिण्डविशुद्धि
Pindavisuddhi
626.(c), No. 409
1895-98. Exten.- fol. 31b to fol. 32. Description.— Complete; the last verse numbered as 4 ( 104).
626 (a). For other details see Vitarāgastotra No.
1898-98.

Page #393

368
Jaina Literature and Philospohy
[411.
Begins. - fol. 3bदेविंदविंदवंदियपयारवंदे(s)भिवंदिय जिणिंदे।
वोच्छामि सुविहियं पिंडविसोहिं समासणं ॥१etc. Ends.-- fol. 32b इच्चेयं जिणवल्लहेण गणिणा जं पिंडनिज्जुत्तिओ।
किंची पिंडविहाण जाणणकए भब्वाण सव्वाण वि ।। जुत्तं सुत्तनिउत्तमुद्धमइणा भत्तीइ सत्तीहतं । सव्वं भव्बममच्छरा सुयहरा बोहिंतु सोहिंत(तु)य ॥ ४(१०४)।
इति श्रीपिंडविसुद्धिप्रकरणं समाप्त N. B.- For other details see No. 4-8.
पिण्डविशुद्धि
Pindavisuddhi No. 410
613 (f).
1884-86. Extent.- fol. 39b to fol. 420. Description.-- Complete; 103 verses. For other details see Paksika_shtra No. 1884-86..
1613 (a). Begins. --- fol. 39 देविंदविंदवंदिअ etc. Ends.-- fol. 42" इच्चयं जिणवलहेण etc. up to बोहिं तु सोहिं तु अ as in No.
409 followed by ॥१०३ इति पिंडविशुद्धि समाप्त ॥ छ । N. B.-- For further particulars see No.408.
77 ( )..
पिण्डविशुद्धि
L'iņdavisuddhi No. 411
1880-81. Extent.-- leaf 436 to leaf 546. Description.- Complete. For other particulars see Agamikavastu
vicārasara No.___77 (a)..
VIcarasala NO. 1880-81. Begins.-.. leaf 43' देविंदविंदवंदिय etc. Ends.--- leaf 54 इञ्चेयं जिणवल्लहेण etc., up to बोहित सोहिंतु य as in
No. 410 followed by ॥ १०३ ॥ पिंडविसोधिप्रकरणं समाप्तमिति ॥
छ । मंगलं महाश्रीः ॥ छ । N. B.- For additional information see No. 408.

Page #394

414.] XIII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
369 पिण्डविशुद्धि
Piņdavisuddhi
1269 (7). No. 412
1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 35a to fol. 378. Description.-- Complete. For additional details see Sadavaśyaka
s@tra No I269 ( 1 ).
sútra No. 1887-91.
Begins. --fol. 35a eragraatio etc. Ends.- fol. 37" ET (? TOT)agen etc., up to Fit T11803
as in No. 408 followed by gfa gelaaig9TOI FATA: 131 N. B. - For additional details see No. 408
squzfasting
Pindavisuddhi
1220 (C). No. 413
1884-87. Extent.-- fol. 1086 to fol. Inb. Description.-- Complete ; 104 verses in all. For other details see
1220 (a). Pratyākhyānaniryukti No. 1884-87 Begins.- fol. 108bafácidi aeg etc. Ends.— fol. IIIb gət işUTANT etc. up to hita o as in No. 416
followed by इति पिंडविसुद्धिप्रकरणं समाप्तमिति ॥ कृतिर्जिनवल्लभ
TUT: 1171 N. B.- For other particulars see No. 408.
पिण्डविशुद्धि
Piņdavisuddhi वृत्तिसहित
with vrtti No. 414
301.
A. 1882-83. Size.— 101 in. by 43 in. Extent.- 86+1 = 87 folios; 15 lines to page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanāgari
characters with frequent quals; small, legible and good 47 (J. L. P.)

Page #395

370
jaina Literature and Philosophy
[414.
hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in both the margins ; fol. If blank ; edges of several foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good ; lacune on fol. 86b; both the text and the commentary complete ; extent of the latter 4400 Slokas ; fol. 49th
repeated ; yellow pigment used. Age.- Old. Author of the commentary.- Sricandra Suri. Subject.--- The text in Präkrit along with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.-- ( text ) fol. I देविंदचंदवंदिय etc. ,, -(com.) ,, ,, ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
नम्रानेकसुरासुराधिपशिरोमालार्चितांहिद्वयं __लोकालोकविवेककेवलवशात् जातार्थसन्निर्नयं सच्चारित्रनिदेशकं जिनरिपुं स्वर्गापवर्गप्रदं
दुष्टारिष्टविघातकं जिनपति वांर प्रणम्यादरात् । श्रीमत्पार्श्वजिनेंद्रं च विघ्ननातविघातिनं । निःशेषकुमुदध्वांतविध्वंसनदिवाकर शेषानपि नमस्कृत्य जिनान् विगतकल्मषान् । श्रीगौतमादिसूरीश्च भारतश्चि गुरुं तथा शास्त्रांतरदर्शनतो वक्ष्ये (5)ह पिंडशुद्धिशास्त्रस्य
स्वपरकृते स्पष्टार्थी वृत्तिं जिनवल्लभकृतस्य । इह हि सर्वेणापि संसारिणा सत्त्वेनापि दुर्लभं जिनधर्मान्वित मनुष्यादिसामग्री सद्भावमवाप्य तीर्थकरानुचीपणे परोपकारे यातितव्यं ।। यस्माद्भगवान् भवांभोधि. परगाम्यपि परोपकारे यतते स च न जंतुहितोपदेशदानादपरः काश्चत् श्रेष्ठतरः समस्ति स च सकलकर्मनिर्मूलनप्रवणपरमपदप्रापकयच्चारित्रपरिपालनगोचनश्रेयान् । तच्च पिंडविशुद्धयादियतनया प्रवर्तमानानामुपजायते विशुद्धा
हारोपष्टभितदेहस्य चारित्रसाधकत्वात् etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 86° इच्चेयं जिणवल्लहेण etc. up to बोहिंतु सोहिंतु यं
(य)॥१०३॥ .. --(com.) fol. 86 आगमभा इत्याह । अमत्सरः । परगुणप्रत्यात(?)द्वेषिणः।
संतः संज्वलनकषायोदाय(?दये) विशिष्टज्ञानिनामपि विशिष्टसंभवादिदमुक्तं। इत्थंभूता एव संतो भव्यं यथा भवत्यवं शोधयंतु । उत्सूत्रदोषमलापनयनेन निर्मलीकुर्वतु वः समुच्चये । तदाह सूत्रभक्त्या निजशक्त्या यदुक्तं किंचित्

Page #396

415.]
XIII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
371
पिंडनियुक्तितो भव्यानां पिंडदोषज्ञानकते। सूत्रन्यस्तबुद्धिना जिनवल्लभसूरिणा तत्सर्व बहुश्रुतमत्सरं परित्यज्य तानेव भव्यान् बोधयंतु । उत्सूत्रार्थमपनयं चेनिवृत्यर्थः ॥ १०३ ।
समाप्तेयं श्रीचंद्रसूरिविरचिता सूक्ष्मपदार्थनिष्कनिष्कएणपट्टकसन्निभप्रतिभजिनवल्लभाभिधानाचार्यदृब्धपिंडाविशुद्धिशास्त्रस्य वृत्तिः॥॥छ ।
अस्याश्चतुःसहस्राणि शतानां च चतुष्टयं ।
प्रत्यक्षरप्रमाणेन श्लोकमानं विनिश्वितं ॥१॥ ग्रंथाj ४४००॥॥छ । छ ॥ etc. N. B.- For other details see No. 408.
पिण्डविशुद्धि
Piņdavisuddhi सुबोधासहित
with Subodhā No. 415
1206.
1887-91. Size.- Iod in. by 4} in. Extent.--- 52 folios; 17 lines to a page ; so to 56 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and greyish; Devanāgarī charac
ters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used ; yellow pigment profuseiy; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; almost every fol. more or less worm-eaten ; condition on the whole very fair; both the text and the commentary complete; extent 2800 ślokas; the commentary composed in Samyat 1176 by Yaśodeva Sūri with the help of his pupil Pärsvadeva and revised by
Municandra Súri. Age.-- Old. Author of the commentary.- Yasodeva Suri, pupil of Sricandra,
pupil of Vira Gani. Subject.- The text together with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins. - ( text ) fol. I देविंदविंदवंदिय etc. , -( com.) ,, ,, ए नमो जिनाय ॥
यदुदितलवयोगादेहिनः स्युः कृतार्था
स्तमिह शुभनिधानं वर्द्धमानं प्रणम्य ।
1.
See No. 416.

Page #397

[415.
372
Jaina Literature and Philosophy स्वपरजनहितार्थ पिंडशुद्धविधास्ये
जिनपतिमतनीत्या वृत्तिमल्पां सुबोधां ॥ १ तत्र चाहत्प्रणीतसमयसंपर्कावदातमतिजलधिर्भगवान जिनवल्लभगणिर्दुःषमा फलदोषादत्यंतहीयमानायुर्बुद्ध्यादीन संप्रति कालसाध्वादीनवलोक्य तदनुग्रहार्थे विस्तरवपिंडषणाध्ययनसारमादाय संक्षिप्ततरपिंडविशुद्धयाख्यप्रकरणं चिकीर्षुरादावेव विघ्नवातनिरासार्थ शिष्टसमयपरिपालनार्थ च इष्टदेवतास्तुतिरूपमत्यंताव्यभिचारिभावमंगलं श्रोतृजनप्रवृत्त्यर्थमाभिधेयादि च
प्रतिपादयन्निमां गाथा(मा)ह ॥ छ । etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 52 इच्चेयं जिणवल्लहेण etc. up to सोहिंतु य ॥ , - (com.) fol. 52 श्रुतधरा आगमवेदिनः बोधयंतु ज्ञापयंतु वा। शोधयंतु
चोत्सूत्रार्थाऽपनयनेन निर्दोषं कुर्वतु । चशब्दो बोधनक्रियापेक्षि(क्ष)या समुच्चयार्थ इति शार्दूलछंदोवृत्तार्थः ॥ छ ॥१०३ __ समाप्ता चेयं पिंडविशुद्धिप्रकरणवृत्तिः॥ छ ॥ छ । २८०० ग्रंथायं प्रतिवर्णतो गणनया न्यून सहस्रत्रयं शतद्वयेनेति ॥ छ ।
आसीन्चंद्र'कुलोद्गतिः शमनिधिः सौम्याकृतिः सन्मतिः
संलीनः प्रतिवासरं निलयगोवर्षासु सुध्यानधीहेमंते शिशिरेव शार्वरहिम सोढुं कृतोलस्थिति ।
भांस्वच्चंडकरे निदाघसमये वातायनाकारकः ॥१॥ आदेयतातएस्त्य(?)गव्याख्या कृत्वा( ? त्या)दिसद्गुणैः लोकोत्तरैर्विशालश्च श्रीमद्वीरगणिप्रभुः ॥२॥ श्रीचंद्रसूरिनामा शिष्यो()भूत् तस्य भारतीमधुरः । आनंदितभव्यजनः शंसितसंशुद्धसिद्धांतः ॥३॥ तस्यांतेवासिना दृब्धा श्रीयशोदेवमूरिणा। सुशिष्यपार्श्वदेवस्य साहाय्यात्प्रस्तुता वृत्तिः ॥ ४ ॥
श्रुतोपयोगाऽशुभकर्मनाशनो
विपक्षभावप्रतिबंधसाधनः परोपकारश्च महाफलावहो
विचित्य चैतद्विहितोषमु( ? )द्यमः ॥५॥ पिंडविशुद्धिप्रकरणवृत्तिं कृत्वा यदवाप्तं मया कुशलं ।। तेनाभवमपि भूयादत्र भगवद्वचने ममाभ्यासः ॥ ६॥ श्रुतहेमनिकषपट्टैः श्रीमन्मुनिचंद्रमूरिभिः पूज्यैः ।
संशोधितेयमाखला प्रयत्नतः शेषविबुधैश्व ॥७॥ छ ग्रंथानं २८०० ॥ छ । श्री खरतरगच्छे श्री पत्तने श्रीकीर्ति ...... श्रीकल्याणचंद्रोपाध्यायः.........॥
-
-
I-2 Yellow pigment used.

Page #398

416.]
fqueiagi सुबोधासहित
No. 416
Size. 18 in. by 21 in.
Extent.
XIII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
در
Age. Samvat 1300.
Begins.
23
Description. Palm-leaf some-what thick, durable and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; the Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three different columns; but, really speaking, it is not so; for, the lines of the first column go up to the two other columns; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines, in black ink ; red chalk used; there is a hole in each leaf in the spaces between the columns; on the whole two holes; a string passes through each of the holes ; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right hand margin as 1, 2 etc., and in the left hand margin as eft, at, at, o etc.; some of the leaves stuck १ २
(text) leaf 1 देविंदविदवंदिय etc.
">
(com.) ॐ नमो जिनाय ॥ यदुदितलवयोगाद्देहिनः etc.
Ends. (text) leaf 140b a fama (com). leaf 141b gaver
142+7+1=150 leaves; 6 to 7 lines to a leaf; 65 to 70 letters to a line.
together; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary; leaf 1 blank; seven extra blank leaves precede it; one extra blank leaf at the end; complete; extent 2800 ślokas.
11
در

Pindaviśuddhi with Subodha
47.
1880-81.
373
etc. up 10 f f 11
: etc., practically up to - विबुधैश्व ॥ ७ ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रे २८०० as in No. 415 followed by वाजदुहिमांशुभिः ( १९७६) परिमिते वर्षे गते विक्रमान्निष्पन्नेयमिति ॥
N. B. For other details see No. 415.
छ । संवत् विक्रम १३० (?) वर्षे शतेषु पुस्तिकेयं लिखिता ॥

Page #399

374
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[417.
755.
पिण्डविशुद्धि
Piņdavisuddhi दीपिकासहित
with dipikā No. 417
1892-95. Size.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent. -- 18 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and greyish ; Devanāgari charac
ters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right hand margin in a corner; red chalk used; almost all foll. worm-eaten to some extent; condition tolerably fair ; both the text and commentary
complete; the latter composed in Samvat 1295 ; extent .. 703 (?) Slokas. Age.-- Samvat I481. Author of the commentary.-- Udayasimha Suri, pupil of Manikya
prabha Sūri, pupil of Prabhu (? ) Sūri of Candra kula. Subject.-- The text together with a commentary in Sanskrit based
upon that of Yaśodeva Sūri. Begins. -- ( text ) fol. I देविंदविंदवंदिय etc., as in No. 409. . , -- (com.) ,, ,, अहे ।।
तं नमत श्रीवीरं यस्माच्चारित्रभूपतिर्जगति। बाह्यांतरवैरिजया(?)क्षमाधरैः सेव्यते(७)यापि ॥१ सुविहितविधिसूत्रधार(ः) स जयति जिनवल्लभो गणिर्येन । पिंडविशुद्धिप्रकरणमकारि चारित्रनृपभवनं । २॥ तस्मिन्विवरणदीपं दीप्रमधिस्नेहभाजनमदाद्यः। सो(s)पि परोपकृतिरत मूरियशोदेव(:) ॥३॥ तद्विवरणप्रदीपान्मया पदार्थाभिलाषिणा तत्र ।
मंदमतिनेयमात्मप्रबुद्धये दीप( पि)कोध्रियते ॥ ४ ॥ तत्र विशुद्धसिद्धांतसुधासारणिश्रीजिनवल्लभगाणिः संक्षिप्तरुचिनामनुग्रहार्थे पिंडैषणाध्ययनसारार्थ संगृह्य यतीनामाहारदोषोद्धरणं पिंडविशुद्धिप्रकरणं चिकीर्षुरादावेव कृताभीष्टदेवतानमस्कारां शुचिताभिधेयादित्रितयसारां गाथामाह ॥ छ ॥ etc.

Page #400

375
418.]
XIII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 18. इच्चेयं जिणवल्लहेण गणिणा etc.
-(com. ),, 18 केषां भव्यानां योग्यानां सर्वेषामपि साधुसान्यादीनां
वुत्त(?) प्रकरणरूपतया विरच्योक्तं ॥ किंविशिष्टेन मूत्रनिर्युक्तशुद्धमतिना सिद्धांतव्यापारितनिपुणबुद्धिना औद्धत्यपरिहारार्थमिदं कयोक्तं भक्त्या प्रवचनबहुमानेन शक्त्या च स्वबुद्ध्यनुसारेण तत्सर्व मदुक्तं भव्यं यथा। भवत्येवममत्सरा अद्वेषिणः श्रुतधरा यथार्थागमवेदिनो बोधयंतु शिष्यान् ज्ञापयंतु शोधयंतु च उत्सूत्रापनयनेन निर्दोष कुर्वतु । इति गाथार्थः ॥ छ । समाप्ता चेयं पिंडविशुद्धि(द्धे)ीपिका ॥ छ ।
इति विविधविलसदथै सुविशुद्धाहारमहितसाधुजनं । श्रीजिनवल्लभरचितं प्रकरणमेतन्न कस्य मुदे? ॥१ मादृश इह प्रकरणे महार्थपंक्तौ विवेश बालो(s)पि । यद्वत्त्यंगलिलग्नस्तं श्रयत गुरुं यशोदेवं ॥२ आसीदिह 'चंद्र'कुले श्रीश्रीप्रभुमरिरागमधुरीणः । तत्पदकमलमरालः श्रीमाणिक्यप्रभाचार्यः ॥३ तच्छिष्यो()हं जडधारात्मविदे मुरिरुदयसिंहाख्यः । पिंडविशुद्धेदृत्तिमुद्दाधि दीपिकामेनां ॥ ४ अनया पिंडविशुद्धः दीपिकया साधवः करस्थितया । तस्यावलोककुशला दोषोत्थतमांस्यपहरंतु ।। ५ विकमतो वर्षाणां पंचनवत्यधिकरवि(१२९५)मितशतेषु । विहितेयं स्तोकैरिह मूत्रयुता व्यधिकसप्तशती ॥६ एषा पिंडविशुद्धिसाधनधियां बोधात्मिका दीपिका। ___ तत्त्वानां विशदप्रभा परिचयं दूरे हरती तमः ॥ श्रेयःश्रीकरसंगमेन दधती सत्या(s)त्र शोभां परां ।
विद्वद्भिः स्वपरप्रकाशनकृते स्नेहेन संतु(पु)ष्यतां ॥७॥ छ॥ संवत १४८१ वर्षे अश्विनशुदि १२ गुरौ श्री पत्तन'मध्ये श्री प्रर्णिमा'पक्षि(क्षे). Itends thus.
पिण्डविशुद्धि
Piņdavisuddhi दीपिकासहित
with dipikā
754. No. 418
1892-95. Size.-- 101 in by 4 in. Extent.- 22 folios ; I3 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line.

Page #401

376
jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 419.
Description.- Country paper some-what thick, rough and white;
Devanāgarī characters with occasional Arts ; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only ; fol. 226 blank ; both the
text and the commentary complete; condition very good. Age.-- Old. Begins. ~ (text) fol. 1a tragaztige etc. „ - (com), „F#: REFTITI
À AT: stati etc. as in No. 417. Ends.- (text) fol. 210 goat For etc.
- (com.),, ,, केषां भव्यानां योग्यानां etc., up to स्नेहेन संपुष्यतां u vil followed by sfizęsharitatizar iqsa(l)(Ii
: FAIAT 11 July 11 JHAF TE918*UT: 1 PETÀU
दीपिका पं विनयसोमेन ॥ श्री ॥ N. B.— For additional particulars see No. 417.
पिण्डविशुद्धि
Piņdavisuddhi दीपिकासहित
with dipikā
302 ( a ). No. 419
A.1882-83. Size.- 104 in. by 48 in. Extent. 9-1=8 folios; 23 to 24 lines to a page; 6o letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin, rough and white; Devana
gari characters with occasional TTAFETTS ; very small, clear, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; fol. 8th missing ; so both the text and the commentary incomplete ; this Ms. contains in addition STTT REGECETATETTATT 559 which commences on fol. ga and ends on fol. 9b; condition
good, though the edges of the foll. are slightly damaged. Age.-- Old. Begins.-- (text) fol. 1a arătatacancer etc. „ - (com.), „TA: T T 11
a sfrat etc.

Page #402

420.)
XIII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
377 Ends.-- (text) fol. 96 goto Burgeur etc., up to win 13 (303) ,, -(com.) fol. 9 केषां भव्यानां योग्यानां etc., up to स्नेहेन संपुष्यतां ॥७॥
as in No. 417. N. B.— For further details see No. 417.
पिण्डविशुद्धि
Piņdavisuddhi दीपिकासहित
with dīpikā
118. No. 420
1872-73. Size. — 104 in. by 48 in. Extent. 14 folios ; 19 lines to a page ; 43 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin , rough and white; Deva
nāgari characters ; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders indifferently ruled in three to four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; fol. 1* blank; both the text and the commentary complete ; edges of several foll. partly worn out ; some of the foll. slightly worm-eaten ; condition on the whole very fair.
Age.-- Old.
Begins.-- (text) fol. 16 drãraadfau etc. » - (com.) » ;, BEI
ala) tha stati etc. Ends.--- (text) fol. 14' Foad frurapèu etc., up to FTEC 7 1131 (203) » — (com.), „ Ti warai stogiai etc., up to Águat ll as in
No. 417 followed by it cam Atres foga fari( TIET: 11
li ft II
48
( J. L. P.)

Page #403

378
पिण्डविशुद्धि बालावबोधसहित
No. 421
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Begins.- ( text ) fol. 3
Size. 10‡ in. by 43 in.
Extent.-- 22-2 = 20 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 59 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters with frequent gears; small, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; yellow pigment used; foll numbered in the right hand margin only; fol. 22b blank ; a portion of the 3rd fol. on the right hand side worn out; edges of the remaining foll. partly gonc; condition on the whole fair ; the first two foll. missing; otherwise both the text and the commentary complete.
"
Age. - Sarvat 1597.
Subject. The text commencing with the 13th gatha together with its explanation in Gujarati.
---

[ 421.
Pindaviśuddhi
with balavbodha
....
1205. 1887-91.
पडिसेवण १ पडिला २ संवास ३ (अ)णुमोअणा य ४ इह ते ४ दिहंतो ॥ १३ ॥
(com.) fol. 3 .........
अनइ
री असरीषउ २ तथा प्रवचनिइ करी सरीषउ । करी सरीषउ ३ तथा प्रवचनिइ करी असरीषउ । अनइ लिंगिइ करी असरीषुर ४ etc.
Ends.- (text) fol. 21b इच्चेयं जिणवल्लहेण etc., up to सोहंतु बोहंतू य |३|

( com. ) fol. 224 आचार्ये ए ग्रंथ शोधित्रउ इम श्रीजिनवल्लभसूरि सिद्धांतना जाणइ निगर्वषणइ बोलई छई । इस्युं जाणिवउं ॥ १०३ ॥ इति श्रीजिनवल्लभसूरिविरचितपिंडविशुद्धिप्रकरणस्यार्थो बालाव [बोलाव ] - बोधरूपः ॥ छ ॥ संवत् १५९७ वर्षे चैत्र सुदि १५ शनौ पूज्याराध्यपंडितश्रेणिशिरोमणिप' कुशलभुवन गणिशिष्य लक्ष्मी भुवनगणिवाचनार्थ ॥ श्री ' पत्तन नगरे ॥

Page #404

422.]
XIII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
379
पिण्डविशुद्धयवचूर्णि
Piņdavisuddhyavacūrņi No. 422
1284.
1891-95. Size. — 104 in. by 43 in. Extent.— 5-1=$ folios ; 19 lines to a page ; 68 letters to a line. Description.--- Country paper very thin, brittle and greyish ; Deva
nagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; very small, quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two line in black ink; red chalk used; this Ms. contains the gates of the text; fol. 14 missing ; so incomplete ; edges of all the
foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good. Age.-- Fairly old. Subject.— A small commentary in Sanskrit explaining Piņdavisuddhi. Begins.-fol. 2° वांवो(तो)च्चारसुरागोमांससमदिमिदमाधाकर्म इति यस्मादायत
एभिरकल्यं तेन हेतुना तथु(?) आधाकर्मखरंटितं पात्रमपि कृतत्रिकल्पं त्रीन् वारान धोतं पूर्व प्रधनं करीषघृष्टं कल्पते नान्यथेति । अथ तिदशनये दोषा इति पंचममाह ॥ १६ कम्म० आधाकर्मग्रहणे अतिक्रमव्यतिक्रमौ तथाऽतीचारानाचारौ । आज्ञाभंगः । सर्वज्ञः वचनातिक्रमः। अनवस्था अन्येषां धमेनाऽनास्था मिथ्यात्वं च यथोक्तकारणात् । तथा विराधना
आत्मसंयमो भयरूपा अतिक्रमादीनार्थमाह ।। १७ आहा • etc. Ends. -5 सोहि० शोधयन् कानिमान् दोषान् तथा तेन निदोर्दो)पान तथा तेन
निर्दोषो(?षा)हारप्राप्ती मनागशुद्धस्यापि ग्रहणे न यतेत सर्वत्र क्षेत्रादौ पंचकहान्या पंचकेन सूत्रप्रसिद्धप्रायश्चित्तेन वा हानिस्तया उत्सर्गापवादविद यथा चरणगुणा न हीयते ।। १ जाज. या ए(?य)तमानस्य काराणिकमेवायामपि विरो(रा)धना स्वानुष्टानस्य सूत्रविधिसमग्रस्य युक्तस्य सा विरो(रा)धना निर्जर(रा)फला भवति अध्यात्मविशोधियुक्तस्य ।। २ इच्चेयं जिण. ३ इति पिंड. विशुद्धयवचूर्णिः समाता ॥ छ ।। शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ।।

Page #405

380
मरणविधि ( मरणविहि
( 1 ) चन्द्रावेध्यक (2) नवश्लोकी (3) चतुःशरण
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
THE FOURTEENTH PRAKĪRNAKA
Age.--Old.
No. 423
Size. rog in. by 43 in.
Extent. 31 folios; 21 lines to a page; 68 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin and grey; Devanagari characters with occasional gears; bold, small, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; unnumbered sides marked with one small disc in the centre, in red colour; the numbered having two more, one in each margin; a double set of numbers for foll.: (i) 210 onwards and (ii) 1, 2 etc., as well; red chalk used; edges of the Ist. two foll. slightly damaged; condition tolerably good; this Ms. contains over and above this work the following additional 12 works :
No. 333
I
(4) आतुरप्रत्याख्यान (5) भक्तपरिज्ञा' (6) संस्तारक
No. 298 No. 309
No. 349
(7) तन्दुलवैचारिक No. 323 ( 8 ) महाप्रत्याख्यान (9) वीरस्तव
No. 355
No. 344
( 10 ) ( 11 )
गणिविद्या आराधनापताका
( 12 ) कवचद्वार

No. 373

در
Maraṇavidhi (Maraṇavihi)
foll. 9 to 12a fol. 12a foll. 12 to 13a
,, 13, 14" ,, 14a 16b 16b ,, 18a
..
,, 18a
رو
[ 423.
234 دو
ور
579 (a). 1895-98.
,, 23a
", 24b 24b
,, 25a
25a 266
35 30a
266 رو
» 30° 31b
در
I
9 verses precede this work.
2 चत्तारि मंगलं etc., up to सरणं पवज्जामि ॥ छ || precede the actual text.

Page #406

424.]
XIV. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
381
Subject. This work known as Maraṇavibhatti ( Maraṇavibhakti ) and Maraṇasamāhi ( Maraṇasamadhi ), too, is looked upon as a prakīrņaka. It deals with the following main topics:--
(I) ärādhanas, (2) characteristics of the arādhakas and the viradhakas, ( 3 ) evil reflections, (4) ālocanā, ( 5 ) qualities of a suri, ( 6 ) absence of salya, (7) importance of knowledge, (8) samlekhanavidhi, (9) pandita-maraṇa, (10) saṁstāraka, (II) beneficial advice, (12) pain in various grades of life, ( 13 ) instances of horrible upasargas borne by Jinadharma, Metarya, Gajasukumāla, Dhanya, Śalibhadra, the 5 Pandavas and others, (14) the 12 bhavanās, and ( 15 ) unique nature of happiness accruing from salvation.
Begins. fol. Ia
Ends.-fol. 9a.
सुण (ह) जह जिणवयणामय भावियहिएण झाणवावारो । कणिज्जा (ज्जो) समणाणं जं झाणं जेसु ज्झायव्वं ॥ ५९ मरणविही पंचमो उद्देसओ संमत्तो ॥ छ ॥
Reference.
तिहुयणसरारविंदं सप्पवयणरयणमंगलं नमिउं ॥ समणस्स उत्तम मरणविहीसंगहं बुच्छं ॥। १ etc.
मरणविधि
Published with chaya in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as No. 46. See No. 266.
No. 424
सहस्रे शतान्यष्टौ चत्वारिंशच्च सप्त च वर्णाः ॥ पंचदशग्रंथ प्रकीर्णकेष्वेषु कीर्तिताः ॥
छ ॥ श्री ॥ छ ॥

Extent. fol. 49a to fol. 66.
Description. Incomplete since the fol. 67th is missing; 641 gāthās complete; 642th incomplete; in all there ought to be 663 gāthās. For other details see No. 269.
Age.- Old.
Begins. fol. 49a fag¶¤ærer…etc.
Maraṇavidhi
141 (m). 1872-73.

Page #407

"
382
Ends. fol. 66b
जह णाम पट्टणगओ संते मुल्लमि मूढभावेणं । न लहंति नरा लाभ माणुसभावं तहा पत्ता ॥ ४१ संपत्ते बलविरिए सम्भावपरिक्खणं अ. It ends here. N. B. For additional details see No. 423.
मरणविधि
No.425
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Extent. fol. 62a to fol. 88.
Description.- Complete ; 661 verses in all. For other details see No. 268 where this work is noted as Maranasamadhi. Begins. fol. 622 तिहुयणसरारविंदं etc., as in No. 423.
[ 426.
Ends. fol. 88* सुण जह जिणवयणामय etc., up to जे [ण]सु ज्झायव्वं as in No. 423 followed by मरणसमाही पंचमो उद्देसो समत्तो ॥ N. B. - For further particulars see No. 423.
Age.— Samvat 1569.
Begins. – fol. 850 ( 1 ) तिहुयणसरारविंदं etc.,
Ends. fol. ror ( 17 )
Maraṇavidhi
386 (m). 1879-80.
मरणविधि
No. 426
Extent. fol. 85t to fol. rors.
Description. Complete. The last gatha beginning with gue is numbered as 58 (658). For other details see No. 377.

Maranavidhi 124 (c).
1872-73.
सुणह जह जिणवयणामय भावियहियएण । झाणवावारो । करणिज्जा समणेणं जं झाणं जेसु झायव्वं ॥ ५८ ग्रंथाग्रं ६५८ ॥ मरणविही पंचमो उद्देसो सम्मत्तो ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ॥ संवत् १५६९ वर्षे मार्गशुदि ६ रवौ । श्री श्रीमाल ज्ञातीय । सा० सीधर । भार्यासाही । सु० सा जूठाभार्या जसमादे सुतसा० महिपति । सो० सा॰ रूपा । सा॰ चउथाकेन । etc. as in Ajīvakalpa No. 367. N. B. - For additional particulars see No. 423.
1

Page #408

427.]
योनिप्राभृत ( जोणिपाहुड)
XV. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
THE FIFTEENTH PRAKĪRNAKA
I-7

No. 427
Size. 121 in. by 42 in.
Extent.---- 40 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters ; bold, big, legible and good hand - writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; edges and even at times the body of every fol. badly worn out; the numbers of foll. gone, so it is extremely difficult to adjust the foll. properly; condition liopeless, a photo-copy of this fragmentary work is taken in 40 plates by the Bhandarkar Oriental Research
Institute.
Age.-- Sarvat 1582.
Author.— Panhapravana ( ? Praśnaśravana ) Muni. Subject. Nothing can be definitely said. Begins. It is difficult to ascertain the beginning. Ends.-जनव्यवहारचंद्रचंद्रिकाचकोरं । आयुर्वेदरक्षितसमस्तसत्त्वं महामुनिकुष्मांडिनीमहादेव्या उपदिष्टं । पुण्यदंतादिभू हृष्टिदायकं । इत्थंभूतं योनिप्राभृतग्रंथं ।
कलिकाले सम्बन्हू जो जाणई जोणिपाहुडं गंथं । जत्थ गतुर्ड (?) तत्थ गतुर्डचउउवग्गमह... 'इ ॥ १ सुरयणलद्धपसंसं सुवन्नसहियं चरोरदुहरणं । भव्व उवया रध्म मा चक्का कोसं पाहुडयं ॥ २ दरवियसियम्म अइवियसिया उवहुय.. * ईनुऽ
1
नायंति जस्स उवरे का उवमा पुंडरीयस्स ? ॥ ३ ॥ होतुद्दामवियं अंतमय मिलं तालिमुहालियकवोला । विज्झक यम्मि करिणो न उणे अइरिच्छा ।। 1 (४) ... Serयगोग... हयस्सखी... 'वही एका उवमा । अइअप्पमाणगयणे सनसीसीनेव नाणेण ॥ ५ हीणसत्तम्मि अहमे अडखी......7
कुणिज्जहा अयाणदोसाम्मि अत्ताणे ॥ ६
Letters are gone as the corresponding portion is worn out.
Yoniprabhṛta (Jonipāhuda)
266.
A. 1882-83.

383
प्रश्नश्रवणलिशिष्य

Page #409

384
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1427.
एक्केकं च पयत्थं अवहे जो मुनइ इक्कूअहियारं । सो गरुवरािद्ध......'सव्वअहियारी॥ ७ का... मनामनीहननृणामहन्मते स्यादतियद्येषः प्रियधर्मकः पृथुयशाः श्रीपूज्यपादो गुरुः ।
..................'मप्रोद्भताचंतामाण। योनिप्राभृतसंज्ञशास्त्रममलं देवासुराभ्यर्चितं । ८॥ तावन्मिथ्यादृशां तेजो मंत्रयंत्रादिषु स्पुटा (1)
:...:.'शृणंति धीमतः ॥९॥
इति श्रीमहाग्रंथं योनिप्राभृतं श्रीपन्हप्रवणमुनिविरचितं समाप्तं । संवत् १५८२ वर्षे शाके १४४७ प्रवर्तमाने दक्षिणागते श्रीसूर्ये श्रावणमासकृष्णपक्षे तृतीयायां तिथौ...
1-5
Letters are gone, since the corresponding portion is worn out.

Page #410

428. ]
वङ्कचूलिका (वंगचूलिया ) टब्बासहित
No. 428
"
XVI. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
THE SIXTEENTH PRAKĪRNAKA
Sizc.-- 1o‡ in. by 4g in.
Extent.— (text) 12 folios ; s lines to a page; 42 letters to a line.
”
"" "" ""
(tabbā),, ; 8 to ro "; 52 Description. Country paper tough and white; Devanagari characters; the text written in a bigger hand as compared with tabba ; legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; fol. r© blank ; fol. roth wrongly numbered as 9; condition excellent ; both the text and the tabba complete so far as they go.
Age. — Sarvat 195r. Author. - Yaśobhadra.
Subject.
A Jaina agama dealing with the origin of deprecating Siddhanta together with an explanation in Gujarātī. Begins.~~(text) fol. rb
भत्तिभर मियसुरवर सिरिसे हर किरणरईय समिय रि (र) यं नमिउं सिरिवीरपयं वुच्छं सुयहीलगुप्पत्तिं १ airs (ओ) बीसमे वरिसे सिरिसुहम्मसामिनिव्वाणं तत्तो चुयालिसे सिद्धो जंबू चरमनाणि २
"
در
Ends. (text) fol. 12b

"
" "
385
Vankaculikā (Vargacūliyā ) with tabbā
—(com.) fol. 1॰ भक्तिव (भ) र कहतां भक्तिने समूहे करी नाम्या देवता मनुष्य परं वर कहतां प्रधान देवताना मस्तके etc.
621.
1895-98.
इय सुहीलणुप्पा फअ फला जाणिऊण अन्ने वि जस्सभद्दे जिणवयणे दढचित्तो होइ पइदिय [९] हं ९ इति श्रीवंगा (ग) चूलियाए सुयहीलणुप्पत्तिअज्झयण संपूर्णम् । समत ( संवत् ) १९५९ रा मिति सांवण सुद ११ ॥
—(com.) fol. 12° दृढ चित्त करता हुवा सदा काल यत्न करता हुबई ९ इति श्रीव (वं) क चूलिया सूत्रम् सु० सुप्त ते सिद्धांतनी हीलनानि उत्पत्ति कही तेहनो अध्ययन संपूर्ण थयो ।
49 [J. L. P.]

Page #411

386
सादावली
((")
No. 429
Extent. fol. 92b to fol. 95.
Description.
Age.- Old.
Subject.
see No. 269.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
THE SEVENTEENTH PRAKĪRNAKA
Begins. fol. 92b
Ends. fol. 95b

Complete; extent 136 ślokas. For other details
This prakirṇaka which starts by praising five parmesthins supplies us with the life of Pundarika, a grand-son of Lord Rṣabha.
आरंभेसु नियत्ता सव्वठाणे मुक्कवावारा । उच्छिन्न रागदोसा ते देवा देवयाणं तु ॥ १ ॥
[429.
Sārāvalī
((")
141 (o). 1872-73.
माहवओ तस्स पावं सारावलिपुत्थयं लिहंतस्स । लहउ य जसो य कित्ती अइरेणं साहसक्कारो ॥ ११६ ॥
इति सारावलीयपयण्णं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥ etc. ग्रंथाग्रं १३६ ॥

N. B. This work is distinct from a standard work on Astrology composed in Sanskrit in verses by Kalyaṇavarman, published by the Proprietor of the Nirnayasagar Press, A. D. 1928.

Page #412

430. 1
XVIII. Supernumerary Prakirṇakas
THE EIGHTEENTH PRAKĪRNAKA
सिद्धप्राभृत ( सिद्धपाहुड)
No. 430
Size.—ro in. by 4g in.
Extent.—— 28 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Devanagari characters with frequent gears; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used ; foll numbered in the right hand margin; fol. r* blank ; so is practically fol. 288; some of the foll. slightly worm-eaten ; condition on the whole good; complete ; this work ends on fol. 5; this Ms. contains in addition सिद्धप्राभृतटीका commencing on fol. 5b and ending on fol. 280. Age.— Old. Subject.
Ends. fol. b
Exposition of the liberated from various stand-points, in Prākrit in 121 verses. This is based upon a Püraa
Agreniya by name.
Begins.fol. 1' ॐ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ॥
Reference.
387

Siddhaprabhṛta (Siddhapāhuda ) 1287 (a).
1887-9.
तिहुयणपणए तिहुयणगुणाहिए तिहुयणातिसयणाणे ॥ उसभातिवीरचरिमे तमरयरहिए पणमिऊण ॥ १
मु (सु) णिऊण आगमणिह से मु (सु) णिऊण परमत्थमु (सु) तगंधधरे । चोपुव्विगमाई कमेण सव्वे पणं (ण) मिऊणं ॥ २ णिकखेवनिरुत्ताहि य छहिं अट्ठहिं वाणुओगदारेहिं । खत्तातिमग्गणेषु य सिद्धाणं वणियो (या) भेया ॥ ३ ॥ etc.
ऊणाहियविवरीओ । अत्यो अप्पागमेण जो गहिओ । तं खमऊणा (ण) सुयहरा पुण्णे ( ? ) ऊणं परिकहंतु ॥ २० वीसुत्तरया (य) मेगं गाथाबंधेण पुव्वणिस्संद |
वित्थारेण महत्थं स [ यु]याणुसारेण णेयव्वं ॥ २१
वीमुत्तरसयगणणाणमे (णाम ) सिद्धपाहुडं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥ अग्रेणियपुणिस्संदा ॥ छ ॥
This work is published along with its commentary by the Jaina ātmānanda Sabhā in Samvat 1977.

Page #413

388
सिद्धप्राभृत
-
No. 431
Size. 11 in. by 4
Extent. 17 folios; 15 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; small, quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin; unnumbered sides have a disc in red colour, in the centre only ;the numbered, in the margins, too; edges of almost every fol. more or less worn out; condition tolerably fair; complete; 118 verses; this work ends on fol. 3; this Ms. contains in addition frazier commencing on fol. 3a and ending on fol. 176.
Age. Not later than Samvat 1529.
Begins. fol. 1a
Ends. fol. 3
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
faganqng fagqm etc., as in No. 430.
fate etc., up to aror as in No. 430. followed by ॥ १८ वीसुत्तर सयगणणा (णा ) मसिद्ध पाहुडं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥ अग्गेणपुत्र्वणिस्संदं ॥ छ ॥
सिद्धप्राभृतटीका
No. 432
in.
N. B. For other details see No. 430.

[ 432.
Siddhaprabhṛta
1245 (a).
1884-87.
Extent. fol. 5b to fol. 28b
Description. Complete; this Ms. contains the ts of the text. For other details see No. 430.
Subject. Commentary in Sanskrit to Siddhaprabhṛta.

Siddhaprabhṛtaṭīkā
1287 (b).
1887-91.

Page #414

433.]
XVIII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
389
Begins.-.fol. 5 ॐ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ॥
सकलभुवनेशभूतान्निखिलातिशयान् जिनान् गुरून स्तुत्वा । सिद्धप्राभृतटीका तदर्थहितकाम्यया क्रियते ।।।
इह परमपुरुषाभिव्यक्तआगमप्रतिबद्धसिद्धवक्तव्यताभिधित्सया प्रवृत्त्यंगत्वान्मंगलादिचतुष्टयप्रतिपादकमिदं गाथात्रयमाह । तत्राप्याद्यगाथया मंगलं गुरुपर्वसंबंध(ध) चाह ॥ तिहुयणपणयेत्यादि ॥ त्रिभुवनप्रणतानित्य
नेनाचिंत्यफलसंपादकत्वेन पूजाहत्वादुत्तमोत्तमत्वमाह | etc. Ends.- fol. 288 अहाथुरेण सिझंति त्ति भणियमेयंति । भणियमंतरदारं सांप्रतं
उपसंहरन्नासातनापरिहारार्थमिदमाह सूत्रकारः । ऊणाहियविवरीउ( ओ)॥ अत्थो गाहागतार्थः ॥छ॥ वीसुत्तरसयं गाहा कंठ्या ।। छ॥णवरं प्रर्वस्याग्रेणीयाख्यस्य ॥ छ । निष्यंद इदं सिद्धप्राभृतकमिति ।
गाथासंयोजनार्थो(s)यं प्रयास(:) केवलो मम
अर्थस्तूक्तः ।। स्फुटो ह्य(ह्ये)[s] टीकाकृद्भिश्चिरंतनैः ।।
छ । सिद्धप्राभृतकं समाप्तमिति ॥ छ ॥ छ । ॥ Reference.- See No. 430.
सिद्धप्राभृतटीका
Siddhaprabhrtatīkā
No. 433
1245 (b). 1884-87.
Extent.- fol. 3a to fol. 176. Description.-- Complete; this Ms. contains the gates of the text.
For other details see No. 431. Begins.-fol. 34 सकलभुवनेशभूतान् etc., as in No. 432. Ends.-fol. 17 वोल्वसमं पयं । तस्सेव जवमज्झवरिवसेसाहिगा ॥१५ अहवावुरेण
सिझंति etc. , up to सिद्धप्रामृतकं as in No. 432 followed by • समाप्तमिति.
सव्वसमूहवती वामकरगहियपोत्थया देवी जक्खमुहंडियसहिंया देउ अविग्धं भदंतस्स ॥ छ । अक्षरमात्रस्वरपदहीनं
व्यंजनसंधिविवर्जितरेफ। साधुषु जेन(जनेषु) स(म)म क्षमितव्यं
कश्चि(श्च) न(न) मुह्यति शास्त्रसमुद्रे ॥ ...............

Page #415

390.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Then follows a portion in a different hand as urder: 'गुर्जर' ज्ञातीय मं० सुभाषहांसीखतमं गढ़ाकेनभायी भासूसुतश्रीरंगादिकुटुंबयुतेनातुश्री 'तपागच्छशृंगार... 'नुकार श्री श्री श्री सोम सुंदरसूरश्रीमुनिसुंदर सूरिश्रीरत्न शेख र सस्पिट्टप्रभाकर श्रीलक्ष्मी सागरसूरिपादानामुप... न सप्तक्षेत्र्यां निजसुधनबीजवपनावर्त्तमानासिद्धांतल (ले) खये (य) ता लेखितं सिद्धप्राभृतसूत्रं चिरं नंदतात् विबुधैर्निरंतरवाच्यमान संवत् १५२९ वर्षे मार्ग शुदि ५ दिने । 'अहम्मडा (दा) वादे' ।। एषा प्रतिः पं जिनमाणिक्यगणिपादैः शोधिता ॥ श्री ॥ छ ॥ श्रीरस्तु ||
N. B. — For additional particulars see No. 432.
Į-2
Letters are missing.

[433.

Page #416